Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit M95-0183 - METRO PAINT BOOTH
i ,k KAM() IN MT SCOTIA Mq54-01'6 City of Tukwila �. (,) (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: Type: Category: M95 -0183 B- MECHAN NRES MECHANICAL PERMIT Address: 12100 EAST MARGINAL WY S Location: Parcel #: 734060 -0421 Contractor License No: AIRCO * *321J9 TENANT OWNER CONTRACTOR CONTACT METRO PAINT BOOTH 12100 EAST MARGINAL WY S METRO ACCOUNTS PAYABLE SO.BASE 5432- 50706D50304. AIR CON INC. 20311 52ND AVENUE WEST, BRADLEY MICKELSON 20311 52ND AVENUE WEST, , TUKWILA, Status: ISSUED Issued: 12/13/1995 Expires: 06/10/1996 WA 98168 Suite: ,.821.2ND AVE, SEATTLE WA 98104 Phone: 206 778 -2550 LYNNWOOD, WA 98046 Phone: 206 778 -2550 LYNNWOOD, WA 9803.6: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** % ** k **** * ** * * * * * * * * *•k** *fir * * * **** *fir. *k ***.� * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: INSTALL FM APPROVED PAINT BOOTH ';IN BAY 3 OF UNIT';' REPAIR FACILITY. UMC Edition: 1994 Valuation; Total Permit Fee: ********.**** * *,* * ** * * ** *:r * * * * * * ** * * * * . -4x' *. * * * * * * * * * ** * *4* * * * *; * * * * * * * * ** Permit Center uthorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have, read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct; All provisions of law and ordinances governing this will be complied ":with, whether specified herein or not The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local` laws regulating construction or the performance of work.: I. am authorized to sign for and obtain this :building permit. S ignature • r �.�' =' - •' -A, --..--, Date: /z /3 %Gt S Print Name: i32l -0 : Ni r 6,1416L.S0,g) Title: VIi_..'°::,.prLES(4ti7' This permit shall become l ..and void if "irhework ' is not commenced within 180 days from the date of':'i.ssuance,. or:";i;t:_the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 -days:•froi the last inspection. OCT 27 '95 03: 52FM TUKWILP DCD/PW P.2 MECHAN `.:AL PERMIT APPLICATION CITY OF TUIKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 - (206) 431 -3670 PLAN CHECK NUMBER APPLICATION MUST BE FILLED OUT COMPLETELY FEES (for staff use only) .. %s I t D�9QA T ION;4r'' ":;' , ' UNT >"i RC PXY1 .s `AI f::Tt p," S BASIC( PeFt) t, t 1 A` ' R fv�' t T. %::�I ^/. ' ,• :; A;`•%' (R WY'i ,, r�i , : S. • ? V a f3`�il; .. G,. :: , ��:+:'3,. ;}?�,'#....t:; ,<•••• f:.%:.� >... ii:, <#: i1.,v :.ilk • ;;�u ^ >.:.!.. -L • N .,EES" it;w. • •iif�i,..,,m..! : • ^ f, %} " • •oi:� .of Ttar': .,ei.. it.,x!'� 3:`..r %' .. 3fE r<:i .w }:µt .,}' (y,�) .fit i. )L, '1 \N� f ..,,,e4,,,.....,,,•• >!f' is �_. yy y,::.iit +, :Yu �,•. ^i.).1 ^,,NrrA /(,3•Y:3`r - ''''1''''''' .k ' a :bc:. • `.4 {' r'}„�,r . .4.,..•^:f: y., 'I ti i. 1. '�: f': i ^!•5 •'� �'1, •,,,..:•� :i :i:.: ;Y:. .; x ,. Y P41, w.'¢;oa'•t• •f..,,1 . ,' yS!4(, •� , . .l t 3i .'+4 :,.n a,' AGE, . :$ r.t.0;tY i;) SITE ADDRESS • SUITE # 12100 East Marginal Way South Bay 3 VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION - $ 4 o coo ADDRESS PROJECT NAM E/TENANT King._.C.unty Dept. of Metro olitan Services ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # 4" v tP7 .1. Q Other: ___ TYPE OF WORK: Q New /Addition • Modifications U Repair DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: • Install FM approved Paint Booth in Ba 3 of Unit Repair Facility WA. ST, CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # AIRCO * *321J9 '�•. •'C�.iC %, .F d:'•'.:"!' ��%fX!:f %: •..'<•, .f,.y %. :. in .e',i, v 'ri ':uY...v:.. ,.�: 'S!• .�'. . { ^. .. ;. N:3!!. •,, ti . ..... . � ' :.. , , .: .:,:.:.:. ,lNf7/S1Z6:,;��,_.�.:��;.��_ .:b:d ,'y J'� n•f +.till "�%'1'K �il�''1��):' E�.C7 �. t.....x �:�:: B f.. E _ •,.,..,,�J,..,,�,, 1BT Pa i i-- Boo h 68' - ' 1.9' - 0 ' I . D . 1 BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) Bus Paintin• Area NATURE OF BUSINESS: Transit Facilit WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? No Q Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? Q No Yes The use of Automobile type paints and primers will be in use. • IF YES, LAIN: The pro-iect has been approved by Factory Mutual for this reason. PROPERTY OWNER Kinq County of Metropolitan Services PHONE ADDRESS ZIP CONTRACTOR Air -Con Inc. PHONE 2067782550 ADDRESS 20311 52nd Avenue West _Lynnwood,..WA 98036 ZIP WA. ST, CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # AIRCO * *321J9 EXP. DATE BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT ttle � i�,.:•. �C�,x `�t>I.f���i4NE.E.�:�T'�,���; i•:,��:�+.: � i" •,�, '�' pit%:: p :•ij'' °'f:�:�a,1;t,F)?rti;rna�:: w•u,,::ifKi ��v9t ,3ty,§',:,k8:'i:1�3,��•.el:%f :k �il� i .`k�`. ^E <�;•� {1, i'i+? %i?�$ �i �c;iatiti .��'!'2 � >�??v.e••5,7,. >;4•'3•;i,..f,�;y Y�`i^:'S. :t,::1.�.ii:;��k�:� ''.s.��ri6� �r. DATE PRINT NAME Brad ey J. Mickelson' 10/30/95 PH0NE20677825503003 CONTACT PE=RSON ADDRESS Same as Contractor Bradley J. Mickelson CITY/ZIP 98036 PHONE same as APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the ' application completely and tollow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. BUILDING OWNEFUAUTHOFRIZED AGENT if the applicant is other than the owner, registered arohiteCt/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from theproperty owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit , application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal, VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION The valuation is for the work covered by this permit and must be filled in by the applicant, This figure is used for budget reporting purposes only and not to calculate your tees. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is Issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Mechanioai Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions about' our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department of Community Development at 431 -3670, DATE APPL1dATIM i4tcEPTED DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES off_ C{ D war CITY OF TUKW, Department of Community Development — Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard - #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ' Mechanical Permit Application Tracking PLAN CHECK NUMBER •O6- c) «3 PROJECT NAME Yr-e-i1C0 airck' Ec&V-h SITE ADDRESS SUITE NO. INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that the status of the project may be ascertained at any time. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted in the Sierra system or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ", date and initial. DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review . the project. DEPARTMENT BUILDING - initial review -- FIRE 0 PLANNING P.ROVE ZA4 IEGUIR:EMENT; I.ME:NT t,6_,CONSULTANT: Date Sent ;ROUTED) (� FIRE PROTECTION: Sprinklers i+ FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: IA. y- y INIT:' \0 Date Approved ZONING: (_•) Detectors O N/A INSPECTOR: BAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? S Yes INIT: SCREENING REQUIRED? Q Yes 0 No REFERENCE FILE NOS.: O OTHER BUILDING - final review BUILDING OFFICIAL INIT: INIT: tt« UMC EDITION (year): 1.0/ /K INIT: rA4 REVIEW COMPLETED AMOUNT OWING: � �', f CONTACTED LL1C- t_ �T � DATE NOTIFIED [a- ' \r LJ B (init.) 2nd NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: init. 01/07/93 • INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit c5 OtV PERMIT NO. 4206. 1-3670 Project: 161 'f-ril-t.) Type of inspectio . 2---- Addrels: Date called: Specialkinstructions: , \ , . . Date wanted: ler: a.m. P.m. R oque Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: /8//b 71 $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspectlon. Receipt No.: Date: .. City of Tukwila Fire Department John W. Rants, Mayor TUKWILA:FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name Me-/-k A/I14 Address /a./ or.. ; -it tfly ,f Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Suite # X Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: FP 74' ,C// Authorized Si nature Date FINALAPP.FRM T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover' Pant East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 57$4404 • Fato (206) .57$4434 k kal•I:Akk*kk•k•kkk'kdr kdtkk•kk•.1•*****AA•k *A*.*. h4A*A*•A**Ak:1 * *Akk:',*fck••11, CITY OF TUI <W1:L A. WA *A•AAkkA•*Akk*Ak *:h•A*A••k•k• kkkk A AAk r;4 rst'C:•:lk+•1' Ake, •kk:k•kk•kk•A*•k•A•kA*•�•kkA* '(RANSM1T Number: 94003344 Amount: 97.19 1.'2/1 3 '' cr.1 :51 Payment Method; CHECK Notation: AIR-CON INC Init: KOP • TRANSMIT Permit No M95-0183 Type:. 13-•MECHAN MECHANICAL.. PERiMIT Parcel Pla: 734060••042i. •. Site '.Address: 12100 EAST MiaRt II4t3L WY S Total Fees 97.19 This Payment 97..19 Total ALL Pmts: 97 ..19 Balance: .00 h***+**A *A'A'k•k''A ?•kA•kk k kA •kkkkA. **1r****•*A•k+k•kA*A*4 *'/ * +A):tk•A *A A.k•Ak* Account Cade 000/345%830' O00/322.100 DeS r i pt •i ari Amount' PLAN CHECK— NON1 E.S 19•„44: . MECHANICAL - NC)NRE5 GENERA 97.19 TOTAL • 97.19 CHECK: 97.19 CHANGE 0.00 0777A000 15 :58 CITY.OF TUKWILA Address: 12100 EAST MARGINAL WY S Suite: Tenant: METRO PAINT BOOTH Type: B- MECHAN Parcel #: 734060-0421 • k• k• k•* k* w• k• k•kk•k"k•k•lt**•k•kk•*•k•k "k•** k k•k k k "k Fermi ;t Conditions.: No. changes 'wi 1 l be made to -; the'�p�1ar sun °1`ess,,, approved by the Architect or Enginee,�;,.:r'aid,':t' Pre "'T�uIwi"la "`B i'1di11"gt4,Di'.risian. All ermits ins ,;,•., p t p��t''i:�i1'rec�}rd:�, artid.� apprava`i�,; 'l�tr;, ..hall be available at the ,l;obb siita,,' p`i -forte: to:Yt'he start at'':�a,rit;: con- , t; ��� struction. ,The`Se documents ate ;ti,,t.o' "be ,mainy'ta'tne.d ari.di' avai 1- able unti 1 t a1 in's ectiun`' approval is granted `. ! /.fir"' � � �� 6 � �, �.•F> '4. All constrpu;otion ea, ,e "'done.£rink cont-o"r•'marnce WYthe� pprove,d ;�� 3 plans and 't'etluir•e.rref is 9f the Uni orm Bui�l'd,ing C% i 1199,4 Edition,)r�, t amended d, Uniformwep( ,,r.Ii "8r 1ca1 Code. ,199 Edi i6` and Wa f,'ngton S'' °tate 'Ener.gV C . de (1 94 Editions '1 4. Va1 id, at' of Perm th The, i.1- u,ance of- a permit or~ °Mtrova i p1an.s, , petFlticatlons.,: and co' puta� ions shall not be 'c'o -e' stru,e,i = 'to,.:b.ea permit -rtor, or •.n� °ap.pr:;ova1 of, any vsiol'�a; iron of anv of the provisions •,ot...,.the bui 1ding code or of 'any ; ` othif ordinance of the jurAisdnction ;`,.,:iNo;•;•permit presurni:n Io give{ authority;. to _vio r , ne lao~e °cir ±car)ce•1° tiye !pra•vzi� ions at tt,, code" shall be ''valid . ; , r,�., '1' r, . { 5. MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION IIN'.TRUCTIONa .REQUIRED ON 'SITE'` u FOR•�'THE BUILDING IN'3,PECTOR', REVIEW :\. !�.,.r. . w�, , ?,tf,,S:.�: 6. Plumbing p`.ermi;t: hLi "11-'be ob`ta�i ned tfirough the 'Seattle -t thgi County Depa►�tment .o=t�..,Fu,0 lrlc'' Health ,P,1urnb n,g wi 11 be ,` ;r M in:pe''te'd' °fbv that agency, inc.lu�1it1 ill gas :p.iping : s. (296147225:r-' zn t 1;: 7. E 1 ec f �i,ca l 'perm i;ts, sha 1 1 be obtained;' /through '`,ttr Washington Statex�D vi;s,;itn of. Labor and Indus�trlies. andf`'al1�� electrica:1:T wort; wi l;tl be inspected by that agency 248 .6630), `- J• Permit No: M95 -0183 Status: ISSUED 'App1 ied: 11/02/1995 / Issued: 12/13/1995 k•k k• k•*• kkk• kkk kk• k41# kkk •k•kkkkkk•k00,•k•kkkkkkbk *•kkk4 s City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, The Chief December 4, 1995 Fire Department Review Control #M95 -0183 (510) Re: Metro Paint Booth - 12100 East Marginal Way South Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. An approved automatic fire sprinkler extinguishing system is required for this project. (City Ordinance #1742) 2. Spray booths and spraying rooms shall be protected by approved automatic fire - extinguishing systems. Such systems shall be extended to protect exhaust plenums, exhaust ducts and both sides of dry filters when such filters are used. For installation of automatic sprinklers in ducts, see the Mechanical Code. (see UMC Chapter 5) All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) 3. Provide a minimum 4A 40BC extinguisher within 30' of your spray booth. (UFC standard 10 -1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone (206) 575.44114 • Fax (206) 575,4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 2 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fine Chief the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) 4. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 5. A permit is required for the use, storage, handling or sale of flammable or combustible liquids. (UFC 105.8- F.3, article 79) In all occupancies, quantities of flammable and combustible liquids in excess of 10 gallons used for maintenance purposes and the operation of equipment shall be stored in liquid storage cabinets. Quantities not exceeding 10 gallons are allowed to be stored outside of a cabinet when in approved containers located in private garages or other Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila. Washlnreton 98188 • Phone 12061 VS-4404 • Fa 1206) 575.4430 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Page number 3 Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief approved locations. (UFC 7902.5.8) 6. A permit is required to conduct a spraying or dipping operation utilizing flammable liquids. (UFC 105.8 -s.1 article 45) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: T.F.D. file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone (206) 57$4404 • Far (206) 57$,4439 • Factory Mutual Engineering 17- October -1995 Mr. Scott Denham Risk Administrator Risk Manager Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue Seattle, WA 98104 -1598 Re: Bay 3 Paint Booth MUNICIPALITY OF METROPOLITAN SEATTLE "South Operating Base" Seattle, Washington Index 78825.11 -3 Account 2 -52469 Dear Scott, 109(X) N.E. 4th Sveet, Suite 700 P.O. Bo:: 96077 Bellevue, WA ::dC09.9677 Telephone (2.3(i) 4.3931 Fax (206) 637-2:Q9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 2 1935 PERMIT CENTER This is to acknowledge the receipt and review of one copy of drawings and associated material specifications, and operations data for the above referenced project. The submittal has been prepared by Air -Con Incorporated. Subject to the recommendations below, your proposal is acceptable. We are retaining the single copy of your submittal for our files. 1. To ensure that filters within the paint booth and HV -23 are changed on a regular basis differential air monitoring should be provided for the booth return air filters and filters for HV -23, with information relayed to the operators control panel. If possible a warning signal should be activated to inform operators for the need for filter replacement. The submittal indicates that one air monitoring device will be provided for one bank of return air filters in the paint booth. Both sides of the booth should be monitored. Comments: One the main factors in paint booth fires is the build of residual paint in filters and ductwork. Routine cleaning of ductwork and replacement of filters will reduce the severity of a fire. 2. To ensure that the lower explosive limit (LEL) of the solvent base paints and coatings is not reach during curing operations, adequate safety ventilation should be provided. A minimum of 1300 cfm of fresh air should be provided into the booth during curing. The pit exhaust fan that is operating in the cure mode is rated at 1200 cfm, consideration should be given to upgrading the size of this fan to 1300 cfm plus additional cfm to ensure that air is drawn down from the paint booth into the pit. The operation of HV -23 should also be reviewed to ensure that a minimum of 1300 cfm of fresh air can be supplied to the booth. 36 The above air flow recommended does not account for solvent vapors driven off during the 15 minute purge cycle. An alternative to the above recommendation is to provide calculations demonstrating that the LEL of the paints /coatings being used will not be reached during the curing operation. Comments: During the initial stages of the curing mode vaporized solvents will build up, possible to explosive levels, unless fresh air is.introduced into the booth. 3. All gas train combustion safeguards should be Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) approved. The gas train layouts are considered adequate but specific manufacturer model numbers of the components were not specified. Project Description The submittal details the installation of a paint /curing booth in Bay No. 3 at the South Operating Base. A previous review of the automatic sprinkler protection for the above referenced paint booth was completed on October 5, 1995. The submittal was considered acceptable subject to recommendations. The paint booth being provided will be used to paint transit buses. Typical painting operations will utilize approximately 3 gallons of solvent based paint per painting session. Paints and coatings being utilized will have flashpoints between 27 °F and 96°F. The booth will be contained with in a room with a 1 hr. fire rating, and will be separated from Bay 1 and 2, the remaining portion of the existing building. Construction of the booth will consist of 18 Ga. sheet metal. The booth will measure 70 by 17 by 19 ft. 14 by 14 ft. door openings will be provided at each end. Lighting for the booth will consist of fluorescent light fixtures rated for Class I, Division II service mounted on the outside of the booth. Supply air during painting operations will enter the booth from booth ceiling. During the curing mode the supply air will enter the booth through supply grilles mounted on the walls. Exhaust air will be drawn from the lower level of the paint booth and bus lift pit. During the paint mode the exhaust fan F -5 and heated air supply unit HV -7 will be activated and the booth maintained at 70 °F. Pit ventilation provided by F -78 will be activated during all operation conducted in the paint booth. Once painting is completed the cure mode will begin with HV -7 and F -5 running for 15 minutes to purge the booth prior to starting HV -23. Once the purge cycle is completed HV -7 and F -5 will be disabled and HV -23 will be activated and ramp up the booth air temperature to 120 °F. The curing temperature will be held for 1 hour. During the curing mode air will be recirculated through HV -23 to economize the heat used in the operation. Interlocks are to be provided for over temperature of the heating units, . shutting down heating units upon detection of smoke, and loss of temperature. The compressed air supply will also be disabled during system alarm which will prevent the operation of booth spray guns. Proving control mechanisms for ventilation fans will also be provided. Heating units will be natural gas fired and will be provided with adequate combustion safeguards. Duct smoke detection will be provided by Sensor Systems DH400 detectors. The detectors are FMRC approved. Automatic sprinkler protection will be provided throughout the paint booth, ductwork, and heating equipment. Thank you for your interest in loss prevention. Pete R. Vickers Loss Prevention Consultant Seattle District Office r.. PRV /12 [V]2613 cc: Mr. Jim Maloney King County Metropolitan Services Division Project Manager 821 Second Ave., M.S. 118 Seattle, WA. 98104 -1598 cc: Hr. Roger Neal Fire Protection Consultant Marsh & McLennan, Inc. 720 Olive Way Seattle, WA. 98101 -3899 cc: Mr. Brad Mickelson Project Manager Air -Con Incorporated 20311 52nd Ave. West Lynwood, WA. 98036 em: 02 -sea cc: FC LE Ori I g M5 36 STATE OF WASHINGTON t DETACH TO DISPLAY CERTIFICATE i . ...• • • • • • MOTU PSI 13OoTti n(1 i_ City of Tukwila FILE COPY John W Rants, Mayor Jan 31, 1997 Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director BRADLEY MICKELSON 20311 52ND AVENUE WEST LYNNWOOD, WA 98036 RE: METRO PAINT BOOTH Dear Permit Holder: Our records indicate that on Sep 14, 1996 one hundred and eighty days will have passed with no inspections having been called for under Tukwila Mechanical Permit Number'M95-0183 : Unless you call for an inspection, or obtain a written extension from the Tukwila Building Official prior to that date, your above referenced permit will become null and void on Sep 14, 1996. If your project is complete please call for final inspection. If you are actively working on your project please contact our office. If you have any questions or need further information to obtain an extension on your permit please call the Tukwila Building Divison at 431 -3670. u,e ,theo-o2 Kelcie J. Peterson Permit Coordinator Department of Community Development r 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 Fax (206) 4313665 fARCHITE Y WATERLEAF J I MAGNOLIA , (ENGIPEER FAC. SUPPORT f.1011 LOCATLrINI I SEATTLE L 9 �n.c 9310 -1 ibRAA .v KKS I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of ny adopted code or ordinance.. Rece of nowled con- tractor's copy of approved SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: C] MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL LUMBING GAS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION �`� of�ov a p R CPe Rp� PQ a 1995 r�- D 95 o\ \l\S1 °N \SO\1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 0 21995 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT TITLE METRO PAINT BOOTH / i TWE ERIHG MAKES T1€ DIFFERENCE' P KI E E W266)778-2550 FAX 1(206)778 -2600 220311 S2le AVE. VEST LYMIVUOD WASH. 98036 AdR— CON.;INC. DRAVING TITLE MECHANICAL RODE PLAN MTE 8/8/95 DWG NE1. M204 IA/C/ DVS w. M -1 -: • • e+' +,... ae„uv.... +.. .;..r.TZ F� '�1✓•r"t.'v":'FR.F.':Jw1i t'kW..Sfi ?3Y :`+�T�:.iti:+`aaY UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE CONTRACT T/M13 -95 PART A - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS PART B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART C - CONTRACT DRAWINGS PART D - ADDENDA APRIL 1995 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES SEATTLE, WASHINGTON TABLE OF CONTENTS PART A - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS 00020 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00100 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PART 2 - MBE/WBE AND EEO BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00150 CHECKLIST OF BIDDING FORMS 00300 BID FORM 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 00340 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00410 BID GUARANTY BOND 00420 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION 00510 AGREEMENT 00610 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 00710 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01014 CONTRACTOR WORK COORDINATION & USE OF PREMISES 01027 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01035 ASBESTOS INFORMATION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01062 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS 01063 HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01300 SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS 01380 PHOTOGRAPHS 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01660 FACILITY INTEGRITY: TESTING, TRAINING, AND COMMISSIONING 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 01740 GUARANTEES 01999 STANDARD FORMS DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION T/M13 -95 I TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05300 METAL DECKING 05400 LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 INSULATION 07250 SPRAYED CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRESTOPPING 07510 ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING 07920 SEALANT AND CAULKING DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08330 OVERHEAD ROLLING DOORS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09215 VENEER PLASTER 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09900 COATING SYSTEMS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11528 PAINT SPRAY BOOTH DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED T/M13 -95 Ii TABLE OF CONTENTS 1� •'LA'S ?I,f %` }!�'tt DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15020 VIBRATION ISOLATION 15030 MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION 15040 BALANCING AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS 15060 PIPE FITTINGS 15070 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 15090 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES 15100 VALVES 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15445 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 15465 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15500 AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15700 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 15750 PAINT SPRAY BOOTH SYSTEMS 15800 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 15825 AIR TERMINAL EQUIPMENT 15850 AIR FILTRATION 15900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 15950 SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16109 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16160 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 16170 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS 16180 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16450 GROUNDING 16500 LIGHTING PART C - CONTRACT DRAWINGS PART D -- ADDENDA T/M13 -95 iii TABLE OF CONTENTS 00020 -1 ADVERTISEMENT Bids shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions of Part A of the Contract Documents. Bids shall constitute offers to Metro which shall be binding for 120 days from the date of opening of bids. Metro reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. Metro further reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregularities. No bid will be considered unless accompanied by a bid guaranty (certified or cashier's check or prescribed bond) payable to the order of KING COUNTY in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid Price. If there are questions regarding the bidding requirements and contract general conditions, contact Ms. Janet Quimby at (206) 689 -3735. If there are questions about the technical requirements, contact Mr. James Maloney at (206) 684 -2092 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES T/M13 -95 END OF SECTION 00020 -2 ADVERTISEMENT SECTION 00100 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PART 1— GENERAL BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 INSPECTION OF WORK SITE A. Bidders shall carefully inspect the site of the work and Contract Documents to satisfy them- selves, by personal examination, physical testing or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the work, the actual physical conditions of the site, surface and subsurface conditions, and conditions ordinarily to be encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work. If, during the course or as a result of such inspection, examination and testing, a bidder finds facts or conditions which appear to the bidder to conflict with the letter or spirit of the Contract Documents, or with any other data or material made available to the bidder relating to the work, the bidder shall promptly notify Metro in writing and apply to Metro for additional information and explanation before submitting a bid. B. The submission of a bid shall constitute the bidder's acknowledgment that, in preparing and submitting a bid, the bidder has relied and is relying solely on the bidder's own knowledge, examination, inspection and testing of (1) the site of the work including surface and subsurface conditions, (2) access to the site, (3) environmental factors and mitigation requirements, (4) all other data, matters and conditions requisite to the fulfillment of the work, (5) conditions ordinarily to be encountered or generally recognized as inherent in the work, (6) requirements imposed by easements and permits, and (7) existing and available services and utilities at and in the vicinity of the site of the work and not on any representation or warranty of Metro. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a misunderstanding or lack of knowledge, examination, inspection and /or testing of any of the above items by the bidder. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REGULATIONS Each bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Contract requirements and General Conditions, Technical Specifications, Contract Drawings and Addenda (if any) which constitute the Contract Documents. The submission of the bid shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which Metro may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the Contract Documents and has reviewed and inspected all applicable federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations dealing with public health and safety and with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources, any environmental assessments or impact statements which have been prepared relating to the work and all permits which have applied for and /or issued pertaining to the work. The failure or neglect of a bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents, statutes, ordinances, regulations and permits shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligations with respect to the bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge or misunderstanding of any of the Contract Documents, statutes, ordinances, regulations, environmental assessments or impact statements, permit requirements, or other materials referenced or incorporated herein. 1.03 PREVENTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC NATURAL RESOURCES A. The following list represents those federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations pertinent to the preservation of public natural resources that may affect or are affected by the work. Copies of such statutes, ordinances and regulations are available for review and inspection at Contracts Counter on the 12th Floor of the Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington. Bidders shall review such materials and related regulations prior to submitting bids. 1. Federal. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC 4321 et seq.; Executive Order 11514; Clean Water Act, 33 USC 1251 et seq. 2. State. Water Pollution Control Act, Chapter 90.48 RCW; State Environmental Policy Act of 1971, Chapter 43.21C RCW; Noise Control Act of 1974, Chapter 70.107 RCW; Washington Clean Air Act, Chapter 70.94 RCW; Shoreline Management Act of 1971, Chapter 90.58 RCW. T/M13 -95 00100 -1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 3. Regional. Regulations of the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency. 4. King County. Any applicable King County ordinances and regulations. 5. Local. Any applicable City ordinances and regulations. B. The Contractor shall comply with applicable portions of the listed statutes, ordinances and regulations and such other regulatory statutes, ordinances and regulations pertinent to the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources as may be applicable to the work. 1.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the Contract Documents. Requests for an interpretation shall be made in writing and delivered to Metro at least ten days before the date announced for submitting bids. Interpretations by Metro will be in the form of addenda to the Contract Documents and when issued will be sent as promptly as is practicable to all parties to whom the Contract Documents have been issued. All such addenda upon issuance by Metro shall become part of the Contract Documents and any subsequently awarded contract. Bidders shall not rely upon any oral statements or conversations, whether at the pre -bid conference or otherwise, they may have with Metro regarding the Contract Documents. 1.05 REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY To provide certified firms the maximum opportunity to participate in this work and to ensure affirmative action in employment, each bidder shall comply with all requirements set forth in Part 2 of this Section 00100. 1.06 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ADDENDA Each bidder shall include on the Bid Form in Section 00300 specific acknowledgment of receipt of all addenda issued during the bidding period. 1.07 WAGES This Contract is subject to Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 RCW, and amendments thereto and regulations issued thereunder, relating to prevailing wages, benefits and other requirements. Bidders shall examine and be familiar with such requirements and paragraph 00710 -1.04. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge or a misunderstanding of any such requirements by the bidder /Contractor or a failure to include in the bidder's bid price adequate increases in such wages during the performance of this Contract. 1.08 TAXES A. Metro has determined that the work to be performed under this Contract qualifies as a public road improvement under the State of Washington Department of Revenue published Rule 171 (Reference: Washington Administrative Code 458 -20 -171) and that the Contractor's charge to Metro is not subject to payment of retail sales tax. However, bidders are advised that they are considered the consumers of all materials including prefabricated and pre -cast items, equipment and supplies used or consumed by them in performing the work and must pay retail sales /use tax to their materialmen and suppliers. If a bidder has questions about the application of Rule 171, the bidder shall contact the Department of Revenue. B. Except as provided in subparagraph C of this paragraph 00100 -1.08, the bidder shall include in the bidder's proposed price(s) all applicable taxes, including retail sales /use taxes as specified above, which the Contractor will be required to pay for the work under this Contract. No adjustment will be made in the amount to be paid by Metro under this Contract because of any misunderstanding by or lack of knowledge of the bidder /Contractor as to liability for, or the amount of, any taxes for which the bidder /Contractor is liable or responsible by law or under this contract or because of any increases in tax rates imposed by any federal, state or local government. T/M13 -95 00100 -2 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS C. Retail sales /use taxes, if any, payable on equipment, materials and other items provided hereunder to the Contractor by Metro shall not be included in the bidder's proposed prices. If taxes on such items are required to be paid, Metro shall make such payment, either through the Contractor or direct to the Washington State Department of Revenue. 1.09 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Time shall be strictly of the essence for this Contract. Progress and completion of the work shall comply with all requirements herein, including paragraph 00710 -6.02 and intermediate and final completion dates as may be set forth in the Specifications. The submission of a bid shall constitute the bidder's acknowledgment that such progress and completion requirements have been taken into account in formulating a price for this work. 1.10 RELATED WORK Bidders are advised that Metro and others may have related projects under construction at or near the site of the work and may have other projects under construction and other contracts awarded concurrently with this Contract or subsequent to it which involve: (1) work which abuts to or connects with the work of this Contract; and (2) work which must be accomplished in the same vicinity of the work under this Contract. It is expected that such other contract work will be carried out concurrently with the work of this Contract. The Contractor shall use its best efforts to cooperate and coordinate its activities with such other contract work. 1.11 BID PRICE A. The bid price shall include everything necessary for the prosecution and completion of the work and fulfillment of the Contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, plant and other facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and services, field design, except as may be provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. In the event of a difference between a price quoted in words and a price quoted in figures for the same item, the words shall be the amount bid. C. Prices set forth on the Bidding Schedule will be reviewed by Metro for mathematical accuracy. Metro reserves the right to correct mathematical errors that are obvious on the face of the Bidding Schedule. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit price and the extended amount for a bid item, the unit price will control. The prices, corrected for mathematical errors, shall be used as the amount of the bid for evaluation and award purposes. D. Estimated quantities, if any, set forth on the Bidding Schedule are estimates only, being given only as a basis for the comparison of bids, and Metro does not warrant, expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond to the estimated quantities. Metro reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work and to make changes in the work as Metro may deem necessary or appropriate. The basis of payment for unit price bid items for which estimated quantities were set forth on the Bidding Schedule shall be the actual number of unit items provided or performed under this Contract. 1.12 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS A. In accordance with Section 20, King County Ordinance No. 11032 (incorporated herein by this reference), the following elements, in addition to price, shall be given consideration in evaluating the qualifications of and degree of responsibility to be credited to the bidder: (1) the ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the Contract or provide the service required; (2) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, and efficiency of the bidder; (3) whether the bidder has the financial resources and experience to perform the Contract properly and within the times specified; (4) the quality and timeliness of performance by the bidder of previous contracts with Metro and with other local governments and state and federal agencies, including but not limited to, the relative costs, burdens, time and effort necessarily expended by Metro or such governments and agencies in securing satisfactory performance and resolving claims; (5) the T/M13 -95 00100 -3 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws relating to public contracts or services, including, but not limited to, minority and women business enterprise and equal employment opportunity requirements; (6) the history of the bidder in filing claims and litigation on prior projects involving Metro or on other public or private projects and, (7) such other information as may be secured having a bearing on the decision to award the Contract. Metro's determinations shall be conclusive. B. Each bidder shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of Metro that the bidder has sufficient qualifications and financial capability to perform the work under this Contract. The burden to demonstrate such qualifications shall be on the bidder. That a bidder is licensed and registered as a contractor in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington (which is required in order for a bidder to submit a bid hereunder) and provides a bid guaranty as required herein shall not be sufficient, in and of themselves, to demonstrate such qualifications and responsibility. C. Each bidder shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under this Contract. It is the intention of Metro to award this Contract to a bidder who furnishes satisfactory evidence of its key personnel's and its proposed subcontractors' requisite experience and ability and of sufficient capital, facilities, and plant to enable prosecution of the work successfully and properly and completion within the Contract Time set forth in the Contract Documents. D. Metro considers competent, experienced supervision and continuity of management to be of importance to the successful and timely completion of the work. Key personnel assigned to the work shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the skills required for the timely and proper execution of the Contract and shall remain in full, continuous and personal supervision of the work until its completion. E. Metro considers competent, experienced subcontractors to be of importance to the successful and timely completion of the work. Proposed subcontractors shall be thoroughly familiar with the aspects of the work which they will perform. In determining whether subcontractors are so qualified, Metro shall be entitled to evaluate subcontractors pursuant to the criteria in paragraph 00100 -1.12A above. F. To determine the degree of responsibility to be credited to the bidder, Metro will weigh any evidence, whether submitted by the bidder or obtained otherwise by Metro, that the bidder, the bidder's key personnel available for employment in responsible charge of the work, and the bidder's proposed subcontractors have performed satisfactorily other contracts of like nature, magnitude and comparable difficulty and comparable rates of progress. 1.13 PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL OF BIDS A. Bids shall be made on the forms listed in Section 00150 and provided herein. The completed forms constituting the bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope labeled with the Contract Number and Contract Title set forth in Section 00020; the remainder of the Contract Documents do not have to be submitted. Bidders are warned against making erasures or alterations of any kind, and bids which contain omissions, erasures or irregularities of any kind may be rejected. Any qualification, addition, limitation or provision attached to a bid may render the bid non- responsive. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered. B. All bids shall give the price proposed, shall give all other information required herein, and shall be signed by the bidder, or an authorized representative, with the bidder's address. If the bid is made by an individual, the bidder's name, signature and post office address must be shown; if made by a partnership or joint venture, the name and post office address of the partnership or joint venture and the signature of at least one of the general partners or authorized joint venture partners must be shown; if made by a corporation, the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, the name and post office address of the corporation and the title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation must be shown. If the bid is made by a corporation, a certified copy of the bylaws or resolution of the board of directors of the corporation shall be furnished, upon request of Metro, showing the authority of the officer signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of the corporation. If the bid is made by a partnership or joint venture, a certified copy of the resolution or agreement empowering such representative to execute the bid and bind the firm, partnership or joint venture shall be furnished upon request of Metro. T/M13 -95 001004 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS paragraph 00100 -1.12; any bid which is not approved as being compliant with the requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity; any bid for which a bidder fails or neglects to complete and submit any qualifications information within the time specified by Metro and as may be otherwise required herein; and, any bid submitted by a bidder who is not registered or licensed as may be required by the laws of the state of Washington. B. Metro further reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. In consideration for Metro's review and evaluation of its bid, the bidder waives and releases any claims against Metro arising from any rejection of any or all bids. C. Metro shall find non - responsive and reject any bid which does not comply with the M /WBE requirements for this Contract. 1.19 BID EVALUATION A. Prior to award, the apparent lowest bidder and any other bidder directed by Metro shall attend a bid evaluation conference. The purposes of such conference will be to receive documents and information from the bidder and to have the bidder respond to questions by Metro regarding evaluation of bids. Metro may also emphasize other items, such as insurance and bonding, that will assist in issuance of a notice to proceed if a contract is awarded to the bidder. B. To assist in considering a bidder's compliance with the M /WBE and EEO Requirements for this Contract, the bidder, at the bid evaluation conference, shall specify what affirmative action the bidder has taken or proposes to take to assure equal employment opportunity throughout all phases of the work. In addition, at the bid evaluation conference, the bidder shall submit letters of intent to each proposed certified firm, except joint venture partners, as required by paragraph 00100 -2.05. The bidder shall also bring to the conference any documents required by Metro as necessary for review prior to award. C. By conducting a bid evaluation conference, Metro has not thereby waived its right to make determinations regarding responsiveness and responsibility of the bidder. 1.20 AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Bids will be evaluated by Metro to determine which bid is the lowest responsive bid by a responsible bidder and which bid, if any, should be accepted in the best interest of Metro. Metro in its sole discretion reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregularities. 1. Responsiveness. Metro will consider all the material submitted by the bidder to determine whether the bidder's offering is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Responsibility. Metro will consider all material submitted by the bidder, and evidence it may obtain otherwise, to determine whether the bidder, its key personnel, and proposed subcontractors have the qualifications and experience as defined in paragraph 00100 -1.12 to successfully complete contracts of this type. 3. Lowest. Metro will determine the "lowest" amount in accordance with Section 00310. B. Within 120 days after the opening of bids, Metro will either accept a bid, reject all bids, or take such other action as may be in its best interest. Metro reserves the right to request extensions of the bid acceptance period. The acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a written notice of award of contract delivered in person or by certified mail to the bidder whose bid is accepted. 1.21 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND The bidder to whom Metro awards this Contract shall furnish a performance and payment bond only on the form provided in Section 00610 in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and completion of the work including the payment of all persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work and all payments arising from the performance of the work due the state of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. Such bond must be executed by a duly Licensed surety(ies) which is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's(ies') name shall T/M13 -95 00100 -6 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the state of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The scope of the performance and payment bond or the form thereof prescribed in Section 00610 shall in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to Metro under paragraph 00710 -5.01. Metro may require the surety(ies) to appear and qualify themselves upon the bond. If at anytime Metro determines, in its sole judgment, that the surety(ies) are insufficient, Metro may require the Contractor to furnish additional surety in form and arrangement satisfactory to Metro and in an amount not exceeding that originally required. Payments will not be made on the Contract until sufficient surety as required is furnished. 1.22 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND NOTICE TO PROCEED A. The agreement form set forth in Section 00510 shall be executed in duplicate and returned, together with the performance and payment bond, evidences of insurance, and Contractor's Work Force Profile Statement, within ten days after the bidder receives written notice of the award of contract. After execution by Metro, one copy of the signed Contract Documents will be returned to the Contractor. B. The bidder shall complete the Work Force Profile Statement and submit it to Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office — M.S. 107, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98104, no later than ten (10) calendar days after Metro's Notice of Award. Failure to complete and submit this form as required may result in Metro withholding or withdrawing notice to proceed on the work. In addition, the Work Force Profile Statement for Subcontractors and the Subcontractor's Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity shall be completed by each subcontractor and submitted by the Contractor to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at least five (5) days prior to the time each subcontractor shall begin work. C. Metro reserves the right to issue Notice to Proceed at any time up to 60 days following execution of the agreement form by Metro. 1.23 RETURN OF BID GUARANTIES As soon as practicable after the bids are opened, Metro will return the bid guaranties accompanying the bids which are not to be considered in making the award. All other bid guaranties will be held until the Contract has been fully executed; after which, they will be returned to the respective bidders whose bids they accompany. If Metro upholds a bidder's claim of error, the bidder's bid guaranty will be returned with Metro's final determination on the claim of error. 1.24 PROTEST PROCEDURES A. Any actual or prospective bidder, including subcontractors and suppliers showing a sub- stantial economic interest in this Contract, who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of this Contract may protest to Metro in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Protests based on the Specifications or other terms in this Contract Document, which are apparent prior to the date established for submittal of bids, must be received by Metro not later than ten calendar days prior to said date. Protests based on other circumstances must be received by Metro within five calendar days after the aggrieved per- son knows or should have known of the facts and circumstances upon which the protest is based; provided, however, that in no event shall a protest be considered if all bids are rejected or after the award of this Contract. B. In order to be considered, a protest shall be in writing and shall include: (1) the name and address of the aggrieved person; (2) the contract number and contract title under which the protest is submitted; (3) a detailed description of the specific grounds for protest and any supporting documentation; and (4) the specific ruling or relief requested. The written protest shall be addressed to: King County Department of Metropolitan Services, Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98104, Attention: Supervisor, Contracts Section — M.S. 125, Bid Protest. C. Upon receipt of a timely written protest, the Director of Technical Services will promptly consider the protest and may give notice of the protest and its basis to other persons, including bidders, involved in or affected by the protest such other persons may be given an opportunity to submit their views T/M13 -95 00100 -7 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS and relevant information. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the aggrieved person and Metro, the Director of Technical Services will promptly issue a decision in writing stating the reasons for the action taken and informing the aggrieved person of the right to appeal the decision to Metro's Executive Director. A copy of the decision shall be mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested) or otherwise promptly furnished to the aggrieved person and any other interested parties. The decision will be considered final and conclusive unless appealed to the Executive Director. If the decision is appealed, then the subsequent determination of the Executive Director shall be final and conclusive. D. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest untimely or inadequate and may result in rejection thereof by Metro. 1.25 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION By way of demonstrating and documenting qualifications, bidders selected by Metro, after bids have been opened, shall submit such infortnation as may be required by and pursuant to paragraph 00100 -1.12 herein. Metro may direct a bidder or bidders to submit qualifications information including, but not limited to, the items set forth in Section 00420. Upon such direction, the bidder shall promptly prepare, complete and submit such information to Metro; provided, such information shall be submitted no later than three days (excluding holidays, Saturdays and Sundays) after notification by Metro to the bidder. 1.26 INSURANCE Metro has established certain insurance requirements as set forth in paragraph 00710 -5.02 herein. The bidder to whom Metro awards this Contract shall file with Metro evidences of insurance from insurer(s) certifying to the coverage of all insurance required herein. Any bidder having questions about the insurance requirements should immediately contact the Manager of Risk Administration, (206) 684 -1393. 1.27 SINGLE BID A. If Metro receives a single responsive, responsible bid, Metro shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to extend the bid acceptance period for an additional 45 days and to conduct a price or cost analysis on such bid. The bidder shall promptly provide all cost or pricing data, documentation and explanation requested by Metro to assist in such analysis. By conducting such analysis, Metro shall not be obligated to accept the single bid; Metro reserves the right to reject such bid or any portion thereof. B. By way of explanation but not as limitation, the terms "price analysis" and "cost analysis" are generally described as follows: (1) "price analysis" means the process of examining and evaluating a proposed price without evaluating its separate cost elements and proposed profit; and (2) "cost analysis" means the review and evaluation of the separate cost elements and proposed profit of (a) the bidder's cost or pricing data, and (b) the judgmental factors applied in projecting from the data to the estimated costs, in order to perform an opinion on the degree to which the proposed costs represent what the contract should cost, assuming reasonable economy and efficiency. C. By submitting a bid, the bidder has thereby agreed to the provisions set forth in this paragraph 00100 -1.27. 1.28 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS In accordance with RCW 39.30.060, each bidder shall list on the form provided in Section 00340 the name of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work in excess of ten percent (10%) of the contract price and a description of the work to be performed. If no subcontractor will perform more than 10% of the work the bidder shall check the appropriate box. Failure to submit a properly completed Section 00340 shall result in the bid being found non- responsive and the bid shall not be considered for award unless Metro can discern from the other portions of the bid the identity of all such subcontractors. For the purpose of this paragraph, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the T/M13 -95 00100 -8 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only for the performance of work at the work site. Metro reserves the right to require a bidder, after bid opening, to provide a statement of experience with references for any proposed subcontractor(s). PART 2 — MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2.01 POLICY AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. As set forth in Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032, it is Metro's policy that minority and women business enterprises ( "certified firms ") shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts for materials and supplies and in providing construction services for and to Metro, and that contractors and subcontractors shall afford equal opportunity in employment while providing materials and supplies and construction services for and to Metro. Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032 is by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth. B. In furtherance of this policy and the requirements of Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032, Metro has established certain utilization goals set forth in Section 00020, and submittal requirements set forth in this Section 00100, with which each bidder shall comply to be considered responsive. Failure to comply with the utilization goals or the submittal requirements shall render a bid non - responsive, resulting in the bid not being considered for award by Metro. C. Consistent with the policy cited above, the bidder shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that certified firms have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts hereunder. The bidder shall not discriminate on the basis of religion, race, creed, color, sexual orientation, national origin, age, sex or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability in the award and performance of such contracts and subcontracts. D. Questions concerning compliance with these utilization goals and submittal requirements shall be immediately directed to Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at (206) 684 -1330 or in writing to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office at 821 Second Avenue, M.S. 107, Seattle, Washington 98104. If appropriate, such questions may be treated as requests for interpretation and answered by addenda to the Contract Documents. In addition, each bidder is strongly encouraged to attend the pre -bid conference scheduled by Metro for this Contract and to ask questions there. 2.02 DEFINITIONS Where used in the Contract Documents, the following words and terms shall have the meanings indicated. The meanings shall be applicable to the singular, plural, masculine and feminine and neuter of the words and terms. "Certified firm(s) ": Means any firm certified at the date and time of bid by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprise ( "State OMWBE") as a MBE, WBE, MWBE or CBE. This means that the State OMWBE has notified a firm that the firm has met all requirements and eligibility criteria under the state law and regulations, and that the State OMWBE has issued a certification registration number to such firm. "Classification ": when used in reference to a certified firm means the MBE, WBE, CBE or MWBE ownership classification under which the certified firm was certified. "Combination Business Enterprise" or "CBE ": means a small business concern organized for profit that is fifty percent owned and controlled by one or more minority men or MBEs certified by the state OMWBE and fifty percent owned and controlled by one or more non - minority women or WBEs certified by the state OMWBE. "Commercially useful function ": is the performance of a distinct element of work for Metro by a firm which has the skill and expertise as well as the responsibility of actually performing, managing and supervising the work using its own work force and resources. In evaluating whether a certified firm is performing a commercially useful function, factors such as how the scope and price for the work were established, the type and amount of work to be performed, the extent of reliance on any non - certified firm, T/M13 -95 00100 -9 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS industry and trade practices, the complexity or special requirements of the work and other relevant factors shall be examined. "Controlled" means that the minority or woman owner(s) must possess and exercise management and operational control over the day - to-day affairs of the business. The factors set forth in WAC 326 -20 -080 will be used by Metro in determining whether the control requirement is met. "Minority business enterprise" or "MBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and controlled by one or more minority individuals or minority business enterprises certified by the state OMWBE. "Minority Business Goal" or "MBG ": a goal which can be met only by utilizing MBEs, or MWBEs counted toward the Minority Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2c, or CBEs counted toward the Minority Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2d, or any combination of the three. "Minority women's business enterprise" or "MWBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and actually controlled by one or more minority women and is certified by the state OMWBE. "M/WBE ": when there is a slash mark between the M and the W, the acronym is referring to the phrase "Minority and Women Business Enterprise" used to describe Metro's overall program. It does not refer to an individual business classification. "Utilization goal(s)": refers to the one or more minimum utilization goal or goals stated in Section 00020 to be met by the use of certified firm(s). These goals may be stated in any manner deemed appropriate by Metro, including but not limited to the following: as a percentage of the Total Bid Price to be filled by any combination of certified firms; as separate Minority Business Goal and Women Business Goal to be filled by certified firms according to their designation in paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2; as a minimum number of certified firms that must be utilized in order to meet other utilization goals. "State OMWBE": means the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises. "Substitute ": for purposes of the M /WBE provisions, means replacing one certified firm for another or increasing the level of utilization of certified firms in order to maintain the level of utilization set forth in the bidder's bid. "Type -of -work category ": the category of work the certified firm falls into for purposes of determining how much of the money to be paid to the firm is countable toward the applicable MBG and /or WBG goal (purchaser and installer, supplier, manufacturer, etc.) . "Women's Business Enterprise" or "WBE ": means a small business concern, organized for profit which is legitimately owned and actually controlled by one or more women or women's business enterprises certified by the state OMWBE. "Women Business Goal" or "WBG ": a goal which can be met only by utilizing WBEs, or MWBEs counted toward the Women Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2c, or CBEs counted toward the Woman Business Goal in accordance with paragraph 00100- 2.08A.2d, or any combination of the three. 2.03 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SUBMITTALS A. The bidder shall submit to Metro as a part of its bid all documentation required herein. All materials submitted will be evaluated to determine whether the bidder has satisfied the requirements for M /WBE utilization and Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032. B. Not later than the time and date established for submittal of bids, the bidder shall complete, execute, have notarized and submit the "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment" set forth in Section 00320. On Attachment A to said Sworn Statement, the bidder shall name certified firms with whom the bidder proposes to contract if the bidder is awarded this Contract, and indicate the dollar value for each named certified firm. Failure to specifically name the certified firms, and to indicate the dollar values for each shall result in a bid being determined non - responsive. If the bidder is a certified firm and proposes to meet the applicable Minority Business Goal or Women Business Goal using its own participation, the bidder shall identify itself on Attachment A, as appropriate. In addition, Metro requests that the bidder identify under which type -of -work category each certified firm will be T/M13 -95 00100 -10 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS performing, and that the bidder provide a description of the actual work to be performed by each certified firm using its own labor, equipment and resources. C. The bid will be found non - responsive, and rejected if: 1. The bidder does not submit both the sworn statement and Attachment A; or 2. The bidder's sworn statement or Attachment A contains material omissions; or 3. The bidder's sworn statement or Attachment A project utilization of certified firms at levels less than the utilization goals set forth in Section 00020. 2.04 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GOALS A. As one element of responsiveness, the bidder must commit in the bid to utilize certified firms at levels which equal or exceed the utilization goals set forth in Section 00020. Failure to do so will result in the bid being rejected as non - responsive. B. The utilization goals set forth herein shall apply to change orders and amendments adjusting the Contract Price such that actual certified firm utilization achieved during the performance under this Contract is equal to or greater than the utilization goals stated in Section 00020. C. If a bidder's utilization commitment in Attachment A exceeds the minimum utilization goals stated in Section 00020, and Metro determines that it will not count all or a portion of the participation of a given certified firm(s), the bidder will not be required to substitute another certified firm or firms for the disallowed firm provided the bidder's utilization commitment continues to meet or exceed the minimum stated utilization goals once the commitment to the disallowed certified firm(s) is deducted from the total commitment. D. The utilization goals are based on an examination of the subcontracting opportunities contained in this Contract, the availability of certified firms to perform such subcontracting work, and other factors relevant to achieving the purposes of Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032. If a bidder is having difficulty identifying subcontracting opportunities, obtaining participation from certified firms, or is experiencing other problems related to meeting these goals, the bidder may contact Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office immediately. Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office will provide assistance to bidders when requested. However, it is the bidder's responsibility to evaluate subcontractors and to secure and commit to the utilization goals as set forth in this Contract. 2.05 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS A. The information on the "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment ", including Attachment A thereto, shall be reviewed and verified by Metro to determine whether a bidder has complied with the utilization goals and these requirements. B. After bids are opened, Metro may, at its discretion, undertake any of the following verification practices: 1. Conduct interviews with any certified firms. 2. Request supplemental information from any named certified firm pertaining to the certified firm's scope of work, certification status, and verifying the certified firm's performance of a commercially useful function. 3. In the event the certified firm expects to share the resources of a non - certified business enterprise, Metro may require information describing the extent to which facilities, financial assistance, equipment or personnel are to be shared. 4. Convene a bid evaluation conference at which attendance by both the bidder and the certified firm may be required. 5. Conduct a reference and financial check of the certified firm to verify the firm has the expertise, financial resources and other resources to perform the scope of work identified. 6. Such other verification practices as is deemed necessary. C. Certified firms shall be prepared to provide the following information to Metro upon request: T/M13 -95 00100.11 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the certified firm provided a lump sum, unit price or quote other than a time and materials quote, the certified firm shall provide to Metro: a) the certified firm's understanding of the scope of work; b) the take -off sheets, estimates or other documentation demonstrating that the certified firm calculated its own bid prior to the bidder's bid submittal to Metro; c) the certified firm's understanding of the equipment, materials and other resources they will need to carry out the work, including the purchase, ownership, lease or rental arrangements, origin and location of such equipment, materials and other resources. 2. If the certified firm provided a time and materials quote, the certified firm shall provide to Metro the following: a) the certified firm's understanding of the projected scope of work; b) the certified firm's unit prices and other information provided to the bidder regarding the limits and exclusions contained in the certified firm's quote; c) the certified firm's understanding of the projected dollar amount, magnitude and duration of the work; d) the certified firm's understanding of the equipment, material and resources needed to perform the work based on prior projects, including the purchase, ownership, lease or rental arrangements, origin and location of such equipment, materials and other resources; and evidence that the certified firm's quote was provided to the bidder prior to the submittal of the bidder's bid to Metro. 3. Failure of the certified firm to provide this information in a complete and accurate form may result in a finding that the firm is not performing a commercially useful function. 2.06 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ELIGIBILITY A. For purposes of meeting the MBG and WBG goals and demonstrating compliance with these Requirements, bidders shall use ONLY certified firms which are certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprise, (hereinafter the "State OMWBE") at the time bids are submitted. B. It is the bidder's responsibility to ensure that all firms projected for use to meet the M /WBE goals are certified by the State OMWBE at the time bids are submitted. Finns which have not been certified by the State OMWBE by the bid submittal date and time shall not be considered by Metro in determining whether the bidder has met the goals and complied with these requirements. To determine whether a firm has in fact been certified by the State OMWBE a bidder shall contact the State OMWBE at (206) 753 -9693, or utilize the OMWBE Directory of Certified Minority, Women and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in effect on the date bids are due. 1. In the event of a discrepancy between the classification (as an MBE, WBE, CBE or MWBE) of a firm in the OMWBE Directory, and the classification verbally given by the OMWBE, the classification in the OMWBE Directory will control. 2. If a business listed by the bidder in Attachment A to its Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment form is not certified and does not appear in the OMWBE Directory, the utilization of said business will not be counted toward the fulfillment of any utilization goal, and the bidder shall not substitute another firm. 3. If a business listed by the bidder in Attachment A to its Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment form has been de- certified after the printing of the OMWBE Directory, the bidder will be required to substitute a certified firm(s) for the de- certified firm(s) at no additional cost to Metro in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.11. 2.07 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SOLICITATION AND UTILIZATION PROCEDURES A. Utilization of minority and women's business enterprises may be accomplished through contracting, subcontracting, joint ventures, procurement of supplies, materials or equipment, or by such other methods as may be approved by Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. B. CONTRACTING (BIDDER) METHOD If the bidder is a certified firm, it may count its own participation toward meeting the utilization goals, in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.08. C. SUBCONTRACTING METHOD The bidder may utilize certified firms on the basis of competitive bids and /or negotiated subcontracts. The bidder shall submit at the bid evaluation conference, or upon request, copies of letters of T/M13 -95 00100 -12 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS intent signed by the bidder and counter - signed by the certified firm. Such letters of intent shall set forth the scope and dollar value of the work to be performed by the certified firms, consistent with the bidder's projected use of the certified firm in the bid document. D. JOINT VENTURE METHOD A joint venture (either as a bidder or proposed subcontractor) between a non - certified firm and one or more certified firms may be used to meet the utilization goals, if the certified partner(s) is /are certified by the State OMWBE and the certified partner(s) is /are responsible for a clearly defined portion of the work which is detailed separately from the work to be performed by the non - certified joint venture partner. Only the work to be performed by the certified partner(s) shall be counted toward the applicable utilization goals. Such agreement shall identify the extent to which each joint venture partner shares in the ownership, control, management, risks and profits of the joint venture. The certified partner's portion of the work shall be assigned a commercially reasonable dollar value if that portion is intended to meet a dollar level based utilization goal for this Contract. The burden of persuasion shall be on the joint venture partners to demonstrate to the satisfaction of Metro that the certified partners will perform a commercially useful function, as defined herein, under the joint venture agreement. Any such joint venture will be subjected to close scrutiny by Metro. Even though a proposed joint venture agreement may be consistent with legal principles of contracting and with normal industry practices, that, in and of itself, does not mean that Metro will determine that the joint venture will satisfy the utilization goals set forth herein. Bidders or subcontractors intending to use a joint venture to meet utilization goals should submit the joint venture agreement to Metro two weeks before bids are due so that Metro can determine whether the joint venture can be counted toward the utilization goals. The bidder assumes the risk that the joint venture will not be counted by failing to submit said joint venture agreement to Metro for prior determination. 2.08 DETERMINING WHICH GOAL TO COUNT A CERTIFIED FIRM'S UTILIZATION TOWARDS A. Participation by certified firms, regardless of tier, which will perform commercially useful functions shall be counted toward meeting the utilization goals set forth herein as follows: 1. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, a bidder may count toward a dollar based utilization goal ONLY the dollar value which will actually be paid to the certified firm. 2. Whether a certified firm's utilization will be counted towards an MBG and /or WBG is determined by the certified firm's classification as an MBE, WBE, MWBE or CBE. The following classifications shall be counted toward the following goals: a. Participation by an MBE will be counted only toward the MBG. b. Participation by an WBE will be counted only toward the WBG. c. Participation by an MWBE will be counted towards either the MBG or the WBG, but not to both; the bidder shall designate the goal to which the dollar value is applied. d. Participation by a CBE shall be counted by dividing the total dollar value of the contract or portion of the contract performed by the CBE by two. One -half of the dollar value will be counted towards the MBG goal and one -half will be counted towards the WBG. 3. Joint Ventures will be counted in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 00100- 2.07.D., and 00100- 2.08.A.2. 2.09 DETERMINING COUNTABLE DOLLAR VALUE OF UTILIZATION A. The dollar value of the participation by a certified firm that will be counted towards dollar value based utilization goals (such as percentage goals) depends upon the type of work category(ies) the certified firm's work falls under. A certified firm's scope of work must fall within one or more of the following type -of -work categories in order to be counted. Except as provided in subparagraphs B through E of this paragraph 00100 -2.09, the dollar value of the participation shall be counted as indicated in paragraph 00100 -2.08. 1. MANUFACTURER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value which will be paid to a manufacturer that is a certified firm (Le. a firm that produces goods from raw materials or substantially alters them before resale). 2. REGULAR DEALER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value that will be paid to a certified firm which is a regular dealer of materials or supplies required under this Contract. A regular T/M13 -95 00100 -13 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS dealer is a firm which: a) owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the performance of the Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold in the usual course of business; and b) engages in, as its principal business, and in its own name, the purchase and sale of the materials or supplies in question; and c) has the actual and contractual responsibility to purchase and deliver the materials or supplies in question; and d) is not dependent upon the bidder or another firm that is involved with this Contract to identify or obtain supply sources, or otherwise fulfill the contract. A regular dealer in such bulk items as steel, cement, gravel, stone and petroleum products need not keep such products in stock, if it: a) owns or operates distribution equipment; and b) independently procures and delivers such bulk items (i.e. the firm must directly handle and be responsible for the product at some point in the process.) 3. PURCHASER AND INSTALLER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value which will be paid to a certified firm who is not a manufacturer or regular dealer, but who purchases and installs goods, materials or equipment. A certified firm purchaser and installer will be considered to be performing a commercially useful function when the certified firm: a) by its installation activity adds substantive value to the goods, materials or equipment installed; and b) has the actual and contractual responsibility to purchase and install the goods, materials or equipment, and c) where the goods, materials or equipment require more than one trade to install, or the installed item needs to be tested or commissioned, the certified firm shall have the responsibility to coordinate, direct and participate in the installation- related services provided by other trades, and in the testing and commissioning. 4. SUPPLIER: A bidder shall count ONLY twenty percent (20%) of the dollar value which will be paid to a certified firm which is a supplier who is not a manufacturer or regular dealer. A certified firm supplier will be considered performing a commercially useful function in the supply process when the function or service is one which is customarily performed as a distinct and necessary part of the supply process and when the certified firm supplier: a. Assumes the actual and contractual responsibility for furnishing the materials; and b. Delivers the materials. 5. INSTALLER: A bidder shall count the entire dollar value (including but not limited to the cost of labor, materials and supplies, and markups) of the work to be performed by a firm that will install equipment and goods that will be furnished to it by another firm. The bidder shall not count the cost of the equipment and goods supplied by the other firm unless that firm is a certified firm, in which case the other firm's utilization will be counted separately under the appropriate type of work category. B. 1. The cost of concrete pumping services (not including the cost of the ready -mixed or wet concrete pumped, which is provided for in subparagraph 13.2 below), may be counted toward meeting the utilization goals only if each of the following conditions is met: a. The certified firm will perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.02. b. The certified firm owns the concrete pumping equipment or leases such equipment from a source that sells or leases such equipment as its principal business activity, and seller or leasing firm is not otherwise engaged in providing concrete pumping services. c. The certified firm will use employees normally employed by and under the control of the certified firm to operate the concrete pumping equipment, or will obtain personnel to operate such equipment from a source which provides such personnel as its principal business activity and does not provide concrete pumping services. 2. If concrete pumping services are counted as meeting the conditions of paragraphs 00100 -2.02 and 2.09, the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete may only be counted as a part of providing concrete pumping services if the certified firm is the manufacturer of the concrete, or the certified firm purchases the concrete from another certified firm that is the manufacturer of the concrete. C. As a part of a purchase and install scope of work, the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete may be counted toward meeting the utilization goals only if each of the following conditions is met: 1. The certified firm will perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.0Z and T/M13 -95 00100 -14 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2. The certified firm's scope of work will include, at a minimum, the actual and contractual responsibility for purchasing, forming, placing and finishing the concrete. The certified firm may subcontract portions of the scope of work to other certified firms. D. If the cost of ready -mixed or wet concrete is not counted because the conditions set forth in subparagraph 00100- 2.09C.2 are not met, the cost of labor and other costs associated with the installation tasks performed by the certified firm will be counted if the certified firm will perform a commercially useful function. E. Questions regarding whether a certified firm will be considered a manufacturer, regular dealer, purchaser and installer, supplier, or installer should be directed to Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office prior to submittal of a bid for this Contract. 2.10 REASONS FOR NOT COUNTING PARTICIPATION BY A CER 1IIIED FIRM A. Participation by certified firms will not be counted toward the fulfillment of utilization goals in circumstances which would contradict or tend to defeat the purposes and policies of King County Ordinance 11032, such as, but not limited to, the following: 1. If, prior to bid submittal, the proposed certified firm did not submit a bid or proposal or otherwise commit to perform work under this Contract with the bidder, or 2. If the proposed certified firm will not perform a commercially useful function as defined in paragraph 00100 -2.02 and as specifically defined for individual type -of -work categories in paragraph 00100 -2.09. Participation by certified firms whereby the certified firm will act only as a broker (unless such is consistent with normal industry practice) or as a passive conduit to provide goods or services shall not be considered as commercially useful functions for purposes of meeting these requirements; or 3. If the proposed certified firm acts or operates in a manner inconsistent with the requisite ownership and control by the minority or women business owner(s); or 4. If it is apparent to Metro that the certified firm does not understand the work it is identified to perform as demonstrated by a lack of knowledge of the following items: the scope and duration of the work, labor, equipment, materials and other resources necessary to perform the work; magnitude and duration of the work; interrelationship of the work to other aspects of the project; contents or methods of computing its bid price. B. SUBCONTRACTS TO NON - CERTIFIED FIRMS: The dollar value of any portions of the work (excluding the procurement of materials and supplies) that a certified firm will contract to other than another certified firm, regardless of tier, will not be counted toward the applicable MBG or WBG goal. C. RELIANCE ON OTHER FIRMS: A certified firm that relies to a significant extent on a non- certified firm or contracts a significantly greater portion of the work than would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice will be presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function. The certified firm may present to Metro evidence to rebut this presumption. D. SALES AND MARKETING CONTRACTS: Contracts with sales, marketing and similar types of representatives shall not be considered a commercially useful function and will not be counted toward the utilization goals. 2.11 SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS A. The bidder shall substitute certified firms at no additional cost to Metro, for certified firms excluded by Metro for reasons outside of the knowledge or control of the bidder as stated below, when the remaining certified firms listed by the bidder do not meet or exceed the utilization goals. If this occurs, the bidder will substitute certified fines so that the utilization of certified firms continues to meet or exceed all of the utilization goals set forth in this contract. By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees that the failure of the bidder to substitute certified firms as directed by Metro will result in the forfeiture of the bidder's bid bond. The Following circumstances shall be considered to be outside the knowledge and control of the bidder: 1. In the event such bidder proposed to use a certified firm which met the eligibility criteria listed in this Contract Document prior to bid submittal but which is determined by Metro, prior to award of this Contract, to no longer meet the eligibility criteria of Metro as provided under the Contract T/M13 -95 00100 -15 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Documents, or which firm was listed in the OMWBE Directory in effect at the time of bid opening but is no longer certified by the State OMWBE; or 2. In the event such bidder reasonably and justifiably relied on substantive assurances by a certified firm projected to participate hereunder relating to that firm's performance of a commercially useful function but such assurances were false, incomplete or in error and the certified firm is determined by Metro prior to award of this Contract not to be performing a commercially useful function as defined herein. What constitutes a "substantive assurance" will be determined by Metro on a case by case basis, but may include assurances related to qualifications, supply arrangements or other statements of specific abilities designed to lead the bidder into believing the firm will perform a commercially useful function. Generic statements such as "I can do it" do not constitute a substantive assurance which the bidder may rely upon.; or 3. In the event such bidder proposed to use a certified firm which, subsequent to bid submittal and for reasons other than those within the control of the bidder, is unable or unwilling to perform as projected; or 4. In the event such bidder reasonably and justifiably relied upon the assurances of a proposed certified firm that the portion of work to be counted toward the MBG or WBG goal would not be further subcontracted to non - certified businesses, but prior to the award of this contract, Metro determines that the certified firm will further subcontract a portion of the work to a non - certified firm; or 5. If none of the conditions in paragraph 00100 -2.11B apply. B. THE BIDDER WILL NOT BE REQUIRED BY METRO OR PERMITTED UPON BIDDER'S REQUEST to substitute certified firms for certified firms excluded by Metro for reasons within the knowledge or control of the bidder as stated below. The following circumstances shall be considered to be within the knowledge or control of the bidder: 1. The bidder participates in a plan designed to give the certified firm the appearance of performing a commercially useful function when the certified firm does not have the actual responsibility for that function; or 2. The bidder performs activities or obtains sources for the certified firm that the certified firm would typically perform or obtain. Example 1: the bidder supplies the certified firm with the only take -offs and estimates the certified firm is utilizing as the basis of its bid. Example 2: the bidder obtains subcontractors or suppliers for the certified firm; or 3. The bidder fails to inquire as to the certified firm's qualifications, experience or abilities to perform the work prior to listing the firm and the certified firm is not capable of performing the work; or 4. The bidder does not provide the certified firm with a commercially useful function; 5. The bidder fails to inform a certified firm prior to bid submittal that the bidder's union agreements require the bidder's subcontractors to have their own union agreements and the certified firm is unable to perform because it does not have a union agreement, or 6. The bidder fails to inform a certified firm prior to bid submittal of bonding requirements that the bidder will impose on its subcontractors, and the certified firm is unable to perform because it cannot meet the bidder's bonding requirements; or 7. The actions of the bidder, or of others at the direction of the bidder, or of others with the bidder's knowledge demonstrate a disregard for Metro's M/ WBE policies and goals; or 8. Such other situations Metro determines to be within the bidder's knowledge or control which indicate practices or circumstances which would contradict or tend to defeat the purposes and policies of King County Ordinance 11032. or 2.12 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY GOALS AND BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. The bidder shall comply with the Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements set forth in Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032, which Ordinance is incorporated herein by this reference. B. In furtherance of Metro's equal employment opportunity policies, Metro has established certain requirements and goals which bidders, contractors and subcontractors shall make every reasonable effort to meet. The employment goals established by Metro are: (1) 16.6 percent for minorities; and (2) 12 T/M13 -95 00100 -16 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS percent for women. These goals are applicable to the total number of hours of employment at all levels under this Contract. The evaluation of the Contractor's performance in meeting these goals shall be based on total hours of employment of minorities and women employees in all levels of employment. A minority woman is counted toward either the minority or the women's goal, but not both; the bidder may choose the goal. For the purpose of determining compliance by the Contractor on this Contract, owners will not be counted towards meeting the EEO goals for minorities and women. C. The bidder shall complete the "Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity" set forth in Section 00330 and shall submit such completed Sworn Statement as part of its bid not later than the time and date established for submittal of bids. D. The Sworn Statement shall be completed, signed and notarized, and shall constitute the bidder's plan of affirmative action to ensure that equal opportunity in employment is afforded in the event a contract is awarded to the bidder. If the bidder fails to submit the Sworn Statement as required, the bid will be considered non - responsive and will not be considered for award. END OF SECTION T/M13 -95 00100 -17 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00150 CHECKLIST OF BIDDING FORMS This checklist is provided only as a convenience for bidders. Bidders are advised to read carefully all portions of the Contract Documents and to comply with all requirements therein. SECTION FORM, 00300 BID FORM 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 00340 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00410 BID GUARANTY BOND (unless a certified or cashier's check is provided) . SECTION 00300 BID FORM The undersigned, as bidder, declares that we have examined all of the Contract Documents herein contained and that we will contract with the King County Department of Metropolitan Services ( "Metro") on the Agreement form provided herewith and at the prices and on the terms and conditions contained herein to do everything necessary for fulfillment of: UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE, CONTRACT T/M13 -95. In addition to this Bid Form, we agree that the following shall form a part of this Bid: Bidding Schedule; Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment; Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity; and Proposed Subcontractors. Attached is a bid guaranty bond completed by a guaranty company authorized to carry on business in the state of Washington in the amount of at least five percent (5%) of our Total Bid Price or, alternately, there is attached a certified or cashier's check payable to King County drawn upon a banking institution with a branch office in the state of Washington, in the amount of at least five percent (5%) of our Total Bid Price. We agree that our Bid constitutes an offer to Metro which shall be binding for 120 days from the date of opening of bids. If our Bid is accepted, we agree to sign the Agreement form and to furnish the Performance and Payment Bond only on the form contained herein and evidences of insurance required herein within ten days after receipt from Metro of written Notice of Award of Contract. We certify that we are, at the time of submitting this Bid and shall remain throughout the period of the Contract, registered and licensed by the state of Washington to perform the type of work required under the Contract Documents. We further certify that we are skilled and regularly engaged in the general class and type of work called for in the Contract Documents. We further agree, if our Bid is accepted and a contract is awarded by Metro, to plan and prosecute the work with such diligence that the work and portions thereof shall be completed and ready for use within the period set forth in the Specifications. We acknowledge that addenda numbers through _ have been delivered to us and have been taken into account as part of our Bid. SIGNED this day of ,19 Firm: Address: City /Zip: Telephone: Fax No.: State of Contractor's Incorporation: License No: By: Signature Print Name Title: State of: County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: T/M13 -95 (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title My appointment expires: END OF SECTION 00300 -1 BID FORM SECTION 00310 BIDDING SCHEDULE We, the bidder, propose to perform all work under the terms and conditions herein contained for the lump sum Total Bid Price of: words figures DOLLARS. We acknowledge that, in accordance with paragraph 00100 -1.08 and Washington State Department of Revenue Rule 171, state and local sales taxes have been included in the price and that the waiver of industrial insurance immunity in paragraph 00710 -5.01 was made pursuant to RCW 4.24.115. Signature of Bidder BID EVALUATION AND CONTRACT AWARD In accordance with the provisions of these Contract Documents, bids will be evaluated to determine the lowest Total Bid Price offered by a responsive, responsible bidder. A contract will be awarded, if at all, based on the lowest Total Bid Price proposed by a responsive, responsible bidder. Metro reserves the right to reject any bid, any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. Metro further reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities and irregularities. M/WBE AND EEO CHECKLIST Bidders are not required to submit this checklist with their bid. ❑ Has the bidder completed, signed, notarized and submitted with the bid the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment? (See paragraph 00100 -2.03 B and C) ❑ Does the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment display projected utilization of certified firms at the percentage levels which equal or exceed the established goal for this contract? (See Section 00020) Note: The participation of a certified firm as a bidder for this Contract may count toward meeting the applicable MBG or WBG subcontracting goal established for this Contract. (See paragraph 00100- 2.03 B) ❑ Are the percentage levels displayed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment based upon the Total Bid Price? (See Section 00020) ❑ Has Attachment A to the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment been completed and submitted with the bid? (See Section 00320) ❑ Is each business listed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment and Attachment A to that Sworn Statement certified by the State OMWBE? (See paragraph 00100 -2.06 A and B) ❑ Prior to the submittal of this bid, have each of the proposed certified firms submitted a bid or committed to perform the work under this contract with the bidder? (See paragraph 00100 -2.10 A) ❑ Will any proposed certified firm contract any of the work hereunder to non - certified businesses? If yes, has that amount been deducted from the dollar value of the amount counted towards the applicable utilization goal? (See paragraph 00100 -2.10 B) ❑ Will each of the certified firms listed on the Sworn Statement Regarding M /WBE Commitment perform a commercially useful function? (See paragraph 00100 -2.02) ❑ Is the bidder counting expenditures for materials and supplies toward meeting the utilization goals? If yes, has the bidder counted only (20%) twenty percent of the expenditures to certified firm suppliers which are not manufacturers? (See paragraph 00100 -2.09 A.4) ❑ Does the bidder propose to use a joint venture to meet the utilization goals? (See paragraph 00100- 2.07 D) Note: A joint venture may be utilized; however, only the participation of the certified firm joint venture partner shall be counted toward the goal. (See paragraph 00100 -2.07 D) ❑ Has the Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity been completed, signed, notarized and submitted with the bid? (See Section 00330) Contact Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office if there are any questions regarding the M /WBE and EEO Requirements for this contract. T/M13 -95 CHECKLIST -1 SECTION 00320 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT State of County of Pursuant to paragraph 00100 -2.03, the bidder shall complete the following form: ) ss. The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states to the King County Department of Metropolitan Services on behalf of the Bidder as follows: A. This Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment constitutes the Bidder's statement of its efforts to solicit and obtain firms certified as minority and women business enterprises by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises. In addition, this Sworn Statement constitutes the Bidder's commitment, if awarded this Contract by Metro, to utilize qualified certified firms at least to the percentage and dollar levels set forth in this Sworn Statement, subject to revision in accordance with Part 2 of Section 00100. B. The Bidder hereby designates: Name: Title: as the person who has been charged by the Bidder with the responsibility for carrying out and reporting the Bidder's compliance with Metro's Requirements for Minority and Women Business Enterprise. C. The Bidder hereby affirms that the Bidder has complied with the requirements set forth in Part 2 of Section 00100 of the Contract Documents for providing certified firms the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of the work and that all documentation submitted herewith to demonstrate such compliance is true and accurate. D. As demonstration of the Bidder's compliance and efforts, the Bidder has completed the MBE /WBE Contractor /Supplier Contact - Utilization Report (Attachment A to this Sworn Statement) of which this Report is incorporated herein by this reference. The Bidder has identified herein those certified firms with whom the Bidder will subcontract if awarded this Contract. E. The Bidder agrees that its level of commitment to utilize certified firms shall be determined by calculating the sum of the amounts listed and apportioned to those certified firms identified on Attachment A to this Sworn Statement. The Bidder further acknowledges that Metro reserves the right to correct obvious mathematical errors on Attachment A and to correct the totals accordingly. F. The Bidder, if a certified firm, and proposing to count its own participation toward meeting the applicable utilization goal, states that it has included its participation in the following Utilization Report and has included itself on Attachment A, as appropriate. T/M13 -95 00320.1 MBE/WBE SWORN STATEMENT G. The Bidder acknowledges that the information provided on said Report and such other information as may be obtained by Metro will be used by Metro to determine whether the Bidder's commitment to utilize certified firms complies with all requirements of Section 00020 and Part 2 of Section 00100 of the Contract Documents. Name of Bidder By: Title: State of: County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned In the instrument. Date: (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title My appointment expires: ATTACHMENT A MBE/WBE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER CONTACT - UTILIZATION REPORT Name of Firm: $ MBG $ WBG Address /City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Subcontract ❑ Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * ❑ Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer ❑ Installer Only Name of Firm: $ MEG $ WBG Address /City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Subcontract ❑ Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * ❑ Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer ❑ Installer Only Name of Firm: $ MBG $ WBG Address /City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Description of work to be performed, supplies, materials or equipment: ❑ Bidder ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Subcontract ❑ Manufacturer /Regular Dealer * ❑ Supplier Only ❑ Purchaser & Installer ❑ Installer Only TOTAL MBG AND WBG DOLLAR COMMITMENT TOTAL MBG AND WBG PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL BID PRICE $ MBG $ WBG % % *(Pursuant to paragraph 00100 - 2.09.0.4, a bidder may count only twenty percent (2096) of the expenditures who are NOT manufacturers or regular dealers.) (Make additional copies of form if necessary.) T/M13 -95 END OF SECTION 00320-3 ATTACHMENT A SECTION 00330 SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY State of Pursuant to paragraph 00100 -2.12, the bidder shall complete the following form: j ss. County of ) The undersigned, being first duly sworn, on oath states to the King County Department of Metropolitan Services on behalf of the Bidder as follows: A. This Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity constitutes the Bidder's plan of affirmative action to be followed in the event a contract is awarded to the Bidder to ensure that equal opportunity in employment is afforded by the Bidder and the Bidder's subcontractors while providing specific materials and supplies or consulting or construction services for Metro. B. The Bidder agrees that submission of this Sworn Statement constitutes an acknowledgment of Metro's equal employment opportunity requirements as set forth in Section 19, King County Ordinance 11032, which ordinance is incorporated herein by this reference. C. The Bidder hereby designates: Name: Title: as the person who has been charged by the Bidder with the responsibility for carrying out and reporting the Bidder's compliance with this plan of affirmative action. D. The Bidder gives assurance that the total work force under this Contract will include substantial percentages of minorities and women. The Bidder will proceed in good faith and make every reasonable effort to meet the following equal employment opportunity goals which are applicable to the total number of hours of employment at all levels under this Contract: Minorities — 16.6% and Women — 12%. E. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will correct deficiencies of under - represented persons at all levels of the work force, including management, by considering under - represented persons to fill new positions and vacancies. F. The Bidder gives assurance that this plan of affirmative action will be communicated to supervisors and other employees of the Bidder, prior to the commencement of the work on this Contract. G. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will make continuing efforts to recruit minority and women employees, to advertise employment opportunities in ways which will effectively reach minorities and women, and to include in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Bidder, a statement that the Bidder is an "Equal Opportunity Employer ". H. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will provide opportunity for training and advancement for minorities and women in pre- apprentice, apprentice, journeyworkers and all other positions, whether with the Bidder or subcontractors, employed on the work. T/M13 -95 00330 -1 EEO SWORN STATEMENT I. The Bidder will maintain records in an easily retrievable and understandable form that will document any and all openings and opportunities for advancement that occur, the Bidder's efforts to train, recruit and promote minorities and women, and the results of those efforts. J. The Bidder gives assurance that the Bidder will communicate the affirmative action obligations under this Sworn Statement to its subcontractors, labor unions or representatives of workers with which the Bidder has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract. K The Bidder acknowledges that neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Bidder has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women, shall excuse the Bidder's obligation under this Sworn Statement and any contract awarded to the Bidder. By: Title: State of: Name of Bidder County of: I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title My appointment expires: END OF SECTION 00330-2 EEO SWORN STATEMENT . SECTION 00340 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS Pursuant to Part A, paragraph 00100 -1.28, the following is a list of the subcontractors to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work in excess of ten percent (10 %) of the total amount of its bid and a description of the work to be performed. If no subcontractors will perform more than 10% of the work, check the box below. Failure to properly complete and submit this form shall result in the bid being determined non - responsive, and the bid shall not be considered for award unless Metro can discern from the other portions of the bid the identity of all such subcontractors. For the purpose of this Section, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the Contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only for the performance of work at the work site. LI No subcontractor will perform more than 10% of the work. Name of Firm: Descri • tion of work to be • erformed: Name of Firm: Descri • tion of work to be • erformed: Name of Firm: • tion of work to be erformed: Descri • Additional pages may be attached to this page; each page shall be headed SECTION 00340, PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS. T/M13-95 END OF SECTION 00340-1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS SECTION 00410 BID GUARANTY BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , as Principal, and , as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto King County, hereinafter called the Obligee, each in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price of the Principal for the work, this sum not to exceed DOLLARS ) of lawful money of the United States, for the payment whereof unto the Obligee, the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind themselves forever firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal is herewith submitting its offer for the fulfillment of UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE, CONTRACT T/M13 -95. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal is awarded the Contract, and if the Principal, within the time specified, fulfills all of the requirements of the Contract Documents which are conditions precedent to the execution of the Agreement, enters into, executes and delivers to the Obligee an agreement on the form provided herein complete with evidences of insurance, and if the Principal, within the time specified, gives to the Obligee the performance and payment bond on the form provided herein, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the total amount of the bid of the Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to fulfill the Contract if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall the Surety's liability exceed the penal sum hereof. AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED AND AGREED that the Surety shall be liable under this obligation as Principal, and that nothing of any kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal shall operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety. IT IS HEREBY FURTHER DECLARED AND AGREED that this obligation shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. SIGNED this day of , 19 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City /Zip: City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this bid guaranty bond. T/M13 -95 END OF SECTION 00410 -1 BID GUARANTY BOND SECTION 00420 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION As required in paragraphs 00100 -1.12 and 00100 -1.25, the bidder shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of Metro that the bidder is qualified to perform the work under this Contract. To assist Metro in the review of the bidder's qualifications, the bidder, if directed by Metro, shall provide the information required by each item set forth below. If the bidder has been in business for less than the time period set forth in any item, the bidder shall submit such information for the time it has been in business. If the bidder is a joint venture, the bidder shall submit information for each member of the joint venture. Metro reserves the right to inspect records, reports and other information which may be maintained by or for the bidder to the extent necessary, as determined by Metro, to verify, clarify or otherwise consider the information provided by the bidder. 1. List the name and provide a description of experience, training, and credentials for the key personnel the bidder will assign to this Contract. "Key personnel" means management and supervisory personnel to be so assigned. 2. List the name and business address, and provide a description of the scope of work and a statement of experience with references, for all subcontractors, including M/WBEs identified in Section 00320, whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work. 3. (a) List the name of the Paint Booth Manufacturer, as described in Paragraph 11528- 2.02A, whom the bidder proposes to utilize for the work: 3(b) for: (b) List the name of the manufacturer the bidder proposes to utilize for the work of: (1) Heat and vent units, as described in Paragraph 15700- 2.OIK: (2) Rooftop exhaust fan F -77, as described in Paragraph 15700- 2.02C: (3) Exhaust fans, as described in Paragraph 15700- 2.03A.7: (c) Provide a cost split for the mechanical units and their associated ductwork identified in Bay 1 Paint Preparation Room $ Bay 3 Decal Shop $ 4. List the name of the Controls Manufacturer, as described in Paragraph 15900- 1.OIA, whom the bidder proposes to utilize for the work: 5. Provide the bidder's cost to fabricate, install and coordinate the work associated with the lift table stanchions, as described on Drawings EQ -1 and EQ -2: T/M13 -95 00420 -1 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION 6. To assist in considering the bidder's compliance with Metro's EEO Requirements for this Contract, the bidder shall provide a response to the following: a. Does the bidder's current work force meet Metro's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Goals? Yes No b. How many employees of the Bidder's current work force are projected to work on this Contract? Total Minority Women c. How many women and minority employees does the Bidder intend to hire for work on this Contract in order to meet the EEO goals? Minorities Women d. What is the total number of employees projected to work on this Contract? 7. Identify all construction contracts (whether completed or in progress) entered into or performed by the bidder within the past five years for projects similar in scope, time and complexity to the work called for under this Contract include the names of the contracts, the contract prices, and the names of the owners. In addition, identify all construction contracts with Metro entered into or performed by the bidder within the past five years. 8. Submit proof of adequate financial resources which would be available to the bidder for the prosecution and completion of the work hereunder. Such information shall include: (a) documentation of an open letter of credit or other arrangement with an established bank under which financing would be available for prosecution and completion of the work called for hereunder; and (b) certification by the principal financial officer of or an independent accountant for the bidder stating that the bidder has adequate financial resources for the prosecution and completion of the work called for hereunder; (c) assurance from a surety, in the event that the bidder's bid guaranty is provided by a certified or cashier's check, that it will provide the Performance and Payment Bond as required in Section 00610, if the Contract is awarded to the bidder. 9. Identify for the past five years any construction contracts in which the bidder has been involved in bond forfeiture by the bidder or litigation or a major claim between the bidder and the owner; include a brief, concise and accurate explanation of the reasons or basis for such forfeiture, litigation or major claim. For purposes of this item, "major claim" shall mean any claim or aggregate of claims which exceed ten percent of the price of such contract. 10. State the periods within the past five years that the bidder has: a. Not been an active contractor, b. Been in bankruptcy, reorganization and /or receivership; c. Not been registered and licensed as a construction contractor; and d. Been disqualified by any federal, state or local agency from being awarded and/or participating in public contracts. 11. Identify all criminal convictions, including pleas of nolo contendere, of the bidder and any officers of the bidder. 12. Submit the bidder's accident /injury experience factor from the Department of Labor and Industries or other appropriate organization. 13. Provide any other explanation or information which would assist Metro in evaluating the qualifications of the bidder, the bidder's key personnel and proposed subcontractors. END OF SECTION T/M13 -95 00420 -2 QUALIFICATIONS INFORMATION SECTION 00510 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , 19 by and between the King County Department of Metropolitan Services, Seattle, Washington, hereinafter called "Metro" and hereinafter called the "Contractor ". WHEREAS, Metro has caused Contract Documents for UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE, CONTRACT T/M13 -95 to be prepared for certain work as described therein; and WHEREAS, the Contractor has offered to perform the proposed work in accordance with the terms of said Contract Documents; and WHEREAS, Metro has accepted the Contractor's offer at a price of $ NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained and to be performed, the Contractor hereby agrees to complete the work at the price and on the terms and conditions herein contained, and to assume and perform all of the covenants and conditions herein required of the Contractor, and Metro agrees to pay the Contractor the Contract Price provided herein for the fulfillment of the work and the performance of the covenants set forth herein. IT IS FURTHER AGREED that the terms, conditions and covenants of the Contract are set forth in the following exhibit parts, each of which is attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof: Part A Bidding Requirements and General Conditions; Part B Technical Specifications; Part C Contract Drawings; and Part D Addenda. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed in duplicate as of the day and year first above written. By: KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF APPROVED AS TO FORM: METROPOLITAN SERVICES Victor C. Oblas, P.E. Deputy Prosecuting Attorney Director of Technical Services King County Prosecuting Attorney's Office By: Title: State of Name of Contractor County of I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the (title) of (company) to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Date: (Stamp or Seal) Signature of notary public Title My appointment expires: END OF SECTION T/M13 -95 00510 -1 AGREEMENT SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal, and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the King County pursuant to Chapter 39.08 RCW in the full sum of DOLLARS (S ), lawful money of the United States, for the faithful performance of the Agreement referenced below, and for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the conditions of this obligation are such that the Principal has entered into an Agreement in writing with the King County Department of Metropolitan Services ( "Metro ") for UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE, CONTRACT T/M13 -95, according to the terms, conditions and covenants specified in said Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents, as amended and modified, therein referred to which are hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and completely as though set forth in detail herein; NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall faithfully perform all the provisions and requirements of the Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents, according to the terms and conditions thereof and shall hold King County harmless from any loss or damage to any person or property by reason of any conduct on the part of the Principal or of any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on of such work, and shall pay the state of Washington all amounts due said State pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 of the Revised Code of Washington, and shall further indemnify and save harmless King County from any defect or defects in any of the workmanship or materials entering into any part of the work as defined in the Agreement which shall develop or be discovered within 365 days after acceptance of such work, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, and King County shall have the right to sue on this bond for any breach of the Contract or this bond. IT IS FURTHER DECLARED AND AGREED that nothing of any kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal shall operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety, any law, rule of equity or usage relating to the liability of sureties to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Surety waives notice of any alteration, or extension of time, made by King County and agrees that it, the Surety, shall be bound in all ways to King County for any such alterations or extensions of time as if it had received notice of the same. SIGNED this day of ,19 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City /Zip: City /Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this performance and payment bond. END OF SECTION PERFORMANCE AND T/M13 -95 00610 -1 PAYMENT BOND PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 SECTION 00710 TABLE OF CONTENTS Definitions of Words and Terms Joint Venture Contractor Contract Requirements Labor Standards Laws, Regulations and Permits Headings Subcontractors Disruptions Caused by Labor or Other Disputes Interpretation of Contract Documents Intent of Contract Archaeological and Historical Preservation Water Pollution Control Requirements Rights of Way Environmental Mitigation Plan Compliance with Requirements Conflicts of Interest and Non - Competitive Practices PART 2 - METRO - CONTRACTOR RELATIONS 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 Authority of Metro Authority of Contractor Responsibilities of Contractor Metro- Contractor Coordination 1 3 3 4 6 6 6 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 11 12 13 PART 3 - SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS 3.01 Interpretation of Specifications and Drawings 15 3.02 Discrepancies in Specifications and Drawings 16 3.03 Protection of Public and Private Utilities 16 3.04 Submittals 17 3.05 Contractor's Copies of Contract Documents 17 PART 4 - MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP 4.01 General 18 4.02 Product Data 18 4.03 Quality in the Absence of Detailed Specifications 18 4.04 Material and Equipment Specified by Name 18 4.05 Requests for Substitution 18 4.06 Demonstration of Compliance with Requirements 19 T/M13 -95 00710 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 4.07 Storage of Materials and Equipment 20 4.08 Manufacturer's Directions 20 4.09 Defective Work 21 4.10 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Metro 21 4.11 Guarantee 21 4.12 Warranty of Title 22 PART 5 — LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE 5.01 Liability and Indemnification 22 5.02 Insurance 23 5.03 Damage To Work 26 5.04 Litigation Expenses 26 PART 6 — PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 6.01 Notice To Proceed 26 6.02 Contract Time 26 6.03 Suspension Procedures 28 6.04 Termination Procedures 29 6.05 Possession and Use of Completed Portions of The Work 30 PART 7 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7.01 Payments To Contractor 31 7.02 Change Orders 34 7.03 Charges To Contractor 36 7.04 Compensation To Metro for Time Extension 36 7.05 Acceptance of Work 37 7.06 Litigation Delay Costs 37 PART 8 — SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 8.01 Damages for Delay 38 8.02 Abnormal Weather Conditions 38 8.03 Retention of Records and Audit 38 PART 9 — REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 9.01 Minority and Women Business Enterprise Compliance During Work 39 9.02 Nondiscrimination Requirements During Work 40 9.03 Equal Employment Opportunity Reports During Work 40 9.04 Sanctions for Non - Compliance 41 T/M13 -95 00710 -ii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 00710 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS Where used in the Contract Documents, the following words and terms shall have the meanings indicated. The meanings shall be applicable to the singular, plural, masculine, feminine and neuter of the words and terms. Acceptance. Formal action of the Director of Technical Services in determining that the Contractor's work has been completed in accordance with the Contract. Act of Nature. A cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, such as an earthquake, flood or cyclone. Abnormal weather conditions as described in paragraph 00710 -8.02 will be construed as an act of Nature. Addenda. Written additions, deletions, clarifications, interpretations, modifications or corrections to the Contract Documents issued by Metro during the bidding period and prior to the date and time established for submittal of bids. Bid. The offer of a bidder submitted on the prescribed Bid Form and including the Bidding Schedule, bid guaranty, M /WBE, EEO and subcontractor statements, qualifications information, and all other forms and documentation required by the Contract Documents. Bidder. Individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or a combination thereof, including joint venturers, submitting a bid to perform the work. Bid Price. Offer of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price or prices for the work to be performed. Change Order. Written order issued by Metro, with or without notice to sureties, making changes in the work within the scope of this Contract. Completion. Fulfillment of all the terms and conditions of the contract as evidenced by passing final inspection with no defects or omissions noted. Contract Documents or Contract. The writings and drawings embodying the legally binding obligations between Metro and the Contractor for completion of the work. The Contract or Contract Documents (terms used interchangeably) includes the following parts: Part A — Bidding Requirements and General Conditions Part B — Technical Specifications Part C — Contract Drawings Part D — Addenda Change Orders Contract Drawings or Drawings. The drawings included in the Contract plus those prepared by Metro and the Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Contract. They include: 1. Drawings in Part C of the Contract 2. Drawings issued by addenda; 3. Drawings submitted by the Contractor to Metro during the progress of the work either as attachments to change orders or as non - modifying supplements to drawings in Part C; and, 4. Drawings submitted by Metro to the Contractor during the progress of the work either as attachments to change orders or as explanatory supplements to drawings in Part C. T/M13.95 00710 -1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract Price. Amount payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract based on the lump sum prices, unit prices, or combination thereof, on the Bidding Schedule, with adjustments made in accordance with the Contract. Contract Time. Number of calendar days and /or the intermediate and final completion dates stated in the Contract for the completion of the work. Contractor. The individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or combination thereof, including joint venturers, contracting with Metro for the performance of the work. Contractor's Plant and Equipment. Equipment, material, supplies, and all other items, except labor, brought onto the site by the Contractor to carry out the work, but not to be incorporated in the work. Contractor's Representative. The individual designated in writing by the Contractor to act on its behalf under this Contract. Day. Calendar day, unless otherwise specified. Direct. Action of Metro by which the Contractor is ordered to perform or refrain from performing work under the Contract. Directive. Written documentation of the actions of Metro in directing the Contractor. Director of Technical Services or Director. Metro's Director of Technical Services who shall act on behalf of Metro under this Contract. Other employees of Metro may be authorized in writing by said Director to act on the Director's behalf for specific matters relating to this Contract. Engineer. The employee(s) designated in writing by the Director of Technical Services to act as the Director's representative at the construction site and to perform construction inspection services and administrative functions relating to this Contract. Executive Director. Executive Director of the King County Department of Metropolitan Services. Other employees of Metro may be authorized in writing by the Executive Director to act on the Executive Director's behalf for specific matters relating to this Contract. Furnish. To supply and deliver any item, equipment or material to the job site or other specified location. Herein. Refers to the Contract. Install. Placing, erecting, or constructing complete in place any item, equipment, or material. King County Department of Metropolitan Services ( "Metro "). The new name of the governmental entity formerly known as the "Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle ". Any reference in this document to "Municipality" or "Owner" refers to King County Department of Metropolitan Services. May. Refers to permissive actions. Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle or Municipality or Owner. Effective January 1, 1994, by operation of law, the Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle was consolidated into King County, a home rule charter county of the state of Washington. Any references in these Contract Documents to "Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle ", "Municipality" or "Owner" refer to the King County Department of Metropolitan Services. Paragraph. For reference or citation purposes, paragraph shall refer to the paragraph, or paragraphs, called out by section number and alphanumeric designator. For example, this definition is found in paragraph 00710 -1.01; permits and licenses are discussed in paragraph 00710 -1.05 B. Person. Includes individuals, associations, firms, companies, corporations, partnerships, and joint ventures. Proposed Work Change or PWC. A written document issued by the Engineer to the Contractor identifying contemplated changes in the work and requesting a price and /or schedule proposal from the Contractor; such a request shall not be interpreted or construed to constitute a change order. Provide. Furnish and install, complete in place, without additional charge. T/M13 -95 00710 -2 GENERAL CONDITIONS Punch List. List prepared by the Engineer identifying items of work which are incomplete or not in conformance with the Contract. Reference Documents. Reports and drawings, if any, available to bidders for information and reference in preparing bids but not as part of the Contract. RCW. Means the Revised Code of Washington. Shall or Will. Whenever used to stipulate anything, shall or will means mandatory by either the Contractor or Metro, as applicable, and means that the Contractor or Metro, as applicable, has thereby entered into a covenant with the other party to do or perform the same. Shown. Refers to information presented on the Contract Drawings, with or without reference to such Drawings. Specifications or Technical Specifications. Part B of the Contract consisting of written descriptions of the technical features of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship and installation. Specify. Refers to information described, shown, noted, indicated or presented in any manner in any part of the Contract. Subcontractor. The individual, association, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or joint venture entering into an agreement with the Contractor or another subcontractor to perform a specific part of the work covered by this Contract. Submittals. Information which is submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the Technical Specifications. WAC. Means the state of Washington Administrative Code. Work. Refers to the labor, materials, equipment, supplies, services, and other items necessary for the execution, completion and fulfillment of this Contract by the Contractor to the satisfaction of Metro. 1.02 JOINT VENTURE CONTRACTOR In the event the Contractor is a joint venture of two or more contractors, the grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, power, privileges and liabilities of the Contract shall be construed and held to be several as well as joint. Any notice, order, direction, request or any communication required to be or that may be given by Metro to the Contractor under this Contract, shall be well and sufficiently given to all persons being the Contractor if given to any one or more of such joint venture contractors. Any notice, request or other communication given by any one of such joint venture contractors to Metro under this Contract shall be deemed to have been given by and shall bind all joint venture contractors being the Contractor. In the event of the dissolution of the joint venture Contractor, Metro shall have the unqualified right to select which joint venture partner, if any, shall continue with the work under this Contract, and such selected partner shall assume all liabilities, obligations, rights and benefits of the Contractor under this Contract. Such dissolution of the joint venture shall not be effected without prior consultation with Metro. In the event of failure or inability of either joint venture partner to continue performance under this Contract, the other joint venture partner shall perform all services and work and assume all liabilities, obligations, rights and benefits to the Contractor under this Contract. Such determination of failure or inability to continue performance shall not be effected without prior consultation with Metro. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed or interpreted to limit Metro's rights under this Contract or by law to determine whether the Contractor or either joint venture partner thereof has performed within the terms of this Contract. 1.03 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS A. SUCCESSORS' OBLIGATIONS The grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, powers, privileges and liabilities contained in the Contract shall be read and held as made by and with, and granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor and Metro and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. A surety under the Performance and Payment Bond electing to complete the work in the event of a default, termination or other failure of the Contractor to perform the work, will comply fully with all Contract requirements. T/M13 -95 00710 -3 GENERAL CONDITIONS B. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contract shall not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of Metro. To the maximum extent permitted by law, involuntary assignment of the Contract caused by the Contractor being adjudged bankrupt, assignment of the Contract for the benefit of Contractor's creditors or appointment of a receiver on account of Contractor's insolvency shall be considered as a failure to comply with the provisions of the Contract and subject to the termination provisions contained herein. C. WAIVER OF RIGHTS BY METRO Except as herein provided, no action or want of action on the part of Metro at any time with respect to the exercise of any rights or remedies conferred upon it under this Contract shall be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Metro of any of its rights or remedies. No waiver shall be effective against Metro except an express waiver in writing. No waiver of one right or remedy by Metro shall act as a waiver of any other right or remedy or as a subsequent waiver of the same right or remedy. D. AMENDMENT OF GENERAL CONDITIONS After award of this Contract, these general conditions may be amended only by change order under paragraph 00710 -7.02. 1.04 LABOR STANDARDS A. WAGES OF EMPLOYEES 1. General. This Contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 RCW (as amended or supplemented). The Contractor, each subcontractor and other person doing any work under this Contract shall pay laborers, workers and mechanics not less than the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state of Washington where such labor is performed. Wages and benefits higher than the minimums required by law may be paid. In the event rates of wages and benefits change while this Contract is in force, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such changes and shall have no claim against Metro on account of such changes. 2. Prevailing Rates of Wages. All determinations of the prevailing rate of wage shall be made by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries of the state of Washington. The state schedule of prevailing wage rates applicable to this Contract are set forth in Attachment A to this Section 00710. If employing labor in a class not listed in such schedule, the Contractor shall request the industrial statistician to determine the correct wage rate for that class and locality. 3. Disputes. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the state of Washington and said director's decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 4. Posting Notices. Except as provided otherwise in Chapter 39.12 RCW, the Contractor, each subcontractor and other person required to pay the prevailing rate of wage shall post in a location(s) readily visible to workers at the job site: (1) a copy of the statement of intent to pay prevailing wages approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries under RCW 39.12.040; and (2) the address and telephone number of the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. 5. Apprentices. Apprentice workers employed hereunder for whom an apprenticeship agreement has been registered and approved with the state apprenticeship council pursuant to Chapter 49.04 RCW must be paid at least the prevailing hourly rate for an apprentice for that trade. Any worker for whom an apprenticeship agreement has not been registered and approved by the state apprenticeship council shall be considered to be a fully qualified journeyworker, and, therefore, shall be paid at the prevailing hourly rate for journeyworkers. 6. Required Documents. Pursuant to Chapter 39.12 RCW, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit the following documents to Metro: T/M13 -95 00710 -4 GENERAL CONDITIONS a. Before payment is made by Metro, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" which has been approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. b. With each request for payment, the Contractor shall submit a statement that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" filed with Metro. c. Following acceptance of the work and before funds retained according to RCW 60.28.010 are released to the Contractor, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit an "Affidavit of Wages Paid" which has been approved by the industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. Any fees charged by the Department of Labor and Industries for filing the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and the "Affidavit of Wages Paid" shall be paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor, as applicable; if, for any reason, Metro pays such fees, then the Contractor shall be charged the amounts thereof. 7. Audits. Metro may inspect or audit the Contractor's wage and payroll records at any time while the Contract is in force and for at least three years after the date of final acceptance. The Contractor shall maintain such records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that wage and payroll records of all its subcontractors and agents shall be open to similar inspection and auditing for the same period of time. Metro will give the Contractor reasonable notice of the starting date if an audit will begin more than 60 days after the date of acceptance of work. B. WORKER'S BENEFITS The Contractor shall make all payments required for unemployment compensation under Title 50 RCW and for industrial insurance and medical aid required under Title 51 RCW. The Contractor shall also obey all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations establishing safety standards for the protection of employees. If any payment required by Title 50 or Title 51 is not made when due, Metro may retain such payments from any money due the Contractor and pay the same into the appropriate fund. The Public Works Contract Division of the Department of Labor and Industries will provide the Contractor with applicable industrial insurance and medical aid classification and premium rates. Before release of any funds retained according to RCW 60.28.010, the Contractor shall complete a "Request for Release" form and submit such form to the Department of Labor and Industries for approval for the purpose of obtaining a release with respect to the payments of industrial insurance and medical aid premiums. Such approved form shall be submitted to the Engineer. C. HOURS OF LABOR The Contractor shall comply with Chapter 49.28 RCW. Failure of the Contractor to perform the work in accordance with this policy of the state of Washington shall be deemed a failure on its part to comply with the provisions of this Contract within the meaning of paragraph 00710 -6.04. D. SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS, OVERTIME, SHIFT AND TIDE WORK Within ten days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of working hours, including overtime, shift and tide work, to the Engineer for approval. Such schedule shall take into account applicable governmental laws, regulations and permits and shall comply with any other work hour constraints set forth in the Specifications. The schedule approved by the Engineer shall be effective during the performance of work under this Contract. If allowed by such laws, regulations, permits and constraints, the Contractor may work hours other than those on the approved schedule ( "unscheduled hours ") but will be responsible for paying Metro's overtime inspection costs unless the Contractor obtains the Engineer's concurrence at least 72 hours prior to working unscheduled hours. If the Contractor works unscheduled hours and/or if the Contractor did not obtain the Engineer's concurrence at least 72 hours prior to the start of unscheduled work, the Contractor shall be liable for the costs of Metro's overtime inspection at the rate of $45 for each hour or portion thereof for each person performing such inspection for and on behalf of Metro. The Contractor agrees that Metro will deduct overtime inspection charges from payments due the Contractor. In the event of a change order requiring the Contractor to work unscheduled hours, the Contractor will not be charged for Metro's overtime inspection costs. T/M13 -95 00710 -5 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.05 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS A. GENERAL The Contractor shall perform all work hereunder in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Contract, with local, state and federal laws, ordinances, resolutions and regulations, and with permit and easement conditions pertaining to the conduct of the work; the Contractor shall be liable for violations of same. The Contractor shall give the notices, file information and pay taxes, deductions and premiums as may be required by law. The Contractor shall cooperate with all governmental entities regarding inspection of the work and compliance with such requirements. The Contractor shall not perform work known to be contrary to the terms and conditions of the Contract and /or laws, ordinances, resolutions, regulations or permit and easement conditions. If the Contractor observes that the Drawings, Specifications or other portions of the Contract Documents are in conflict with any laws, resolutions, regulations and /or permit and easement conditions, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of such conflict. Metro will promptly review the matter and, if necessary, will issue a change order or take any other action necessary to bring about compliance. B. PERMITS AND LICENSES Unless otherwise specified in the Specifications, permits and licenses from governmental agencies which are necessary only for and during the prosecution of the work and the subsequent guarantee period shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits and licenses of regulatory agencies which are necessary to be maintained after expiration of the guarantee period will be secured and paid for by Metro. C. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES The costs involved in fees, royalties or claims for any patented invention, article, process or method that may be used upon or in a manner connected with the work under this Contract or with the use of completed work by Metro shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor and its sureties shall protect and hold Metro, and its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent. Before final payment is made on the account of this Contract, the Contractor shall, if requested by Metro, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release from all such fees or claims. Should the Contractor, its agent, servants or employees, or any of them be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material or appliances supplied or required to be supplied or used under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials or appliances in lieu thereof of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability, and market value, and satisfactory in all respects to Metro. In the event that Metro elects, in lieu of such substitution, to have supplied and to retain and use any such invention, article, material or appliances as may be required to be supplied by the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and necessary for Metro, its officers, agents, servants and employees, or any of them to use such invention, article, material or appliance without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding in law or equity on account thereof. Should the Contractor neglect or refuse to make the substitution promptly or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then in that event Metro shall have the right to make such substitution or Metro may pay such royalties and secure such licenses and charge the Contractor even though final payment under the Contract may have been made. 1.06 HEADINGS Headings to parts, divisions, sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs and forms are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Contract. 1.07 SUBCONTRACTORS Subcontractors to the Contractor will not be recognized as having a direct relationship with Metro, nor are subcontractors intended or incidental third -party beneficiaries to this Contract. The persons engaged in the work, including employees of subcontractors and suppliers, will be considered employees of the Contractor and their work shall be subject to the provisions of the Contract. T/M13 -95 00710 -6 GENERAL CONDITIONS This Contract is between Metro and the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for performing all work shown on the Drawings and described in all sections of the Specifications. The Contract Documents have not been written with the intent of, and Metro shall not be a party to, defining the division of work between the Contractor and its subcontractors. The Contractor with its own organization shall perform work amounting to at least 10 percent of the original Contract Price. Before computing this percentage, however, the Contractor may subtract from the original Contract Price the costs of portions of the work to be subcontracted work that are designated herein, or approved by the Engineer, as specialty items. No work shall be subcontracted without written consent of the Engineer, provided, written consent shall not be required for subcontractors identified by the Contractor as part of its bid to perform the work under this Contract if Metro did not object to such subcontractors; and, provided further, written consent shall not be required for a subcontractor whose subcontract amount is less than three percent of the Contract Price or less than $250,000, whichever is the lesser amount. Each request to subcontract shall be on the form the Engineer provides. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide documentation that the proposed subcontractor is experienced and equipped to do the subcontract work. The subcontractor shall be properly licensed, registered or certified, as applicable to perform the assigned work. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to comply with all provisions of this Contract pertinent to the subcontract work, including minority and women business enterprise participation and affirmative action in employment. Consent to subcontract any portion of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for performance of the Contract. Subcontracting shall create no contract between Metro and the subcontractor, nor shall the subcontractor have any rights against Metro by reason of its subcontract with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work and material furnished, and no subcontract shall in any case release the Contractor of its obligations or liability under this Contract and the Performance and Payment Bond. Before payment on each monthly partial payment request and the final payment, the Contractor shall submit the affidavits identifying amounts paid to and owed to, as applicable, minority and women business enterprises as required by paragraph 00710 -9.01 herein. If dissatisfied with any part of the subcontracted work, the Engineer may request in writing that the subcontractor be removed. The Contractor shall comply with this request at once, shall not employ the subcontractor for any further work under the Contract, and shall have no claim whatsoever against Metro on account of such removal. 1.08 DISRUPTIONS CAUSED BY LABOR OR OTHER DISPUTES The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent all disputes arising from the presence of or the performance of work by the Contractor and any of its subcontractors or suppliers from: (1) disrupting the work under this Contract; (2) interfering with access to Metro's property by Metro, including its agents, representatives, employees and officials; (3) interfering with access and work by any other contractors engaged in construction activities; and, (4) interfering with access to property by members of the public. If such a dispute disrupts the work under this Contract or interferes in any way with access to Metro's property or to the site of the work by any persons, the Contractor shall promptly and expeditiously take all reasonable actions to eliminate or minimize such disruption or interference, including but not limited to: (1) utilizing all reasonable means to prevent all unlawful conduct or picketing, and restricting all lawful picketing or other activities to a single entrance to the property or site of the work; (2) posting notices or signs which advise interested persons and labor organizations that a particular entrance to the property or site of the work is for the employees of "primary" or, as the case may be, "neutral" employers; (3) policing entrances to ensure that only authorized personnel use the entrances; (4) notifying all interested labor organizations of the "primary" or "neutral" status of particular entrances; (5) upon request of Metro, altering or rerouting the access to the site; and (6) in the event of any such picketing or activity is unlawful or has a secondary impact upon the employees of neutral employers, promptly and expeditiously taking appropriate action to seek recourse through the appropriate governmental agency or state or federal courts to limit the location of such picketing or activity so as to reduce the impact thereof upon neutral employers. T/M13 -95 00710 -7 GENERAL CONDITIONS Metro will cooperate with the Contractor to accomplish the foregoing actions and will render assistance as may be in the best interests of Metro. However, Metro shall have the right, without providing additional compensation to the Contractor, to direct the Contractor to modify any of the foregoing actions the Contractor has taken or plans to take or to overrule such actions, to designate the entrances to be used as "primary" or "neutral" entrances, and to take appropriate legal action in order to protect Metro's property and interests. Neither the failure of Metro to request that the Contractor take a specific action nor the exercise by Metro of its rights hereunder shall modify or constitute a defense to or waiver of the obligations imposed upon the Contractor in this paragraph. Failure by the Contractor to take the actions described above or to comply with the directives of Metro shall be considered a material breach of this Contract and Metro shall have all rights provided by law and in this Contract for such breach. In any event, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall be liable for and shall defend, indemnify, save and hold harmless Metro and its agents, representatives, employees and officials from: (1) all claims, suits, or actions brought against Metro by any third party (including, but not limited to, contractors, licensees and invitees of Metro), including the costs of the same and attorney's and consultant's fees, which claims, suits, actions, damages or costs are caused in whole or in part by any dispute which disrupts the work hereunder or otherwise interferes with access to Metro property; (2) all damages sustained by Metro, including but not limited to the costs incurred by Metro in relocating or rerouting access to Metro property and for taking other actions required to maintain the uninterrupted progress of work under this Contract or other contracts and the uninterrupted operations of Metro facilities; and (3) all extra costs incurred by Metro in administering this Contract, including attorney's and consultant's fees, arising from such disruptions or interference. The term "dispute" as used in this paragraph 00710 -1.08 includes labor- related and non labor- related disputes, whether or not the person or other entities involved in the dispute have an employment relationship with either the Contractor or Metro. Examples of such disputes include, but are not limited to, informational or other picketing, and all other forms of concerted or nonconcerted activity. Metro shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor all of the attorney's fees and costs incurred by Metro in establishing or enforcing Metro's right to indemnity under this paragraph 00710 -1.08. 1.09 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any of the Contract Documents, the conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved upon the governing document. The hierarchy of the documents is listed below, with each document governing over those listed below it: 1. Change Orders 2. Part D — Addenda 3. Part A — Bidding Requirements and General Conditions 4. Part B — Technical Specifications 5. Part C — Contract Drawings 1.10 INTENT OF CONTRACT The intent of the Contract is to prescribe a complete work. The Contractor shall provide, coordinate and supervise all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies and incidentals required to complete all work in compliance with the requirements of the Contract. The Contract Price, whether lump sum or unit prices or a combination thereof, shall be full pay for all work and materials required to fully complete the Contract work. 1.11 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL PRESERVATION The Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements set forth in Chapter 27.53 RCW entitled Archaeological Sites and Resources. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer if any artifacts, skeletal remains or other archaeological resources (as defined under RCW 27.53.040) are unearthed during excavation or otherwise discovered on the site of the work. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any construction activity which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would be in violation of Chapter 27.53 RCW. The suspension of work shall remain in effect until permission to proceed has been obtained by the Engineer from the State Historic Preservation Officer or private landowner, as applicable. T/M13 -95 00710 -8 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.12 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW in the performance of this work. By submitting a bid for and entering into this Contract, the Contractor has thereby assured Metro that the Contractor has knowledge of, understands and will comply with the provisions and requirements of Chapter 90.48 RCW, including any regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall also perform its work in compliance with water pollution control requirements as may be set forth in this Contract and as may be a part of any permit or other authorization issued or obtained for this Contract. 1.13 RIGHTS OF WAY All rights of way to be provided by Metro for use by the Contractor and for the completed work shall be set forth in the Specifications and may be shown on the Drawings. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within the identified rights of way, unless the Contractor makes arrangements for use of additional public and /or private property and complies with this paragraph 00710 -1.13. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements set forth in such rights of way documents and in the Contract applicable to the performance of work hereunder. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer of the dates of commencement and completion of work on each right of way provided by Metro. If the Contractor fails to diligently prosecute and complete the work on each such right of way and, as a result of such failure, Metro becomes obligated to pay additional amounts for the use of such right of way, the Contractor shall be charged such additional costs in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.03. Upon completion of use of each right of way, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a written release signed by such owner, or authorized agent therefor, stating that the owner has no claims whatsoever against Metro on account of the Contractor's use of such right of way. Such release shall be on the form set forth in the Specifications. If the Contractor makes arrangements for use of such additional public and /or private property, the Contractor, prior to using such property, shall provide the Engineer with written permission of the owner, or duly authorized agent of such owner, for such use. Upon completion of use of such property, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a written release signed by such owner or authorized agent therefor stating that the owner has no claims whatsoever against Metro on account of the Contractor's use of such property. Such release shall be on the form set forth in the Specifications. The Contractor shall save Metro harmless from all suits and legal proceedings of every kind and description that might result from use of or damage to rights of way and public and /or private property by the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, resolutions or directives relating to its use of public rights or way, streets or highways; and its use of same shall not disturb the rights and property of adjacent property owners. 1.14 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION PLAN If and as required in the Specifications, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a plan by which the Contractor and its subcontractors shall ensure all environmental mitigation requirements shall be complied with during performance of the work under this Contract. The plan shall specifically address each such requirement. Failure to submit a complete environmental mitigation plan may result in suspension of work delays, if any, resulting therefrom shall be considered avoidable delays, and additional costs, if any, resulting therefrom shall be borne by the Contractor. Preparation of such a plan and compliance with all environmental mitigation requirements shall be deemed incidental to the work under this Contract and all costs therefor shall be included in the Contract Price. 1.15 COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS The Engineer will not approve payments for portions of the work not performed in full compliance with provisions of the Contract, laws, ordinances, resolutions, regulations, permits and /or easements and will withhold such payments to the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 00710- 7.01C.2. The Contractor shall be responsible, and have no claim whatsoever against Metro, for all costs and effects of delays resulting or arising from suspension and /or stop work orders issued by the Engineer and /or any T/M13 -95 00710 -9 GENERAL CONDITIONS governmental authority as a result of incidents of non - compliance by the Contractor and /or its subcontractors and suppliers. 1.16 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND NON - COMPETITIVE PRACTICES Consistent with Section 20 of King County Ordinance No. 11032, the Contractor agrees as follows: A. CONFLICT OF INTEREST The Contractor, by entering into this Contract with Metro to perform or provide work, services or materials, has thereby covenanted that it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest, and that it shall not acquire any such interest, which conflicts in any manner or degree with the work, services or materials required to be performed and /or provided under this Contract and that it shall not employ any person or agent having any such interest. In the event that the Contractor or its agents, employees or representatives acquires such a conflict of interest, it shall immediately disclose such interest to Metro and take action immediately to eliminate the conflict or to withdraw from this Contract, as Metro may require. B. CONTINGENT FEES AND GRATUITIES The Contractor, by entering into this Contract with Metro to perform or provide work, services or materials, has thereby covenanted: 1. That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated agents or representatives of the Contractor has been or will be employed or retained to solicit or secure this Contract with an agreement or understanding that a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee may be paid; and 2. That no gratuities, in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, have been or will be offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or representatives, to any official, member or employee of Metro or other governmental agency with a view toward securing this Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending thereof, or the making of any determination with respect to the performance of this Contract. C. PENALTIES In addition to the provisions of Section 20 of King County Ordinance No. 11032, Contractors are advised that Section 3.04.060 of the King County Code authorizes criminal liability, and civil penalties, including the cancellation of current contracts and disqualification from bidding for a two -year period, for any person who violates Section 3.04.060 of the King County Code. PART 2 — METRO - CONTRACTOR RELATIONS 2.01 AUTHORITY OF METRO A. GENERAL Metro, acting through the Director and the Engineer, shall be the sole judge of the work and materials with respect to both quantity and quality as set forth in the Contract. It is expressly stipulated that the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents set forth the requirements as to the nature of the completed work and do not purport to control the means or method of performing work except in those instances where the nature of the. completed work is dependent on the method of performance. The Director will designate the Engineer and notify the Contractor in writing. B. AUTHORITY OF DIRECTOR OF TECHNICAL SERVICES 1. General. The Director shall act on behalf of Metro on change orders, extensions in time, progress payments, contract interpretation and administrative decisions, acceptability of the Contractor's work, early possession, assessment of damages and all other matters related to administration of this Contract. 2. Change Orders. The Director or the Director's designee shall accept or reject change 3. Progress Payments. The Director shall accept or reject requests for progress payments which have been submitted by the Contractor and recommended by the Engineer. orders. T/M13 -95 00710 -10 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4. Contract Decisions. Should the Contractor disagree with the Engineer's decision with respect to the Contract, the Contractor may request that the Director review the Engineer's decision and make a determination on behalf of Metro in the manner provided under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.2. 5. Acceptability of Work. The Director shall make determinations of the acceptability of the work. The Director also shall accept or reject the Engineer's recommendations regarding retention of defective work as provided in paragraph 00710 -4.09. 6. Early Possession. The Director shall determine whether to take early possession in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.05. 7. Assessment of Damages. The Director shall determine amounts to be assessed as damages hereunder. C. AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER 1. General. The Engineer is the construction site representative of Metro. The Director has delegated the authority to the Engineer to make decisions regarding questions which may arise as to the quality or acceptability of materials and work furnished, the manner of performance and the rate of progress of the work under the Contract. The Engineer interprets the intent and meaning of the Contract and makes decisions with respect to the Contractor's fulfillment of the Contract and the Contractor's entitlement to compensation. The Contractor shall look initially to the Engineer in matters relating to compliance with Contract requirements. The Engineer's decisions are subject to review by the Director in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.2. 2. Inspection of Construction. The Engineer and its designated representative(s) shall have access to the work and to the site of the work and to the places where work is being prepared or where materials, supplies, equipment, machinery and other items are being obtained for the work. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide the assistance necessary for obtaining such access, and shall provide information related to the inspection of construction. Absence of such access or information, as and when needed, will result in the non - acceptance of the work. 3. Change Orders. The Engineer has the authority to initiate and approve change orders, subject to review by the Director or the Director's designee. 4. Progress Payments. The Engineer has the authority to process payment requests submitted by the Contractor and recommend payment in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02. 5. Possession. The Engineer has the authority to recommend the taking possession by Metro of completed portions of the work, in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.05. D. USE OF CONTRACTOR'S PLANT AND EQUIPMENT The Director shall have the right to make use of the Contractor's plant and equipment for the performance of work at the site. Metro agrees that such use of plant and equipment will be considered as extra work and paid for accordingly, unless such use is necessary to protect or preserve the work from damage threatened or caused by acts of Nature or Contractor breach of contract. 2.02 AUTHORITY OF CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor shall in writing notify the Engineer of the name of the Contractor's Representative. The Contractor's Representative shall supervise the work to ensure that the Contractor carries out the provisions of the Contract and provides all necessary supplies, services, materials, equipment, tools and labor without delay. The Contractor's Representative shall have the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters relating to this Contract unless Metro is advised in writing of limitations on said authority. The Contractor shall provide full -time supervision whenever its employees, subcontractors or suppliers are performing work under this Contract. B. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES The Contractor shall actively supervise and direct the work at all times. The Contractor shall determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, except in those instances where the Contract Documents, to define the quality or sequencing of an item of work, specify a means, method, technique, sequence or procedure for construction of that item of work. T/M13 -95 00710 -11 GENERAL CONDITIONS 2.03 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR A. SUBCONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, timeliness, efficiency and sufficiency of its subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and their employees. References in the Contract, if any, to actions required of subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, or any person other than the Contractor, Metro or the Engineer shall be interpreted as requiring that the Contractor shall require such subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or person to perform the specified action. B. CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, timeliness, efficiency and sufficiency of its employees. Workers shall have sufficient knowledge, skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. The Contractor's and its subcontractor's employees shall be properly licensed, registered or certified, as applicable, to perform their assigned work. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide copies of licenses, registrations or certifications held by its employees. In addition, any such employee determined by the Engineer in writing not to be sufficiently qualified to perform assigned work or not to be appropriately cooperative with the Engineer shall be removed by the Contractor from all work under this Contract. C. PAYMENT FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS The Contractor shall pay and require its subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for labor including workers compensation premiums, state unemployment and federal social security payments and other wage and salary deductions required by law. The Contractor also shall pay and cause its subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for services, equipment, and materials used by it and its subcontractors during the performance of work under this Contract. Such accounts shall be paid by the Contractor as they become due and payable. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly furnish proof of payment of such accounts. D. ATTENTION TO WORK The Contractor, acting through its Representative, shall give personal attention to and shall manage the work so that it shall be prosecuted faithfully and completed in accordance with all requirements of the Contract. When the Contractor's Representative is not personally present at the site, its designated alternate shall be available and shall have the authority to act in matters relating to this Contract. E. EMPLOYEE OR OPERATOR SAFETY The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the work site, including safety of all persons and property, during performance of the work. The Contractor shall maintain the work site and perform the work in a manner which meets statutory and common law requirements for the provision of a safe place to work and which does not pose any safety risks to operators of the plant or other employees of Metro. This obligation shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. That the Engineer conducts construction review of the Contractor's performance does not and shall not be intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on or near the site of the work. The Contractor shall comply with the safety standards and provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes, and the safety regulations set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards" published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. The Contractor shall maintain at the work site office or other well known place at the work site all materials (e.g., a first aid kit) necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall establish, publish and make known to all employees procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the site. Employees shall not be permitted to work on the site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. If the Contractor's and /or any subcontractors work crew consists of five or more employees, the Contractor shall ensure that at least one of such employees has a valid, effective first aid card. In order to protect the lives and health of employees performing work under this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA), including all revisions, amendments and regulations issued thereunder, and the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety Act of 1973 (WISHA), including all revisions, amendments and regulations issued thereunder by the Washington T/M13 -95 00710 -12 GENERAL CONDITIONS i State Department of Labor and Industries. The WISHA regulations shall apply (without limitation) to all excavation, trenching and ditching operations. In case of conflict between any such requirements, the more stringent regulation or requirement shall apply. The Contractor shall prepare a written "Safety Program" demonstrating the methods by which all applicable safety requirements of this Contract will be met. The Contractor shall ensure its subcontractors have a written "Safety Program" or formally adopt the Contractor's "Safety Program ". The Contractor shall designate a Safety Officer who shall be responsible for proper implementation of the "Safety Program ". The Contractor shall submit a copy of its "Safety Program" to the Engineer as required in the Specifications. The Engineer's review of such Program shall not be deemed to constitute approval or acceptance thereof. The Contractor shall conduct a monthly safety meeting with all subcontractors and others on the site performing work hereunder to discuss general and specific safety matters. The Contractor shall provide written notice of each meeting to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a record of each meeting, including a sheet on which each attendee signed in and a list of the matters discussed. The Contractor shall conduct weekly safety meetings ( "tool box talk ") with employees of the Contractor and subcontractors. The Contractor shall provide written notice of each meeting to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the sheet on which each attendee signed in and a description of the safety topics discussed at the meeting. There is no acceptable deviation from these safety requirements, regardless of practice in the construction industry. Any violation of OSHA, WISHA or other safety requirements applicable to the work shall be considered a breach of this Contract. F. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE The Contractor shall conduct its work so as to ensure the least possible obstruction to vehicular traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the work and to ensure the protection of persons, property and natural resources. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with the permission of the Engineer and the proper governmental authority. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be accessible to fire fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to ensure the safe use of sidewalks, private and public driveways and proper functioning of gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches and culverts, irrigation ditches and natural water courses, if any, on the work site. G. SANITATION The Contractor shall comply with WAC 296- 155 -140 establishing sanitation standards in the construction industry. H. HAZARDOUS WASTE AND MATERIALS 1. The contractor shall comply with all pertinent federal hazardous waste laws and Washington State Dangerous Waste regulations governing hazardous waste generation, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal. 2. The Contractor shall conduct its work to meet the requirements set forth in the Specifications and any applicable laws or regulations related to hazardous materials encountered during performance of the work. Hazardous materials include asbestos, PCBs, radioactive materials, explosives and other materials deemed as such by regulatory agencies. If the material proves positive as containing asbestos, such material shall be handled in compliance with WAC 296 -62-077 through 296 -62- 07753. The Contractor shall give immediate oral notice, and written notice within three days, to the Engineer upon the discovery of any such hazardous materials and proceed thereafter only as directed by the Engineer or as set forth in the Specifications. In case of any conflict between any such requirements, the more stringent requirement shall apply. 2.04 METRO- CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A. SERVICE OF NOTICE Any notice, order, direction, request or other communication given by the Engineer or Director to the Contractor will be deemed to be well and sufficiently given to the Contractor if left at any office used by the T/M13 -95 00710 -13 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor or delivered to any of its officers, clerks or employees or posted at the site of the work or mailed to any post office addressed to the Contractor at the address given in the Contract or mailed to the Contractor's last known place of business. If mailed, any form of communication will be deemed to have given to and received by the Contractor a day after the day of mailing as evidenced by the postmark date. B. SUGGESTIONS TO CONTRACTOR Any plan or method of work suggested by any representative of Metro to the Contractor but not specified or required by the Contract Documents, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor. The Director and the Engineer assume no responsibility therefor and in no way will be held liable for any defects in the work which may result from or be caused by use of such plan or method of work. C. COOPERATION WITH ENGINEER The Contractor, when requested, shall assist the Engineer in obtaining access to work which is to be inspected. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with information requested in connection with the inspection of the work and administration of this Contract. D. COOPERATION OF OTHERS The Contractor agrees to permit entry to the site of the work by the Director, the Engineer, other employees of Metro, representatives of federal, state or local agencies, or other contractors performing work on behalf of Metro. The Contractor shall cooperate with Metro, other contractors and their employees and shall arrange its work and dispose of its materials in such a manner as not to interfere with the activities of Metro or of others upon the site of the work. The Contractor shall promptly make good any Contractor- caused injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of Metro and other agencies. The Contractor shall coordinate its work with that of others and perform its work in proper sequence in relation to that of others. If requested by the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange meetings with other contractors performing work on behalf of Metro to plan coordination of construction activities and to keep the Contractor informed of the planned activities of other contractors. The Contractor shall attend such meetings if directed by the Engineer. E. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT The Contractor shall not make an alteration or variation in, addition to, or deviation or omission from the requirements of this Contract without the written consent of the Director or the Director's designee. Unless such written consent expressly so provides, any such alteration, variation, addition, deviation or omission by the Contractor shall not result in any extra compensation or extension of time. The Director shall have the right to treat a deviation as a breach or default, if the Director determines the deviation to jeopardize the integrity or quality of the work. F. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS Except as indicated in this paragraph 00710- 2.04F, the Contractor shall have full responsibility with respect to subsurface conditions at the site. If the Contractor believes that any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indicated in the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any work in connection therewith, notify the Engineer in writing about the inaccuracy or difference. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE MADE WITHIN TEN DAYS OF DISCOVERY OF SUCH CONDITION. NO CLAIMS OF THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH 00710 -2.04 F WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS PROVIDED THE REQUIRED NOTICE. If the Engineer concurs that an inaccuracy or material difference exists and that such inaccuracy or material difference will cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of or time required for performance of the work, a change order incorporating the necessary revisions shall be prepared in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02 and submitted to the Director or the Director's designee for approval. If the Engineer finds there is no such inaccuracy or material difference, or if no decision is made in writing within 10 days of the T/M13 -95 00710 -14 GENERAL CONDITIONS written notice by the Contractor (which 10th day shall be deemed the date on which the Engineer denied the claim), the Contractor must submit a claim to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.01 G. G. CLAIMS 1. Determination by Engineer. Questions or claims regarding the meaning and intent of the Contract or arising from this Contract shall be referred by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer for decision within five days of the date in which the Contractor knows or should know of the question or claim. The Engineer will ordinarily respond to the Contractor in writing with its decision, but absent such written response the question or claim shall be deemed denied upon the tenth day following receipt by the Engineer. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's decision or is of the opinion that the decision requires extra work, the Contractor shall, within five days thereafter, notify the Engineer in writing of the disagreement or of the claimed extra work involved and of the cost of said work. Failure of the Contractor to timely file a claim will operate as a complete waiver of the Contractor's right thereafter to pursue that claim in any forum. 2. Appeals to the Director of Technical Services. In the event the Contractor disagrees with any determination or decision of the Engineer, the Contractor shall, within 15 days of the date of such determination or decision, appeal the determination or decision in writing to the Director. Such written notice of appeal shall include all documents and other information necessary to substantiate the appeal. The Director will review the appeal and will transmit a decision in writing to the Contractor within 30 days from the date of receipt of the appeal, or the appeal will be deemed denied on the 30th day. Failure of the Contractor to appeal the decision or determination of the Engineer within said 15-day period will constitute a waiver of the Contractor's right to thereafter assert any claim resulting from such determination or decision. Appeal to the Director shall be a condition precedent to litigation under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.3. 3. Jurisdiction and Venue. All claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between Metro and the Contractor that are not resolved between the Director and the Contractor, or waived, will be decided in the Superior Court of King County, Washington, which shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all matters in question between Metro and the Contractor. This Contract shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. 4. Litigation Costs. As a condition precedent to any litigation under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.3, for all claims arising under this Contract or arising out of the work under this Contract, the party asserting a claim against the other must in a written notice state the following: a. the dollar amount of the claim; and b. the specific legal bases and/or contract sections upon which the claim is made. If in any subsequent legal action the claiming party recovers less than ninety percent (90%) of the amount claimed, the claiming party shall pay to the other that other party's attorneys' fees, expert witness and consultant fees and all other litigation costs, in such proportion as the difference between the amount claimed and the principal amount recovered bears to the amount claimed. This paragraph shall not apply to claims relating to defective work (paragraph 00710 -4.09) or guarantees (paragraph 00710- 4.11). 5. No Consequential Damages. No claim for equitable adjustment, extra work or any other claim arising from this Contract will be made by the Contractor or allowed by Metro for the recovery of consequential damages, including (without limitation), lost profits, lost opportunities or the like. Pending final decision of a dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with the direction of the Director. Failure to comply precisely with the time deadlines under this paragraph 00710 -2.04 G as to any claim shall operate as a waiver and release of that claim and an acknowledgment of prejudice to Metro. PART 3 — SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS 3.01 INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS The Specifications and Drawings are intended to be explanatory and supportive of each other. Work specified on such Drawings and not in such Specifications, or vice versa, shall be executed as if specified in both. In the event the work to be done or matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform thereto so far as may be consistent with the terms of the Contract. The Contractor shall refer issues or questions regarding the true meaning of such Specifications or Drawings to the Engineer for decision. T/M13 -95 00710 -15 GENERAL CONDITIONS The Specifications and Drawings are divided into groups for convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning work or responsibility for work among subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers. The Contractor is responsible for all work shown, specified or described, regardless of location(s) in the Contract. 3.02 DISCREPANCIES IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS If the Contractor, in the course of the work, becomes aware of any errors or omissions in the Contract or in Metro's field work, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer in writing. The Engineer will promptly review the matter and if the Engineer finds an error or omission has been made, the Engineer will determine the corrective actions and advise the Contractor accordingly. If the corrective work associated with an error or omission increases or decreases the amount of work called for in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare or request in writing that the Engineer prepare an appropriate change order in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02. After discovery by the Contractor of an error or omission, related work performed by the Contractor shall be done at its own risk unless authorized by the Engineer. 13. CONFLICTING PROVISIONS In cases of conflict between the Specifications and Drawings, the Specifications shall govern. Figure dimensions on such Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions and detail drawings shall govern over general drawings. In the event an item of work is described differently in two or more locations on such Drawings or in such Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing and request clarification. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the description upon which the Contractor relied in preparing its bid or laying out the work, excerpts from its bid worksheets and all information supporting the Contractor's claim of reliance. If the Engineer directs the Contractor to perform work in a manner other than that contemplated by the Contractor in preparing its bid or laying out the work, the Contractor will request in writing that the Engineer prepare a change order. In this event, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer such supporting information, including bidding or layout documents, as may reasonably be necessary for the Engineer to determine whether the Contract Price and Contract Time should be increased or decreased or remain unchanged by the change order. 3.03 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES The Contractor shall protect from damage public and private utilities encountered during the work. Utilities and similar facilities and structures shall include, but not be limited to: sewer and storm drain systems; water distribution systems; electrical distribution systems; natural gas distribution systems; telephone, telegraph and CATV systems; fire alarm systems; petroleum pipe lines; steam distribution systems; traffic control systems; powerlines and appurtenances; railroad tracks and appurtenances; and, similar utilities, facilities, systems and structures. Removal, relocation and adjustment of utilities, facilities and structures where necessary to accommodate the work hereunder shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the utility owner. If the Specifications or Drawings do not specifically provide for the payment for such removal, relocation and adjustment by Metro, then it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform such removal, relocation and adjustment and to bear all costs associated therewith without additional cost to Metro and within the Contract Price. The right is reserved to Metro and the owners of utilities, facilities and structures, or their authorized agents, to enter upon the site of the work hereunder for the purpose of making changes as are necessary for the rearrangement of their facilities, utilities and structures or for making necessary connections or repairs. The Contractor shall cooperate with work forces engaged in this work and shall conduct its operations in such a manner to avoid any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the work being performed by other work forces. Wherever necessary, the Contractor's work shall be coordinated with the rearrangement of utilities, facilities and structures, and the Contractor shall make arrangements with the owner of the utility, facility or structure for the coordination of the work. This coordination with others for the purpose of rearranging, relocating, or repairing facilities, structures, or utilities is to be anticipated and planned for by the Contractor and shall not be claimed as T/M13 -95 00710 -16 GENERAL CONDITIONS unavoidable delay by the Contractor, except as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02 D permitting extensions of time for reasonable delays. The existence and approximate locations of underground utilities, facilities and structures, as determined from available public records, are shown or indicated on the Drawings; however, additional utilities, facilities and structures may be encountered and the locations of the utilities, facilities and structures may vary from the locations shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautionary measures to protect utilities, facilities and structures encountered during the work, whether they are shown or indicated on the Drawings or revealed during the course of the work hereunder. Failure by Metro to show or indicate the existence of utilities, facilities or structures on the Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to make an independent review and exploratory investigation of the site of the work to ascertain the existence and location of utilities, facilities and structures, nor relieve the Contractor from all liability for any damages to such utilities, facilities and structures, or to the work, resulting from the Contractor's operations. Any depths of utilities indicated are approximations and for the Contractor's convenience only, and the Contractor's responsibility for damage as specified above shall not be altered due to the actual depth being different or other than that indicated in this Contract. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall give proper notification as required by RCW 19.122.030 to the agencies that have utilities in place, and shall cooperate with these agencies in the protection and relocation of underground utilities, facilities and structures. In all cases, and to the maximum extent allowed by law, public and private utilities damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. All costs incurred as the result of the performance of the Contractor's obligations in this paragraph 00710 -3.03 shall be considered as incidental to the Contract, and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Price. 3.04 SUBMITTALS Where required by the Specifications, the Contractor shall submit specified information which will enable the Engineer to assess whether the Contractor's proposed materials, equipment or methods of work are in general conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Metro will not be obligated to accept or pay for materials, equipment or work for which submittals are required herein, unless and until all submittals have been submitted and reviewed in accordance with the Specifications. When submitting information, the Contractor shall identify and state reasons for each deviation from the Specifications and Drawings. If the Contractor neglects or fails to identify a deviation, the Contractor shall perform the work in compliance with the Specifications and Drawings regardless of any submittal review comments by Metro. Neglect or failure to identify each deviation shall prejudice Metro. Metro's cost of review of submittals for the same proposed materials, equipment or work shall be apportioned as follows: (1) the cost of review of the initial submittal and the first revised submittal shall be borne by Metro; and (2) the cost of all additional revised submittals shall be charged to the Contractor. The cost of review shall include, without limitation, administrative, design and engineering activities directly related to review of submittals. If a submittal requires further engineering or re- design efforts on the part of Metro, the cost of such efforts shall be charged to the Contractor; provided, the Contractor shall not be charged for such efforts if implementation of the submittal results in savings to Metro greater than the cost of such efforts. 3.05 CONTRACTOR'S COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Engineer will furnish the Contractor within seven days after Notice to Proceed the following: five sets of the Contract Documents, one set of full -size drawings, and one set of full -size sepia reproducible drawings. The Contractor is advised that revisions incorporating changes by addenda will not be incorporated into the drawings furnished under the provisions of this paragraph. Additional copies of the Contract Documents, if required by the Contractor, will be furnished by Metro at cost. The Contractor shall keep at the construction site at least one set of Contract Documents and one set of full -size drawings which shall be available to the Engineer. T/M13 -95 00710 -17 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 4 — MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP 4.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide and pay for materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, heat, transportation, supervision, and temporary construction of any nature, and other services and facilities of any nature, whatsoever necessary, to execute, complete and deliver the work within the Contract Time. Construction work shall be executed in conformity with the best modern practice of the trade. Material and equipment shall be new and of a quality equal to or better than that specified. Equipment offered shall be current modifications which have been in successful regular operation under comparable conditions. B. The Contractor shall furnish to Metro any guarantee or warranty furnished as a normal trade practice in connection with the purchase by the Contractor or any subcontractor of any equipment, materials, or items required hereunder, provided, such guarantee or warranty shall be in addition to those specific guarantee or warranty requirements for particular equipment and /or work items indicated in the Specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under paragraph 00710 -4.11. 4.02 PRODUCT DATA Data required for constructing, accepting, operating or maintaining parts of the work shall be provided by the Contractor when specified. Unless otherwise specified, such data shall be provided at the time the referenced material or equipment is delivered to the job site. The data shall include (without limitation) such items as concrete reinforcing information, concrete pour joint information and forming details, product compliance certificates, operations manuals, maintenance procedures, parts lists and record drawings. Such data shall be provided as part of the work under this Contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures. Product data will not be reviewed in the same manner as submittals. 4.03 QUALITY IN THE ABSENCE OF DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS Where the Contract requires that materials or equipment be provided or that construction work be performed and detailed specifications of such materials, equipment or construction work are not set forth, the Contractor shall perform the work using materials and equipment of a sound quality, at least comparable to the materials and workmanship specified for the other parts of the work, from firms of established good reputations, and shall follow best practices in the performance of construction work. The work performed shall be in conformity and harmony with the intent to secure the best standard of construction and equipment of work as a whole and in part. 4.04 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED BY NAME A. GENERAL Except as provided in paragraph 000710 -4.04B below, when material or equipment is specified by one or more patents, brand names, or catalog numbers, it shall be understood that this is for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements, and shall be considered as if followed by the words "or equal," whether or not such words appear. Other materials or equipment, of equal or better capacities, quality and function, may be considered by the Engineer in its sole discretion upon the Contractor's request for substitution. Requests for substitution shall be made in accordance with paragraph 00710 -4.05. B. SINGLE SOURCE AND PREQUALIFIED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT If material or equipment is specified as a single source or prequalified, Metro will not consider substitutions. 4.05 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION Except as provided in paragraph 00710- 4.04B, the Contractor may offer material or equipment of equal or better quality and performance in substitution for those specified. Metro will consider offers for substitution only from the Contractor and not from suppliers, distributors, manufacturers or subcontractors. If the offered T/M13 -95 00710 -18 GENERAL CONDITIONS substitution necessitates changes to or coordination with other portions of the work, the Contractor, as a condition of Metro's acceptance of the substitution, shall perform such changes or coordination at no additional cost to Metro. The Contractor's offers of substitution shall be made in writing to the Engineer and shall include sufficient data to enable the Engineer to assess the acceptability of the material or equipment for the particular application and requirements. The written offer of substitution shall include all pertinent data describing the proposed product including, but not limited to, a statement on how the proposed product differs (if at all) from the specified product, details and drawings of all other portions of the work affected by the proposed product, a statement regarding the efficiency and appearance of the proposed product, a list of installations where the proposed product has been in successful operation and service, and such other information as may be required by the Engineer. Within 30 days after receipt of the offer of substitution, the Engineer will review the data submitted by the Contractor and advise the Contractor of any objections to the proposed product or of any additional information necessary to complete the review. The cost of review of an initial proposed substitution will be borne by Metro; the cost of review, including design and engineering review, of an additional or separate proposed substitution for the same material or equipment covered by an initial proposed substitution shall be charged to the Contractor. In addition, the cost of engineering or re- design efforts incurred by Metro as necessary to acceptance of a proposed substitution shall be charged to the Contractor. While the Engineer might not take any objections to the proposed substitution, such action or determination shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the efficiency, sufficiency, quality and performance of the substitute material or equipment, in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment specified by name. The Engineer shall be the judge of whether the offered substitution is acceptable for the work and whether the changes to other portions of the work necessitated by the incorporation of the offered substitution are acceptable. 4.06 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS A. INSPECTION AND TESTING The Contractor is responsible to ensure all materials, equipment and workmanship comply with the Contract terms and conditions. Materials, equipment and workmanship which do not comply shall be corrected by the Contractor or by Metro at the Contractor's expense. The burden of proof that the work whether in progress or completed, complies with the Contract shall be on the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting and testing of the component parts of the work including its subcontractors' work. The Contractor shall provide inspection and testing reports in the format and at the times requested by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be entitled to have its representatives present at all locations where Contractor or its subcontractors are engaged in the performance of the work, at any and all times, to review and inspect all aspects of their performance of the work and to perform or witness whatever tests are required by the Specifications. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer's review and inspection of Contractor's performance. For inspections or tests to be witnessed by the Engineer or its designate, Contractor shall advise the Engineer of said inspection or test sufficiently in advance (but in any event no later than five (5) days prior to the date thereof for inspections and tests in the Seattle -King County metropolitan area and thirty (30) days prior to the date thereof if beyond said metropolitan area) to enable Engineer to attend. Inspection or non - inspection, or witnessing or non - witnessing, by the Engineer shall not be construed as acceptance of any part of the work or an assumption of risks or liability by Metro nor as relieving Contractor of its responsibilities for compliance with the Contract. In connection with the specific inspections or tests required by the Engineer pursuant to this Contract, any materials necessary for the safe and efficient performance of such inspections or tests shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to Metro. Any other inspections or tests which may be required by the Engineer and are not indicated or referred to in this Contract may be compensated by change order. All T/M13 -95 00710-19 GENERAL CONDITIONS tests performed for the Engineer shall be carried out so as not to unnecessarily interfere with the work. If the Contractor closes or covers any part of the work before the required inspection or witnessing has been performed or without agreement by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, open or uncover such work for inspection or witnessing and reclose or recover, all at Contractor's expense. Work rejected by the Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense subject to claim by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.04 G. The Contractor shall proceed with the correction to ensure completion of the work in accordance with the intermediate and final completion dates set forth in the Specifications. B. SAMPLES OF MATERIALS In cases where compliance with requirements for materials to be incorporated in the work requires laboratory examination or special testing, the Contractor shall provide samples or specimens to the Engineer. Such samples shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer if so requested. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of the Contractor's schedule prior to all sample taking. Such samples or specimens shall be provided in ample time to permit making proper test analysis and examinations before the time at which it is desired to incorporate the material into the work. Tests of materials shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with the Specifications and at Metro's expense. In the absence of a specific test requirement, the Engineer will determine the appropriate standard test to be used. C. CERTIFICATION In cases where compliance of materials or equipment to requirements in the Specifications is not determinable through inspection and tests, the Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, provide properly authenticated documents, certificates or other satisfactory proof of compliance. Such documents, certifications and evidence shall include performance characteristics, materials of construction and the physical and chemical characteristics of materials. All costs associated with obtaining such documents, certifications and evidence shall be paid by the Contractor. D. INSPECTION AT POINT OF MANUFACTURING If inspection and testing of materials or equipment by the Engineer in the vicinity of the work is not practicable, the Specifications may require that such inspection and testing or witnessing of tests take place at the point of manufacture. In this case and also in the event that the remote inspection and testing is not specified herein and is subsequently requested by the Engineer, the required travel, subsistence, and labor expenses of the Engineer will be paid by Metro. If the Contractor requests the Engineer to inspect and test material or equipment at the point of manufacture, then the cost to the Engineer for travel, subsistence, and labor expenses shall be paid by the Contractor. E. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF COMPLETED WORK Testing and commissioning of all mechanical, electrical and instrumentation systems and completed portions of the work functioning as a completed system and the entirety of the work functioning as a completed facility, shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications and in the presence of the Engineer. 4.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation or as specified in the Specifications, so as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored equipment and materials shall be located so as to facilitate inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of materials and equipment until final acceptance of the work. 4.08 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS Manufactured articles, material and equipment shall be transported, stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, adjusted, tested, operated and maintained as recommended by the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified herein. T/M13 -95 00710 -20 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. REINSPECTION OF WORK In the event the Engineer determines that a part of the work is defective, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to Metro for subsequent reinspection(s) of the defective work. For the purposes of this paragraph 00710 -4.09, the term "defective work" shall mean the work was not complete at the time of inspection or the work failed to comply with the requirements of the Contract. B. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK If the Engineer determines through its inspection procedures that material, equipment or workmanship proposed for or incorporated in the work does not meet the requirements of the Contract, the Engineer will give written notice of the non - compliance to the Contractor. Within five days from the receipt of such notice, the Contractor shall undertake the work necessary to correct the deficiencies and to comply with the Contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's determination and concludes that the corrective work should be covered by a change order, the Contractor shall set forth its claim in accordance with paragraph 00710- 2.04 G. C. RETENTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Director may retain work which is not in compliance with the Contract if the Director determines that such defective work is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or undesirable. The Director also may retain defective work if removal of such work is impractical or will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable. Just and reasonable value for such defective work will be determined by the Director and appropriate deductions will be made in the payments due or to become due to the Contractor. Final acceptance will not act as a waiver of Metro's right to recover from the Contractor an amount representing the deduction for retention of defective work. 4.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY METRO Materials and equipment, if any, specified in the Specifications to be furnished by Metro shall be installed by the Contractor. Furnishing of material and equipment by Metro will be considered conclusive evidence of their acceptability for the purpose intended. If the Contractor discovers defects in material or equipment furnished by Metro, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. After such discovery, the Contractor shall not proceed with work involving Metro - furnished materials and equipment unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted or specifically stated, materials and equipment furnished by Metro, which are not of local occurrence, are considered to be "FOB" railroad station or truck terminal nearest to the site of the work. The Contractor shall promptly unload, transport, store and protect such material and equipment from damage. The Contractor shall inspect such Metro - furnished material and equipment on receipt and provide the Engineer with written acceptance for the incorporation of said material and equipment into the work. After receipt by the Contractor at the point of delivery, Metro - furnished material and equipment shall form part of the work for purposes of the Contract, including risk of loss and damage, as if it had been supplied and stored by the Contractor. 4.11 GUARANTEE For a period of 365 days commencing on the date of completion of the work under paragraph 00710 -7.05 or on the date of possession and use under paragraph 00710 -6.05 by Metro (but commencing only as to such portions of the work so possessed or used), whichever comes earlier, the Contractor shall, upon the receipt of notice in writing from Metro, promptly correct any defective work. If the defective work cannot be corrected, or if the corrected work has been rejected by Metro, the Contractor shall promptly remove it from the site and replace it with non - defective work, all at no cost to Metro. Metro is hereby authorized to make such corrections if, ten days after giving of such notice to the Contractor, the Contractor has failed to make or undertake the corrections or removal /replacement with due diligence. In case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the Director, delay could cause serious loss or damage, corrections or replacement may be made prior to or concurrent with notice being sent to the Contractor. All expenses in connection with such corrections or replacement, including costs for professional services, will be charged to the Contractor. For defective work either corrected or replaced, this guarantee shall be extended for a period equal to the time of correction or replacement. T/M13 -95 00710 -21 GENERAL CONDITIONS For the purpose of this paragraph 00710 -4.11, acceptance of the work shall not extinguish any covenant or agreement on the part of the Contractor to be performed or fulfilled under this Contract which has not, in fact, been performed or fulfilled at the time of such acceptance. All covenants and agreements shall continue to be binding on the Contractor until they have been fulfilled. The guarantee provided in this paragraph 00710 -4.11 shall be in addition to those specific guarantee or warranty requirements for particular equipment and /or work items indicated in the Specifications, and in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Metro under this Contract or at law. 4.12 WARRANTY OF TITLE No material, supplies, equipment or items for the work shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or in any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor shall warrant gcod title to all materials, supplies, equipment and items installed or incorporated in the work, and upon completion of all the work shall deliver the same together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by the Contractor to the Engineer free from any claims, liens, or charges. Neither the Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by this Contract shall have any right to lien upon any improvement or appurtenance thereon. Nothing contained in this paragraph 00710 -4.12, however, shall defeat or impair the right of the persons furnishing materials or labor to recover under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of Metro. The provisions of this paragraph 00710 -4.12 shall be inserted or referenced in or otherwise made a part of all subcontracts and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. PART 5 — LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE 5.01 LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and injury which shall be caused to owners of property on or in the vicinity of the work or which shall occur to any person or persons or property whatsoever arising out of the performance of this Contract, whether or not such damage or injury be caused by negligence of the Contractor and whether or not such damage or injury be caused by the inherent nature of the work specified. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold Metro and all of its officers, principals, agents and employees harmless from any liability whatsoever for any injuries to persons or property arising out of the performance of this Contract; provided, however, that if (and only if) the provisions of RCW 4.24.115 apply to the work and any such injuries to persons or property arising out of performance of this Contract are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of Contractor or its agents or employees, and Metro or its agents or employees, the indemnification applies only to the extent of the negligence of the Contractor, its agents or employees. The Contractor specifically assumes potential liability for actions brought by the Contractor's own employees against Metro and for that purpose the Contractor specifically waives any immunity under the workers compensation act, RCW Title 51; and the Contractor recognizes that this waiver was specifically entered into pursuant to the provisions of RCW 4.24.115 and was the subject of mutual negotiation. In case any suit or legal proceedings shall be brought against Metro or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees on account of loss or damage sustained by any person or property as a result of the performance of this Contract, whether or not such injuries or damage be due to the negligence of the Contractor and whether or not such injuries or damage be caused by the inherent nature of the work specified, the Contractor agrees to assume the defense thereof and to pay all expenses connected therewith and all judgments that may be obtained against Metro or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees in such suits or legal proceedings. In the event that any lien is placed upon the property of Metro or any of its officers, principals, agents or employees as a result of such suits or legal proceedings, the Contractor agrees to at once cause the same to be dissolved and discharged by giving bond or otherwise. Certain kinds of incidents may result in claims which create special problems for Metro. Therefore, in addition to the amounts required by Chapter 60.28 RCW to be withheld from the progress payments to the T/M13 -95 00710 -22 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor, if the Contractor or its insurance carrier does not respond in a reasonable time or manner, Metro may, in its sole discretion, (1) withhold amounts sufficient to pay the amount of any property damage or bodily injury claim and /or (2) pay any property damage claim of which Metro may have knowledge, regardless of the informalities of notice of such claim, arising out of the performance of this Contract. The terms "property damage claim" and "bodily injury claim" shall not include any claim by persons furnishing supplies or materials or performing labor under the Contract. An amount withheld will be held until the Contractor secures a written release from the claimant, obtains a court decision that such claim is without merit, or satisfies any judgment in favor of the claimant on such claim. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse and otherwise be liable for claims costs incurred by Metro including without limitation costs for claims adjusting services, attorneys, engineering and administration. 5.02 INSURANCE A. EVIDENCES AND CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE Prior to execution of the Contract and prior to expiration of insurance coverages, the Contractor shall file with Metro evidences of insurance from the insurer(s) certifying to the coverage of all insurance required herein. All evidences of insurance must be certified by a properly authorized officer, agent, general agent or qualified representative of the insurer(s) and shall certify the name of the insured, the type and amount of insurance, the location and operations to which the insurance applies, the expiration date, and that the insurer(s) shall give, by registered mail, notice to Metro at least 30 days prior to the effective date of any cancellation, lapse or material change in the policy. Any failure to mail such notice shall not relieve the insurance company, its agents or representatives from obligations and /or liability hereunder. The Contractor shall, upon demand of Metro, deliver to Metro all such policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of premiums thereon; and should the Contractor neglect so to obtain and maintain in force any such insurance or deliver such policies and receipts to Metro, then Metro shall request that the Contractor deliver a specific action plan to acquire such insurance and /or deliver policies and receipts within three days or before any further performance hereunder, whichever is first. Failure to provide such policies of insurance within a time acceptable to Metro shall entitle Metro to suspend or terminate the Contractor's work hereunder in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04. Suspension or termination of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from its insurance obligations hereunder. B. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance set forth below. By requiring such minimum insurance, Metro shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor under this Contract. The Contractor shall assess its own risks and, if it deems appropriate and /or prudent, maintain greater limits and/or broader coverage. 1. General Liability. a. Bodily Injury Liability affording limits of liability of $500,000 each occurrence and $500,000 aggregate, for bodily injury or death suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. b. Property Damage Liability affording limits of $500,000 each occurrence and $500,000 aggregate, for damages to property suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. c. If such insurance is written on a Combined Single Limit (CSL) basis, the limit of liability required is $1,000,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate, CSL. 2. Automobile Liability. a. Bodily Injury Liability affording limits of liability of $500,000 each person and $1,000,000 each accident, for bodily injury or death suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. b. Property Damage Liability affording limits of $250,000 each accident, for damages to property suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract. c. If such insurance is written on a Combined Single Limit (CSL) basis, the limit of liability required is $1,000,000 per accident, CSL. T/M13 -95 00710 -23 GENERAL CONDITIONS 3. The liability insurance in paragraph 00710 -5.02 B.1 and B.2 shall indemnify the Contractor, Metro and its officers, officials, agents and employees against loss from liability imposed by law upon, or assumed under agreement by the Contractor and /or its subcontractors for damages on account of bodily injury, property damage and /or other damages. Such insurance shall include: (1) personal injury; (2) blanket contractual; (3) broad form property damage; (4) products and completed operations liability; (5) owned and non - owned vehicles and equipment; and (6) Washington stop -gap (Employer's Liability). Such insurance shall not exclude explosion, collapse, or underground hazards (X,C,U). 4. Additional coverages required: a. Whenever the work under this Contract includes "professional services ", the Contractor shall maintain the appropriate Professional Liability, affording limits of liability of $500,000 each claim and $1,000,000 aggregate for damages sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract, whether occurring by reason of acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor. b. Whenever the Contractor has vehicles, equipment or other property of Metro in its care, custody or control, the Contractor shall maintain Garage Keepers Legal Liability, or other appropriate legal liability coverage, affording limits of liability equal to the maximum value of all property of Metro in the Contractor's care, custody or control or $50,000 per occurrence, whichever is greater. Coverage shall be on an "all risk" form. c. Whenever the work under this Contract involves advertising activities, the Contractor shall maintain Advertisers Professional Liability affording limits of $500,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate. d. Whenever the work under this Contract involves construction on premises of Metro, the Contractor shall provide Owners' and Contractors' Protective coverage for limits as stated in subparagraphs 1, 2 and 3 above. e. Whenever the work under this Contract involves the use of watercraft, the Contractor shall: (1) provide Protection & Indemnity coverage affording a liability limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and such insurance shall include coverage for injury to crew (Jones Act); and (2) maintain Pollution Insurance to satisfy U.S. Coast Guard requirements as respects the Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended. f. If applicable (e.g., if work performed is on or about navigable waterways), the Contractor shall also maintain statutory United States Longshoremen & Harborworkers' coverage. g. Whenever the work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment, the Contractor shall provide Pollution Liability insurance affording a limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate, for damages sustained by reason of sudden and accidental pollution. h. Other insurances as may be deemed appropriate by Metro. Such insurance shall be maintained through the term of this Contract and, except for automobile liability, for a period of 365 days after the date of substantial completion under paragraph 00710 -6.02 F or completion of the entire project, whichever comes earlier, or the date of termination under paragraph 00710 -6.04. If coverage is on a "claims made" basis, coverage shall be further extended to cover claims made during one additional year beyond said period. All liability insurance policies, except as required in items 4a and 4b above, shall include King County Department of Metropolitan Services and its officers, officials, agents and employees as additional insureds and shall contain "severability of interest" (cross liability) wording. The Contractor's insurance shall be primary to and not contributing with any insurance or self - insurance which may be carried by Metro. Such insurance shall be provided on forms and by insurance companies satisfactory to Metro. No provision in this paragraph 00710 -5.02 or in paragraph 00710 -4.11 shall be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor for work not done In accordance with the Contract, or express or implied warranties. The Contractor's liability for the work shall extend as far as the appropriate periods of limitation provided by law. T/M13 -95 00710 -24 GENERAL CONDITIONS C. WORKER'S COMPENSATION The Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain worker's compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by law for all employees employed under this Contract who may come within the protection of worker's compensation laws. The Contractor shall make all payments arising from the performance of this Contract due the state of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. D. BUILDER'S RISK 1. Metro will purchase and maintain property damage insurance upon the entire work, including materials and supplies, at the site, storage offsite or while in transit, to the insurable value thereof. The insurance shall include the interests of Metro, the Contractor, subcontractors, and sub - subcontractors of all tiers in the work and shall insure against physical loss or damage by perils included under an "All Risk" Builder's Risk policy form. 2. Selection of the deductible amount shall be at the sole option of Metro, and may be changed by Metro at any time without notice to the Contractor or to any subcontractor or sub - subcontractor. Any uninsured loss resulting from any such deductible shall be borne by Metro, except to the extent such loss: (1) is covered by the Contractor's liability insurance; (2) results from negligence or breach of the Contract by the Contractor, subcontractor(s) or sub - subcontractor(s); or (3) is otherwise allocated by the other provisions of the Contract. 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining, at its own cost, insurance necessary to protect against loss or damage to Contractor's equipment which is not or will not become a permanent part of the work, losses sustained by any third party, or resulting from delays to Contractor and its subcontractors and sub - subcontractors. 4. Metro assumes no obligation to provide insurance or to assume responsibility for other damages, costs, and expenses to the Contractor and its subcontractors other than as described hereinbefore; however, if the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for property risks related to the work, other than those covered by Metro's Builder's Risk insurance or unique direct risks be included in the property insurance policy, Metro will, if possible, include such insurance and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor by appropriate change order and the Contractor hereby agrees to reimburse Metro for such cost by payment or by credit against moneys owed to the Contractor under the terms of this Contract. 5. Any loss insured under the above referenced Builder's Risk policy shall be adjusted with Metro and payments made to Metro as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. a. The Contractor shall pay each subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by appropriate written agreement shall require each subcontractor to make payments to its sub - subcontractors in similar manner. b. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Metro from and against any and all suits or claims against Metro by subcontractors and /or their sub - subcontractors, suppliers, agents, and employees for such payments. 6. Metro and the Contractor waive all rights against each other and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, suppliers, agents and employees each of the other for the damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by the Builder's Risk policy referenced hereinbefore, or any other property insurance applicable maintained by Metro or the Contractor, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by Metro as trustee. a. The foregoing waiver shall not extend to any other obligation or liability of either Metro or the Contractor covered elsewhere in these Contract Documents, including those provisions relating to indemnification of Metro by the Contractor. 7. Claims made by the Contractor under the Builder's Risk policy shall be submitted to the Engineer for consideration by Metro. T/M13 -95 00710-25 GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.03 DAMAGE TO WORK The work shall be under the Contractor's responsible care and charge. The Contractor shall bear all loss and damage whatsoever and from whatsoever cause, except that caused solely by the act of Metro, which may occur on or to the work during the fulfillment of the Contract. If any such loss or damage occurs, the Contractor shall immediately make good any such loss or damage, and in the event of the Contractor refusing or neglecting so to do, Metro may itself or by the employment of some other person make good such loss or damage, and the cost and expense of so doing shall be charged to the Contractor. 5.04 LITIGATION EXPENSES In any legal action arising from the Contractor's obligations under paragraph 00710 -5.01 or asserting claims that the Contractor has not met the requirements of the Contract Documents, the prevailing party shall recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and litigation costs; provided, however that this paragraph shall not apply to any legal action (or portion thereof) by the Contractor seeking compensation from Metro including (without limitation) actions for delay or extra work. PART 6 — PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 6.01 NOTICE TO PROCEED Following execution of the Contract by Metro, written Notice to Proceed will be given by the Director to the Contractor in accordance with Section 00100 herein. Unless specifically required in the Contract, the Contractor shall not be obligated to perform work, and Metro will not be obligated to accept or pay for work performed by the Contractor, prior to delivery of the Notice to Proceed. 6.02 CONTRACT TIME A. GENERAL Time shall be strictly of the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall promptly start the work as soon as possible after the date of the Notice to Proceed and shall prosecute the work so that the various portions of the work shall be complete in accordance with the intermediate and final completion date(s) set forth in the Specifications. During periods when weather or other conditions are unfavorable for construction, the Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the work as will not be damaged thereby; no portions of the work shall be constructed while those conditions exist if acceptable quality or efficiency will be adversely affected. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and Metro that the Contract Time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time taking into consideration the weather conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. B. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor shall provide progress schedules, cash flow projections and additional reports, as specified in the Specifications, demonstrating the Contractor's logic and sequencing plan for scheduling and completing the work within the Contract Time. Contract Time extensions approved by the Director shall be incorporated into updated schedules reflecting their effect at the time of occurrence. Progress payments will not be considered by the Engineer until the Contractor complies with these requirements. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any facts or conditions which would affect the Contractor's ability to meet the intermediate or final completion date(s) for the work. If the Contractor fails to maintain the progress necessary for the completion of the intermediate or final completion date(s) as required under this Contract, Metro shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by law and under this Contract. Notwithstanding such rights and remedies, the Contractor shall, upon written notice by the Engineer and at no additional cost to Metro, work such hours as allowed by applicable permits and other such constraints, and furnish such additional personnel, equipment and construction plant for such a period of time as necessary to regain and thereafter maintain the progress required by the Contract. If the Contractor fails to comply with the Engineer's notice or fails to regain and thereafter maintain the progress required by the Contract, Metro shall have all rights and remedies provided by law and provided by this Contract, including those set forth in paragraph 00710 -6.04 A herein. T/M13 -95 00710 -26 GENERAL CONDITIONS C. DELAYS 1. Notice of Delays. Immediately (but in any event no more than three days) after the Contractor foresees or should foresee a delay in the prosecution of the work or upon the occurrence of a delay which the Contractor regards as unavoidable, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the probability or the occurrence of such delay, the extent of the delay, the specific impacts and effects of the delay on the construction schedule, and its possible cause. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to prevent, if possible, the occurrence or continuance of the delay. If this cannot be done, the Engineer will determine how long the delay will continue and to what extent the prosecution and completion of the work are being or will be delayed thereby. The Engineer will also determine whether the delay is to be considered avoidable or unavoidable and notify the Contractor of the Engineer's determination. The Contractor agrees that no claim shall be made for the delays for which timely written notice to the Engineer is not made. 2. Avoidable Delays. Avoidable delays in the prosecution of the work shall include delays which could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, coordination, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or its suppliers at any tier. In addition, avoidable delays include, but are not limited to: a. Delays which may in themselves be unavoidable but do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of parts of the work or the completion of the whole work within the Contract Time (e.g., fit within the float time shown on the accepted construction schedule). b. Time associated with reasonable interference of Metro or other contractors employed by Metro which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole work within the Contract Time. c. Delays which may in themselves be unavoidable, but which do not affect any critical path activity on the accepted construction schedule. 3. Unavoidable Delays. An unavoidable delay means a delay in the prosecution of the work which cannot be regarded as avoidable under paragraph 00710 -6.02 C.2. Unavoidable delays shall include delays which result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, coordination, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor, its subcontractors or its suppliers at any tier. Delays in completion of the work of other contractors employed by Metro will be considered unavoidable delays insofar as they interfere with the Contractor's completion of the current controlling item on the accepted construction schedule. Delays due to abnormal weather conditions under paragraph 00710 -8.02 will be regarded as unavoidable, but the Contractor agrees to plan its work with prudent allowances for interference by normal weather conditions. Delays caused by acts of Nature, acts of public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes and freight embargoes will be considered as unavoidable delays insofar as they prevent the Contractor from proceeding toward completion of the current controlling item on the accepted construction schedule. D. EXTENSION OF TIME 1. Avoidable Delays. The Director may grant, if requested by the Contractor, an extension of time for avoidable delay, if the Director determines that an extension is in Metro's best interest. If the Director grants an extension of time for avoidable delay, the Contractor agrees to pay certain of Metro's actual costs resulting therefrom, as specified in paragraph 00710 -7.04, incurred during the extension. 2. Unavoidable Delays. For delays which the Contractor has given notice pursuant to paragraph 00710 -6.02 C.1 and considers to be unavoidable, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer complete written information demonstrating the effect of the delay on the controlling operations on the accepted construction schedule. The submission shall be made within 10 days of the occurrence which is claimed to be responsible for the unavoidable delay. The Engineer will review the Contractor's submission and determine the number of days of unavoidable delay and the effect of such unavoidable delay on such controlling operations. The Director will grant an extension of time to the extent that unavoidable delays necessarily affect controlling operations in the construction schedule. During such extension of time, neither compensation under paragraph 00710 -7.04 nor damages for delay will be charged to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed by the Contractor and Metro that time extensions due to unavoidable delays necessarily involve controlling operations which would prevent completion of the work or portion thereof within the Contract Time. To the extent that any such extension of time is caused by act(s) or omission(s) of someone other than Metro or persons acting for Metro, or to the extent that the extension of time arises from a reasonable delay, the Contractor's sole remedy shall be the T/M13 -95 00710 -27 GENERAL CONDITIONS extension of time and it may not recover any damages whatsoever arising in any manner from such delay. For purposes of this paragraph, any individual delay of up to the greater of 5 days or one percent of the Contract Time (as extended) shall be deemed reasonable and any individual delay of up to the greater of 10 days or five percent of the Contract Time (as extended) shall be presumed reasonable. E. DAMAGES FOR DELAYS For each and every day that any portion of the work remains incomplete after the Contract Time, including intermediate or final completion dates, specified in the Specifications, as modified by any extension of time granted hereunder, damage will be sustained by Metro. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual material loss and disadvantages to Metro, it is determined in advance and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractor will pay Metro the amount set forth in Part 8 of Section 00710 for each day of delay as representing a reasonable forecast of the actual damages which Metro will suffer by the failure of the Contractor to complete such work or portion thereof within said time(s). The execution of this Contract shall constitute acknowledgment by the Contractor that it has ascertained and agrees that Metro will actually suffer damages in the amount herein fixed for each and every day during which the completion of the work or portions thereof is avoidably delayed beyond the specified time(s). This paragraph shall provide the Contractor's sole remedy for any and all damages it may suffer for delay. For unavoidable delays which are also unreasonable delays under paragraph 00710 -6.02 D.2, the Contractor must make a complete and timely claim for damages referring to this paragraph. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual losses to the Contractor, it is determined in advance and agreed by the parties hereto that Metro will pay the Contractor the amount set forth in Part 8 of Section 00710 for each day of unavoidable, unreasonable delay as representing a reasonable forecast of the actual damages; provided, however, that such liquidated damages will be paid only if any extension of time granted the Contractor does not fairly compensate the Contractor for such unavoidable, unreasonable delay. F. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION When the work under this Contract is completed to the extent that Metro has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains to complete the entirety of the work, the Engineer will determine that the work is substantially complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the substantial completion date. For overruns in Contract Time occurring after the substantial completion, damages for delay assessed against the Contractor as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02 E will not apply. For overruns in Contract Time occurring after substantial completion, damages shall be assessed against the Contractor on the basis of direct engineering, inspection, and related costs assignable to this Contract. The Contractor shall complete the remaining work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the remaining work. 6.03 SUSPENSION PROCEDURES The Engineer may, at any time and without cause, suspend all or any part of the work by notice in writing to the Contractor. The Contractor shall resume the work within five days after receiving written notice from the Engineer to do so. The Contractor may submit a claim, as provided in paragraph 00710 -7.02, for an increase in the cost of performing the Contract or an extension of Contract Time, or both, necessarily caused by any suspension; provided, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase for any suspension, delay, or interruption to the extent that performance would have been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or for which an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of this Contract, or if suspension does not affect any critical activity on the accepted construction schedule, or if the suspension is based on non - compliance with requirements under paragraph 00710 -1.15. If the Engineer does not give notice in writing to the Contractor to resume work at a date within 180 days of the date of the notice to suspend, then the Contract shall be assumed to be terminated and the Contractor shall be entitled to compensation in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04 B. T/M13 -95 00710 -28 GENERAL CONDITIONS 6.04 TERMINATION PROCEDURES A. TERMINATION BY METRO FOR DEFAULT The Director shall act for and on behalf of Metro in all termination actions and determinations. The Director may terminate the Contract upon written notice to the Contractor whenever the Contractor is deemed to be in default or fails to fulfill, in a timely and proper manner, the contract obligations, or is in violation of any provisions or covenants of the Contract. Termination shall be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately discontinue work and take all reasonable steps with its suppliers and subcontractors to minimize cancellation and other costs. The Contractor shall be deemed to be in default and subject to termination upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. If Contractor is insolvent. 2. If Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors. 3. If a trustee or receiver is appointed for Contractor, or for any of Contractor's property. 4. If Contractor without good cause repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors or others for labor, materials, or equipment. 5. If Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public body having jurisdiction. 6. If Contractor disregards the authority of any of Metro's representatives or Engineer. 7. If Contractor violates in any material way the provisions of the Contract Documents by failing, neglecting, or refusing to proceed according to and in full compliance with the provisions and covenants of the Contract Documents. 8. If Contractor fails to provide required insurance or bonds, or proceeds thereof. 9. If Contractor submits false or misleading information to Metro. After the termination of the Contract, Metro may complete the unfinished work by obtaining the services of another contractor. In doing so, Metro will not be obligated to obtain the lowest bid to complete the unfinished work. Further, Metro may exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of the work and all of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use them in the completion of the work to the full extent they could be used by the Contractor. Materials and equipment for which Metro has paid any amount on to the Contractor may be incorporated in the work regardless of whether they are stored at the site or stored elsewhere. In such cases, the Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until all work is finished. The Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for portions of the work satisfactorily completed prior to termination for default. If the cost to complete the work, including compensation for additional professional services, is in excess of the unpaid balance to the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay the difference to Metro. Where the Contract has been so terminated by the Director, the termination shall not affect any rights of Metro against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due the Contractor by Metro will not release the Contractor from liability. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28,010 will be held as provided therein for a period of not less than forty -five days following termination for default. If the Director terminates this Contract for default, and it is thereafter determined that the Contractor had not so failed to perform its obligations or defaulted in any way, the termination shall then be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of Metro. In that event, any adjustment of compensation to Contractor shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 00710 -6.04 B. B. TERMINATION BY METRO FOR OTHER THAN DEFAULT The Director may, without prejudice to any other remedy Metro may have under law and the provisions of the Contract, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, at any time by giving written notice to the Contractor. Termination will be effective upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately discontinue work and take all reasonable steps with its suppliers and subcontractors to minimize cancellation charges and other costs. If such termination is effected after award hereof but prior to Metro issuing Notice to Proceed to the Contractor, Metro will pay the reasonable, verifiable and directly attributable costs T/M13 -95 00710 -29 GENERAL CONDITIONS incurred by the Contractor in the preparation of its bid plus fifteen percent of such costs. If such termination is effected after Metro has issued Notice to Proceed and the Contractor has commenced performance hereunder, Metro will pay the reasonable, verifiable and directly attributable costs incurred by the Contractor as determined by the physical progress of the work satisfactorily completed to date of such termination evaluated against the approved schedule of values, plus costs of removing equipment and materials and otherwise demobilizing, plus ten percent of the sum of all such costs; provided, said payment shall not in any event exceed the Contract Price hereunder. The payment by Metro shall constitute full and complete satisfaction and settlement for the Contractor's overhead, anticipated profits, and all other inconvenience, expenses, damages, costs and lost profits whatsoever. The Contractor will be entitled to no further payments whatsoever for the work. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28.010 will be held as provided therein for a period of not less than 45 days following termination. C. TERMINATION FOR UNAVAILABILITY OF FUNDS The Schedule of Values shall specify the amount presently available for payment by Metro and allotted to this Contract, the items covered and the period of performance it is estimated the allotted amount will cover. The parties contemplate that additional funds will be allotted incrementally up to the full Contract Price The Contractor agrees to perform work on the Contract up to the threshold in which the total amount paid and payable by Metro approximates but does not exceed the amount currently available for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing whenever it believes that the costs it expects to incur in the next 60 days, when added to all costs previously incurred, including unliquidated claims, will exceed 75% of the total amount presently available for payment. If, after notification, additional funds are not made available during the 60-day period or another agreed -upon date, upon the Contractor's written request Metro will terminate this Contract. Compensation for the Contractor's termination costs will be made in accordance with paragraph 00710- 6.04B. Except as set forth in this paragraph, Metro is not obligated to reimburse the Contractor for costs incurred in excess of the total amount allotted to this Contract. D. CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION On receipt of notice of termination under paragraphs 00710 -6.04 A, B or C, the Contractor shall immediately discontinue the work but shall do such extra work as may be ordered by the Engineer to safeguard the work then completed and the materials and equipment then delivered to the site of the work and to leave the work in a safe and useful condition. Payment for this extra work will be made in the manner set forth in paragraph 00710 -7.02 B. E. TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR If any delay in issuance of Notice to Proceed hereunder or in construction following award of this Contract is caused by litigation as set forth in RCW 60.28.080 and such delay exceeds 180 days, the Contractor may elect to terminate this Contract. In the event of such termination, which would be effective upon ten days written notice to Metro, Metro shall forthwith estimate all of the work done up to the time of such termination and pay the Contractor in proportion to the amount of the work completed, plus the cost of delay under paragraph 00710 -7.06 herein. Amounts retained and accumulated under RCW 60.28.010 will be held as provided herein for a period of not less than forty -five days following election of the Contractor to terminate. F. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS UPON TERMINATION As of the date of termination, whether effected by Metro or the Contractor as provided herein, all the Contractor's right, title, and interest in and to materials ordered by the Contractor prior to the termination, whether or not they have been delivered to the site of the work, shall be vested in Metro, and the Contractor shall, upon demand of Metro, execute and deliver to Metro all requisite bills of sale, assignments, and other documents of transfer that may be necessary to give effect to the intention of the termination procedures set forth above. 6.05 POSSESSION AND USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS OF THE WORK The Director shall have the right to take possession of and use completed or partially completed portions of the work notwithstanding the time for completing such portions may not have expired. Operations and maintenance costs of use of such portions will be borne by Metro. Such taking possession and use shall not be T/M13 -95 00710 -30 GENERAL CONDITIONS deemed as acceptance of the work. If such prior possession or use increases the cost of the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to request extra compensation within five days of each occurrence. The amount of extra compensation, if any, will be determined in accordance with the procedures given herein for determination of change order cost. The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra compensation for possession by Metro of portions of the work which are specifically required in the Contract Documents to be placed into use and operation before completion of the entirety of the work. PART 7 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7.01 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR A. BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT PRICE The Contractor shall, within the time specified hi the Specifications, submit a schedule of values and cash flow projection for the Contract Price, acceptable to the Engineer, showing the value assigned to each activity of the work, including an allowance for profit and overhead. The Contractor warrants that such values are accurate representations of the value of each activity, on which Metro may rely. The schedule of values and cash flow projection shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications and shall be sufficiently detailed to permit its use by the Engineer as one of the bases for evaluating requests for payment. Failure to meet the submittal schedule of the schedule of values will delay the processing of progress payments. B. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES Unless specifically provided otherwise on the Bidding Schedule, if there is any change that increases or decreases the actual quantity for any unit price item by more than 30 percent, the unit price will apply for the portion up to the 30 percent increase or decrease, and the adjustment for that portion of the work in excess of the 30 percent increase or decrease shall be as follows: 1. Increases in excess of 30 percent will be determined by agreement of the parties. If the parties are unable to agree, the Engineer will determine the equitable adjustment by using unit bid prices, or by establishing the costs by other means, or by using force account, and will adjust the Contract Time as the Engineer deems appropriate. 2. Decreases in excess of 30 percent will be determined by agreement of the parties. If the parties are unable to agree, the Engineer will determine the adjustment taking into account a redistribution of fixed costs, if any. If the Contractor disagrees with an equitable adjustment determination by the Engineer, the Contractor shall appeal and strictly follow all procedures in accordance with paragraph 00710 -2.04 G.2. Failure to do so shall constitute the Contractor's acceptance of determinations by the Engineer. When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the work pending determination of the adjustment in costs or time, as applicable. When Metro has entered an amount for any bid item, whether unit or otherwise, solely for the purpose of providing a common bid for all bidders, this paragraph 00710 -7.01 B shall not apply. Any impact due to an increase or decrease in the amount provided for the purpose of obtaining a common bid shall be the sole risk of the Contractor. C. PROGRESS PAYMENTS 1. Payment Request Procedures. a. General: By the 5th day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a partial payment request filled out and signed by the Contractor covering acceptable work performed and materials received during the previous payment period, or since the last partial payment estimate was submitted. Payment periods shall end on the last day of each month. The Contractor's completed affidavit of amounts paid to certified firms as specified in Part 9 of Section 00710, the Contractor's statement regarding payment of prevailing wages as specified in paragraph 00710 -1.04, and the Contractor's current progress schedules, cash flow projections and reports as specified in the Specifications shall be provided with each partial payment estimate. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide such additional data as may be reasonably required to support the payment for materials and labor, including payments to subcontractors and T/M13 -95 00710 -31 GENERAL CONDITIONS suppliers. The term "materials ", as used herein, shall be considered to include those items which are fabricated and manufactured material and equipment. Only those materials for which the Contractor can transfer clear title to Metro will be qualified for partial payment, except as specifically provided below. b. Partial Payment Requests: The first partial payment request shall include (1) the value of the work performed, and (2) a percentage (as determined below) of the purchase value of materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, all of which shall have been incurred since the Contractor's receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Every subsequent partial payment request, except the final payment request, shall include (1) the value of the work performed, and (2) a percentage (as determined below) of the purchase value of materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, all of which shall have been incurred since the last partial payment request was submitted. As used in this paragraph 00710 -7.01, "purchase value" shall be the Contractor's actual net cost of such materials. c. Partial Payment for Material Delivered but not Installed: To receive partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work, the Contractor shall submit a list with certified invoices of such materials to the Engineer for approval with the Contractor's partial payment estimate. The Contractor's claimed purchase value must be supported by certified invoices of subcontractors or suppliers. Proper storage and protection in accordance with paragraph 00710 -4.07 shall be provided. Partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the work will not exceed 75 percent of the purchase value for such materials, except as may be determined otherwise by the Engineer. As a condition precedent to making any such payment, the Engineer may require that the Contractor provide a bond or other form of security to protect the interests of Metro. d. Partial Payment Based on Unit Prices: If the Bidding Schedule for this Contract included unit price items, then partial payments for such items will be based on the actual quantities performed or provided under such unit price items. For work performed or provided under such unit price items, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment beyond those unit prices, except as may be elsewhere provided herein. e. Other Progress Payment Restrictions: The Contractor's attention is directed to potential progress payment restrictions set forth in the Specifications and Part 9 of Section 00710 which requires submittal of certain M /WBE and EEO forms. The Contractor, after receiving payment from Metro, shall make prompt payment to its subcontractors in compliance with state law and regulations pertaining to prompt payment for public works contracts. 2. Review of Payment Request. Within eight days after receipt of the partial payment request, the Engineer will review the request and either indicate approval in writing to the Director or indicate in writing to the Contractor specific reasons why part or all of the payment is being withheld and what remedial actions the Contractor must take to receive the withheld amount. If the Engineer recommends payment and the Director concurs, Metro will, within, 30 days of receipt of the Contractor's properly completed invoice or receipt of the goods or services whichever is later, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment request. The payments will take into account the retention provisions provided for herein. In the event the Engineer does not concur with the request, the Contractor may make the changes necessary to obtain the Engineer's concurrence and resubmit the partial payment request. If the Engineer recommends payment and the Director concurs, Metro will, within 30 days after the Contractor satisfactorily completes the remedial actions identified in the Engineer's rejection of the payment request, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment request. 3. Retainage. Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010, Metro will retain five percent of all progress payments as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic, subcontractor, or materialperson who performs labor upon the contract or work hereunder, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on such work, and the State with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from the Contractor. In the event that during the performance of the Contract and prior to the expiration of the claim period as provided in RCW 60.28.011, the amount retained is reduced to an amount below five percent, then Metro shall retain additional sums from moneys earned by the Contractor so as to maintain at all times a five percent retained trust fund, unless otherwise reduced or excused by provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW. Moneys reserved under provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW shall, at the option of the Contractor, be: T/M13 -95 a. Retained in a fund by Metro with no interest paid thereon to the Contractor, or 00710 -32 GENERAL CONDITIONS b. Deposited by Metro in an interest - bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until after final acceptance of all work, or a portion thereof, as may be approved by Metro; or c. Placed in escrow in a bank or trust company by Metro. When the moneys reserved are to be placed in escrow, Metro will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved payable to the bank or trust company and the Contractor jointly. Such check shall be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by Metro, and the bonds and securities held in escrow. Under option b and c above, interest will be paid to the Contractor as the interest accrues. The Contractor shall designate the option desired on a form as may be provided by Metro. This form shall be submitted no later than with the Contractor's first partial payment request. The Contractor in choosing option b or c agrees to assume full responsibility to pay all costs which may accrue from escrow services, brokerage charges, or both, and further agrees to assume all risks in connection with the investment of the retained moneys. D. FINAL PAYMENT Metro will make final payment to the Contractor following acceptance of work under paragraph 00710 -7.05, including completion of all Punch List items, release of claims brought to the attention of Metro as set forth in paragraph 00710 -5.01, receipt of releases from owners of property affected by the Contractor's performance under this Contract, and submittal of a final affidavit of amounts paid to certified firms as required by Part 9 of Section 00710 herein and approved by Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. Final payment shall include the entire sum found to be due hereunder after deducting therefrom such amounts as the terms of this Contract permit. Prior estimates and payments, including those relating to extra work or work omitted, shall be subject to correction by the final payment. Final payment will be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work; and, all materials remaining for which progress payments have been made shall revert to the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the work. By accepting final payment, the Contractor shall be deemed thereby to have released Metro from all claims of and all liability to the Contractor for things done or furnished in connection with the work and for every act and neglect of Metro and others relating to or arising out of the work, other than timely written claims identified in detail and stated amounts that were submitted prior to final payment and in strict compliance with the requirements of this Contract. Payment by Metro shall not release the Contractor or its surety from any obligation under the Contract or under the Performance and Payment Bond. E. RELEASE OF RETAINAGE The retainage will be held and applied by Metro as a trust fund as required by Chapter 60.28 RCW. Payment or release of retainage will be made in ordinary course of business 45 days following completion of the work provided the following conditions are met: 1. Certificates approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, Washington State Employment Security Department, and all other departments and agencies having jurisdiction over the activities of the Contractor have been provided to the Engineer. 2. If the Contract Price hereunder exceeds $20,000, a release obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue has been provided to the Engineer. 3. "Affidavits of Wages Paid" for the Contractor and each subcontractor approved by the Industrial Statistician of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries have been provided to the Engineer. 4. No claims or notices of lien, as provided by law, have been filed against the retainage. 5. Metro has no claims under this Contract. Notices of claims against the Performance and Payment Bond, or liens against the retainage, are filed with Metro at the Project Control Section, 821 Second Avenue, M /S107, Seattle, Washington 981041598. The Contractor may obtain a copy or a list of such notices by written request to the Project Control Section or by telephone (206) 684 -1370. If such taxes have not been discharged or the claims, expenses, and fees have not been paid, Metro shall either retain in its fund, or in an interest bearing account, or retain in escrow, at the option of the T/M13 -95 00710-33 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor, an amount equal to such unpaid taxes and unpaid claims together with a sum sufficient to defray the costs and attorney fees incurred in foreclosing the lien of such claims, and shall pay, or release from escrow, the remainder to the Contractor. 7.02 CHANGE ORDERS A. GENERAL Metro may at any time by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the work within the scope of this Contract. Such written orders may be made without notice to any surety(ies); in the Performance and Payment Bond in Section 00610 herein, the surety(ies) waived notice of any alteration or extension of time made by Metro and agreed to be bound in all ways to King County for any such alterations or extensions of time as if it(they) had received notice of the same. Any other written order (which includes direction, instruction, interpretation or determination) from Metro, which causes any such change, shall be treated as a change order only if the Contractor gives the Engineer written notice within five days of the order stating the date, circumstances, source of the order, and that the Contractor regards the order as a change order. Oral orders will not be binding on Metro unless confirmed in writing by the Director or the Director's designee. The Contract Price may be changed only by a change order signed by the Director or the Director's designee. Except as provided herein, no order, statement, or conduct of any representative of Metro will be treated as a change hereunder. If any change hereunder causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made consistent with paragraph 00710 -7.02 B and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, the Contractor shall comply with the claims procedure of paragraph 00710 -2.04 G. The Contractor shall provide additional detailed bid, schedule, labor and equipment records, invoices, purchase orders, job records and cost summaries as may be required by the Engineer or the Director to analyze and respond to such claims. B. EXTRA WORK Extra work means the furnishing of materials and equipment and the doing of work not directly or by implication called for by the Contract. If Metro requires extra work, it may do the extra work itself or by the employment of others or it may direct the Contractor to do the extra work, in which case the Contractor will be paid for the extra work in accordance with paragraph 00710 -7.02 A. The value of any work covered by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the Contract Price will be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: 1. Unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents or previously agreed upon in the Contract Price breakdown and schedule of values, as applicable. 2. An agreed lump sum; provided, that the basis for such lump sum shall be determined by negotiations between the Engineer and the Contractor. At least five days prior to the first negotiation meeting, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a detailed cost estimate for the proposed extra work. The detailed cost estimate shall be prepared in the format and detail requested by the Engineer and consistent with construction industry practice. 3. On time and materials basis in accordance with the following provisions: a. The Contractor will be reimbursed for labor and for foreman supervision dedicated solely to the particular operation. The Contractor will not be reimbursed for general superintendents or general foremen. Payment will be computed by the Engineer and will be the sum of the following: (i) Weighted Wage Rate: The agreed basic wage rate for all labor used shall be restricted to the current basic wage the Contractor is obligated to pay and shall reflect the Contractor's actual cost. Fringe benefits will be added to the basic wage rates and will include mandated benefits paid on behalf of labor by the Contractor such as the following: 1) Federal Insurance Compensation Act (FICA); 2) Federal T/M13 -95 00710 -34 GENERAL CONDITIONS Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA); and 3) State Unemployment Compensation Act (SUCA). The above items will be combined into a single wage rate for each classification of labor used which shall be designated as the "Weighted Wage Rate" for the identified class of labor. The weighted wage rate shall reflect the Contractor's actual cost and shall not exceed that which is customarily paid comparable labor. The Contractor shall pay not less than the minimum rate as specified in paragraph 00710 -1.04. If overtime is authorized by the Engineer, the weighted wage rate will be established in the same manner as above. (ii) Travel Allowance and /or Subsistence: The Contractor will be reimbursed the actual cost of travel and /or subsistence allowances paid to labor engaged upon the work when travel and /or such allowances are required by labor agreement. (iii) Industrial Insurance and Medical Aid Premiums: The Contractor will be reimbursed for Marine Industrial Insurance, State of Washington Industrial Insurance, and Medical Aid premiums which become an obligation of the Contractor and are chargeable to the work on the basis of time worked. The agreed rate(s) of compensation for the above premiums shall be a composite rate(s) based upon the full premium for Industrial Insurance and one -half the premium for Medical Aid which premiums are prescribed by the regulatory body for the contractor(s) actually performing the time and materials work. This composite rate may be adjusted upon request to conform with adjustments prescribed by the regulatory body. (iv) Overhead and Profit: The Contractor will be reimbursed an amount equal to 20 percent of the sum of the items listed in (i), (ii), and (iii) above for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred in supplying labor. b. The actual net cost to the Contractor for materials and supplies incorporated in, or necessary for, such extra work, excluding materials and supplies necessary to operate and maintain equipment. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 15 percent thereof for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred in supplying such materials and supplies. c. For Contractor -owned operating equipment, excluding small hand tools, the Contractor shall be compensated for each hour that such equipment is in use on such work at the rates in effect on the date such extra work is ordered as set forth in the "Cost Reference Guide for Construction Equipment" published by Equipment Guide -Book Company; for such equipment not included in said Blue Book, compensation shall be at such rates as shall be mutually agreed to in writing by the Contractor and Engineer. For Contractor -owned operating equipment on standby, the Contractor shall be compensated at fifty percent (50%) of the rate in said Blue Book or mutually agreed rate, as applicable. For rented operating equipment, the Contractor shall be compensated at invoiced rental rates plus reasonable, documented costs for fuel and lube for such operating equipment. No payment will be made for standby on any piece of equipment which has been used for 8 hours or more of productive work in any 24 -hour period, and payment for a combination of productive work and standby shall not exceed a total of 8 hours in any work day. Weekends and holidays are excluded from standby time. No standby costs will be paid for any equipment idled due to routine maintenance, down time, or late delivery of other equipment. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 15 percent thereof for overhead, profit and any other cost incurred in supplying such equipment. d. For purpose of this paragraph, the term "overhead" shall include, but not be limited to: Engineering, both field and office; Estimating; General superintendence; Purchasing; Quality Control /Quality Assurance; Clerical; Office facilities; Small hand tools; All applicable taxes (except state and local retail sales tax); Bonding and insurance costs; Any other costs of doing business. e. Extra work performed on a time and materials basis by approved subcontractors shall be charged to Metro by the Contractor in accordance with subparagraphs a through d above. To the accumulative total (excluding all markups for overhead and profit) shall be added an amount for the Contractor's supervision and overhead support of subcontractors based on the following supplemental markup schedule: (1) a ten percent supplemental markup shall be added for the initial $10,000 accumulated total of all extra work (excluding markups for overhead and profit) performed by subcontractors; (2) a five percent supplemental markup shall be added for all extra work in excess of the initial $10,000 accumulative total (excluding markups for overhead and profit). f. All costs of the Contractor and any subcontractor attributable to extra work are either specifically listed or covered by the multipliers specified in subparagraphs a through e above. g. The Contractor's and subcontractor's labor hours charged to extra work shall be substantiated by detailed timecards or timesheets completed on a daily basis before the close of business each T/M13 -95 00710 -35 GENERAL CONDITIONS working day and available for inspection thereafter at the Contractor's office. The Contractor's and subcontractor's material used for extra work shall be recorded as the extra work is performed and material costs determined as soon as supplier invoices are rendered; such records shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at the Contractor's office. The Contractor's and subcontractor's equipment hours for extra work shall be recorded on the labor timecards or timesheets as the extra work is performed. h. The Contractor's records pertaining to work paid for on a time and materials basis shall be maintained and retained as required by paragraph 00710 -8.03. Failure to maintain and produce for inspection the required records shall constitute a waiver of the Contractor's claim for costs not documented. C. OMITTED WORK The Engineer may, by written order to the Contractor, omit work, equipment and /or material to be provided under this Contract, and the value of the omitted work, equipment and /or material will be deducted from the Contract Price. The deducted value will be a unit price, or if there is no such unit price, the deducted value will be a lump sum agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Engineer based on the schedule of values and other cost information submitted by the Contractor or obtained otherwise by Metro. In the event that no agreement can be reached on a lump sum basis, Metro shall be entitled to a deduction based on the value calculated on an estimated time and materials basis as determined by the Engineer, subject to the Contractor's right of claim under paragraph 00710 -2.04 G herein. D. PROPOSED WORK CHANGES The Engineer may from time to time request the Contractor to provide price estimates on Proposed Work Changes (PWCs). The Contractor shall prepare such price estimates within 21 days of receipt of a request for a PWC from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to prepare such price estimates within that time, the Engineer has the right to determine the reasonable price under the PWC and to direct the Contractor to proceed with the PWC at that price; provided, the Contractor may submit a claim in accordance with paragraph 00710- 2.04 G herein. If the Contractor prepares such price estimates within 21 days of receipt of a PWC from the Engineer, the documented reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor in preparing such estimates shall be paid by Metro either as part of the accepted PWC overhead markup cost or separately if the PWC is not accepted. E. EFFECT OF CHANGE ORDERS The payment, additional time, or both payment and additional time specified and agreed to in a change order shall be construed and interpreted to include all claims by the Contractor for any extra payment, extension of time, lost profits and /or other incidental or consequential damages with respect to the work covered by such change order, including, but not limited to, delays to the completion of all work under this Contract and associated costs to the Contractor. F. M /WBE REQUIREMENTS The M /WBE utilization goals established for this Contract shall apply to all change orders and amendments in accordance with paragraph 00710 -9.01 herein. 7.03 CHARGES TO CONTRACTOR Everything charged to the Contractor by Metro under the terms of this Contract shall be paid by the Contractor to Metro on demand. Such charges may be deducted by the Director from money due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract. Metro may recover such charges from the Contractor or from its surety notwithstanding that the work has been accepted under paragraph 00710 -7.05. 7.04 COMPENSATION TO METRO FOR TIME EXTENSION In exchange for granting an extension of time for avoidable delay, the Contractor shall compensate Metro for the actual costs to Metro of engineering, inspection, general supervision, right -of -way costs, permit fees, overhead expenses, and any other specifically ascertainable direct and indirect costs which are directly chargeable to the work and which accrue during the period of such extension. The actual costs will not include charges for final inspection and preparation of the final payment by the Director and Engineer. T/M13.95 00710 -36 GENERAL CONDITIONS 7.05 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK When the Contractor has concluded the work, or a designated portion thereof, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing. Upon receipt of the notification, the Engineer will promptly, by personal inspection, determine the actual status of the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. If the Engineer finds materials, equipment, or workmanship which do not meet the terms of the Contract, the Engineer will prepare a Punch List of such items and submit it to the Contractor. Following completion of the corrective work and submittal of all required documents and forms by the Contractor, the Engineer will notify the Director that the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract. Determination of the acceptability and acceptance of the work will be made by the Director. A written notice of acceptance, issued by the Director, shall constitute acceptance of the work. Notice of acceptance shall not constitute acceptance of any unauthorized or defective work or material, nor shall progress payment estimates be construed as acceptance of any work under this Contract. Metro shall not be barred from requiring the Contractor to remove, replace, repair or dispose of any unauthorized or defective work or from recovering damages for any such work or material; Metro's rights hereunder shall exist and remain to the full extent permitted by law and /or set forth in this Contract. 7.06 LITIGATION DELAY COSTS If any delay in issuance of Notice to Proceed or in construction following award of this Contract is primarily caused by acts or omissions of persons or agencies other than the Contractor, anyone employed by it or any of its subcontractors or suppliers, and a preliminary, special or permanent restraining order of a court of competent jurisdiction is issued pursuant to litigation and Metro does not elect to terminate the Contract or order funds reserved as provided by RCW 60.28.010(5) be paid to the Contractor, then the Director will issue a change order to cover reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as a result of such delay. In accordance with RCW 60.28.080, the parties hereto agree that the reasonable costs of such litigation delay shall consist only of the following: A. Actual and necessary direct costs to the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay for wages, wage taxes and labor costs other than wages; provided, that such costs could not be otherwise avoided by layoffs or employment on other projects during the period of delay. The wage rates shall not exceed those listed on the Contractor's "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contract" as approved by the Industrial Statistician of the State of Washington. B. Additional and necessary direct costs for materials and equipment rentals actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay. C. Equipment standby costs established by paragraph 00710 -7.02 B. D. Additional and necessary direct costs of insurance premiums and bonds actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay. E. Additional and necessary costs for subcontracts actually incurred and paid by the Contractor directly attributable to the period of delay; provided, that such additional costs could not be avoided by cancellation or renegotiation of such subcontracts. F. To such costs shall be added an amount equal to 10 percent thereof as a reasonable amount for overhead, profit, and all other costs not specifically accounted for above. Within three days after notice of litigation delay under this paragraph 00710 -7.06, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the Contractor's estimated weekly litigation delay costs as described above; provided, however, that in no event will payment for actual litigation delay costs exceed one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the said estimated costs. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer no later than the fifth day of each month a request for such litigation delay costs incurred during the previous calendar month. The request for payment shall be in a form satisfactory to the Engineer and shall include copies of invoices, correspondence and such other verifiable evidence of delay costs actually and necessarily incurred by the Contractor as the Engineer may require. Payment will be in accordance with paragraph 00710- 7.01C. This paragraph 00710 -7.06 shall be the Contractor's exclusive remedy for litigation delay costs. T/M13 -95 00710 -37 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 8 — SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 8.01 DAMAGES FOR DELAY Damages for avoidable delay, as provided in paragraph 00710 -6.02, shall be in the amount of $500 per day. 8.02 ABNORMAL WEATHER CONDITIONS Precipitation as rain, hail or snow, low temperature, a windstorm, ice, snow and other weather conditions which could reasonably have been anticipated from the National Weather Service historical records of the general locality of the work shall not be construed as abnormal. It is hereby agreed that precipitation greater than the following, temperatures less than the following, and wind velocities greater than the following, cannot be reasonably anticipated: A. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 0.50 inch during a month when the monthly rainfall exceeds the normal monthly average by 15 to 100 percent. B. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 0.20 inch during a month when the monthly rainfall exceeds the normal monthly average by more than 100 percent. C. Daily rainfall equal to, or greater than, 1.0 inch at any time. D. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 20 degrees F during a week when the maximum daily temperature never exceeds 35 degrees F. E. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 25 degrees F during a week when the maximum daily temperature never exceeds 30 degrees F. F. Daily maximum temperature equal to, or less than, 15 degrees F at any time. G. Daily maximum wind velocity equal to or greater than 50 mph at any time. Ice, snow and other weather conditions may be considered as abnormal in the sole discretion of the Engineer upon written request by the Contractor. Such written request shall describe in detail the weather condition, identify the specific impacts resulting from the weather condition, and be submitted to the Engineer within five days of the onset of the weather condition. To preclude the difficulties of actual measurement, the parties hereto agree that weather data at the site of the work shall be expressly deemed to be the same as that measured at the Seattle- Tacoma International Airport by the Environmental Data and Information Service of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration ( "NOAA ") of the U.S. Department of Commerce. For the purposes of this paragraph 00710 -8.02, a "month" shall mean a calendar month and a "week" shall mean a calendar week of Sunday through Saturday. 8.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS AND AUDIT A. RETENTION OF RECORDS 1. The Contractor shall maintain books, records and documents ( "Records ") of its performance under this Contract in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and federal regulations if this contract is funded in part by the federal government. The Contractor shall maintain and retain for a period of not less than three years after the date of initial acceptance of contract work: all financial information, data and records (e.g., estimating sheets, takeoffs, calculations, designs, etc.) used to prepare and support the Contractor's bid for this Contract; and all records pertaining to the performance of the work under this Contract, including portions of the work performed under change orders and /or contracts and agreements with subcontractors and suppliers. 2. The Contractor shall ensure each of its subcontractors and suppliers maintains and retains for said period all Records pertaining to the performance of their portion of the work under this Contract. T/M13 -95 00710 -38 GENERAL CONDITIONS B. AUDIT ACCESS 1. For the purpose of inspection, cost /price analysis, audit or other reasonable purposes related to this Contract, Metro and its authorized representatives and designees shall have access to all Records maintained and retained by the Contractor, its subcontractors, and suppliers. Metro and its representatives and designees shall have access to Records and be able to copy such Records during the Contractor's normal business hours. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. 2. In addition to audits conducted after the date of acceptance of work, audits may be conducted during or after the Contract Time for purposes of evaluating a claim or payments to the Contractor and for any other reason deemed appropriate and necessary by Metro. Audits conducted shall be in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and /or with established procedures and guidelines of Metro. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with Metro or its auditor(s) during audits and inspections, and provide all requested documentation. 3. If an audit is commenced more than sixty (60) days after the date of acceptance of work, Metro will give reasonable notice to the Contractor of the date on which the audit will begin. PART 9 — REQUIREMENTS FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 9.01 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE DURING WORK A. In accordance with Section 19, King County Ordinance No. 11032 the Contractor shall ensure that certified firms certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (hereinafter the "State OMWBE ") shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the work under this Contract. The Contractor shall ensure its subcontractors make affirmative efforts to utilize certified firms in subcontracts. B. The Contractor shall implement and carry out the commitments, as to tasks and dollar amounts, contained in its Section 00320 "Sworn Statement Regarding Minority and Women Business Enterprise Commitment ", including Attachment A thereto, submitted as part of the bid to perform work under this Contract. In the event any certified firm proposed to be used or actually used by the Contractor hereunder is unable or unwilling to perform any portion of the work for any reason whatsoever, the Contractor shall seek and substitute other certified firms, as the case may be, at no additional cost to Metro such that minority and women business participation under this Contract remains at the levels set forth in the Contractor's bid to perform this Contract; provided, that Metro may, in its sole discretion, waive or reduce this obligation upon a showing by the Contractor that it has made maximum affirmative effort to obtain such other certified firms. During the performance of the Contract, any substitution for or proposed non -use of the certified firms projected for use under this Contract shall be submitted to Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office for prior approval. C. "Substitution, Substitute" for purposes of this Part 9 of Section 00710 shall mean replacing one certified firm for another, or increasing the level of utilization of certified firms in order to maintain the required level of utilization in accordance with the bidding provisions and commitments made by the Contractor. D. In the event one or more change orders are issued under this Contract, the following provisions shall apply, unless waived or modified in writing by Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office: 1. If a change order increases the Contract Price, the Contractor shall make maximum affirmative efforts to seek and employ certified firms in the performance of the increased work such participation shall be consistent with the participation goals established for this Contract and shall be counted as provided in paragraph 00100 -2.06 herein. 2. If a change order decreases or deletes any amount of work to be performed by a certified firm under this Contract, the Contractor shall make maximum affirmative efforts to substitute other work of equivalent value to the affected certified firm or to substitute another certified firm, as the case may be, to perform other work of value equivalent to the decreased or deleted work. 3. No modification or waiver of the provisions of this paragraph 00710 -9.01 will be made unless the Contractor provides sufficient documentation of maximum affirmative efforts to seek and employ certified firms in order to maintain at least the participation levels set forth in the Contractor's bid to perform this Contract. T/M13 -95 00710 -39 GENERAL CONDITIONS E. With each of the Contractor's progress payment requests, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit identifying amounts actually paid to certified firms, including joint venture partners (if any), during the preceding month. Upon completion of all work and as a condition precedent to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final affidavit identifying amounts actually paid and amounts owed to each certified firm, including joint venture partners (if any), for performance under the Contract. Failure to submit such affidavits may result in withholding of payments or the final payment. Affidavit forms will be provided by Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. F. During the term of this Contract, Metro shall monitor the Contractor's compliance with Section 19, King County Ordinance No. 11032, and these requirements for utilization of certified firms. Metro may at any time visit the site of the work and the Contractor's office to review records related to actual utilization of and payments to certified firms. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient records necessary to enable Metro to monitor compliance. The Contractor shall provide every assistance requested by Metro during such visits. 9.02 NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS DURING WORK A. In accordance with Section 19, King County Ordinance No. 11032, the Contractor shall not discriminate against, nor tolerate harassment of, any employee or applicant for employment because of religion, color, race, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and employees are treated during employment, without regard to their creed, religion, color, race, sex, sexual orientation, age, national origin, or the presence of such disability. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and, selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. B. The Contractor will, prior to commencement and during the term of this Contract, furnish Metro, upon request and on such forms as may be provided by Metro, a report of the affirmative action taken by the Contractor in implementing the terms of this provision, and will permit access by the Executive Director to the Contractor's records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms, other pertinent data and records for the purpose of investigation to determine compliance with this provision. C. The Contractor shall implement and carry out the obligations contained in its Section 00330 "Sworn Statement Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity" submitted as part of the bid to perform the work under this Contract. Failure to implement and carry out such obligations in good faith may be considered by Metro as a material breach of this Contract and grounds for withholding payment and /or termination of the Contract and dismissal of the Contractor. The Contractor shall require that Sworn Statements in the form of those required by Metro from the Contractor be submitted by its subcontractors and that substantially the foregoing provisions be contained in all such subcontracts. D. The Contractor shall use its best efforts to provide training and apprenticeship opportunities in the event that apprenticeship participation opportunities arise during the performance of this Contract. 9.03 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REPORTS DURING WORK A. The Contractor shall submit a Work Force Profile Statement for each subcontractor used during the performance of the Contract. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the statement, to have the subcontractor complete the form and submit it to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office five days prior to the date the subcontractor begins work on the Contract. B. Unless otherwise directed by the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office two weeks after commencement of work and every two weeks thereafter, the Contractor shall submit Equal Employment Opportunity ( "EEO ") Reports of the Contractor's and each subcontractor's actual employment of non - minorities, minorities and women involved on this Contract during the two -week period. Estimates of future employment levels shall not be included on the EEO Reports. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall complete the EEO Report form provided by Metro's M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office. T/M13 -95 00710 -40 GENERAL CONDITIONS ,+: s:)I,';a�.rl.�^:u'�tr� °,�e.,;.z.r C. The Contractor shall ensure each subcontractor completes the EEO Report, shall review the EEO Reports for accuracy and compliance, and shall submit the subcontractors' EEO Reports with the Contractor's EEO Report to the M /WBE and Contract Compliance Office as required. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by subcontractors with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements. In the event the EEO Reports, whether of the Contractor or subcontractor, show actual employment levels of minorities or women at a level less than the goals established for this Contract, as set forth in Section 00330, the Contractor shall provide a written explanation therefor and submit such explanation with the EEO Reports. D. In addition to reviewing the EEO Reports, Metro may at any time visit the work site(s) to determine the actual employment levels of minorities and women. The Contractor and the subcontractors shall provide every assistance requested by Metro during such visits. 9.04 SANCTIONS FOR NON - COMPLIANCE Failure by the Contractor and /or its subcontractors to comply with any requirements of Section 19, King County Ordinance No. 11032 or this Contract related to equal employment opportunity or utilization of certified firms will be considered a breach of this Contract. In the event the Contractor and /or its subcontractors fail to comply with such requirements, Metro may impose sanctions including: (1) suspension of this Contract; (2) withholding of payments; (3) termination of this Contract; and (4) any other sanctions authorized under Section 19, King County Ordinance No. 11032. Any such failure by the Contractor may be considered by Metro in determining whether to award any other contracts to the Contractor. T/M13 -95 ATTACHMENT A PREVAILING MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES ESTABLISHED BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES NOTES The following pages contain ONLY the state prevailing wage determinations from the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries applicable to this Contract (refer to paragraph 00710- 1.04 herein). The Contractor shall comply with such State determinations. Any questions regarding the state prevailing wage determinations should be addressed to: Department of Labor and Industries, Employment Standards Section, 925 Plum Street, Olympia, Washington, 98504, Attention: Industrial Statistician, or call (360) 902-5335. • STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES PREVAILING WAGE SECTION - TELEPHONE (360) '956-5335 *(Effective 2-21-95 Prefix 902) PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS KING COUNTY EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -95 • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER ' WAGE FRINGE TIME HOLIDAY NOTE CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE COOJF, " ASBESTOS ABATEMENT, CERTIFIED Certified Asbestos Abatement Worker 19.14 4.45 1M 50 " AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT MECHANICS Sandblaster 11.20 2.19 1B 68 Journey Level Mechanic 14.00 2.19 18 68 " BOILERMAKERS Boilermaker 22.94 8.39 1R 5N " BRICKLAYERS AND MARBLE MASONS All Classifications 22.54 4.96 1N 5A " CABINET MAKERS Cabinet Maker • In Shop 11.71 0.00 1 •- CARPENTERS Carpenter 21.70 5.55 1M 50 Drywall Applicators 21.70 5.55 1M 5D Creosoted Material 21.80 5.55 1M 50 Floor Finisher 21.83 5.55 1M 5D Floor Layer 21.83 5.55 1M 5D Floor Sander Operator 21.83 5.55 1M 50 Sawfiler 21.83 5.55 1M 50 Shingler 21.83 5.55 1M 5D Stationary Power Saw Operators 21.83 5.55 1M 50 Stationary Woodworking Tools 21.83 5.55 1M 50 Accoustical Worker 21.86 5.55 1M 50 Piledriver 21.70 5.55 1M 50 Millwright and Machine Erectors 22.70 5.55 1M 50 CEMENT MASONS CEMENT MASON 21.56 6.60 10 6E PATCHING AND PAVING 21.56 6.60 10 6E CURING 21.56 6.60 10 6E CURB AND GUTTER 21.56 6.60 10 6E SIDEWALKS 21.56 6.60 10 6E SEALING COMPOUND 21.56 6.60 10 6E UNDERLAYMENT 21.81 6.60 10 6E MASTIC, EPDXY, PLASTIC 21.81 6.60 10 6E CONCRETE SAW 21.8 1 6.60 10 6E POWER TOOLS AND GRINDERS 21.81 6.60 10 6E SANDBLASTING 21.81 6.60 10 6E FINISH COLORED CONCRETE 21.81 6.60 10 6E GUNITE NOZZLE PERSON 21.81 6.60 10 6E TUNNEL WORKERS 21.81 6.60 10 6E TROWEL MACHINE ON COLORED 23.06 6.60 10 6E SLABS, COMPOSITION OR KALMAN FLOORS 8F 8F 4i .v ,. � •.1!�....'i'J ":, ?.k,+.�}r?SB1'i .::7 ocv h••. , ✓ +,..v.�......__ WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS • EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TINE HOLIDAY NOTE CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE CODE " DIVERS AND TENDERS DIVER 53.16 5.55 1M 50 88 DIVER TENDER 23.65 5.55 IM 5D In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more Over 50' to 100' - 51.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet Over 100' to 175' - 52.25 per foot for each foot over 100 feet Over 175' to 250' - 55.50 per foot for each foot over 175 feet Over 250' - Divers may name their own price, provided it is no less than the scale listed for 250 feet " DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER 21.81 5.81 18 51 OILER 21.47 5.81 18 51 LEVERMAN 22.23 5.81 18 51 MATES 21.81 5.81 18 51 BOATMEN 21.81 5.81 18 51 ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) 21.47 5.81 18 51 ENGINEER WELDER 21.86 5.81 18 51 CRANEMAN 21.86 5.81 18 51 MAINTENANCE 21.37 5.81 18 51 " DRYWALL TAPERS Journey Level 21.67 4.96 1 " ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS Journey Level 8.00 1.37 1J 5A " ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL 23.76 • 7.26 1J 611 JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL) 26.14 7.33 1J 6H CABLE SPLICER 26.14 7.33 1J 6H CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL) 28.75 7.41 1J 6H CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON 12.57 4.42 1J 6H " ELECTRICIANS • MOTOR SHOP Craftsperson Journey Level •• ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION Journey Level Lineperson Cable Splicer Certified Line Welder Pole Sprayer Heavy Line Equipment Operator Line Equipment Operator Head Groundperson Powderperson Jackhammer Operator Groundperson 13.95 1.42 2A 6C 13.29 1.40 2A 6C 22.34 5.78 4A 5A 8E 24.73 5.86 4A 5A BE 22.34 5.78 4A 5A BE 22.34 5.78 4A 5A BE 22.34 5.78 4A 5A 8E 19.27 4.68 4A 5A 8E 16.86 4.59 4A 5A 8E 16.86 4.59 4A 5A BE 16.86 4.59 4A 5A 8E 15.85 4.56 4A 5A BE •• ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS AND TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS Journey Level 12.07 " ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS Mechanic in Charge Mechanic Constructor Probationary Constructor 0.00 1 27.79 7.80 4A 60 24.70 7.61 4A 60 17.29 7.17 4A 60 12.35 0.00 4A 60 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS . EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY CLASSIFICATION * *FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS ARCHITECTURAL AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE ALL CLASSIFICATIONS (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TIME HOLIDAY NOTE RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE CODE 8.85 0.24 1 6A ALL OTHER CONCRETE PROOUCTS MAINTENANCE 14.05 2.70 1B 65 OPERATOR 13.55 2.69 18 6S GUNITE 13.55 2.69 18 6S REBAR 13.55 2.69 18 6S FABRICATOR 13.55 2.69 18 6S WET POUR 13.30 2.69 18 6S YARD PATCH 13.30 2.69 18 6S WELDER 13.30 2.69 18 65 CLEAN UP 13.30 2.69 18 6S ** FENCE ERECTORS AND FENCE LABORERS Fence Erector Fence Laborer ** FLAGGERS Journey Level ** GLAZIERS Journey Level ** GREENHOUSE ERECTORS Greenhouse Erector ** HEAT AND FROST INSULATORS (ASBESTOS WORKERS) MECHANIC *• HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS Journey Level •• • • •• •• •• • • INDUSTRIAL ENGINE MECHANICS Industrial Engine Mech. INDUSTRIAL VACUUM POWER CLEANER Journey-level 13.80 0.00 1 11.60 0.00 1 14.46 4.45 1M 5D 22.38 4.18 2E 5G 8.00 0.00 1 24.69 5.01 1J 6R 16.04 2.41 1J 5A 12.86 2.79 1 7.90 1.17 1 INLAND BOATMEN Operator 17.59 2.96 1K 5D Engineer-Oeckhand 16.81 2.96 1K 50 Oeckhand 15.19 2.96 1K 50 INSPECTION, CLEANING, SEALING OF SEWER AND WATER SYSTEMS Technician 6.25 0.00 1 Cleaner Operator, Foaisr Operator 8.25 1.48 1 TV Truck Operator 8.75 1.78 1 Grout Truck Operator 9.50 1.98 1 Head Operator 10.50 2.28 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS Journey Level 16.58 0.00 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL 20.25 8.77 18 5A 3 CLASSIFICATION •` LABORERS WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TIME HOLIDAY NOTE Rall BENEFITS COD ORE CODE Asphalt Raker 19.62 4,45 1M 50 Ballast Regulator Machine 19.14 4.45 iM 50 Batch Weighman 14.46 4.45 1M 50 Cassion worker 19.98 4.45 1M 50 Carpenter Tender 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Cement O uroer /Paving 19.62 4,45 1M 50 Cement Finisher Tender 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Chipping Gun 19.14 4.45 iM 50 Chuck Tender 19.14• 4.45 1M SD Clean -up Laborer 19.14 4.45 1M 5D Concrete Form Stripper 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Concrete Saw Operator 19.62 4.45 1M SD Crusher Feeder 14.46 4,45 1M 50 Curing Concrete 19.14 4.45 1M 5D Demolition • Wrecking and Moving 19.14 4.45 1M 5D (including charred materials) Diver 19.98 4.45 1M 5D Drill Operator (Hydraulic, Diamond, Air Trac) 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Epoxy Technician 19.14 4.45 1M SD Faller /Bucker -Chain Saw 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Final Detail Cleanup 12.14 4.45 1M 50 Gabion Basket Builder 19.14 4.45 1M 50 General Laborer 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Grade Checker and Transit Man 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Grinders 19.14 4,45 1M 50 Hazardous Waste Worker level A 19.98 4.45 1M 5D Hazardous Waste worker Level B 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Hazardous Waste worker Levels C and 0 19.14 4.45 1M 50 High Scaler 19.62 4.45 1M 50 nod Cariier /Mortarman 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Jackhammer 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Miner 19.98 4.45 1M 50 Nozzleman • Concrete Pump, Green Cutter when 19.62 4.45 1M 50 using high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Blaster Pavement Breaker 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Pilot Car 14,46 4.45 1M 50 Pipe Reiner (not insert type) 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Pipetayer and Caulker 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Pot Tender 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Powderman 19.96 4.45 1M 50 Powderman Helper 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Railroad Spike Puller (power) 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Re•Timperman 19,98 4.45 iM 5D. Spreader (Concrete) 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Spreader • Clary Power or Similar Types 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Stake Hopper 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Tamper (Multiple and Self Propelled) 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Tamper and Similar Electric, Air and Gas 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Tootroom Man (at job site) 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Topman • Tallman 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Trackliner (Power) 19.62 4.45 1M 50 Tugger Operator 19.14 4.45 1M 50 Vibrating Screed (air, Gas, or Electric 19.14 4.45 1M 5D Vibrator 19.62 4.45 1M 5D Welt -Point Person 19.62 4.45 1M 5D • LABORERS • UNDERGROUND SEWER AND WATER CONSTRUCTION GENERAL LABORER PIPELAYER 19.14 4.45 1M 50 19.62 4.45 1M 5D 4 CLASSIFICATION WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS • EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TIME HOLIDAY NOTE RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE CODE " LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION Irrigation Equipment Installers 11.07 0.00 1 Irrigation to Landscape Equipment Operators 10.63 0.00 1 Landscaping or Planting Laborers 8.42 0.00 1 " LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL 21.72 5.55 1J 6H " MACHINISTS (HYDROELECTRIC SITE WORK) Machinist 16.84 0.00 1 " MATERIAL SUPPLIER • TRANSIT MIX Transit Mix • Under 9 Cu. Yds. 19.00 5.84 2J 61 8U Transit Mix - 9 Cu. Yds. and Over 19.25 5.84 2J 61 8U " METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) Fitter 15.86 0.00 1 Welder 15.48 0.00 1 Machine Operator 13.04 0.00 1 Painter 11.10 0.00 1 Laborer 9.78 0.00 1 " MODULAR BUILDINGS Cabinet Assembly, Electrician, Plumber, 10.23 1.33 ,1 Equipment Maintenance, Utility Person, Tool Maintenance, Welder Production Worker 7.93 1.33 1 " PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 19.04 3.15 1 " PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL " PLAYGROUND AND PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS Journey Level " PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL 21.34 6.75 18 8.42 0.00 1 26.60 9.21 IT 5A 5A 5A " POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS A•Frame Crane over 10 on 22.05 5.81 1N 50 8L A•Frame Crane, 10 tons and under 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Assistant Engineers (Oilers) 19.95 5.81 IN 51) 8L Backhoe 75 HP 8 under 22.05 5.81 IN 5D 8L Backhoe 75 HP & over 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Backhoe 3 yds d under 22.41 5.81 1N 5D 8L Backhoes over 3 yards to 6 yards 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Belt Loaders - Elevating Type 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Bobcat 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Brooms 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Bump Cutter 22.41 5,81 IN 50 81 Cableways 22.85 5.81 1N 5D 8L Chipper 22.41 5.81 114 5D 8L Compressors 19.95 5.81 1N 50 81 Concrete Batch Plant 22.41 5.81 1N 50 8L Concrete Pumps 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Conveyors 22.05 5.81 1N 50 8L Crane - 200 tons and over, or 250' of boom 23.85 5.81 IN 5D 8L including jib with attachments Crane • 100 Tons thru 199 Tons 23.35 5.81 IN 5D 8L or 150 Ft. Boom including Jib and over Crane • 45 Tons through 99 tons or 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L 150 Ft. of Boom 5 CLASSIFICATION WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS • EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KiNG COUNTY (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TiME HOLIDAY NOTE RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE ORE Crane • Overhead, Bridge Type (45 - 99 tons) 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Crane • Overhead, Bridge Type 100 T. and Over 23.35 5.81 IN 50 8L Crane • Overhead,. Bridge Type (20 - 44 tons) 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Cranes • 20 • 44 tons 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Cranes - through 19 tons 22.05 5.81 1N 50 81 Crushers 22.41 5.81 IN 50 81 Deck Engineer /Deck Winches (power) 22.41 5.81 IN 50 81 Derrick, Building 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Dozers, D -9 & under 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81 Grill Oilers • Auger Type 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81 Drilling Machine 22.41 5.81 IN 50 81 Equipment Service Engineer (Oiler) 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Finishing Machine /Curb Extruder 22.41 5.81 IN 5D 81. Fork Lifts, under 3000 tbs 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Fork Lifts, 3000 ibs and over 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Grade Engineer 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8l Gradechecker and Stakeman 19.95 5.81 1N 50 BL Hoists, Air Tuggers, 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81 Hydralifts /Boom Trucks 10 tons and under 19.95 5.81 1N 50 81 Hydratifts/ Boom Trucks over 10 tons 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Loaders, 8 yds & over 23,35 5.81 IN 50 8L Loaders, Overhead 6 yards up to 8 yards 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Loaders, Overhead under 6 yards 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Locomotives, All 22.41 5.81 iN 50 8l Mechanics, All (Welders) 22.41 5.81 IN 5D 81. Mixers, Asphalt Plant 22.41 5.81 IN 5D 8l Motor Patrol Grader • Non finishing 22.05 5.81 1N 50 81 Motor Patrol Grader - Finishing 22.41 5.81 1N 5D 8l Mucking Machine, Mole, 22.85 5.81 AN 5D 8L Tunnel Drill and /or Shield Oil Distributors, Blowers, etc. 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Pavement Breaker 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Permanent Shaft-type Elevator or Manlift 19.95 5.81 IN 5D 8L Piledriver (Other than Crane Mount) 22.41 5.81 IN 5D 8L Plant Oiler (Asphalt Crusher) 22.05 5.81 IN 5D 81 Porthole Digger, Mechanical 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Power Plant 19.95 5.81 IN 50 8L Pump Truck Mounted 22.41 5.81 IN 50 81 Concrete Pump with Boom Attachment Pumps, water 19.95 5.81 IN 5D 8L Quad 9 and Similar, D•10 and HD -41 22.85 5.81 IN 50 81. Remote Control Operator 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Rotlagon 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Roller, Other than Plant Road Mix 19.95 5.81 1N 50 8L Rollers, Plantmix or 22.05 5.81 iN 5D 8L Multilift Materials • Composition Materials Roto -Mill, Roto - Grinder 22.41 5.81 1N 50 81 Saws, Concrete 22.05 5.81 IN 50 BL Scrapers • Carry All 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81. Scrapers, Concrete 22.05 5.81 IN 50 8L Scrapers, Self-propelled 45 yards and over 22.85 5.81 1N 5D 8L Scrapers, Self - propelled under 45 yards 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Screed Man 22.41 5.81 IN 50 8L Shotcrete Gunite 19.95 5.81 1N 5D 81 Shovels and Attachments, 6 yards & over 23.35 5.81 IN 50 8L Shovels 3 yds & under 22.41 5.81 1N 50 8L Shovels over 3 yards to 6 yards 22.85 5.81 IN 50 8L Sliptorm Pavers 22.85 5.81 1N 50 8L Spreader, Topsioe Operator 22.05 5,81 IN 50 8L Suo•grader - Trimmer 22.41 5.81 iN 50 8L Tower Crane 23.35 5.81 IN 50 el Tractors 75 HP & under 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81 Tractors over 75 HP 22.41 5.81 IN 50 81 Transporters, All Track or Truck Type 22.85 5.81 1N 50 8L • • WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS - EFFECTIVE 03-03-95 KING COUNTY IWTgLY TIME BENEFIT CODE KEY) OVER HOURLY NOTE HOLIDAY RATE FRINGE CLASSIFICATION BENEFITS CODE CODE CODE Trenching Machines 22.05 5.81 1N 50 8L Truck Crane Oiler/Driver • 100 T. & over 22.41 5.81 IN 50 BL Truck Crane Oiler/Driver • under 100 T. 22.05 5.81 IN 50 81 19.95 Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type 5.81 IN 5D BL YoYo Dozer 22.41 5.81 1N 50 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS - UNDERGROUND SEWER AND WATER CONSTRUCTION (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) " POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE 19.61 4.69. 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER 16.93 4.60 4A 5A LINE CLEARANCE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 18.65 4.65 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON 18.33 3.94 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON / CHIPPER OPERATOR 11.87 3.72 4A 5A " REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC MECHANIC 25.72 8.04 1A 5A • * IV" RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION Res. Carpenters 11.85 3.50 1 Res. Communication Tech. 12.07 0.00 1 Res. Drywall Tapers 19.15 0.00 1 Res. Electricians 15.21 0.00 1 Res. Electronic Tech. 12.07 0.00 1 Res. Glaziers 11.87 0.00 1 Res. Insulation Appl. 11,00 2.96 1 Res. Laborers 7.96 0.00 1 Res, Painters 14.66 0.00 1 Res. Plumbers 16.26 3.41 1 Res, Refrigeration Mech, 12.73 4.01 1 Ref,. Sheet Metal Mech, 13.55 2.70 1 Res. Soft Floor Layers 19.89 0.00 1 Res. Sprinkler Fitters • Fire Protection 15.50 3.32 1R ROOFERS AND WATERPROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL USING BITUMINOUS MATERIALS " SHEET METAL WORKERS MECHANIC 5C 21.00 4.80 1R 5A 24.00 4.80 1R 5A 24.77 6.95 12 " SIGN HANGERS SIGN PAINTER 18.39 2.42 1 SIGN HANGER 15,63 2.42 1 CONSTRUCTION 15.63 2.42 1 SILK SCREENER 12.16 2.42 1 CONSTRUCTION "B" 7.91 2.42 1 PROOUCTION SILK SCREENER 7.82 2.42 1 SHOP PERSON 4,99 2.42 1 " SIGN MAKERS AND INSTALLERS (ELECTRICAL) Journey Level Stock Person •' SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL " SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS All Classifications " SPRINKLER FITTERS - FIRE PREVENTION JOURNEY LEVEL 17.29 2.00 8.65 1.74 19.29 4.91 18 11.20 1.24 1 26.59 10,39 7 59 5A 5S 1J • 5C •• •• •• frIp • •• WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS • EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY CLASSIFICATION STAGE RiGGiNG MECHANICS (Non Structural) Mechanic SURVEYORS Chain Person Instrument Person (Junior Engineer) Party Chief (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER WAGE FRINGE TIME HOLIDAY NOTE RATE BENEFITS CODE CODE CODE 10.50 2.73 1 9.35 0.00 1 11.40 0.00 1 13.40 0.00 1 TELEPHONE LiNE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER 17.71 3.06 18 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 17.71 3.06 18 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 11 INSTALLER • REPAIRER TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR - HEAVY TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR • LIGHT JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON HOLE DIGGER /GROUND PERSON TREE TRIMMER POLE SPRAYER TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN TELEVISION TECHNICIAN TELEVISION LINEPERSON TELEVISION GROUND PERSON TERRAllO WORKERS AND TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL TILE, MARBLE AND TERRAllO FINISHERS FINISHER TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL TRUCK DRIVERS A•Frame or Hydralift Trucks or Similar Buggymobile and Similar Bulk Cement Tanker Bull Lifts, or Similar Equipment (Not Warehousing) Bus or Employee Haul Dempster 0 • less than 16 yards Dempster 16 • 30 yards (Fifteen cents (S.15) per hour increase for each 10 Yard increment over 30 Yards.) 17.29 3.04 18 5A 16.86 3.02 1B 5A 17.71 3.06 18 5A 16.27 2.98 18 5A 16.27 2.98 18 5A 8.66 2.52 18 5A 16.27 2.98 18 5A 16.27 2.98 18 5A 14.43 2.87 1B 5A 12.70 2.76 18 5A 11.67 2.70 18 5A 8.08 2.48 18 5A 22.12 4.96 IN 5A 17.70 4.96 1N 5A 18.14 4.11 1K 5A tnioat WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS • EFFECTIVE 03.03.95 KING COUNTY ' (SEE BENEFIT CODE KEY) HOURLY HOURLY OVER •• WELL DRILLERS Irrigation Pump Installers 11.60 0.00 1 Oiler 9.45 0.00 1 Well Driller 11.60 0.00 1 BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -03-95 OVERTIME CODES ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS), SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY AND SUNDAY (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 0, ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT FOR MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES T!IE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE. HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. S. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE PLUS HEALTH AND WELFARE AND VACATION. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE PLUS HEALTH AND WELFARE AND VACATION. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. FOR ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK AND FOR ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS, THE HEALTH & WELFARE, AND VACATION BENEFITS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE. PENSION AND TRAINING SHALL BE PAID AT THE REGULAR HOURLY RATE. U, ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS MAY BE WORKED AS A MAKE -UP DAY AT THE PREVAILING HOURLY RATE OF WAGE (NO OVERTIME) WHEN WORK IS LOST DUE TO ANY REASON BEYOND THE EMPLOYERS CONTROL. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03-03 -95 1. Z. THE FIRST EIGHT HOURS ON THE FIRST SHIFT ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED M EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED M EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. 0. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODU 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). F. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9) G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -95 5 1. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEARS DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THC FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, DECEMBER 24TH, CHRISTMAS DAY. AND DECEMBER 31ST (9) M. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. VETERANS' DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9) 0. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T PAID HOLIDAYS: SEVEN (7) PAID HOLIDAYS. U. PAID HOLIDAYS' NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. CHRISTMAS DAY, AND A DAY OF THE EMPLOYEES CHOICE (7). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. W PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS; AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). Z HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. VETERANS DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 6 A PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). 13 HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY (9). C HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). E HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, LAST MONDAY IN MAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). F HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). H. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY. MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 1. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). 3 BENEFIT CODE KEY EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -95 (,. M PAID HOLIDAYS THANKSGIVING ANI) CHRISTMAS UNPAID HOLIDAYS; NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY AND THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING. N PAID HOLIDAYS: MEMORIAL DAY. INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEARS DAY AND THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY. Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY R. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY; MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR. DAY; WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY; MEMORIAL DAY; INDEPENDENCE DAY: THANKSGIVING DAY; THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NZW YEAR'S DAY. MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LAI3OR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY. WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY. LABOR DAY. THANKSGIVING DAY. THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). L'. PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (9). ✓ PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (9). NOTE CODES 13 THE WAGE RATES AND DEPTH PREMIUMS ARE FOR SURFACE SUPPLIED DIVERS AND SCUBA DIVERS THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. D WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL SI.00 PER HOUR. E ALL CLASSIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL APPRENTICES, REPORTING TO AN EMPLOYERS DESIGNATED JOB HEADQUARTERS AND WORKING A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) HOURS IN ANY ONE (I) DAY SHALL RECEIVE A PER DIEM ALLOWANCE OF TWENTY-FOUR DOLLARS (S24.00) IN ADDITION TO THE PREVAILING HOURLY RATE OF WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS. F FIVE (5) DAYS VACATION AFTER ONE YEAR OF SERVICE. TEN (10) DAYS VACATION AFTER THREE YEARS OF SERVICE. 1 NO WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED ON LABOR DAY OR CHRISTMAS DAY EXCEPT WHEN LIFE OR PROPERTY IS IN IMMINENT DANGER. SHOULD ANY OF THESE HOLIDAYS FALL ON SUNDAY, THE FOLLOWING MONDAY SHALL BE CONSIDERED A LEGAL HOLIDAY. • K. VETERANS DAY AND THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING ARE OPTIONAL HOLIDAYS AND ARE PAID AT THE REGULAR RATE OF PAY ONLY WHEN WORKED. L WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: S0.75, LEVEL 13. 50.50, AND LEVEL C: S0.25. N WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: 51.00, LEVEL B: S0.75, LEVEL C. 50.50, AND LEVEL D. S0.25. R FIVE (5) DAYS VACATION PER YEAR. THE PREVAILED VACATION AMOUNT REPRESENTS THE COST TO A CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR WHICH MAY BE REASONABLY ANTICIPATED TN PROVIDING THE FOLLOWING. VACATION PLAN: ONE WEEK AFTER ONE YEAR TWO WEEKS AFTER TWO YEARS. THREE WEEKS AFTER EIGHT YEARS. FOUR WEEKS AFTER SIXTEEN YEARS TWELVE HUNDRED HOURS MUST BE WORKED IN A YEAR'S TIME TO BE ELIGIBLE. 4 . CLINICAL SPECIFICATION '"- SONS:; ASITIGTON:,.:, SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section describes the project in general, and provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed under this Contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in the applicable Specification sections and shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, taxes, licenses, permits, inspection fees, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, testing, and completion of the work under this Contract. 1.02 CONTRACT TIME A. The Contractor shall have construction complete, and the facility(ies) commissioned and ready for posession and use within 150 calendar days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed. Failure of the Contractor to finish within the Contract time will result in damages in accordance with Paragraphs 00710 -6.02 and 00710 -8.01 being assessed against the Contractor. 1.03 WORK OF THIS CONTRACT A. In general, the work of this Contract will consist of the following: 1. Bay 1, Paint Preparation Booth: Perform demolition and removal of most, if not all existing ductwork, mechanical equipment, electrical conduit, and lights. Fabricate and install 6 lift table support stanchions. Create new roof penetrations as is necessary and infili abandoned roof penetrations and provide flashing around all new roof penetrations and mechanical equipment. Clean and paint all walls and ceilings white. Purchase and install new roof reinforcing members, mechanical equipment, ductwork, light fixtures and conduit. Provide and install a DDC control system to manage the ventilation process. Test, balance and commission all paint preparation area ventilation systems. 2. Bay 2, Existing Paint Booth: Increase curing capability from 105 degrees F to 120 degrees F by modifying/updating controls to tie into DDC system of other two bays. Fabricate and install 6 lift table support stanchions. 3. Bay 3, Decal Shop /New Paint Booth: Perform demolition and removal of most, if not all existing ductwork, mechanical equipment, electrical conduit, lights, imbedded floor rails, and a large, 17 -foot by 17 -foot, metal bifold door. Fabricate and install 6 lift table support stanchions. Create new roof penetrations as is necessary and infill abandoned roof penetrations and provide . flashing around all new roof penetrations and mechanical equipment. Clean and paint all walls and ceilings white. Purchase and install new roof reinforcing members, a new wall with an overhead 14 -foot by 14 -foot roll -up door, and a new, pre- engineered, UL- rated, FM- approved, approximately 70 -foot long by 19 -foot wide paint spray booth, with all associated mechanical equipment, ductwork, light fixtures, and conduit. Provide and install a DDC control system to manage the painting process. Test, balance and commission the new paint booth ventilation system. 01010 • 1 T/M 13.95 1.04 OTHER ACTIVITIES NEAR THE WORK SITE A. While Bay 1 and 3 are out of use Metro may require the Contractor to coordinate access to the lift tables in order to perform maintenance and/or upgrades. 1.05 EXISTING UTILITIES A. In general, the locations of existing major utilities, whether aboveground or underground, are indicated on the Drawings. This information has been obtained from utility maps, existing "as- built" drawings, and field surveys. Metro does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this Information, and it is to be understood that other aboveground or underground facilities not shown on the Drawings may be encountered during the course of the work. In any case, most minor lines such as water, gas and sewer services, power, and sprinkler irrigation lines are not indicated. B. Existing utilities, whether shown on the Drawings or not, shall be maintained, relocated, rerouted, removed and restored as may be necessary by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to owners and operators of the utilities and to Metro in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710 -3.03. 1.06 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE A. Portions of the Specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise: The words "shall be" shall be included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1. Examples: • a. Aggregate: ASTM C33 b. Adhesive: Spread with notched trowel. PART 2 MATERIALS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END: OF SECTION SECTION 01014 CONTRACTOR WORK COORDINATION & USE OF PREMISES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section identifies the requirements for coordinating work performed at existing Metro facilities or on Metro property. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports 2. Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning 1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The existing facility will remain in operation throughout the performance of this Contract. Schedule and conduct the work to avoid shutdowns and interference with normal facility operations and maintenance. B. The facility operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Buses move throughout the facility to access scheduled transit routes, maintenance and repair facilities, and fueVwash facilities. These operations occur on a tight time schedule which shall not be disrupted except under the conditions noted in this Section. C. It is assumed that existing facilities outside the scope of this Contract are in good repair. Existing damage or defects shall be reported to the Engineer immediately and prior to the start of work. Damages caused by the Contractor shall be repaired and /or replaced to a condition equal to or better than that existing prior to the damage, in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -5.03, at no additional cost to Metro. D. Seventy -two hours in advance of the time to perform the work, obtain written approval from the Engineer to take any utility, system, or process out of service. Provide temporary power, materials, any equipment necessary to maintain continuous total facility operations except for the systems, processes, or utilities explicitly identified and agreed to in the shut down approval. The integrity of existing facility utilities shall be maintained at all times. 1.03 METRO RESPONSIBILITIES A. Operations: Metro's operating personnel will be responsible for operating the existing facility throughout the performance of this Contract. Equipment presently installed in the facility must be available to personnel at all times for use, maintenance and repair. If it is necessary in the course of operating the facility, for the Contractor to move its equipment and materials or material included in the work, the Contractor shall do so promptly and place such equipment or material in an area which does not interfere with the facility operation. The Contractor shall not adjust or operate Metro's serviceable or functioning equipment or systems except as specifically required by this Contract. Contact between Metro's operational personnel and the Contractor shall be through the Engineer or the Engineer's designated representative. 1.04 TIME RESTRICTIONS A. Limit the hours of work to occur within the following schedule: Weekdays: 7 :00 AM to 4 :00 PM, unless noted otherwise. Weekends: Subject to approval by the Engineer. B. Submit a schedule of working hours in accordance with Paragraph 00710- 1.04D. The Contractor shall be liable for the premium costs of Metro's overtime inspection, in accordance with Paragraph 00710- 1.04D. 01014. 1 T/M13 -95 1.05 APPROVAL OF SCHEDULE A. Scheduling of the work shall be In accordance with the provisions of Section 01310. 1.06 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION A. In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710- 2.02A, designate a representative to be on the site at all times during the construction. This representative shall be capable of giving direct field orders as the need arises. Official project communication shall be conducted between the Contractor's representative and the Engineer. 1.07 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS A. Take special precautions to protect operating mechanical equipment, power supply and distribution equipment, and instrumentation equipment from exposure to weather, concrete dust, debris, dirt, and SECTION 01027 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the criteria for establishing a schedule of values for the work performed under this Contract, and specific conditions for payment against those scheduled values. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01310 - Project Schedules and Reports 2. Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning 3. Section 01720 - Record Drawings 4. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Information 1.02 SCOPE A. Submit a balanced schedule of values. The total value of the activities shall equal the Contract amount. Overhead and profit shall be prorated into the amounts indicated for the activities. Activity values shall be rounded to the nearest dollar. B. 11, in the opinion of the Engineer, the schedule of values is unbalanced, the Contractor will be required to present documentation substantiating the cost allocations of those activities believed to be unbalanced. C. Scheduled values for construction activities shall meet the requirements and designations indicated in Paragraph 01310-2.01F. D. Scheduled values for non - construction activities shall meet the requirements and designations indicated in Paragraph 01310 -2.01 F. In addition, the following values will be specifically identified: 1. Mobilization: The value allocated to all mobilization activities shall not exceed 5 percent of the original Contract Price. 2. Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports: The value allocated for the contract requirements of Section 01310 shall not be Tess than 2 percent of the original Contract Price. 3. Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning: The value allocated for the Contract requirements of Section 01660 shall equal the designated value for the mobilization activity. 4. Section 01720 - Record Drawings: As determined by the percentages indicated in Paragraph 01720 -3.03, a value shall be allocated for record drawings. 5. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Information: The value allocated for the Contract requirements of Section 01730 shall not be less than 1 percent of the original Contract Price. 1.03 CHANGE ORDERS A. Per Section 00710, values for items contained within change orders will be incorporated into the project schedule of values, upon approval of the change orders. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL A. The Schedule of Values shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer prior to processing of any Contractor progress payments. 01027.1 T /M13.95 B. The Schedule of Values shall be updated to incorporate change orders prior to payment against change order work. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Advance payment against material and equipment invoices, as allowed, must be identified against the applicable activity number in the Schedule of Values. B. In the event that the Contractor's scheduling software does not include a schedule of values and an earned value report function, then the schedule of values shall be formatted utilizing MS Excel 4.0. A 3.5 -inch floppy disk will be made available to the Engineer with the approved schedule of values format, entitled Eamed Value Report, which indicates an acceptable format for the Earned Value Report. 3.03 CONDITIONS FOR PAYMENT A. The following criteria shall be met prior to processing these specific payments: NO. PAYMENT ITEM CONDITION FOR PAYMENT PAYMENT AMOUNT ALLOWED 1 Scheduled Value for Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's initial construction schedule and progress report format 20 percent of the value amount 2 Scheduled Value for Section 01310 - Progress Schedules and Reports The Engineer's receipt of monthly progress reports and construction schedule Final 80 percent of the value amount shall be paid on a pro -rata basis as determined by the value of the monthly partial payment request approved by the Engineer 3 Scheduled Value for Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning The Engineer's approval of Contractor's system test packages, for the scope of work identified as Milestone 1 of Paragraph 01012 -1.046 10 percent for the first test package, the remaining amount to be paid In propor- tion to the number of test packages approved for the remaining scopes of work 4 Scheduled Value for Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning Metro's acceptance of the scope of work identified as Milestone 1 of Paragraph 01012 -1.04B • 10 percent for the first test package, the remaining amount to be paid in propor- tion to the number of test packages approved for the remaining scopes of work 5 Scheduled Value for Section 01720 - Record Drawings The Engineer's receipt of approved record drawings and Specifications 100 percent of value amount 6 Scheduled Value for Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Information The Engineer's preliminary approval of all required operating and maintenance information First 50 percent of value amount 7 Scheduled Value for Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Information The Engineer's receipt of five (5) final bound operating and maintenance manuals Final 50 percent of value amount END OF SECTION 01027. 2 T/M13.95 .� r.; SECTION 01035 ASBESTOS AND LEAD INFORMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 ASBESTOS INSPECTION A. In accordance with WAC 296 -62- 07707, a good faith review of the project plans, and site inspection has been conducted to determine the presence of asbestos containing building materials. This review was conducted in strict accordance with the accepted principals and protocol mandated by AHERA, by Metro's Certified Building Inspector Ron Myers (Certification No. 95- 0185). B. It has been determined that the areas to be worked in/materials to be worked on do not contain asbestos. 1.02 LEAD INSPECTION A. In accordance with WAC 296 - 155 -176 Lead and 29 CFR 1926, a good faith review of the project plans and site inspection has been conducted to determine the presence of lead -base paints or coatings by Metro's Certified Building Inspector Ron Myers (Certification No. 95- 0185). B. It has been determined that the areas to be worked in/materials to be worked on do not contain lead - base paints or coatings. 1.03 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES A. Asbestos: The Contractor shall become familiar with the information provided in this section. Should the Contractor encounter suspect asbestos containing or other hazardous building materials not listed in this report which will directly interfere with the execution of the work or require disturbance by the Contractor, the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Engineer. Metro will be responsible for the management of the material to obtain compliance with WAC 296 -62 -07707 asbestos so that the Contractor may then proceed. B. Lead: The Contractor shall become familiar with the information provided in this section. Should the Contractor encounter suspect lead -base paints or coatings containing other hazardous building materials not listed in this report which will directly interfere with the execution of the work or require disturbance by the Contractor, the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Engineer. Metro will be responsible for the management of the material to obtain compliance with WAC 296 -155 -167 Lead and 29 CFR 1926 so that the Contractor may then proceed. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01035 - 1 T/M13 -95 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Coordination 2. Preconstruction conference 3. Progress meetings 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the Contract to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate work described in various Specification sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service operating equipment. Verify that the utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C. Coordinate work of utility companies providing on -site services for the work of this Contract. D. Coordinate completion and clean up of work described in various Specification sections in preparation for substantial completion. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to beginning construction, a meeting of representatives of the Contractor, Metro and other affected agencies will be held. The purpose of the meetings will be to establish lines of authority and communication and identify duties and responsibilities of the parties. Discussion will cover specific Contract plans, specifications, unusual conditions, schedules of completion, equal employment regulations, civil rights requirements and other pertinent features of the Contract. Written notification of such a pending preconstruction conference will be made. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Engineer will arrange and the Contractor shall attend weekly project meetings. The Contractor . shall arrange for attendance of Contractor's subcontractors as necessary to discuss job progress. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01040 - 1. T/M13.95 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work. B. Related sections include individual product Specification sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching work. B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects the following: 1. Structural integrity of the element. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture- resistant elements. 3. Visual qualities of elements exposed to sight. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to complete the work and to: 1. Fit several parts together, to integrate with other work. 2. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. 3. Restore existing surfaces exposed by removal of work. 4. Uncover work to install or replace ill -timed work. 5. Remove and replace defective and non - conforming work. D. Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other work, and provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. F. Restore work with 'new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids. H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01045 - 1 T/M1 3-95 SECTION 01062 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 :01 PERMITS A. Metro has acquired or will acquire the following permits: 1. City of Tukwila Building Permit. 2. City of Tukwila Mechanical Permit. 3. Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) Notice of Construction Permit. 1.02 EASEMENTS A. No easements required. 1.03 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS OBTAINED AFTER BID SUBMITTAL A. If, after the bid submittal date, Metro obtains permits or easements which require changes to the work hereunder and thereby cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of the work under this Contract, the Contractor shall submit information sufficient for the Engineer to determine the extent of the effects on the Contractor's cost and/or schedule. If the Engineer agrees that the Contractor's cost and/or schedule will be affected by such changes, such effects will be handled in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -7.02A herein. The ' Engineer will provide a copy of such permits or easements to the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with applicable terms and conditions contained in such permits or easements. 1.04 PERMITS TO BE OBTAINED BY CONTRACTOR A. Obtain other permits required to perform the work. Prepare and submit to the proper authority information required for the issuance of such permits and pay costs thereof, including agency inspections unless specifically provided otherwise in these Contract Documents. Provide a copy of each such permit to the Engineer. 1.05 POSTING PERMITS AND EASEMENTS A. Permits and easements shall be posted at the site of the work. 1.06 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY A. Metro has acquired or will acquire the permits and easements identified in this Section 01062. Reference numbers of individual easements are shown on the Drawings. Comply with property restoration requirements contained in such permits and easements. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01062 • 1 T/M13 -95 SECTION 01063 HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies procedures for complying with applicable laws and regulations related to worker safety and health. It is not the intent of Metro to develop and/or manage the safety and health programs of contractors or in any way assume the responsibility for the safety and health of their employees. It is required that all Contractors adhere to applicable federal, state and local safety and health standards. B. This Section describes the Accident Prevention Program which is a subset of the Safety Program defined in Paragraph 00710 -2.03E of the General Conditions. C. Related section: 1. Section 01560 - Environmental Controls 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with and implement current applicable local, state and federal health and safety standards on the project site including, but not limited to, the following: Reference 29 USC 651 et seq. 29 CFR 1910 29 CFR 1926 RCW 49.17 Chapter 296 -27 WAC Chapter 296 -62 WAC Chapter 296 -24 WAC Chapter 296 -155 WAC Chapter 296 -67 WAC Chapter 296 -36 WAC Chapter 296 -44 WAC Chapter 296 -45 WAC RCW 70.105 Chapter 173 -303 WAC RCW 70.1050 Chapter 173 -340 WAC SARA Title III 1.03 DEFINITIONS Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHA General Health and Safety Standards OSHA Construction Safety and Health Standards Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act Recordkeeping and Reporting Washington General Occupational Health Standards Washington General Safety and Health Standards Washington Safety Standards for Construction Work Process Safety Management Safety Standards - Compressed Air Work Washington Safety Standards for Electrical Construction Work Washington Electrical Workers Safety Rules Hazardous Waste Disposal Act Dangerous Waste Regulations Hazardous Waste Cleanup -Model Toxic Control Act Model Toxic Control Act Cleanup Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know A. Hazardous Substance: 1. A substance classified as "dangerous waste" in accordance with WAC 173 -303 or that In sufficient quantities would be classified as "dangerous wastes ". 2. A solid waste, or combination of solid wastes, which because of its quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics may: (a) cause or significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or increase in serious, irreversible, or Incapacitating reversible illness; or (b) pose substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed or otherwise managed. 3. Asbestos material, as defined in Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) Regulation 3, Article 4, Removal and Encapsulation of Asbestos Materials. 4. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), explosives, radioactive materials, and other materials designated as hazardous by regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such matters. • 01063 - 1 T/M1 3-95 B. Contaminated Substance: 1. A substance containing materials in sufficient quantities such as hydrocarbons, PCBs, diesel fuels, gasoline, heavy metals, solvents, and other types of fuel oils present in the soil, water or air. 2. An element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance designated under Section 102 of CERCLA and/or applicable parts of MTCA. 3. A hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to Section 3001 of Solid Waste Disposal Act (Le., RCRA) except those suspended by an act of Congress. 4. A toxic pollutant listed under Section 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). 5. A hazardous air pollutant listed under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act. 6. An imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which the EPA administrator has taken action pursuant to Section 7 of the Toxic Substance Control Act. C. Confined space is a space that meets all of the following criteria: 1. It is large enough and so configured that a person can bodily enter and perform assigned work, 2. It has limited or restricted means of entry or exit, and 3. It is not designed for continuous employee occupancy. D. Permit- required confined space: A confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics: 1. Contains or has potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. 2. Contains material that has potential for engulfing an entrant. 3. Is shaped inside in such a way that someone entering could be trapped or asphyxiated. 4. Contains other recognized serious safety or health hazards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 to the Engineer after notice of Contract award and before start of construction on site. -1. Accident Prevention Program for the Contractor in accordance with WAC 296 -24 -040. This program shall outline the anticipated hazards and safety controls necessary to safeguard Contractor's employees, the public and Metro staff. It shall be specific to the job and site, and meet federal, state and local jurisdictional requirements. The program will be reviewed for compliance with this Section prior to the start of work. 2. Revisions: Revise the accident prevention program prior to the start of work to accommodate changes requested by Metro and/or regulatory agencies or jurisdiction. Post a copy of the accepted program at the Contractor's job site office, and at each of the subcontractors' offices. Three additional copies shall be posted at the Engineer's Office. 3. Health and Safety equipment and/or training material as specified in this Section. 4. A monthly safety and health activities report. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the Washington industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973, Chapter 49.17 Revised Code of Washington (RCW). B. Comply with the provisions of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended. C. Ensure that subcontractors receive a copy of this Specification section. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with the Accident Prevention Program by its forces and subcontractors at all tiers. D. Ensure that all submitted health and safety plans and programs are prepared and/or reviewed and approved by a Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified Institutional Hygienist (CIH) prior to submittal. E. Coordinate with the Engineer to obtain approval to disconnect or reconnect utilities. F. Coordinate with the Engineer regarding the shutdown and safety tagout/lockout of pressurized systems, electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, etc. systems, and other equipment and utilities. 01063 - 2 T/M13 -95 G. Maintain good housekeeping in work areas in accordance with Chapter 296- 155 -020 WAC. H. Ensure that ergonomic principles and practices are followed in completing project tasks. I. Provide on site, a qualified health and safety supervisor, with responsibility and full authority to coordinate, implement and enforce the Contractor's Accident Prevention Program for the duration of this Contract. The name and telephone number of the safety supervisor shall appear in the Accident Prevention Program. 1.06 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. This paragraph describes certain minimum precautions for consideration in developing an Accident Prevention Program. It supplements the regulatory requirements of Paragraph 00710- 2.03 of the General Conditions. Failure to comply with safety and health regulations will result in work suspension until adequate safety and health measures are implemented. 1. Hazard Communication (WAC 296 -62 -054) a. Prior to commencing work, provide a list and corresponding Material Safety Data Sheets for hazardous chemicals to be used on site. If no hazardous chemicals are to be used, provide statement to that effect. 2. Confined Space (WAC 296 -62 -145) a. The nature of work under this Contract may expose workers to permit- required confined spaces having possible explosive, toxic and oxygen fluctuation conditions. b. Prior to execution of work in confined spaces, submit a written confined space safety program that meets the requirements 29 CFR 1910.146 and 296 -62 -145 WAC. 3. Other Site Safety Considerations: Supply to Metro for review prior to commencing work on this Contract, a comprehensive written Accident Prevention Program covering the Contractor's activities on site. As a minimum, the Program shall include: • Respiratory Protection (WAC 296 -62 -071) • AccidenUlnjury Reporting (WAC 296 -27) • Emergency Plan (SARA Title III -- Community Right -to -Know) • Personal Protective Equipment (WAC 296 - 155 -200) • Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest (WAC 296 - 155 - 24501) • Fire Safety and Prevention (WAC 296 - 155 -250) • Signs, Signals, and Barricades (WAC 296 -155- 155 -300) • Material Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal (WAC 296 - 155 -325) • Hand and Power Tools (WAC 296- 155 -350) • Welding and Cutting (WAC 296 -155 -400) • Electrical (WAC 296- 155 -426; 296 -24 -956; 296 -44 and 296 -45) • Ladders and Stairways (WAC 296 - 155 -475) • Scaffolding (WAC 296 - 155 -481) • Floor Openings, Wall Openings and Stairways (WAC 296- 155 -500) • Vehicles and other Motorized Equipment (WAC 296 - 155 -600) • Tagout /Lockout • Dangerous Waste Management Program (WAC 173 -303 and 173 -340) • Asbestos and other Carcinogens (WAC 296 -155 -175) • Demolition (WAC 296 - 155 -775) • Drum/Container Management Procedures • Hearing Conservation (WAC 296 -62- 09015) • Earthquake Plan 1.07 UTILITIES A. Take appropriate precautions in working near or with utilities and dangerous substances during the performance of work in order to protect the health and safety of the worker, the public, property and the environment. B. Such utilities and dangerous substances include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Conductors of: a. Petroleum products. b. Toxic or flammable gas. 01063 - 3 T/M13-95 ......,, m,w.. rcn.. z.•t;7":.9t.*.;'1.`; ,4: Y0t:,`KI:S'ak'.;5'X;t +Yrc:v 2. Natural gas pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch. 3. Electric conductors without concentric neutral conductors or other grounded metal shields or sheaths, either exposed or directly buried, or in duct or conduit. 4. Electric conductors with potential to ground of more than 300 volts. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY AND HEALTH COMPLIANCE A. Occasionally, Metro will audit the Contractor's Accident Prevention Program. Metro reserves the right to stop that portion of the Contractor's work that is determined to be a serious health and safety violation. On -going work that is considered a safety or health risk by the Engineer shall be corrected immediately. B. Ensure that necessary ventilation equipment, protective clothing, and other supplies and equipment as specified are available to implement the Accident Prevention Program. C. Notify the Engineer immediately of accidents resulting in an immediate or probable fatality to one or more employees or the public, or which result in hospitalization of two or more employees. D. Complete the Monthly Contractor Injury Summary Report (Attachment 1). 3.02 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROGRAM REVISIONS A. In the event that Metro, regulatory agencies or jurisdictions determine the Accident Prevention Program or associated documents, organizational structure, or Comprehensive Work Plan to be inadequate to protect employees and the public: . 1. Modify the Program to meet the requirements of said regulatory agencies, jurisdictions, and Metro. 2. Provide the Engineer with the revisions to the Program within 7 days of the notice of deficiency. END OF SECTION 01063 4 T/M13 -95 Attachement 1 MONTHLY CONTRACTOR INJURY SUMMARY REPORT (Report Applicable to Metro site only) CONTRACTOR MONTH: OSHA RECORDABLE CASES CONTRACT NO.: WORK GROUP ' Hourly Employees Supervisory Personnel NUMBER OFCASES Alonth - Year to Date,' LOST TIME ACCIDENTS tl'ORIC GROUP Hourly Employees Supervisory Personnel NUMBER OFCASES Month Year to Date TOTAL HOURS AT METRO PROJECT SITE INCIDENT AND SEVERITY RATE Date since last lost time accident: No. of Hours worked since last lost time accident: Incident Rate = No. of OSHA Recordables X 200.000 Total Hours Worked Severity Rate = No. of Lost Workdays X 200.000 Total Hours Worked Submit completed form by the 10th day of each month to the engineer. Rev. 2. December 30, 1994 01063-5 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or federal standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are required by applicable codes or specified herein. 8. Comply with issue of reference standard which is current at date of receipt of bids. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in a reference document. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI 48219 AGA American Gas Association 1515 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22209 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 1 E. Wacker Drive, Ste. 3100 Chicago, IL 60601 -2001 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1101 17th Street NW Washington, DC 20036 -4700 ALI Automotive Lift Institute P.O. Box 1519 New York, NY 10101 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association (Formerly Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.) 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 -1893 ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. 11 W. 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 APA American Plywood Association 7011 S. 19th Street P. 0. Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 -0700 ARI Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 4301 N. Fairfax Drive, No. 425 Arlington, VA 22203 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 1015 15th Street NW, Ste. 600 Washington, DC 20005 01090 - 1 T/M13-95 ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange American National Standards Institute, Inc. 11 W. 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 1971 Tullie Circle, NE Atlanta, GA 30329 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 -1187 AWS American Welding Society 550 Lejeune Road NW P.O. Box 351040 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 CWHSSA Contract Work Hours & Safety Standards Act Department of Labor /WH Office of Contracting 200 Constitution Avenue NW Washington, DC 20210 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173 EEI Edison Electric Institute 701 Pennsylvania Avenue NW Washington, DC 20004 -2696 EIA Electronic Industries Association 2001 Pennsylvania Avenue NW Washington, DC 20006 -1813 EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (Formerly Factory Mutual System) 1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 GA Gypsum Association 810 First Street NE, Ste. 510 Washington, DC 20002 HEI Heat Exchange Institute 1300 Sumner Avenue Cleveland, OH 44115 01090 - 2 T/M13 -95 '. HI Hydraulic Institute 9 Sylvan Way, Ste. 180 Parsippany, NJ 07054 -3802 IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 20001 Walnut Drive S. Walnut, CA 91789 -2825 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association P.O. Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ISA Instrument Society of America P.O. Box 12277 67 Alexander Drive Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 NACE National Ass.ociation of Corrosion Engineers P.O. Box 218340 Houston, TX 77218 NEC National Electric Code (NFPA 70) See NFPA NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L. Street NW Washington, DC 20037 NESC National Electric Safety Code See IEEE NESHAP National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants c% Armina Nolan 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 4676 Columbia Parkway Cincinnati, OH 45226 NFPA National Fluid Power Association 3333 North Mayfair Road Milwaukee, WI 53222 -3219 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269 -9101 01090 - 3 T/M13 -95 NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 10255 W. Higgins, Ste. 600 Rosemont, IL 60018 -5607 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor - Occupational and Health Administration 1111 Third Avenue, Ste. 715 Seattle, WA 98101 -3212 PSAPCA Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency 110 Union Street, Ste. 500 Seattle, WA 98101 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 4201 Lafayette Center Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICBO UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code Published by ICBO UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO WAC Washington Administrative Code Washington State Secretary of State Olympia, WA 98504 WISHA Washington Industrial Safety and Health Administration Department of Labor and Industries 300 West Harrison Street, Room 201 Seattle, WA 98119 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION T/M13.95 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PROCEDURE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies procedures for Contractor submittals. Where required by the Specifications, submit descriptive information which will enable the Engineer to assess whether the Contractor's proposed materials, equipment or methods of work are in general conformance to the design concept and in compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. The information to be submitted shall consist of drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, test results and such other information, all as specifically required in the Specifications. The provisions of this Section are supplementary to Paragraph 00710 -3.04. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. Verify that the material and equipment described in each submittal conforms to the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings prior to transmittal to the Engineer. Ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where such submittal may affect the work of another contractor or Metro. Ensure coordination of submittals among the related crafts and subcontractors. B. If the Contractor's review determines that the information shows deviations from the Specifications or Drawings, submit a request for substitution in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE A. General: 1. Submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompanied by Transmittal Form 01300 -A specified in Section 01999. Equipment numbers shall be listed on Form 01300 -A for items being submitted. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections for which the submittal is required. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. 2. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX "; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX -Y "; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B or C being the 1st, 2nd and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 25. B. Deviation from Contract: Submit a request for substitution for deviations from the Specifications or Drawings. The request shall be in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05 and also include the reason for the deviation and cost differential for the deviation. Deviations from the Contract shall be authorized by change order only. C. Submittal completeness: Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted are not acceptable and will be retumed without review. 01300 - 1 T/M13 -95 3.02 REVIEW PROCEDURE A. For each required submittal, submit the specified information as follows: 1. One reproducible original of all the submitted information. 2. Six additional copies of all the submitted information. B. Unless otherwise specified, within 14 days after receipt of the submittal, the Engineer will review the submittal and return it to the Contractor. The retumed material will consist of 3 marked -up copies of the submittal and the marked -up sepia copy. The retumed submittal will indicate one of the following actions: 1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment or work method is in general conformance with the Contract Drawings /Specifications, the submittal copies shall be marked "No Exceptions Taken" and given a Review Action of "1 ". In this event, the Contractor may begin to incorporate the material/equipment/work method covered In the submittal. 2. If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or that limited corrections are required, the submittal copies shall be marked "Note Markings" and given a Review Action of "2 ". The Contractor may begin to implement the work method or incorporate materials /comments covered In the submittal in accordance with the corrections /comments noted. Where submittal information is to be incorporated in O &M data, a corrected copy shall be provided; otherwise, no further action is required. 3. If the review is insufficient or contains incorrect data and the comments are of a nature that can be confirmed without a resubmittal, the submittal copies shall be marked "Comments Attached - Confirm" and given a Review Action of "3 ". (In this case, the Contractor shall not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the attached comments have been confirmed by a separate written communication or the submittal has been revised, resubmitted and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 ".) 4. If the review reveals the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data and the comments require revision and resubmittal, the submittal copies shall be marked "Comments Attached - Resubmit" and given a Review Action of "4 ". (In this case, the Contractor shall not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the submittal has been revised, resubmitted and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 ".) 5. If the review reveals that the material, equipment or work method is not in general conformance with the design concept or in compliance with the Contract Drawings /Specifications, or if the submittal is incomplete, the submittal copies shall be marked "Rejected" and given a Review Action of "5 ". Submittals containing deviations from Contract Drawings /Specifications which have not been clearly identified and which have not been noted previously in PWC correspondence also shall be rejected. (In this case, the Contractor shall not then undertake work covered by this submittal until the submittal has been revised, resubmitted and returned to the Contractor with a Review Action of either "1" or "2 ".) 3.03 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS. A. Review of drawings, methods of work or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Engineer on behalf of Metro, or by any officer or employee of Metro; and the Contractor shall have no claim under the Contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work, material or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "NOTE MARKINGS" shall mean that Metro has no objection to the Contractor, upon the Contractor's own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. END OF SECTION 01300 - 2 T/M13 -95 dtl SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies requirements and procedures for the Contractor in preparing construction schedules. The purpose of the construction schedule shall be to ensure adequate planning and execution of the work by the Contractor, to establish the standard against which satisfactory completion of the project shall be judged, to assist the Engineer in monitoring progress and for the assessment of the impact of Change Orders on the construction schedule. B. The scheduling technique known as the critical path method (CPM) shall be used by the Contractor in complying with these Specifications. The precedence diagraming method (PDM) shall be used in preparing the CPM diagrams and calculations. C. Float is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of an activity or chain of activities on the CPM construction schedule. Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The following submittals shall, as a minimum, be provided in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. 1. Schedules: a. Draft construction schedule: Submit for review within 20 days of receipt of Notice of Award. Include material and equipment procurement and construction work. Clearly indicate major milestones and the time(s) for completion which are required to be met under the terms of the Contract. Include a network diagram, tabular report and schedule of values. b. Construction schedule: Network diagram, construction bar chart, tabular report, schedule of values and cash flow projection shall be submitted 7 days prior to second progress payment request. 2. Monthly progress reports: a. Submit with each monthly progress payment requests. b. Participate in a monthly review of the construction schedule. Revisions deemed necessary shall be submitted within 10 calendar days of each monthly review. 3. Weekly progress reports: Provided no later than Wednesday noon and shall contain the latest updated information from the previous week (Saturday through Friday). 4. Submittal schedule: Include required submittals including O &M manual information. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. The network diagram based on the construction schedule shall be a CPM, precedence network diagram (PDM). B. Diagrams may be hand drafted. C. The construction bar chart based on the construction schedule shall be time scaled. D. Network diagrams shall contain the following information for each activity: 1. Description 2. Duration 3. Total Float 4. Early Start 01310 - 1 T/M13 -95 E. Activities: Show on construction bar charts at their early start/finish time period. F. In preparing the schedule of values, break up the work into construction activities such that the duration of each activity shall not exceed 15 working days and construction activity values not to exceed $50,000 unless approved by the Engineer. Non - construction activities (submittals, fabrication, etc.) may have durations in excess of 15 working days. G. Submittal and procurement activities shall include preparation and submittal of shop drawings, product data, samples, fabrication, delivery, as -built drawings and O &M manuals. H. Dates imposed on the schedule by the Contractor shall not be binding on the Engineer. I. Failure of the Contractor to include any element of work required for the performance of this Contract shall not excuse the Contractor from completing the work as described in the Contract Documents. J. If requested by the Engineer, furnish a written narrative of the Contractor's determination of durations for critical and near critical activities. Such explanation shall include the number of crews, crew composition, number of shifts per day, number of hours in a shift and the number of work days per week, construction equipment, quantities, etc. K. Provide a list of the holidays and non -work days applicable to the schedule. L. Include in the construction schedule owner operator training, O &M manuals and milestone dates as specified in other sections of the Contract Documents, M. The critical path shall be clearly shown. N. Network diagrams and construction bar charts shall be prepared on 11 -inch x 17 -inch sheets. 0. Bar Charts will be banded by major activity as agreed with the Engineer. 2.02 MONTHLY REPORTS A. Include an updated network diagram, construction bar chart, schedule of values, cash flow projection and narrative summary. B. The narrative summary: Briefly describe the progress of the project. Describe how the project is progressing towards its completion. Identify milestones completed, major equipment deliveries and problems arising during the month. Project the work anticipated during the coming month, including major deliveries and submittals. C. Identify changes in logic ties to the CPM schedule. 2.03 BI- WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT A. Include a 2 week look -ahead schedule showing what work the Contractor anticipates working on. 2.04 CASH FLOW REPORT A. Include a forecast, by month, based on the current schedule, of cash requirements to complete the Contract. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide a statused construction schedule, tabular report and narrative summary so the Engineer may use them as a basis for determining the Contractor's compliance with the Specification requirements regarding progress payments, Contract time extensions, Change Order prices, and impacts and the overall progress of the work. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of this Section will be a cause for delay in the review and acceptance of the progress payment requests. 01310 - 2 T/M1 3-95 3.02 UPDATES A. If actual progress on the critical path items is observed to deviate from the construction schedule by 2 weeks behind or 4 weeks ahead, update and submit a revised construction schedule. In the case of the worts being behind schedule, submit, along with the revised construction schedule, a written plan for completing the work within the milestone and Contract times. B. If the Contractor desires to make changes In the construction schedule logic, submit those revisions along with a written statement and rationale to the Engineer for review. The form and methods employed by the Contractor to revise the construction schedule shall be the same as for the original schedule. C. Requests for extensions in time resulting from changes issued by the Owner shall be accompanied by a narrative report explaining the impacts and costs associated with the extension. This request shall be submitted in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -7.02. D. On approval of a change order by Metro, the approved change shall be reflected in both time and value in the next submission of progress reports and schedule updates. Contract time extensions and schedule revisions shall be incorporated into the monthly updated construction schedule and schedule of values. END OF SECTION SECTION 01380 PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies photographs to be provided by the Contractor prior to, during and after construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Photographs shall be a minimum 35 mm film size and shall indicate on the back of each print the date, name of work and location where the photograph was taken. Two 4 -inch x 6 -inch glossy prints of each exposure, together with the negatives, shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 days following each set of exposures. Samples of prints of acceptable quality and identification are available in the office of the Engineer for examination. Photographs shall be taken at locations to be designated by the Engineer. The photographer shall be equipped to photograph either interior or exterior exposures, with lenses ranging from wide -angle to telephoto. 2.02 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide prior to commencement of work on the site. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide during the progress of the work. Take monthly exposures starting 1 month after the date of the preconstruction photographs and continuing as long as the work is in progress. 2.04 POSTCONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Take the number of exposures specified upon acceptance of the work. 2,05 REQUIRED NUMBER OF PHOTOGRAPHS A. For the work of this Contract, the minimum number of photographs to be provided shall be as listed: Category BIack- and -Whit@ Color Preconstructlon — 10 Construction — 12 Postconstruction — 10 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01380 - 1 T/M1 3-95 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Quality assurance and control of installation. 2. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 3. Manufacturers field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work utilizing persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Engineer will inspect work and materials, and may select samples of materials in such number and quantities as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine their qualities. The Engineer will accept or reject the materials in accordance with the results of such tests. Promptly replace rejected materials to comply with the Specifications. B. The Engineer may appoint, employ and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing. C. The Engineer or the independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in the Specification and as required by the Engineer. D. Cooperate with the Engineer and the independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm a minimum 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services unless specified otherwise in the Specification. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non - conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Price. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual Specification sections require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and Installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Submit report within 7 days of observation, unless specified otherwise in individual Specification sections, to the Engineer for review. 01400 - 1 T/M13.95 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Temporary utilities: electricity, lighting, heating, ventilation, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities. 2. Temporary controls: barriers, fencing, protection of work, and security. 3. Construction facilities: parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and offices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01560 - Environmental Controls 1.02 TEMPORARY POWER A. Connect to existing power service. Metro will pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. B. Make arrangements for additional power requirements, as needed, with the electrical utility for power takeoff points, voltage and phasing requirements, transformers and metering and pay resulting costs and fees. C. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. Provide flexible power cords as required. 1.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Permanent building lighting may be used during construction. B. Provide and maintain additional incandescent lighting as necessary to maintain a minimum lighting level of 2 watts /sq. ft. C. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. Re -lamp existing fixtures at project closeout. 1.04 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide temporary heating of the buildings and enclosures as necessary to protect work and material against damage by dampness and cold and to facilitate completion of the work. Supply the fuel, equipment and materials required for temporary heating. B. Maintain minimum ambient air temperature of 50 degrees F in all areas unless indicated otherwise in Specifications. 1.05 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gasses. 1.06 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, for Contractor's own use, telephone service at the construction site office. Radio- telephone service is acceptable as a substitute for telephone service. These telephone costs shall be paid by the Contractor. 01500 - 1 T/M13 -95 RETAKE OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Quality assurance and control of installation. 2. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 3. Manufacturer's field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work utilizing persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Engineer will inspect work and materials, and may select samples of materials in such number and quantities as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine their qualities. The Engineer will accept or reject the materials in accordance with the results of such tests. Promptly replace rejected materials to comply with the Specifications. B. The Engineer may appoint, employ and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing. C. The Engineer or the independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in the Specification and as required by the Engineer. D. Cooperate with the Engineer and the independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm a minimum 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services unless specified otherwise in the Specification. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non - conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Price. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual Specification sections require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Submit report within 7 days of observation, unless specified otherwise in individual Specification sections, to the Engineer for review. 01400 - 1 T /M13 -95 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01400-2 T/M1 3-95 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Temporary utilities: electricity, lighting, heating, ventilation, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities. 2. Temporary controls: barriers, fencing, protection of work, and security. 3. Construction facilities: parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and offices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01560 - Environmental Controls 1.02 TEMPORARY POWER A. Connect to existing power service. Metro will pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. B. Make arrangements for additional power requirements, as needed, with the electrical utility for power takeoff points, voltage and phasing requirements, transformers and metering and pay resulting costs and fees. C. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. Provide flexible power cords as required. 1.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Permanent building lighting may be used during construction. B. Provide and maintain additional incandescent lighting as necessary to maintain a minimum lighting level of 2 watts /sq. ft. C. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. Re -lamp existing fixtures at project closeout. 1.04 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide temporary heating of the buildings and enclosures as necessary to protect work and material against damage by dampness and cold and to facilitate completion of the work. Supply the fuel, equipment and materials required for temporary heating. B. Maintain minimum ambient air temperature of 50 degrees F in all areas unless indicated otherwise in Specifications. 1.05 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gasses. 1.06 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, for Contractor's own use, telephone service at the construction site office. Radio- telephone service is acceptable as a substitute for telephone service. These telephone costs shall be paid by the Contractor. 01500 - 1 T/M13 -95 1.07 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Existing water service is available. Provide additional and special connections to the water supply as needed. B. Metro will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water. 1.08 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide toilet and wash -up facilities for the work force at the site. Comply with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. B. Existing sanitary facilities are not available for the Contractor's use. 1.09 PERMANENT FACILITIES A. The Contractor is specifically prohibited from utilizing permanent facilities, such as air compressors, pumps, heating and ventilation equipment, air and power systems, cranes and hoists in the construction of the project. 1.10 CONTRACTOR'S SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect the work and existing facilities from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.11 PROTECTION OF NEW WORK AND EXISTING PROPERTY A. Protect existing structures, properly, cultivated or planted areas and other surface improvements from damage and provide bracing, shoring or other work necessary for such protection. B. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from existing office areas. Prevent penetration of dust and moisture into these areas and prevent damage to finishes and materials. C. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in the Specification. D. Protect finished floors from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic and storage of materials on existing and new roof surfaces. F. Repair or replace damaged structures, work, materials or equipment to a condition equal to or better than prior to the damage at no additional cost to Metro. 1.12 PARKING AND STAGING AREA A. All personal vehicles belonging to Contractor employees must park on the street or across the street at the Training Facility. B. Limited parking space will be provided along the exterior of the west wall of the work area. Only Contractor company vehicles will be allowed to park here (no personal vehicles) in a single row parallel to the west wall. C. Limited staging, approximately 25 feet x 32 feet, will be provided just south of Bay 3. This space may be used to locate job trailers, if necessary. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide temporary fencing or other property security measures at this location. 1.13 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. 01500 - 2 T/M13 -95 B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Clean the exposed surfaces of piping, ductwork or equipment which has become soiled with dirt, mortar, or other materials before covering with insulation, painting, or enclosing in the building structure. E. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site immediately upon such materials becoming unfit for use in the work. In the event that this material is not removed, Metro reserves the right to have the material removed and the expense charged to the Contractor. F. Prevent dirt and dust from escaping trucks departing the site by covering dusty loads, washing truck tires before leaving the site, or other methods as applicable. G. Remove debris from site. Use a legal, off -site debris disposal site. 1.14 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE A. During the performance of this Contract, maintain a suitable office near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of the Representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions or other communication or articles. B. Communications given to the Representative or delivered at the site office In the Contractor's absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to Contractor. C. Copies of the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents shall be kept at the site office and available for use at all times. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01500 - 3 T/M13 -95 ittt. y1 #v, tdt r W41ryKRU SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies temporary environmental controls required to be maintained during construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, and other contaminants into the atmosphere that violate the regulations of legally constituted authorities. Minimize dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, or other means. The use of water, in amounts which result in mud on public streets, is not acceptable as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. 3.02 NOISE CONTROL A. Construction involving noisy operations shall be restricted to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., unless noted otherwise. Noisy operations shall be scheduled to minimize their duration. B. Comply with local controls and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to work performed pursuant to the Contract. C. Each internal combustion engine, used on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. D. Noise levels for scrapers, pavers, graders and trucks shall not exceed 90 dBA and pile drivers shall not exceed 95 dBA at 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operating conditions. For other equipment, noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA. Equipment that cannot meet these levels shall be quieted by use of improved exhaust mufflers or other means. END OF SECTION SECTION 01660 FACILITY INTEGRATION: TESTING, TRAINING, AND COMMISSIONING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the requirements for achieving, verifying, and documenting the working condition of the facility, according to its planned function or operation, including the thorough training of operating personnel. This process includes but is not limited to Contractor documentation, installation, preoperational and component testing, system and operational testing, commissioning, and the training and mobilization of Metro's operations and maintenance personnel, applicable to mechanical, electrical and instrumentation systems and completed portions of the work, functioning as completed systems, and the complete project, functioning as a completed facility. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01014 - 2. Section 01027 - 3. Section 01310 - 4. Section 01730 - 5 Section 01740 - 1.02 INSTALLATION Contractor Work Coordination and Use of Premises Schedule of Values Progress Schedules and Reports Operating and Maintenance Information Guarantees A. Mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment provided under this Contract shall be installed in accordance with the details shown and specified, and with the manufacturer's requirements. Should a manufacturer's installation recommendations conflict with specific requirements of the Contract Document, the Contractor shall bring the matter to the attention of the Engineer. B. Additional costs incurred arising out of changes authorized by the Engineer to accommodate manufacturer's installation recommendations will be considered extra work. Costs incurred by the Contractor due to the Contractor's failure to timely notify the Engineer of a difference between the Contract Documents and manufacturer's installation requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.03 TESTING A. General Requirements: 1. Equipment and partially complete or fully completed portions of the work included in this Contract shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the Contract requirements. Unless otherwise noted, costs of testing, including temporary facilities and connections, shall be borne by the Contractor. For the purpose of this Section, equipment shall mean mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, or other devices with one or more moving parts or devices requiring an electrical, pneumatic, or hydraulic connection. Installed structural tanks and channels shall be tested for water tightness as specified in Section 03300. Installed leakage tests and other piping tests shall be as specified in Division 15. Installed tests for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and instrumentation devices and systems shall be as specified in Division 15. Installed tests for electrical devices and systems shall be in accordance with Division 16. 2. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such test. 3. Tests and inspection shall encompass the following phases of work: a. Preoperational Phase: Factory equipment and delivery acceptance tests and inspections. b. Component Test Phase: Installed component tests and inspections. c. Systems Test Phase: Completed systems tests and evaluations. d. Operational Test Phase: Integrated operations and testing of completed systems, utilizing plant effluent water, or other appropriate test mediums. e. Commissioning: The orientation and assumption of full plant and facility operations by Metro personnel. 01660 - 1 T/M13 -95 4. Tests and inspections, unless otherwise specified or accepted, shall be in accordance with the recognized standards of the Industry. Allow for up to two additional setpoint changes during testing without additional costs to Metro. B. Procedures: 1. Prior to receipt of progress payments as identified in Paragraph 01027- 3.03A3, submit to the Engineer in quintuplicate details of the installed tests and inspection procedures the Contractor proposes to adopt for testing and start-up of equipment, to be operated singly and together, excepting when such procedures have been covered in the Technical Specifications. 2. Testing procedures shall be designed to duplicate, as nearly as possible, conditions of operation and shall be carefully selected to insure that the equipment is not damaged. Once the testing procedures have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer, they shall be organized by system identification into test packages, and shall include the proper checkout, alignment, adjustment, and calibration signoff forms for each item of equipment and system. The forms shall be used in the field by the Contractor and the Engineer jointly, to insure that each item of electrical, mechanical, and instrumentation equipment has been properly installed and tested. Failure to observe these precautions may place the acceptability of the subject equipment or system in question. C. Scope: 1. Preoperational Phase: Factory Equipment and Delivery Acceptance Tests and Inspections. For equipment specified herein, the following shall be performed at the Contractor's expense: a. Test of items at the place of manufacture during or on completion of manufacture, comprising of hydraulic pressure tests, electric and instrumentation subsystem tests, performance and operating tests and inspections. Perform in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry and more particularly as stated in these Specifications. Tests other than those specified shall be in accordance with Section 00710. b. Inspection of items delivered at the site or to an authorized place of storage in order that the Engineer may ascertain that such items are of the specified quality and workmanship, and are in good order and condition at the time of delivery. The Contractor shall remove all coverings, containers, or crates in order to permit the Engineer to conduct the inspection. Should the Engineer find, in his opinion, indication of damage or deficient quality of workmanship, the Contractor shall provide the necessary documentation or conduct such tests determined by the Engineer to demonstrate compliance. Compensation for tests and related work arising out of this requirement shall be in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 00710- 4.06A. 2. Component Testing Phase: Installed Equipment Tests and Inspections. a. General: Equipment shall be tested by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer before a system is put into operation. The installed tests and inspection procedures shall incorporate requirements of the Specifications and shall proceed in a logical, step -wise sequence to insure that the installed equipment has been properly assembled, serviced, aligned, adjusted, connected and calibrated prior to operation. Changes, adjustments, or replacements required to make the equipment operate as specified shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the work. b. Component testing procedures shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: 1) Piping system pressure testing and cleaning as specified in Division 15. 2) Electrical system testing as specified in Division 16. 3) Instrumentation system testing as specified in Division 15. 4) Alignment of equipment. 5) Preoperation lubrication. 3. Systems Testing Phase: Complete System Tests and Inspections. a. Once the affected equipment has been subjected to the required Component Testing, and the Engineer has witnessed and has not found deficiencies in that portion of the work, individual systems may be started and operated under simulated operating conditions to determine as nearly as possible whether the equipment and systems meet the require- ments of the Specifications. The equipment shall be operated a sufficient period of time to determine machine operating characteristics, including temperatures and vibration; to observe performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of operating controls. When testing requires the availability of auxiliary systems such as electrical power, 01660 . 2 T/M13.95 compressed air, control air, or instrumentation which have not yet been placed in service, provide acceptable substitute sources, capable of meeting the requirements of the machine, device, or system, at no additional cost to Metro. Disposal methods for test media shall be subject to review by the Engineer. b. If, under test, a portion of the work should fail to fulfill the Contract requirements and is adjusted, altered, renewed or replaced, tests on that portion when so adjusted, altered, removed or replaced, together with other portions of the work affected, shall, if so required by the Engineer, be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions. The Contractor shall reimburse Metro for reasonable expenses incurred as a result of repeating such tests. c. Once simulated operations have been completed, machines shall be rechecked for proper alignment, realigned, if necessary, and doweled in place. Equipment shall be checked for loose connections, unusual movement or other indications of improper operating characteristics. Deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Machines or devices which exhibit unusual or unacceptable operating characteristics shall be disassembled and inspected. They shall then be repaired or removed from the site and replaced at no cost to Metro. d. Test results shall be within the tolerances set forth in the specifications of this Contract Document. If no tolerances have been specified, test results shall conform to tolerances established by recognized industry practice. e. Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactory installed test, doubt, dispute, or difference should arise between the Engineer and the Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or equipment used in the performance of such test, then the Engineer may order the test to be repeated. If the repeat test, using such modified methods or equipment as the Engineer may require substantially confirms the previous test, then costs in connection with the repeat test will be paid by Metro, otherwise the costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Where the results of an installed test fail to comply with the Contract requirements for such test, then such repeat tests as may be necessary to achieve the Contract requirements shall be made by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. f. Unless otherwise specified, provide at no expense to Metro power, fuel, compressed air supplies, labor and all other necessary items and work required to complete the tests and inspections specified herein. Provide, at no expense to Metro, temporary heating, ventilation, and air conditioning for areas requiring it in the case where permanent facilities are not complete and operable at the time of installed tests and inspections. Temporary facilities shall be maintained until permanent systems are in service. 4. Operational Test Phase: Complete facility and Integrated contract operational tests and evaluations. a. After completion of system testing and certification by the Engineer that equipment complies with the requirements of the Specifications, the systems shall be operated at various loading conditions, as directed by the Engineer. Should the operational testing period be halted for reasons related to the facilities constructed or the equipment furnished under this Contract, or the Contractor's temporary testing of systems, the operational testing program shall be repeated until the specified continuous period has been accomplished without interruption. b. Costs for water, fuel, power and chemicals required during this plant operational test shall be borne by Metro. Metro will supply operational manpower for testing requiring 24 -hour operations. D. Documentation: 1. The form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of the tests and inspection requirements shall be, at the discretion of the Engineer, either by tests and inspections carried out in his presence or by certificates or reports of tests and inspections carried out by approved persons or organizations. The Contractor shall provide and use such forms which include all test information, including specified operational parameters. The forms used shall be acceptable in content to the Engineer. Provide for each item of mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment provided or installed under this Contract. Forms shall accommodate the recording of relevant performance data for the original testing, and not less than three retests. Separate sections shall be provided to record values for the preoperational checkouts, initials of representatives of the equipment manufacturers, the Contractor, and the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall develop and maintain the system test packages, which shall contain tests and sign -off forms including, but not limited to, piping, equipment, electrical, and instrumentation. The test packages shall be available to Metro for inspection at any time. 01660 - 3 T/M13 -95 3. Each system test package, as applicable, will be formatted in the following manner: a. Identification of the system, with a description of its operating parameters. b. Process and instrumentation diagrams detailing the system. c. Equipment list pertaining to the system, with cross - references to the appropriate Contract Specifications (reference System Equipment Checklist Form 01660 -A). d. Written procedures detailing the Contractor's component, systems, and operational tests to verify equipment compliance with specifications and operating parameters, as per Paragraph 01660- 1.03A1. e. Documentation for the Preoperational Phase, factory equipment and delivery acceptance tests and inspections. 1. Documentation for the Component Testing Phase, installed equipment tests and inspections. g. Documentation for the SystemTesting Phase, complete system tests and evaluations. h. Documentation for the Operational Testing Phase, system tests and evaluations as relating to other systems, facilities, or contracts. 4. During Commissioning, and prior to substantial completion of the Contract, or upon possession and use of full plant operations by Metro personnel, three compiled volumes (original and two copies) of the system test packages will be transmitted from the Contractor to the Engineer. • Reference Section 01999 for examples of acceptable documentation forms. . The systems included in this scope of work are identified as follows: a. Vehicle exhaust system b. Hydraulic lift system (axle lift) c. Hydraulic lift system (wheel lift) d. Air handler for electronics shop 1.04 COMMISSIONING A. After completion of the operational testing and certification by the Engineer that system and operational tests did meet performance requirements, Metro will begin mobilization for possession and use of the facility, by staffing and operating the completed facility during a commissioning period. This commissioning period shall be 30 days. B. During commissioning, Metro will be responsible for normal operational costs and the Contractor shall bear the costs of necessary repairs or replacements, including labor and materials, required to keep the portion of the plant being commissioned operational. C. The Contractor shall be available during the commissioning period to provide immediate assistance in case of failure of a portion of the system being operated. At the end of this period, and when corrections required by the Engineer to assure a reliable and completely operational facility are complete, the Engineer will issue a letter of Substantial Completion. D. Record drawings for the facilities involved must be received by the Engineer prior to Metro's issuance of a letter of Substantial Completion. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment and apparatus used in testing shall be installed by personnel trained in the trades and professions required to assure first -class workmanship. Where required by detailed specifications, the installation of specific equipment testing items shall be accomplished under the supervision of factory- trained installation specialists furnished by the equipment manufacturers. The Contractor shall be prepared to document the skills and training of workers engaged in the installation of testing equipment furnished either by the Contractor or Metro. 1.06 TRAINING A. No later than 5 working days after the Systems Test Phase, make available experienced factory- trained representatives of the manufacturers of the various pieces of equipment, to train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance thereof. Notify the Engineer of the time of the training at least 14 days prior to the time of training. 01660 - 4 T/M13 -95 4 iv B. The contents of the training presentations are specified in Paragraph 01660 -3.03. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Comply with the requirements of this Contract and the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers. B. Provide gages, meters, recorders, and monitors as required by the Engineer to supplement or augment the instrumentation system provided under this Contract to properly demonstrate that equipment fully satisfies the requirements of this Contract. Devices employed for the purpose of measuring the performance of the facility's equipment and systems shall be specifically selected to be consistent with the variables to be monitored. Instruments shall be recently calibrated, and the Contractor shall be prepared to demonstrate, through re- calibration, the accuracy of instruments employed for testing purposes. Calibration procedures shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ASTM, ISA, and IEEE. The adequacy of gages, meters, recorders and monitors shall be subject to review of the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULING A. The construction schedule shall be submitted per the requirements of Section 01310. B. Time frames for the Facility Integration activities identified'and developed in this Section shall be identified in the construction schedule. 3.02 OPERATIONAL TEST PHASE A. Testing shall proceed on a step -by -step basis, in accordance with the Contractor's written testing procedures. The Contractor's testing work shall be accomplished under the direction of a coordinator whose sole responsibility shall be the orderly, systematic testing of equipment, systems, structures, and the complete facility as a unit. Each individual step in the procedures shall be witnessed by a representative of the Engineer. B. During the operational testing period, equipment and systems in operation shall be operated to the greatest extent practical, at conditions which represent the full range of operating parameters as defined by the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise noted, a time period of 10 days shall be allowed for each operational test. Unless otherwise noted, each portion of the facility being operationally tested must perform through its complete design range for a period of 10 consecutive 24 -hour days. Operational testing shall be sequenced in coordination with the criteria specified in Sections 01012 and 01014. 3.03 TRAINING PRESENTATION CONTENTS A. Training of Metro's personnel (core team) shall be done by manufacturer's representatives. The representatives shall follow the outline presented here: UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE GENERAL OUTLINE FOR MANUFACTURER TRAINING PRESENTATIONS 1. Familiarization a. Show catalog, parts lists, drawings, in the plant files and O &M manuals. b. Provide overview of design intent. b. Review the installation of the specific equipment items. a Demonstrate the unit's operation. d. Answer questions. 01660 - 5 T/M13 -95 ... ,. .�.« .m tST'7G lr.. ,r.Y.'.!T!' SLY ,u"... +',:a*..;tSL'G',ua•,a °•t a . ».. .. 2. Safety a. Point out safety references. b. Discuss safety precautions around equipment. 3. Operation a. Point out reference literature. b. Explain all modes of operation, including emergency. c. Test Metro's personnel on proper use of the equipment, by letting them operate it. 4. Preventive Maintenance (PM) a. Pass out the PM list, including reference material, and daily, monthly, quarterly, semi- annual, and annual PM tasks. b. Demonstrate how to perform PM tasks. c. Identify for Metro personnel indicators of equipment problems. 5. Corrective Maintenance a. List possible problems. b. Discuss repairs, point out special problems. c. Open up the equipment and demonstrate procedures where practical. 6. Parts a. Review spare parts list, and indicate how to use. b. Indicate how to order additional spare parts. c. Provide recommendations for spare parts inventory. 7. Local Representatives a. Provide names, addresses, phone numbers for the ordering of parts. b. Provide names, phone numbers for service representatives. c. Provide names, phone numbers, and procedures for obtaining emergency assistance. d. Review the process to initiate guarantee response. B. Metro may wish to video- record training sessions given by the manufacturers' representatives for on -going training. END OF SECTION 01660 6 T/M 13.95 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes closeout and inspection procedures. B. Related Sections 1. Section 01710 - Final Cleaning 2. Section 01720 - Record Drawings 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Upon completion of construction, perform a detailed inspection of the work to confirm completion of all items. B. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work Is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. C. Within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor's written notice of confirmation of work completion, the Engineer will perform a detailed inspection and may create a "punchlist" for any remaining omissions and defects. If the number or scope of deficiencies is too great, as determined by the Engineer, then the satisfactory completion of punchlist items shall be followed by a final inspection. Punchlist items shall be satisfactorily completed within 2 weeks of the initial detailed inspection. D. Final inspection of the work by the Engineer will be made within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor's written request for final inspection. The work will be deemed complete as of the date of such inspection if, upon such inspection, the Engineer finds no further punchlist work remains to be done. Before acceptance and before final payment will be made, all defects or omissions noted on this inspection must be completed by the Contractor without additional compensation. Refer to Paragraph 00710 -7.05 for Acceptance of Work. PART 2 MATERIALS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01700 - SECTION 01710. FINAL CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for final cleaning of the work performed. B. Clean items installed under this Contract. Leave free of stains, damage or other defects prior to final acceptance. 1. Include washing, sweeping, polishing, or otherwise cleaning of new and existing finished wall surfaces, floors, windows, hardware, mirrors, lighting fixtures and items of equipment. 2. Replace damaged, defaced or marred items not acceptable to the Engineer at no additional expense to Metro. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire protection: 1. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers. 2. Remove from premises daily. B. Pollution control: 1. Conduct cleanup and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws. 2. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only materials recommended by manufacturers of surfaces to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING A. Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. At completion of construction, just prior to acceptance or occupancy, perform final cleaning. C. Remove dirt, stains, labels and foreign materials. D. Repair and touch -up marred areas. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds; vacuum, polish and mop floors. F. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces of fixtures, hardware and equipment. G. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 01710 - 1 T/M13 -95 H. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. I. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if air conditioning units were operated without filters during construction. J. Clean inside of panels. END OF SECTION SECTION 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies requirements for preparing and furnishing record drawings to the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide the Engineer with one neatly and legibly marked set of full -size record drawings accurately showing the final as -built location along with changes made during construction for the items listed in Paragraph 2.02 of this Section. B. The record drawing set shall be kept separate from other construction drawings and shall not be used for other purposes. 2.02 DRAWINGS REQUIRED A. The Contractor is required to submit record drawings for the following: 1. Underground utilities including the location of lines and appurtenances. The actual size and types of material used shall be shown. Locations are to be shown by facility coordinates or dimensioned to permanent surface structures. Minimum requirements for accuracy specified In the following chart. Horizontal Description Location Elevation Notes Site/facility CL ±1 ft CL ±0.1 ft Includes water and pressurized process lines except piping irrigation systems. Site/facility gravity CL ±1 ft I.E., ±0.01 ft Recalculate slope piping and if shown. ventilation ducts Conduits, cables and duct banks at beginning and end of straight runs CL ±1 ft of cover to CL = Centerline T.O.C. = Top of Concrete I.E. = Invert Elevation nominal depth conduit, final grade or T.O.C. elevations ±0.5 ft. Show actual arrangement cross - sections and encase- ment width and height for encased duct banks. 2. The actual arrangement and routing of imbedded conduit and piping is relative to its location and proportion to other work. The location does not need to be dimensioned or drawn to scale. 3. Electrical schedules and diagrams as follows: a. Conduit and cable schedules listing actual conduit sizes and routing along with the actual cables carried in each. Information is to be based on field cable pulling records. b. Electrical power and lighting panel schedules reflecting actual circuit assignments based on field work and functional verification. c. Electrical schematics and interconnection diagrams for field -wired control circuits, factory-wired equipment that has been field modified and Contractor - designed control 01720 - 1 T/M 13 -95 systems. The drawings shall be accurate with respect to equipment numbers, connections between devices, cable and terminal numbers, and operational explanations. 4. Other drawings as may be required in the Specifications. B. Exposed electrical conduits and cable 1. Location referenced to visible building structure (beam, wall, etc.). 2. Complete with actual conduit and wire size and type. 3. Item 2.02A.3. C. Exposed piping and ventilation duct 1. Location referenced to visible building structure (beam, wall, etc.). 2. Complete with actual pipe and duct size. 2.03 MARKING A. Use water -proof red felt-tip pens to make changes on the drawings. Notations are to be neat, legible, clear and concise. 2.04 CAD DRAWINGS A. When Contractor drawings are prepared using computer -aided drafting (CAD) record drawings are to be provided in both electronic format (disk or tape) and on full -size prints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS A. Record information concurrently with the progress of construction. No work shall be concealed until the required information is recorded. 3.02 RECORDING CHANGES A. The following shall be recorded on the drawings for work listed in this Section: 1. Actual dimensions, arrangement and materials used when different than shown on the Drawings. 2. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 3. Changes made by the Contractor. 3.03 PAYMENT A. A percentage of applicable line item dollar values in the schedule of values shall be assigned as the value for preparation and submittal of record drawings. For work requiring record drawings per this Section, the line items and their corresponding percentages are as follows: Reference % of Paragraph Type of Work Line Value 2.02A underground utilities 5% 2.02B electrical conduit and cable 5% 2.02C piping and ventilation ducts 5% B. Record drawings must be maintained satisfactorily and the final submittals accepted prior to payment for record drawings. END OF SECTION 01720 - 2 T/M13.95 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies operating and maintenance information. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01027 - Schedule of Values 2. Section 01740 - Guarantees 1.02 SCOPE A. Where specified, operating and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.02. B. The Contractor shall submit one copy of the completed volume at the time of submittal of a payment request indicating work is 66 percent complete. This copy will be reviewed and returned within 30 days with comments. Revise contents as required. An acceptable volume shall be submitted and accepted prior to written request for Contract acceptance. C. Operating and maintenance manuals shall consist of the names and addresses of the manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. In addition, the following items of information shall be provided when applicable: 1. Lubrication Information: Shall consist of the manufacturer's recommendations regarding the lubricants to be used and lubrication schedule to be followed. 2 Control Diagrams: Shall show internal and connection wiring. 3. Installation and Startup Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommendations for installation, adjustment, calibration, and troubleshooting. 4. Operating Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommended step -by -step procedures for starting, operating, and stopping the equipment under specified modes of operation. 5. Preventive Maintenance Procedures: Equipment manufacturer's recommended steps and schedules for maintaining the equipment. 6. Overhaul Instructions: Manufacturer's directions for the disassembly, repair and reassembly of the equipment, and any safety precautions that must be observed while performing the work. 7. Parts List: Generic title and identification number of each component part of the equipment. 8. Exploded View or Plan and Section Views: Provided by the manufacturer if available. Detailed plan and section views of equipment shall be provided when exploded views are not available. All views will have detailed part callouts matching those callouts of the Parts List. 9. Specific Information: Where items of information not included in the above list are required, they shall be provided as described in the specification for the equipment, such as significant design criteria, exploded or cut views of equipment, if available, and plan and section views with detailed callouts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Binders for final bound manuals shall be 3 -post type, with durable covers with metal piano hinges and locking slide bar assembly, and shall be capable of extending to a maximum 6 -inch thickness. Multiple binders shall be similar and shall be National 98 -3001, Wilson -Jones Catalog Covers 564 -64LH, or approved equal. 01730 . 1 T/M13 -95 ,. r.:.f: ?. .i;r..�jsh {•r. ;G,;.,<.�rY,`•'v �` r�s ,�,:r,Y�; ?z'�1s`y?�tace }rr'r; ;`1t � %ti PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE - PRELIMINARY A. Comply with the submittal requirements of Section 01300 when transmitting operating and maintenance (O &M) information for initial Engineer review and acceptance. B. Engineer - approval of O &M information will be so noted on the submittals when returned to the Contractor. Only approved O &M information shall be compiled by the Contractor into the final bound sets. C. If manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals are used to describe operating and maintenance procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated. D. Photocopies of manufacturer's standard brochures and manuals will not be approved for the final bound sets. Facsimile paper or photocopies of facsimile information will not be allowed. 3.02 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE - FINAL BOUND SETS A. Provide 5 copies of the approved specified operating and maintenance information within 10 days after date of final inspection. The information shall be organized in the binders in numerical order by the Specification sections indicated in the Contract Documents. All brochures and manuals contained therein shall be appropriately labeled with the applicable equipment name and equipment number as it appears in the Contract Documents, and shall also indicate the Contract Specification section. B. Each binder shall include a table of contents, and shall be provided with tab sheets to permit easy location of the desired sections of the manual. C. Each binder shall contain an index which includes a complete equipment list In alpha - numerical order by the equipment numbers assigned in the Contract Documents. Each equipment number shall be cross - referenced to the applicable Specification section tab located in the manuals. D. Include manufacturer's recommended spare parts list and quantities of items on the list. END OF SECTION 01730. 2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 01740 GUARANTEES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section defines Contractor responsibilities and procedures to guarantee the equipment and facilities installed under this Contract. Requirements of this Specification do not release the Contractor from fulfilling those requirements as stated in Paragraph 00710 -4.11 of this Contract. Specific guarantees above and beyond the basic one -year guarantee are indicated in the technical Specification sections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01660 - Facility Integration: Testing, Training, and Commissioning 2. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Information 3. Section 01999 - Standard Forms 1.02 GUARANTEES A. Provide where specified. Provide duplicate copies. B. Assemble in binder with durable cover. Include table of contents. C. Submit prior to application for final payment. For items delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days of acceptance of delayed item, listing date of acceptance of delayed item as start of warranty period. 1.03 DETERMINATION OF GUARANTEE DATES A. Guarantee dates for those portions of the work made available to Metro for possession and use under the terms and conditions of Paragraph 00710 -6.05 of this Contract shall be established at the time of availability provided that: 1. The procedures for Facility Integration have been fulfilled for that portion of the work as required in Section 01660 of this Contract. 2. O &M manuals have been received by the Engineer for that portion of the work as required in Section 01730 of this Contract. B. Owner- Furnished Equipment: None. C. Acceptance of the Project: Unless previous portions of the work have been accepted as indicated in Paragraph 01740- 1.02A, the guarantee dates shall be established as indicated in Paragraph 00710 -4.11 upon acceptance of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DOCUMENTATION A. Guarantee dates and the duration of the guarantee period shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer on the Guarantee Documentation Form 01740 -A as indicated in Section 01999. B. The guarantee information shall be documented by Specification section, in the same order as presented in the operating and maintenance manuals. 01740. 1 T/M13 -95 C. Vendor information including point -of- contact, company name, company address, and company emergency phone number shall be included for applicable equipment and components of the facility. 3.02 GUARANTEE RESPONSE A. The Engineer shall be the point -of- contact for response to guarantee - related problems, during the one year guarantee period. The Engineer shall evaluate the problem, and initiate the guarantee response by the appropriate vendor or contractor. B. For special guarantees extending beyond the one year guarantee period, the Engineer shall contact the appropriate vendor directly, as identified on the Guarantee Documentation Form. C. Upon notification of need for guarantee response, the Contractor shall provide written notification to the Engineer, indicating scheduled time of response, so that Metro maintenance personnel may be scheduled to be on hand to provide assistance, and witness the repair. Guarantee work may only be undertaken on Mondays through Fridays, from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM, unless the Engineer gives express written consent for the performance of the work at other times. D. Items requiring guarantee response within the one year guarantee period shall have a completely new 1 -year guarantee period established from the time of repair. The Contractor shall provide written verification of the newly established guarantee period to the Engineer, upon completion of the repair. END OF SECTION SECTION 01999 STANDARD FORMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The forms listed below and included in this Section are referenced from other sections of the Contract Documents: Form No% 01027 -A 01300 -A 01660 -A 01660 -B 01660 -C 01660 -D 01660 -E 01740 -A 01999 -A 11000 -A 11000 -B 11060 -A 16000 -B Bile Earned Value Report Form SubmittalRransmittal Foram System Equipment Checklist Form Training Attendance Form Training Procedure Documentation Form System Deficiency Documentation Form System Punchiist Documentation Form Guarantee Documentation Form Standard Form Format Manufacturer's installation Certification Form Manufacturer's Instruction Certification Form Motor Data Form Installed Motor Test Data Form 1.02 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the documentation forms for tests and evaluations required of the Contract that do not have specific forms identified. B. Contractor- generated forms shall follow the format established on Form 01999A contained herein. C. Completed copies of the appropriate forms will be included in the applicable system test packages specified in Paragraph 01660- 1.03B. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. O E z v PROJECT TITLE: Co 0 U 0 0 0 0 n E a •4 o o 0 0 0 en o N O M O N o R1 4) 1` co- - C4.1 N N N N N N O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 o o 0 0 4 n M N h N N to O sn o o c W N O O O N 4) n N N O O 4) O H O in N 0 0 O 0 0 4 N M z 4) 0 O O O O N In 0 O 0 O N 4) O O O • M O 4) O 4] n H N CO 47 N N W m )n N 0 O) 0 4) n N m (7 N N v in N 1n W 01 N ti m we N O N O M O O O l0 N O 47 f\ N O O O N O N 1 03 N t. ill '.N .♦? %; ` i;; i •ioes :44 :t. O N O N O M O N O O O 10 N O 4) N O O O m N O O M N 4) IMI■••■•••11 0 N 4 4 0. J O O N f M M CO 4) O) M f O O 10 f O r at !7 f O e 0 O 0 N ,- M N N `" O CO O O m N 0) m n v CO N N 0 0 0 H 0 0 0 0 0 h O N O P! O P. 061,0 f N !7 in h O 41 N O �• N N N N r N N N N O 0 O N o 4 M O O co m M O 4) N .g 0 0 •S N 3 0 es W m M 0 O b O 0 O u M 10 O N f N {0 N N N N s0 LCI N N M m W 4) 4 0 N 10 n N O O1 4) f0 1'. N t0 N N 10 N N M f h N N N N 47 M N Pi 01 N 4) N N 9 9 9 9 4] 01 N CO 4 N a u N a O 0 0. • u a 4) 0 a N N O U O U O U O U 0 O 0 01999 — O CO 0 m . 0 a CD 0 So. 1 •0 4) E c., N e) . 0 .0 • CO 0. ae U m u m ti Os 4) 0 m (hh) Total Amount Paid (ee.tl) Form 01027 A - Earned Value Report T/M13 -95 01300 -A SUBMITTAL /TRANSMITTAL FORM Front of Form Submittal No. Contract No. Subcontractor or Supplier: 5 2 ao XE� mom m 0 2 E m 0 Submittal/Transmittal This section to be completed by Contractor. a) i0 Description of Item Initial Review Completed Engineering Support Group Returned to Contractor 2 Note marking Spec. Paragraph 'a E m 0 CO 1110 Fionl (nay. 1/91) 01999 - 3 T/M13 -95 01300 -A SUBMITTAL /TRANSMITTAL FORM Back of Form Comments 1 1 Review of Contractors Information Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and contract documents. Markings or comments shall not relieve the contractor from compliance with plans and specifications nor any requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing his work in a safe manner. Date I Construction Division use Only Date Reviewed Copies To: Constr. Division Files Resident Engineer Contractor Proi. Eno. c 0 CC Response Required of Contractor ❑ ❑ E .0 c N o a) U Q 1 Engineer's Review INo Exceptions Taken ❑ `Note Markings ❑ Rejected ❑ IComments Attached ❑ 1 01 qqQ - �h m 0 01 q 9 9 - 4 T /M13 -9, 1. i 8 8 • • IMP STATI .UTION FE Ted Packagc Reed7 rr COMMENTS: h r. r1 0. Y. Y. A A h v1 Y. Y. A N Y. A O. h ./1 Y. Y. A A A W1 vl r1 Y, 4 G. A A h h Y. �. A A A r1 P. h S a." 0. A A r1 h Y. Y. A N Y. A A A r1 h v1 4 4 Y. A W Y. A h • 4 O. v1 Y. O. A r1 v1 Y. 4 A A r1 h i4 Y. A A A A A Y1 r1 rl v_1 Y1 4 Y. Y. Y. Y. A A W h Y. Y. M p �• n1V r � n.. ... •� t f"� „.. ~. r ♦ r1 N n - n n.. � 31 v1 *42.4 .p v1 n F f'• N N N f-• r-• n.. F. � � r r rl pi ••1 1%l n r.. -.. .� r o e•1 N •-• F.. r N— .F• O O r4" rl F.. � � ♦ n N F.. �► F fV F.. ♦ n r• r.. ♦ n n N N F. r ♦ n F N N F. � ♦ O O - ... n e O N - r1 -1 ti F.. � r.. r r .• en •. 1 g �"S E"a 6 6 �5 ills CadaIna IA Baddlow Prevent= Centel= ID Backflow Prevaget Container 2A Backflow Pm-ratter I m OMMMMMC�Cit3tSa - N Y ! i 1 i i ,„,,„,, c�7c�3�66 NW"' ,..iii 1334 6 -rr; g dj1'111y1 Y 1 S� 0. 16 t � a.c< b b _ b Hand Ca:troller Spool Rday Speed Rday Padden Relay .o sil 4 !i . .g.S n� as :..N -N-N 6 aiaaa iCiC�CZaaa • C p O y1 h t' o t m ^ n CI 0 r ti Ci m t n 0 h m m o r F 0- r 16 m M + A A 1.1 F r. r• S 7,; s 5 Q Hr11 7,, ;11 O O v1 M M Y. M i Y. Y. s. r1 .O o •.c1 r1 G a 0. `O r1 6 G. -t-a66S y1 .9 ;-y,� 1;1 Vyy, b g t • • • pG O O O O C F n F F r 0 0 0 0 0 C 7, 3,ll 13n1 7,, .r�1 rC L 3. 3.. Y.. 3. Q ..----- PNL 5107014M 510705 1 PNL 510701-SY 510730 PNL 510701-SY 510711 PMI itn-mi_ry turn, yy �pp. N N n ••1 O 0 0 •.1 n n n 1. � 0 0 0 ea 0 0 r7,, v1 .; v1 r1 ; 7, 6 3. i , 1 ... M I1 ♦ M W fs• • P .O. ... N 1.1 .. i r .. .. .^.. .... M N f'f IY C 1V H N N H ••01 el IN•1 1^•1 N .O el P1 ••1 r. Al t ••1 01 q 9 9 - 4 T /M13 -9, 4; 461°METRO Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle Project: 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 Contract Number: TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR Contractor Training by: Date: SYSTEM TOPIC: DISCUSSION; Familiarization Safety Operations Preventive Maintenance Repairs Parts Contacts Guarantees Form 01660 C = Training Procedure Documentation 01999 — 6 ii �ll Ir N 0 es o co 2 = E o CD Ea. U) a U Form 01660D - System Deficiency Documentation 4CmETRD Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 Project: Contract Number: Title: PUNCHLIST: fig. Daate: Location; Description: PAGE OF Metro Acceptance; Date; Form 01660 E • System Punchllst Documentation 01999 — 8 T/M13 -95 ;amE-rAo Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle 821 Second Avenue, Seattle WA 98104 GUARANTEE DOCUMENTATION FORM Page of Contract Number: System, Equip., START • END or Area ID: DATE DATE Contact: Company: Phone: General Contractor Representative Metro Super. Res. Engineer (phone #) Date Form 01740 A - Guarantee Documentation 01999 — 9 T/M13 -95 01999 -A STANDARD FORM FORMAT 4mETRD King County / Department of Metropolitan Services Exchange Building • 821 Second Avenue • Seattle, WA 981044598 • (206) 684 - 2100 Project: Contract Number: Date: Title: 01999 - '1D T/M13 -95 11000 -A. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION FORM: Contract No: Specification Section: Equipment name: Contractor. Manufacturer of equipment item: The undersigned manufacturer of the equipment item described above hereby certifies that it has checked the installation of the equipment and that the equipment, as specified in the project manual, has been provided and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and that the trial operation of the equipment item has been satisfactory. Comments: Date Manufacturer Signature of Authorized Representative Date Contractor Signature of Authorized Representative 01999 - 11 T/M13-95 11000 -B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION FORM: Contract No.: Specification Section: Equipment name: Contractor. Manufacturer of equipment item: The undersigned manufacturer certifies that a service engineer has instructed the wastewater treatment plant operating personnel in the proper maintenance and operation of the equipment designated herein. Operations Check List (check appropriate spaces) Start-up procedure reviewed Shutdown procedure reviewed Normal operation procedure reviewed Others; Maintenance Check List (check appropriate spaces) Described normal oil changes (frequency) Described special tools required Described normal items to be reviewed for wear Described preventive maintenance instructions Described greasing frequency Others: Date Manufacturer Signature of Authorized Representative Date Signature of Owner's Representative Date Signature of Contractor's Representative 01999 12 T/M13 -95 ;Group Atmosphere The following information is required for high efficiency motors only: A. Guaranteed minimum efficiency at full load or NEMA efficiency index (NEMA MG1- 12.53b) B. Nameplate or nominal efficiency Data Not Necessarily Markedon Nameplate Type of enclosure Enclosure material Temp rise oC (NEMA MG1- 12.41,42) Space heater included? Yes No; if Yes, watts Type of motor winding over temperature protection, if specified: volts Use the space below to provide additional information on other motor modifications, if specified: 01999 - 13 T/M13 -95 1. For the 3 years of operation, the cost of all belts, Including belts presently installed, prorated, times the difference between the average belt life and the belt life specified in Section 11456- 1.02C. 2. For the next 17 years, the cost per year at the average hourly rate of press use during the first 3 years, multiplied by the average belt life, discounted at an annual rate of 8 percent. Notification Metro will notify the Supplier in writing by certified mail of any structural frame or roller failure within 14 days of an occurrence or of Metro's identification of an occurrence. Within 7 days, the Supplier shall initiate action to investigate and correct the failure. •Metro will inform the Supplier of any charges against the belt life provisions of this warranty during the 10-day period prior to warranty expiration, in writing, by certified mail. Payment Any payment under this bond shall be delivered to Metro within 30 days following notification to the Supplier of charges. (Supplier) 01999 - 13c T/M13 -95 16000 -B. INSTALLED MOTOR TEST FORM: Motor Equipment Number Equipment Driven MCC Location Date of test Ambient temp ° F Resistance: Insulation resistance phase -to- ground megohms: Phase A , Phase B , Phase C Current at Full Load: Phase Current, amps Phase Current, amps Phase Current, amps Thermal Overload Device: Manufacturer /catabg # Amperes Circuit breaker (MCP) setting: Motor Nameplate Markings: Mfr Mfr type Frame HP Volts Phase Rpm "Service factor Apps Freq Ambient temp rating °C Time rating "Design letter. (NEMA 1- 10.35) (NEMA MG -1.16) Code letter Insulation class "Required for 3 -phase squirrel cage induction motors only. CERTIFIED Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Metro's Representative 01999 - 14 T/M13 -95 SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide the selective demolition necessary to complete the remodeling noted on the drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 01045, Cutting and Patching. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry Section 01500, Construction Facilities Section 15000, Mechnical Seciton 16000, Electrical 1.03 EXTENT OF WORK A. Do all demolition required for completion of new work as shown on drawings or specified. Remove all loose material caused by or remaining from demolition work. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies, municipal and state agencies as required. 1.05 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Conform with applicable portions of Building Code, latest edition, and other applicable codes within the jurisdiction of the work. 1.06 PERMITS Refer to Permits and Easements, Section 01062 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit demolition, stage construction, removal procedures and action plans to engineer prior to perfomance of work for approval. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas. Provide, erect and maintain temporary barriers and safety [security] devices to ensure protection. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by Work of this Section. B. Coordinate demolition with Engineer. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 02070 -1 T/M 13 -95 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect portions of existing building and facilities, which are to remain, against damage and discoloration. Allow no leaks, even temporary, in existing buildings. Protect active utilities and maintain in continuous operation. Provide barriers as required to protect public from areas under demolition. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DUST -PROOF ENCLOSURE A. Translucent plastic, 6 mil. thickness; Foam strip and caulking. Framing lumber. 2.02 SHORING MATERIAL A. Sizes as required to withstand forces. 2.03 TRASH CHUTES A. Plywood and framing lumber. 2.04 SAWING EQUIPMENT A. Comply with OSHA standards. Use gas or air operated saws for exterior work and vented interior work only. Use diamond edged saw blades of proper size for depth of cut. 2.05 DRILLING EQUIPMENT A. Non- impact rotary tool with diamond core drills. Use gas or air operated drills for exterior and vented interior work only. 2.06 SALVAGE A. All salvage, except the following and other items specifically noted becomes property of Contractor. It may be reused on Work if so specified or scheduled or if Engineer judges it equal to new products specified. Arrange so that Metro may review. Metro may elect to retain some or all of the salvaged materials. The contractor is responsible removing and relocating identified salvagable items to other Metro properties as directed by the engineer. Remove and dispose of all remaining materials from site. 1. Industrial vacuum in Bay 1, relocate to area identified by engineer. 2. Grit blaster in Vestibule 145, relocate to area identified by engineer. 3. All light fixtures located in Bay 1 & 3. 4. Existing bifold metal doors in Bay 3. 5. Cleaner fluid tank in Bay 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, fumes, noise, and smoke. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered. Disconnect, remove, and cap designated utility lines within demolition area(s) and as noted on the Drawings. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify utilities and indicate capping locations on Project Record Documents. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 02070-2 T/M 13 -95 tt 3.02 DETERMINATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 01035. 3.03 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ABATEMENT WORK BY OTHERS A. Refer to Section 01035. 3.04 PRECAUTIONS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 01035. 3.05 TRASH CHUTES A. Provide to transport trash from upper levels to containers at ground level. Construct to be enclosed and prevent spread of dust and debris to surrounding areas. 3.06 DUST -PROOF ENCLOSURES A. Build where necessary and identified on plans to prevent dust from spreading into occupied existing portions of buildings. Maintain continuous access to fire escape routes. 3.07 CORING AND SAWING A. Pipe and Conduit Drilling: Diamond core drill with diameter 1/2 to 1 inch greater than penetrating pipe or conduit. B. Panel and Core Removing: Removing panels cores, and broken materials as soon as coring and cutting is completed. C. Minimize over cutting/sawing in all cases. 3.08 REMODELING DEMOLITION A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing work to remain. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished material from site. Remove materials to be re- installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Remove, store, and protect for reinstallation materials and equipment listed on the drawings accordingly. Remove materials and equipment to be retained by Metro. Deliver to Engineer. Coordinate with the Engineer to schedule deliveries. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous materials encountered. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Do not bum or bury materials on site. Leave areas of work in clean condition. 3.09 SHORING A. Shore as required during demolition and construction to prevent collapse of existing building or overloading of existing structural members until new construction is in place and capable of accepting Toad. 3.10 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Allow no debris to accumulate in building or on site. Haul away from site as soon as removed. Dispose of at Contractor's expense. Clean, repair, touch up, or replace when directed, adjacent surfaces which have been soiled, discolored, or damaged by work of this section. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 02070 -3 T /M13 -95 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the reinforcing of the structural concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Conform with applicable portions of UBC Chapter 26, latest ASTM Standards and CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, or as modified herein. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): "Standard Specification for Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A82); "Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A185); and "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A615). B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): "Details and Detailing Concrete Reinforcement" (ACI Publication #315) and Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI Publication #318). C. American Welding Society (AWS): "Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel" (AWS Publication #D1.4). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete bar schedule, bar details, placement shop drawings prepared in conformance with "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures," ACI Publication 315. Refer to Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. B. Show each type of bar marked with identification corresponding to identification tag on bar. C. Erection drawings shall be clear and easily legible and drawn to a minimum of either a 1/4" = 1' -0" scale, if the bars in each face are shown on separate drawings. Erection drawings shall show size and location of all openings. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver all reinforcement to project site, bundled, tagged and marked. Use tags indicating bar size, lengths and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement drawings. Tag material and markings unaffected by weather and resistant to wear and tear. Store on site to protect reinforcing from ice, mud and other deleterious materials. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 03200 -1 T/M 13 -95 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL REINFORCING BARS A. Grade 60, except grade 40 for ties, bent reinforcing and stirrups all conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed bars. 2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Conform to ASTM A185 (fy= 65,000psi) using bright basic wire meeting ASTM A82. Size and gage as noted on the drawings. 2.03 BOLSTERS, CHAIRS, AND ACCESSORIES A. Conform to ACI Publication #315 and CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction ". Include all devices necessary for proper placing, spacing, supporting and fastening of reinforcement in place. Provide galvanized, stainless steel, or plastic accessories where portions will be exposed in finished surfaces. Rocks, broken bricks, wood blocks or concrete fragments shall not be used for reinforcing support. 2.04 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Fabricate with cold bends conforming to the American Concrete Institute's Building Code Requirernent for Reinforced Concrete (ACI Publication #318) Chapter 7 and the Uniform Building Code's (UBC) Section 2607 except as such requirements may be exceeded by drawings or specifications. Welding, where required shall be performed by AWS certified welders. Field fabrication will be allowed only if Contractor has equipment to properly fabricate steel. Attach metal tags for identification. Refer to Paragraphs 1.03, 1.04 and 1.05. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Conform to ACI Publication #318 (Chapters 7 and 12) and UBC Section 2607, except as exceeded by provisions of drawings or specifications. Reinforcement to be free from loose rust, mill scale, earth, ice and other materials which would reduce or destroy bond. B. Tie securely with sixteen (16) gage or larger annealed iron wire. Splice steel not less than thirty (30) bar diameters for ASTM A615, Grade 40, and forty-three (43) bar diameters for ASTM A615, Grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. For plain bars, splice not less than twice that for deformed bars. Lap welded wire fabric not Tess than the length of one mesh, plus two (2) inches. 3.02 POSITIONING OF REINFORCING BARS A. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing with chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers as required. Use supports that will not puncture waterproof membrane or ' moisture barrier if provided. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 03200 -2 T/M 13 -95 3.03 REINFORCING BAR SPLICES A. Provide reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact and tightly wiring and tying. Refer to typical details for bar bending and splicing. Minimum lap at splices shall be 40 bar diameters, 3.04 INSTALLATION OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Install welded wire fabric in as large pieces as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least 2 full mesh. • Do not make end laps between supporting beams. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the cast -in -place concrete shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Conform to UBC, Chapter 26 and ACI Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, ACI 301, unless modified herein. 1,04 QUALIFICATIONS OF MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture and delivery of ready mixed concrete. 1.05 SUBSTITUTION APPROVAL A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Concrete shall be ready mixed, complying with ASTM C94. Manufacturer assumes full responsibility for mix design and performance. 2.02 CEMENT A. Portland Cememt; Type I or II. 2.03 WATER A. Provide potable water, free.from deleterious material. 2.04 CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER AND SEALER A. Primer: Master Builders Tech.; "Ceilcote 680 ", Sonnebom; "Sonoprime'.'or approved equal. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 03300.1 T/M1 3-95 B. Sealer: Master Builders Tech.; "Ceilcote 663G Ceilgard ", Sonnebom; "Sonoplex 200 "or approved equal. C. Color: Light grey D. Installation: Apply and install per manufacturer's recommendations. E. Type: Amine -Cured Epoxy F. Solids by Volume: 98 -100% 2.05 BONDING AGENT A. WR Grace Company, "Duraweld PBA "; Larson Products, "Weldcrete "; Masons Supply Company, "MASCO Bond SBR" or approved equal. 2.06 CONCRETE STRENGTH AND SLUMP A. All concrete shall have a 28 -day compressive strenght of 3000 psi. B. Requirement for 6 sack minimum mix, maximum slum of 4 ". 2.07 NON - SHRINK GROUT A. Premixed compound consisting of non - metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2400 psi in 48 hours and 7000 psi in 28 days. B. Bonding agent: Polymer resin emulsion. C. Prepare concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Fill flush with non - shrink grout. D. Refer to grouts and epoxy called out on notes 5 and 6 of Drawing EQ -1. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Follow recommendations per ACI 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concrete ": and as specified herein when air temperature is, or is expected to fall below 40'F. Protect all concrete work from physical damage or low temperatures. Provide adequate means for maintaining temperatures of not less than 50' F. When air temperature has fallen to, or is expected to fall below 40' F, maintain 50'F. minimum for at least ten (10) days after placing. Provide temporary housing or coverings at twenty-four (24) hours after discontinuance of heat. B. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen sub - grade or on sub -grade containing frozen materials. Provide that forms, reinforcing steel and adjacent concrete surfaces are tree of frost, snow or ice. 3.02 HOT WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Follow recommendations per ACI 305 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concrete" and as UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 03300 -2 T/M 13 -95 specified herein when air temperature is above 90'F. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap or shade as required to maintain steel temperatures at or below ambient air temperatures. Wet forms thoroughly before placing concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Conform to UBC Chapter 26 and modifications specified herein. Notify Architect and Building Inspector forty-eight (48) hours before intended pour. Deposit concrete in place within 1 -1/2 hours after cement and water are added. B. Roughen surfaces of new and existing concrete at all joints except where bonding is obtained by use of concrete bonding agent. Clean surfaces of Iaitance and loose particles. Dampen joints at exposed locations. Apply a bonding agent before placing concrete. An approved commercial bonding agent may be substituted in lieu of neat cement grout. 3.04 COORDINATION A. Allow sufficient time between erection of forms and placing of concrete to permit the various trades to properly install their work. Maintain and protect all sleeves, chases and similar items provided or placed by various trades until concreting is completed. Hangers where required shall be anchored to main reinforcing bars. Install plate anchor bolts in line, plumb and accurately space and locate. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place concrete in horizontal layers of uniform thickness not more than eighteen (18) inches deep. Achieve proper consolidation and avoid honeycombing by spading and mechanical high frequency vibrator. Avoid segregation of materials by excessive vibrating or drops in excess of five (5) feet. Mechanical compaction by immersion high frequency vibrators, minimum 7,000 revolutions per minute. Concrete may be placed by pumping; however, the use of aluminum pipe is prohibited. Insert vibrator vertically at interval required to gain thorough compaction, eighteen (18) inches to thirty (30) inches. Extend vibrator tip into previous concrete layer. Avoid damage to forms. Place concrete in final location, movement by vibrator is not permitted. Pour continuously each item or member to be sandblasted, or as approved. Obtain approval before placing any new work on previously or frozen and thawed soil. Stop pours only at joints where shown or approved. 3.06 CONCRETE SLAB INSTALLATION A. Slope exterior concrete for drainage, maintain true, uniform slopes, or as shown. Level interior slabs carefully, screeded to true, even grade. Maximum variation 1/8 inch (Class B finish) in 10' -0" radius, noncumulative. Apply sealer and/or sealer- hardener after finishing and immediately after water sheen has disappeared. Space construction joints at column lines, or at maximum spacing of 20' -0" on center unless otherwise shown. Provide expansion joints at columns and foundation walls. Provide additional reinforcing at re- entrant comers, minimum of three #3 bars x 24 inches long spaced at 8 inches on center at 45 degree angle to re- entrant comer. Obtain Engineer's approval on the first thirty (30) square feet of each finish. Sample to show joint and edge treatment, approved finish sample shall be basis for judgment of minimum acceptable standard. 3.07 TROWEL FINISH A. Trowel finish all slabs unless otherwise indicated or specified. Trowel to smooth hard, dense surface, free from trowel marks. Do not trowel until surface is dry enough for proper finish. Absorption of wet spots with neat cement not allowed. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 03300 -3 T/M13 -95 3.08 CURING A. General: Comply with applicable portions of UBC Chapter 26 and modifications as specified herein. Refer to hot weather specification for temperatures in excess of 90' F. Refer to cold weather specification when temperatures fall below 40'F. Curing process must control moisture and temperature within the curing mix for not Tess than 7 days. Use the following cure rnethods for temperatures within the above listed limits. B. Curing: Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surfaces after placing and finishing. When temperatures exceed 80 degrees fahrenheit, keep continuously moist for not Tess than seventy -two (72) hours. Provide moist curing with either a continuous water fog spray, or absorptive cover. C. Absorptive Cover: Cover concrete surfaces with burlap or other approved material. Lap cover 4 inches at joints. Thoroughly saturate cover with water, keep absorptive cover continuously wet. D. concrete Slab Primer & Sealer: Apply specified sealer to existing concrete floor and newly grouted areas. Contractor to remove all items removable from the floor and "shop blast" the entire existing floor (Bay 3 -146 and vest. 145) to remove existing floor sealer/floor contaminants and prep for new. Confirm that all existing and new surfaces to receive floor primer and sealer meet manufacture's compliance for a new installation. Provide grout coat and/or patching of existing floor after "shop blasting ".AII surfaces must be thoroughly cured 28 days prior to application. Apply and install in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage to coat during entire curing period. Provide on all interior floor surfaces in Bay 3. Provide grout coat 3.09 GROUT AT METAL FRAMES A. Provide grout of Portland Cement and sand in frames set in wall openings. 3.10 , CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or removed and replaced with new concrete as directed by the Engineer. Stained or discolored concrete shall be cleaned as directed by Engineer. Sample patch must be approved before proceeding with the work. Stains or other defects which cannot be removed are subject to corruption by removal of concrete and replacement with new concrete at no additional cost to Metro. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 03300 -4 T/M13 -95 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements of the structural steel noted on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07250, Cememtitious Fireproofing. Section 09900, Coating Systems. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Applicable portions of UBC Chapter 27, ASTM, and AISC specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings; unless shown or specified otherwise. 1.04 SUBMITTALS • A. Provide mill certificates attesting to grades of structural steel, steel tubing and pipe. Independent laboratory certificates for shop and field welds. Provide AWS certificate copy for all welders. Submit to Engineer prior to fabrication. Cost of certification paid by Contractor. Provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL A. ASTM A -36. 2.02 ARC WELDING ELECTRODES A. E 70XX Series, Grade AWS -2. 2.03 STEEL TUBING A. ASTM A -500, Grade B, welded, domestic steel structural tubing. 2.04 BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS AND EXPANSION ANCHORS A. Provide standard strength fasteners per ASTM A -307, Grade A. B. Expansion Anchors: Hilt' Kwik -bolt II, ITT Phillips; "Redhead ", or approved. 2.05 FERROUS METAL PRIMER A. For primer and finish see Section 09900, 3.06, Coating System B -1, UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 05120 -1 T/M13 -95 2.06 FABRICATION A. Tolerances: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. B. Connections: Connection details shown are generally typical conditions. Connections not specifically detailed on the drawings shall be consistent with the balance of the design and strong enough to develop fully the members involved unless otherwise noted. All bolts 3/4" unless shown or noted otherwise. Provide leveling nuts under all column base plates unless shown otherwise. C. Shop and Field Tests: At direction of Engineer, by independent laboratory approved by Metro. Cost paid by Metro. D. Welding: All shop and field welding shall be performed only by welders AWS certified for type of weld performed. Welders shall present evidence of qualification within the past two years. Both shop and field welding will be inspected by an independent laboratory retained by the Owner. Certification of welders, welding rods and procedure shall be approved by the testing laboratory representative before proceeding with any work. E. Painting: Shop prime per Section 09900, 3.06, Coating System B -1 all steel work not encased in concrete, galvanized, spray fireproofed, or specified otherwise. Prime after fabrication. Stop primer approximately 4" from areas to be field welded. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. Provide all temporary supports required to erect and connect members. Provide all angles, bolts, plates, lags, anchors, and other items required to support and secure all members covered by this Section. Include setting of column and beam base plates. 3.02 PAINTING A. Touch up all field welds and damaged areas and areas missed in shop priming, after erection and field welding are completed. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 05120-2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.02 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements relating to the metal decking noted on the drawings and specified herein. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120, Structural Steel Framing. Section 07250, Cementitious Fireproofing. 1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Conform to the applicable requirements of the Standard Floor Deck Specifications published by the Steel Deck Institute. Conform to ASTM A -446. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings required in accordance with Section 01300. Provide manufacturer's certificate of compli -ance with design requirements. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF DECKING A. Profile and Depth: Narrow rib profile 1 -1/2 inches deep. B. Type: B. C. Minimum Thickness before Galvanizing: Refer to drawings. D. Finish and Coating Designation: Galvanized G -60 per Federal Specification QQ -Z -325. E. Manufacturers: ASC Pacific, Inland - Ryerson, Granco, H.H. Robertson, Verco, Vuicraft, or approved equal. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Provide column closures, end closures, and pour stops per the drawings or as recommended by the deck manufacturer for a complete job. 2.03 GALVANIZING A. Conform to ASTM A525 and Federal Specification QQ -S -775. Galvanize all composite floor and roof decking and accessories. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 05300 -1 T/M1 3-95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DECKING INSTALLATION A. Fit decking in openings shown on the drawings. Provide closure pieces to exclude concrete fill from cells or as required to stop off concrete fill. Fasten units with flutes and cells in accurate and straight alignment. Place all panel ends over structural supports. Provide a minimum of two inches of positive bearing over full width of panel and without deformation of units. B. Provide decking supports at columns and elsewhere as required though not shown. Provide closure pieces to exclude concrete fill from cells or to stop off concrete fill as required. Provide reinforcing channels to cause a closed tight fit along cell or flute where units are cut parallel to cells or flutes. C. Openings required by other trades and not shown on the drawings are the responsibility of the trade requiring the openings. Cutting and reinforcement must be approved. Reinforcement at openings shall be sufficient to prevent deflection in excess of that for unpenetrated deck. 3.02 ROOF DECK ATTACHMENT A. The roof deck shall be welded to supporting steel structure with 1/2 inch diameter puddle welds per drawings. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Repair the finish of the decking where damaged by delivery or installation. At the underside of steel decking to receive sprayed fireproofing, clean surfaces to be free from oil, dirt and "white rust". UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 05300-2 T/M13-95 SECTION 05400 LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the non - loadbearing metal framing at the interior walls noted on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05500, Metal Fabrications Section 08330, Overhead Coiling Doors Section 09215, Veneer Plaster Section 09250, Gypsum Board 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Applicable portions of UBC (Chapter 27), ASTM specifications, and latest edition of the American Iron and Steel Institute's (AISI) "Specifications of Light Gage Structural Members ". PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All structural members shall be preformed commercial quality steel sheet with a corrosion - resistant coating, corresponding to the requirements of ASTM A446, with a minimum yield strength of 33 ksi for studs and ASTM A446, Grade A 33 for runners. All structural members shall be zinc coated meeting ASTM A525. 2.02 WALL FRAMING A. Provide 18 gage studs with minimum section modulus of 1.10 and flange width of 1 -5/8. Types standard with manufacturer and as shown. Gold Bond, Inryco /Milcor, Studco, USG, or approved equal. 2.03 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard steel runner track, headers, bridging, bracing, and required accessories per ASTM C645 for the application indicated and as required to provide a complete metal framing system for the loads indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. All framing components shall be cut squarely for attachment to perpendicular members or, as required, for an angular fit against abutting members. Erect framing accurately, plumb and true. Secure rigidly and adequately for horizontal and vertical load requirements of the connection. Fastening of components shall be with self- drilling screws or welding. Screws and welds shall be of sufficient size to UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 05400-1 T/M1 3-95 ensure the strength of the connection. Wire tying of components shall not be permitted. All welds shall be touched -up with the manufacturers recommended zinc paint. B. Splices in framing components, other than runner track, shall not be permitted. Abutting lengths of runner shall be butt- welded, spliced, or each length securely anchored to a common structural element. Runners shall be securely anchored to the supporting structure as shown on the drawings. C. Space studs at (16) inches on center, unless otherwise noted. In metal runners secured top and bottom to structure with powder activated shots at maximum 24 inches on centers, unless otherwise noted. Submit data on attachment method for approval. D. Attach studs to runner tracks with screws through each stud flange into runner tracks. Install additional studs as detailed and required around all openings in wall, intersections with walls or terminations against dissimilar materials. Where inside surfacing of wall is omitted, flanges of studs are to be stabilized with bridging or by horizontal 20 gage track stiffeners applied continuously to the inside face of studs as required. E. Temporary bracing, where required, shall be provided until erection is complete. 3.02 WALL INSTALLATION A. Studs shall be installed so that the ends are positioned against the inside of the runner track web prior to fastening and shall be attached to both flanges of the upper and lower runner tracks. Complete, uniform, and level bearing support shall be provided for the bottom runner. B. Framing of wall openings shall include headers and supporting studs as shown on the drawings and/or required. 3.03 COATING REPAIR A. Touch -up all field welds and areas where the coating of framing members has been damaged. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 05400 -2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Fabricated metal stanchion and spacer assemblies. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide mill certificates attesting to the grades of materials. Provide independent laboratory certificates for shop and field welds. Provide AWS certificate copy for all welders. Submit to Engineer prior to fabrication. Cost of certification paid by Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 STANDARDS A. All standards refer to the current edition. 1. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction. 2. ASTM A36 - Specification for Structural Steel. 3. ASTM A53 - Pipe, steel, black and hot- dipped zinc - coated, welded and seamless. 4. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code of the American Welding Society. 5. ASTM A320 - Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature Service. 2.02 MATERIALS A. All materials conform to the standards listed in 2.01. B. The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials will not be permitted. C. Steel plate and rod: ASTM A36. D. Stainless steel threaded rod, nuts, and washers: ASTM A320, Type 304. E. Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 80, plain ends, ASTM A53, Grade B, Type S. F. Welding materials: AWS D1.1. 2.03 FINISHES A. Prepare surfaces and apply coatings in accordance with the drawing notes. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Observation of work: The Engineer shall have access to fabrication site or shop for the purpose of observing fabrication of items, structures, equipment, piping, electrical and other components which will be used in or incorporated in the work. B. Notification of start of work: Notify the Engineer in advance of the start of fabrication of affected components. For fabrication sites within 50 miles of the project site, provide 48 hours notice. For fabrication sites greater than 50 miles from the project site, provide 7 days notice. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. 05500 - 1 T/M13-95 ,..�.. numn^ rrvh!< i��t 'tw�:f�•2`�%`�5�:��r�i�..`.� SH.' 7. i�ei: �`-' f�,.' �iY���: .�xmvmavn »�+v�.y....._.:...... B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. 3.02 SITE EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verity measurements at the site. B. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads and provide temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Provide leveling nuts under all stanchion assembly base plates, as shown. D. Protect dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators E. After anchor bolts have been embedded, their threads shall be protected by grease and the nuts run on. 3.04 CLEANING A. After installation, clean and touch up damaged surfaces of shop primed metals with the same material used for the shop coat, in accordance with the drawing notes. END OF SECTION SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the rough carpentry shown on the drawings and specified herein. All necessary carpentry components shall be provided even though they may not be specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120, Structural Steel Framing Section 07510, Built -up Bituminus Roofing. Section 07200, Insulation. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster Section 09250, Gypsum Board 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Requirements of UBC Chapter 25 govem except as herein more restrictive. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect framing and sheathing from the weather and damage. Store as required not to exceed maximum allowable moisture content specified. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Aefer to Submittals Procedures, Section 01300. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all other rough carpentry required to complete the work. Maximum moisture content shall be 19% unless specified otherwise. 2.02 NAILS AND ROUGH HARDWARE A. Provide all necessary items for installation of work specified herein, sizes and type as required by UBC or as hereinafter specified more restrictive. Hardware exposed to moisture, hot dipped galvanized steel or approved type nonferrous metal. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 06100 -1 T/M1 3-95 2.03 ATTACHMENTS .:�...�..........._ ..,.,._ �. �«.,r mxvwlr.'.' i•4'�':,,';;�.t ", {';n7w:�tF#,L• fir';+. ��?t �' 3r�5I' n�Ti,'! �Y�., S. Y�!". i.;? tr% �`' xirasr ,«?mr+•xv.. ................ A. Where wood engages masonry, steel or concrete, provide approved expansion -type anchors. Wood plugs or inserts not allowed. Space as required for a rigid and permanent installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. Installation: Carefully lay out, cut, fit and erect framing. Secure with sufficient nails, spikes and bolts to insure rigidity and permanence, install in quantity and manner required by UBC or'as specified herein more restrictive. Drive nails perpendicular to grain in lieu of toe - nailing, where feasible. Provide for installation and support of plumbing, heating and ventilating work. Install work to true lines, plumb and level unless indicated otherwise. Gun applied nailing shall require written approval of the Engineer. B. Wood Blocking: Square edge stock, size as noted on drawings set vertically at 16 inch centers, unless shown otherwise. Secure to steel sections, masonry or concrete walls with approved type metal fasteners spaced not more than 3 feet on center. Provide extra pieces for nailing of wall finish as required. 3.02 ROOF CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Section 07510. 3.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION A. Blocking and Backing: Install miscellaneous blocking for securing door stops, miscellaneous hardware, wall hung cabinets, and finished materials required throughout the work. All blocking shall be pressure treated Douglas Fir. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION SECTION 07200 INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the thermal insulation shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07920, Sealant. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster. Section 09250, Gypsum Board. 1.03 QUALIFICATION OF APPLICATORS A. Applicators installing insulation as a component of a system or assembly shall be experienced in the line of work peculiar to the system or assembly. Provide evidence of qualification if required by the Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and instructions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver materials in sealed packages bearing manufacturer's original labels. Do not remove or mutilate labels. Store insulation off the ground, protected from the weather. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with the work. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION AT EXISTING PERMITER WALLS A. Insulation: The insulation shall be 2- inches thick, STYROFOAM Square Edge, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Co., HCFC - blown, extruded polystyrene with an R -value of 5 per inch, Amoco; "Amofoam - RCY or CM ", or approved equal. The insulation shall have a 15 -year limited thermal warranty and shall meet ASTM C578, Type X. Submit insulation manufacture's literature showing compliance with this specification. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07200 - 1 T/M 13 -95 B. Furring Strips: 1 -5/8 ", 25 gauge, galvanized TGIF furring system by Erico Tool and Fasteners or approved equal. Air- powered Fasteners: Number ASM- 144 -0300 and/or ASD- 190 -0275F by Erico /Aerosmith. C. Installation: Attach the insulation board to the masonry/conrete wall with the furring strips installed vertically and spaced on 16 -inch centers. Additionally, install furring strips horizontally along the top and bottom of the wall and around all wall openings. Attach the furring with pneumatic fasteners driven on 20 -inch centers. Attach the 5/8" type X drywall following the drywall's manufacturer's attachment and finishing recommendations. Provide a 1/4" relief gap between the floor, concrete columns and any other wall protrusions and the drywall. 2.02 FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION AT STUD WALL A. Fiberglass Batt flexible blanket complying with FS -HH -1 -521, Type 1. Minimum Density: 1.5 pounds per cubic foot. Thermal Resistance: Walls: as noted on drawings. Flame spread rating not more than 25. Owens - Coming Fiberglas; U.S. Gypsum; or approved. 2.03 FIRE SAFING INSULATION A. Mineral fiber insulation which is rated non - combustible in accordance with NFPA Standard 220. Provide with vapor retarding foil face and smoke seal compound. Provide thickness required to meet fire- rating required by code. US Gypsum Company or "Thermofiber" or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER INSULATION A. Do not proceed with installation of insulation on walls until work which follows and which conceals the insulation is ready to be performed. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with placement. B. On vertical surfaces where shown and where temporary support Is required before backfiliing, set units in adhesive, applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use type of adhesive recommended by manufacturer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIRE SAFING INSULATION A. Install sating insulation at small openings where fire - rating is required to be maintained. Install with galvanized steel impaling clips per manufacturer's recommendations. Seal all joints with smoke seal compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF STUD WALL INSULATION A. Install insulation full thickness as shown over entire stud wall cavity to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around all obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Apply insulation units of types shown to substrate by the method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 07200-2 T/M 13 -95 SECTION 07250 SPRAYED CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the sprayed fireproofing at the structural steel construction, metal decking, and where fireproofing is required and other types of fireproofing are not shown, for the fire resistance ratings indicated. Materials shall be of thickness and density necessary to obtain a (two -hour) structural steel assembly. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 05120, Structural Steel Framing. Section 05300, Metal Decking. 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. Applicator of Sprayed Fireproofing: A firm which has demonstratable experience in applying the type of product required and is licensed or otherwise approved by manufacturer of primary fireproofing materials, including qualified factory training where recommended by manufacturer. B. Fire - Resistive Ratings: Provide products which have been tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 for fire - resistance, and rated by UL for the required resistances. Minimum thicknesses shall conform to ICBO Research Report 4796. When determining appropriate assemblies or fireproofing thickness, assume that structural members are unrestrained. C. Fire - Spread Ratings: Provide products which have been tested and listed by UL for required surface buming characteristics (flame- spread, fuel contributed, smoke developed) in accordance with ASTM E 84. Provide completed installations including coatings, rated at a maximum flame- spread of 0. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Fire Resistance Directory, latest edition. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), latest editions): ASTM E 84 -Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. ASTM E 119 -Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials. ASTM E 605 - Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire- Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 736 - Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 759 -Effect of Deflection of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 760 - Impact on Bonding of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 761 - Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 859 -Air Erosion of Sprayed Fire - Resistive materials Applied to Structural Members. ASTM E 937 - Corrosion of Steel by Sprayed Fire Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07250 -1 T/M 13 -95 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit drawings identifying primary and secondary framing elements and other components to receive spray - applied fireproofing. Include thickness schedule, identification of type of material being used, required density. Refer to section 01300, Submittals. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Instructions: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each type of material and application method required. C. Certified Tests: With product data submit certified test reports on performances including buming characteristics, densities, compressive strengths, bond strengths,hardness, water absorption, and corrosion resistance. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Submit written warranty, executed by primary material manufacturer and installer, agreeing to repair or replace fireproofing work, which has cracked, flaked, dusted excessively, peeled or fallen from substrate, or otherwise deteriorated to a condition where it would not perform effectively as intended for fireproofing purposes, due to defective materials or workmanship. Warranty period is two years after Date of Substantial Completion. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Integrate the scheduling and coordination of fire - proofing work with other units of work so that it will not be exposed to weather and other damaging ambient conditions, will not be unnecessarily exposed to abrasion and other damage likely to occur during subsequent work that will be installed prior to installation of enclosing or concealing work, will provide time allowance for inspection and testing and subsequent correction of defective fireproofing, and will minimize time other work to be protected by fireproofing is exposed to possible fire hazards. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Air and substrate temperature of 40 degrees F minimum shall be maintained for twenty-four hours before and after application of fireproofing. Make provisions for ventilation to properly dry the fireproofing after application. 1.09 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Material to be used for fireproofing shall be delivered In original unopened packages bearing the name of the manufacturer, the brand, and proper UL labels. Material shall be kept dry until ready for use. The packages of material shall be kept off the ground, under cover, away from damp surfaces. Rotate stock of material and use before expiration date. 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect other work against damage and discoloration caused by work of this Section. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Clips, hanger supports, other attachments to the fireproofing bases, shall be in place prior to the application of the fireproofing material, where their locations can be determined in advance. Ducts, UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07250 -2 T/M 13 -95 07250 -3 T/M 13 -95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer must examine substrates and conditions under which fireproofing work is to be performed, and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with fireproofing work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Verify that surfaces to receive fireproofing material are free of oil, grease, loose mill scale, or other substances which may impair proper adhesion. Confirm compatibility of surfaces to receive fireproofing material. Verify clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing are in place. • B. Verify ducts, piping, equipment, or other items which would interfere with application of fireproofing materials are not positioned until fireproofing work is complete. For application to underside of roof deck, verify roofing application is completed and roof traffic has ceased. For application to steel decking, verify concrete work above is completed. C. Clean substrates of substances which might be incompatible with or interfere with bond of fireproofing, including oil, dirt, scale, rust and incompatible shop primer. Remove ill -timed work which might interfere with installation of fireproofing. Remove additional surface rusting, dust, and other foreign substances adhering to the steel after erection and cleaning specified in Section 05120. D. Cover other work which might be damaged by fall -out or over -spray of fireproofing materials during spraying operations. Provide temporary enclosure required to confine operations, protect the environment. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation. Consult with manufacturer's technical representative for conditions not covered by printed instructions. Coat substrate with bonding adhesive where direct bonding of fireproofing is indicated and where use of adhesive is required or recommended by manufacturer. B. Apply fireproofing by spray machine designed for that purpose. Provide thicknesses required for compliance with indicated fire endurance rating. Extend fireproofing full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected. Except as otherwise indicated or recommended by manufacturer, install body of fireproof covering material in a single course. C. Provide sprayed -in -place installation of fireproofing materials to the greatest extent possible. Following spraying operation in each area, complete the coverage by troweled installation or other appropriate placement method recommended by manufacturer. D. Maintain ambient conditions during installation and for cure period following installation, as recommended by manufacturer. Provide ventilation and avoid excessive rate of drying. Protect from exposure to sun. E. Repair or replace fireproofing found to be below compliance requirements. Add extra course of fireproofing material where feasible to achieve compliance; otherwise remove course and replace with newly installed complying work. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07250 -4 T/M13 -95 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Immediately upon completion of spraying operations in each containable area of project, remove over -spray and fall -out of materials from surfaces of the work, and clean surfaces to remove evidence of soiling. Repair or replace damaged work to restore surfaces to acceptable condition. B. Coordinate installation of fireproofing with other work so as to minimize the need for other trades to cut into or remove installed fireproofing. As other trades successively complete installation of other work, patch fireproofing installations which have been cut away to facilitate such installations, to maintain complete coverage of full thickness on substrates to be protected with fireproofing. C. Trowel- applied fireproofing materials are acceptable for patching of work. Do not allow work requiring patching to be covered over or otherwise concealed before patching is completed. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 07250.5. T/M1 3-95 SECTION 07270 FIRESTOPPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE , A. This section covers the requirements for the firestopping shown on the drawings and specified herein. This includes firestopping for all openings in fire -rated floor and wall assemblies, openings at each floor level in shafts or stairwells, and gaps between exterior curtain walls and outer perimeter edge of the structural floor. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. Section 07920, Sealant and Calking. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster. Section 09250, Gypsum Board. Section 15050, Mechanical Materials and Methods. Section 16050, Electrical Materials and Methods. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the ASTM E814 and UL 1479. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Submittals Procedure, Section 01300 prior to fabrication. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard Items. B. Submit product literature in accordance with Submittals Procedure, Section 01300, prior to ordering. 1.05 QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLER A. Installation shall be by an experienced installer having demonstratable experience in the work. Provide evidence of experience with submittal documents. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIAL A. Provide five (5) percent additional material in original unopened containers to the Owner as extra stock for future replacement. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this section. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07270-1 T/M13 -95 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Firestopping materials and systems shall meet the requirements specified herein. All Firestop products and systems shall be designed so that the basic sealing system will allow the full restoration of the thermal and fire- resistance properties of the barrier being penetrated with minimal repair, if penetrants are subsequently removed. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Dow Coming Corporation (DC); 3M Fire Protection Products (3M); Specified Technologies, Inc (ST); USG, Tremco, or approved equal. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Firestop Mortar: Specified Technologies, "SpecSeal Mortar "; or approved. B. Firestop Sealants and Ca!kings: Dow Coming, "Firestop Sealant #2000; 3M Fire Protection Products, #CP25WB- Calking; Specified Technologies, "SpecSeal Sealant"; or approved. C. Firestop Putty: 3M Fire Protection Products, #MPS -2 Modable Putty Stix and Putty Pads; Specified Technologies, "SpecSeal Firestop Putty Bars and Pads "; or approved. D. Firestop Collars: 3M Fire Protection Products, #PPD Collars; Specified Technologies, "SpecSeal Firestop Collars "; or approved. E. Wrap Strips: 3M Fire Protection Products, #FS -195 Wrap Strip; Specified Technologies, "SpecSeal Wrap Strip "; or approved. F. Accessories: Forming and damming materials such as mineral fiberboard or other type recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Examine all substrate surfaces and correct or have other trades correct the defects before beginning work. Starting work indicates acceptance of substrate surfaces. 3.02 FIRESTOP CONDITION REQUIREMENTS A. All through - penetrations, construction gaps, joints and through openings occurring in, adjacent to or between fire -rated floor /ceilings and walls shall be per the requirements of this section. Insulation types specified in other sections shall not be installed in lieu of firestopping material specified herein. All combustible penetrants, such as non - metallic pipes or insulated metallic pipes, shall be firestoppnd using products and systems tested in a configuration representative of the field conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the firestopping system recommended by the manufacturer for the field conditions and to achieve the fire - resistance rating noted on the drawings. Install in strict conformance with the manufacturer's detailed installation procedures, fire test reports, and fire resistance requirements. All UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07270-2 T/M 13 -95 installations shall remain accessible until inspected by the applicable code authority personnel. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean, repair, or replace when directed materials, including other work which has been damaged by work of this section. Remove debris from project site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07270 -3 T /M13 -95 SECTION 07510 ROOFING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install specified roofing and related components to Tremco Warranted Roof System at Metro Unit Repair, South Base Facility. B. Work includes: Removal and replacement of designated roofing and insulation. Removal of Owner designated equipment and equipment supports. Localized deck reattachment/repair /replacement. Installation of the following: Vapor retarder. Temporary roofing. Roof insulation. Cold process built -up roofing system. Granule surfacing. Specified flashings and accessories. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall: 1. Be experienced in cold process built -up roofing. 2. Be a Tremco Certified Contractor. 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Field measurements and material quantities: 1. Contractor shall have SOLE responsibility for accuracy of all measurements, estimates of material quantities and sizes, and site conditions that will affect work. B. Existing conditions: 1. Building space directly under roof area covered by this specification will be utilized by on -going operations. Do not interrupt Metro operations unless prior written approval is received from Metro. 2. Access to roof shall be from exterior only. 3. Air - conditioning units and other equipment shall be moved as required to install roofing materials complete and in accordance with plans and specifications. When units and equipment are to be moved, they shall be carefully disconnected and removed to a protected area so as not to damage any part or component thereof, and shall be reconnected in such a way that they are restored to a prior work operating condition. Appropriate measures shall be taken to prevent dust, vapors, gases or odors from entering the building during roof removal, replacement or repair. 4. All disconnection and re- connection shall be performed by a mechanical an /or electrical company licensed to perform such work and coordinated with Metro's Building Operating Engineer (B.O.E.) from Transit's South Facilities Section. C. Safety requirements: 1. All application, material handling, and associated equipment shall conform to and be operated in conformance with OSHA safety requirements. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510-1 T/M 13.95 2. Comply with federal, state, local and Metro fire and safety requirements. 3. Advise Metro whenever work is expected to be hazardous to Metro, employees, and/or operators. 4. Maintain a crewman as a floor area guard whenever roof decking is being repaired or replaced. 5. Maintain fire extinguisher within easy access whenever power tools, roofing kettles, or torches are being used. D. Waste Disposal: 1. Do not re -use, re -cycle or dispose of Tremco product containers except in accordance with all applicable regulations. The user of Tremco products is responsible for proper use and disposal of Tremco product containers. E. Environmental requirements: 1. Do not work in rain, snow, or in presence of water. 2. Do not work in temperatures below 4.44 °C (40 °F). 3. Do not install materials marked "keep from freezing" when daily temperatures are scheduled to fall below 4.44 °C (40 °F). 4. Do not perform masonry work below 4.44 °C (40 °F). 5. Remove any work exposed to freezing. 6. Advise Engineer when volatile materials are to be used near air ventilation intakes so that they can be shut down or blocked as Engineer requires. 1.04 WARRANTY /GUARANTEE A. Guarantee: Upon project completion and Engineer acceptance, effective upon complete payment, Contractor shall issue Owner a guarantee against defective workmanship and materials for a period of two (2) years. Work shall be executed in a manner to maintain the existing warranty. Obtain roofing system warranty from Tremco for complete roof membrane; insulation, fleshings and labor to incorporate this work into the existing roof system warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with quality control, references, specifications, and manufacturer's data. Products containing asbestos are prohibited on this project. Use only asbestos -free products. B. Use products with personal protection. User must read container label and material safety data sheets prior to use. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Tremco Inc., Cleveland, Ohio. Local Representative: Paul Cassidy (800) 831-7408. 2.03 ROOF DECKING A. Concrete deck repairs: One - component, chemical action concrete. 1. Below 27 °C (80 °F): Set -45 by Master Builders Division, Martin Marietta Corp., Cleveland, OH. 2. Above 27 °C (80 °F): Set-45 Hot Weather Formula by Master Builders Division, Martin Marietta Corp., Cleveland, OH. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510 -2 T/M 13 -95 rr 2.04 WOOD BLOCKING & CURBS A. Lumber: 1. Southem Pine; No. 2 grade; free from warping and visible decay; pressure - treated with chromated copper arsenate (CCA) to meet AWPB, LP -22, 0.40 retention, and marked. 2.05 INSULATION A. Bottom layer: 1. FS HH- I- 197212(1), Class 1, isocyanurate. B. Top layer: 1. ASTM C 208 - 72(1982), Asphalt coated fiberboard. 2. Asphalt coated, Top surface. C. Top layer thickness: 4' x 8' x .5 ". D, Bottom layer thickness: 4' x 8' x 1.5 ". E. Insulation adhesive: 1. FAS N FREE by Tremco. 2.06 ROOFING MATERIALS A. Adhesives: 1. Interpiy adhesive: a. BURmastic by Tremco. 2. Surfacing adhesive: • a. BURmastic by Tremco. B. Ply sheet: 1. ASTM D 4601, Type II a. BURmastic Glass Ply Sheet by Tremco. C. Related materials: 1. Asphalt mastic: a. ELS by Tremco. 2. Asphalt primer: a. TremPrime QD by Tremco. 3. Water based primer: a. Tremprime W.B. by Tremco. 4. Flashing adhesive: a.Sheeting Bond, by Tremco. 1. White. 5. Flashing sheet: a. Elastomeric Sheeting, by Tremco. 1. White 6. Flashing tape: a. TF -Tape by Tremco. 7. Roofing granules: a. ASTM D 451 -85, white, No. 11 grade. 8. Sealants: a. Drawband sealant: 1. TremSEAL GP by Tremco. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510-3 T/M13 -95 9. Stripping adhesive for metal flanges: a. POLYroof by Tremco. 10. Stripping ply: a. Bumiesh by Tremco. 11. Vapor retarder: a. Ply sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II b. Adhesive: 1. BURMastic Base Sheet Adhesive by Tremco. 12. Walkway panels: a. Improved Trem Tred by Tremco. 2.07 METAL FLASHINGS A. Counterflashing: 1. Galvanized, pre - painted: Twenty-four (24) gage minimum, galvanized steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ -S -775, Type I, Class D or ASTM A 526 or lockforming quality ASTM A 527, G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525. All sheet metal to be pre - painted. a. Paint finish at exposed side: Factory applied baked -on two (2) coat system comprised of one (1) coat of full 70% resin fluorocarbon (polyvinylidene fluoride PVF2) by Kynar 500 or accepted substitute over a smooth coat of corrosion - resistant epoxy -based primer. Color as selected by owner. b. Finish at underside shall be a washcoat over a coat of corrosion - resistant epoxy -based primer. c. Repaint existing sheet metal scheduled for reuse; two (2) coats of Alkyd Semi -gloss Enamel over one (1) coat of galvanized steel primer. Ameritone, Kelly- Moore, Miller, Rodda or accepted substitute. B. Work shall be in accordance with Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, as issued by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc., (SMACNA). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions as satisfactory to receive work. B. Do not begin roofing until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. C. Verify that work of other trades penetrating roof deck or requiring men and equipment to traverse roof deck has been approved by Owner, manufacturer, and roofing contractor. D. Check projections, curbs, and deck for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture, or unevenness that would prevent quality and execution of new roofing system. 3.02 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Substrate: Free of foreign particles prior to laying roof membrane. B. Phased application: Not permitted. All plies shall be completed each day. C. Traffic and equipment: Kept off completed plies until adhesive has set. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510-4 T/M13 -95 D. Wrapper and packaging materials: Not to be included in roofing system. E. Entrapped aggregate: Not permitted within new membrane. Its discovery is sufficient cause for rejection. F. Ply shall never touch ply, even at roof edges, laps, tapered edge strips, and cants. G. Fit plies into roof drain rims; install lead flashing and finishing plies; secure clamping collars; install domes. H. Extend roofing membrane to top edge of cant at wall and projection bases. I. Cut out fishmouths/side laps which are not completely sealed; patch. Replace all sheets which are not fully and continuously bonded. J. Plies: Prior to placement, cut ply sheets in 5.5 - 6.1 meter (18 -20 ft.) lengths. Allow lengths to relax at least 30 minutes, 13 °C (55 °F) or above; 60 minutes, below 13 °C (55 °F). Stack lengths. Do not reroll. K. Insulation: 1. Install insulation boards in courses parallel to roof edges mopping surface up. a. Firmly butt each insulation board to surrounding boards. Do not jam or deform boards. b. Eliminate open joints and uneven surfaces. 2. Maximum insulation gap: 6 mm (1/4 inch). 3. Fill insulation board joint gaps larger than 6 mm (1/4 inch) with roof insulation. 4. Maximum elevation variation between boards at joints: 3 mm (1/8 inch). 5. Cut and fit insulation boards where roof deck intersects vertical surfaces. Cut board 6 mm (1/4 inch) from vertical surface. 6. Stagger joints at least 150 mm (6 inches). 7. Filler size: 460 mm (18 inches) in length or width, minimum. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of property during course of work. Lawns, shrubbery, paved areas, and building shall be protected from damage. Repair damage at no extra cost to Metro. 2. Provide at site prior to commencing removal of debris, a dumpster or dump truck to be located adjacent to building where directed by Metro. 3. Roofing, (lashings, membrane repairs, and insulation shall be installed and sealed in a watertight manner on same day of installation or before arrival of inclement weather. 4. At start of each work day drains within daily work area shall be plugged. Plugs to be removed at end of each work day or before arrival of inclement weather. 5. Preparation work shall be limited to those areas that can be covered with installed roofing material on same day and before arrival of inclement weather. 6. Arrange work sequence to avoid use of newly constructed roofing for storage, walking surface, and equipment movement. Move equipment and ground storage areas as work progresses. 7. Construct an enclosed chute from roof for removal of debris from roof area. Protect building surfaces at chute /set -up areas with tarpaulin. Secure tarpaulin. Remove dumpster from premises when full and empty at approved dumping or refuse area. Deliver empty dumpster to site for further use. Upon job completion, dumpster /chute shall be removed from premises. Spilled or scattered debris shall be cleaned -up immediately. Removed material to be disposed from roof as it accumulates. 8. At end of each working day, removal areas shall be sealed with water stops along edges to prevent water entry. 9. Provide clean plywood walkways and take other precautions required to prevent tracking of aggregate /debris from existing membrane into new work area where aggregate /debris pieces can be trapped within new roofing membrane. Contractor shall instruct and police workmen to ensure that aggregate /debris is not tracked into new work areas on workmen's shoes or equipment wheels. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510 -5 T/M13 -95 Discovery of entrapped aggregate /debris within new membrane is sufficient cause for its rejection. 10. All work shall be installed during dry weather. Any work installed during inclement weather due to schedule of work shall be tented by the contractor to protect work area. B. Surface preparation: 1. Remove: Existing roofing, insulation to roof deck. 2. Sweep clean roof deck. 3. Remove as directed by Owner: a. Unused equipment. 3.04 CARPENTRY A. Equipment or sign support(s): 1. Install horizontal and vertical blocking at designated location. 2. Vertical blocking: a. Thickness: 150 mm (6 inches), nominal. b. Height: 200 mm (8 inches) above surface of roofing. c. Horizontal blocking: d. Thickness: Equal to final insulation thickness, including tapered edge. e. Width: 300 mm (12 inches), nominal. 3. Mechanically attach horizontal blocking to deck. Fasteners shall be installed in two (2) rows staggered. Spacing in any one (1) row shall not exceed 610 mm (24 inches). 4. Install wood cants to blocking. Nail two (2) rows staggered to horizontal and vertical blocking. Spacing in any one (1) row shall not exceed 610 mm (24 inches). .B. Equipment stand (pipe) locations: 1. Mechanically attach wood blocking to deck at all equipment stand locations. Minimum two (2) fasteners per section. 2. Offset blocking layers 300 mm (12 inches), weave comers. a. Blocking thickness: Equal to final insulation thickness including tapered edge. b. Blocking width: Four 100 mm (4 inches), nominal. C. Metal sleeve and storm collar: 1. Mechanically attach wood blocking to deck at all storm collar locations. Minimum two (2) fasteners per section. 2. Offset blocking layers 300 mm (12 inches), weave comers. a. Blocking thickness: Equal to final insulation thickness including tapered edge. b. Blocking width: 100 mm (4 inches), nominal. 3.05 ROOF DECK REPAIRS A. Concrete deck repairs: 1. Remove spalled/deteriorated deck areas until sound base is reached. 2. Fill prepared area flush with one - component, chemical action concrete according to manufacture's directions. Allow to set. 3.06 BASE SHEET/ VAPOR RETARDER A. Prime deck with asphalt primer at rate of 6.1 m2 /L (250 sq. ft. per gallon). B. Adhere two (2) plies base sheet shingle fashion in uniform and continuous application of interply mastic. 1. Interply mastic application rate: Minimum 1.2 L/m2 (3 gallons per 100 sq, ft.). C. Use 460 mm and 910 mm (18 and 36 inch) wide plies to start and finish vapor retarder along roof edges UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510 -6 T/M13 -95 and terminations. Overlap each ply 480 mm (19 inches). D. Seal all roof openings using two (2) plies reinforcing membrane /asphalt mastic. 3.07 THERMAL INSULATION A. Prime substrate with water based primer at a rate of 3.7 - 6.1 m2 /L (150 -250 sq. ft. per gallon). B. Adhere insulation to vapor retarder. C. Adhere top layer insulation to bottom layer. D. Adhere layer(s) with a ribbon coverage of Solvent Free Insulation Adhesive at a rate of 0.61 L/m2 (1 -1/2 gallons per 100 sq. ft.). Immediately after placement, walk insulation boards into adhesive to achieve solid contact. E. Offset joints of top layer 150 mm (6 Inches) in both directions from joints of base layer. 3.08 ROOF SYSTEM APPLICATION A. Install three (3) plies of precut, relaxed ply sheet, shingle fashion. Overlap starter strips 660 mm (26 inches) with first ply, then overlap each succeeding ply 630 mm (24 -2/3 inches). Place ply sheets to ensure water will flow over or parallel to, but never against exposed edges. B. Use 305 mm , 610 mm, 910 mm (12, 24, 36 inch) wide plies to start and finish roof membrane along roof edges and terminations. C. Immediately after installation, broom and/or roll ply sheet. Ensure complete and continuous seal and contact between adhesive and felts, including ends, edges and laps without wrinkles, fish mouths, or blisters. Broom/roller width: 860 mm (34 inches) minimum. D. Apply uniform and continuous pressure to exposed edge and end laps to ensure complete adhesion. E. Avoid walking on plies until adhesive has set. F. Overlap previous day's work 610 mm (24 inches). G. Lap ply membrane ends 100 mm (4 inches). Stagger end laps 910 mm (3 feet) minimum. H. Embed each ply in a uniform and continuous application of interply mastic. Interply application rate: 1.2 L./m2 (3 gallons per 100 sq. ft.). 3.09 PERMANENT WATERSTOPrTIE -INS TO EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE A. Remove embedded granules /debris from top ply of felt along termination. 1. Width: 460 mm (18 inches). Sweep clean. Prime swept surface with asphalt primer at 2.5 m2 /L (100 sq. ft. per gallon). B. Adhere 305 mm and 460 mm (12 and 18 inch) wide ply sheets from exposed deck to existing roofing with a continuous application of tie -off mastic. Glaze cut -off with surfacing mastic. Extend 460 mm (18 Inch) wide felt 760 mm (3 inches) either side 305 mm (12 inch) felt. C. Extend new 3 ply roofing system at least 18 inches onto prepared area of adjacent roofing. Seal edge with UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510-7 T/M13 -95 150 mm (6 inch) wide reinforcing membrane embedded between alternate courses of tie -off mastic. 3.10 FLASHINGS A. General flashing requirements: 1. Elastomeric Flashing: a. Adhere elastomeric sheeting completely to flashing surface, cant, and roofing with Hypalon Flashing Adhesive. Let adhesive flash off, fifteen (15) minutes minimum. b. Ensure complete bond and continuity without wrinkles or voids. Lap sheeting ends 100 mm (4 inches). Adhere lap with Hypalon flashing adhesive. c. Elastomeric sheeting width: Sufficient to extend at least 150 mm (6 inches) beyond toe of cant onto new roof. d. Seal vertical and horizontal edges of sheeting with reinforcing membrane embedded in a base course of Hypalon Flashing Adhesive and a top course of Polyroof Mastic. 2. Two -Pty Stripping: a. Set flange in asphalt mastic. Seal flange with two (2) stripping plies embedded between altemate applications of stripping adhesive/bitumen. Extend first ply 100 mm (4 inches) beyond flange; second ply 50 mm (2 inches) beyond first ply. B. At HVAC Equipment Curb /Equipment Support Details: 1. Install new roofing to top edge of cant. Nail 200 mm (8 inches) o.c. with spiral or annular nails, with a 25 mm (1 inch) cap. 2. Install elastomeric base flashing described in general flashing requirements section. 3. Secure top edge of sheeting to substrate with spiral or annular shank nails, with a 25 rnm (1 Inch) cap, 200 mm (8 inches) o.c. a. Fabricate and install metal curb counterflashing with 4" fascia. 4. Reinstall mechanical equipment onto curb. Refasten. C. At circular metal ducts: 1. Apply 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) uniformly thick layer of asphalt mastic to surface receiving metal flange. 2. Fabricate and install sleeve flashing. Height: 200 mm (8 inches). Flange width: 100 mm (4 inches). Flange to extend completely around flashing periphery. Solder all joints. Double solder vertical joints. 3. Nail flange to wood blocking 75 rnm (3 inches) o.c., staggered. 4. Prime flange with asphalt primer. 5. Install two (2) ply stripping described in general flashing requirements section. 6. Fabricate storm collar with bolted connection. Cover sleeve flashing 75 mm (3 inches) minimum. Tighten bolts. 7. Wipe clean top of storm collar and projection with metal cleaner. Prime surface with metal primer. Caulk projection /sheet metal interface. Provide watershed. Tool neatly. 3.12 SURFACING APPLICATION A. Flood coat: 1. Prior to application of surface treatment system, Contractor and Engineer shall inspect roof with manufacturer's representative. 2. Over new roof surface spray apply uniform and continuous flood coat of fire rated BURmastic. a. Coverage rate: 1.4 Um2 (3 -1/2 gallons per 100 sq. ft.)* 0.20 Um2 (1/2 gallon per 100 sq. ft.). 3. Immediately broadcast minimum 2.9 kg/m2 (60 Ibs.100 sq. ft.) of new, clean roofing granules. Cover flood coat material completely. 3.13 WALKWAYS/TRAFFIC PADS A. Adhere to roofing in a spot application of asphalt mastic. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510-8 T/M13 -95 . +.,.Kn 0,45.1.0,471”:.,, •-• r B. Install according to plan. 3.14 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair of deficiencies: 1. Installations of details noted as deficient during final inspection must be repaired and corrected by applicator, and made ready for reinspection, within five (5) working days. B. Clean -up: 1. Immediately upon job completion, roof membrane and flashing surfaces shall be cleaned of debris. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07510 -9 T/M13.95 • SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide sheet metal flashing as indicated on drawings, specified herein, and required to maintain a weather -tight assembly. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07510, Built -up Bituminous Roofing. Section 07920, Sealants. Section 15000, Mechanical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings required for all miscellaneous roof fleshings, if not shown on drawings or if proposal by Contractor differs from drawings. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Comply with the "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA (latest edition) for each general category of work required. Workmanship and methods employed for forming, anchoring, cleating, and forming must conform to details and descriptions in reference standards unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee roofing related sheet metal work to be watertight for two years. Cost of repair paid by Contractor. B. Provide manufacturer's standard ten (10) year guarantee on prefinished sheet metal. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED STEEL A. Per ASTM A -525, hot - dipped type. AISI G -90 coding designation. The thickness shall be 26 gage unless otherwise noted: Fascias and Gravel Stops: 22 gage. Copings: 22 gage. Roof Counter - flashing: 22 gage. Splash Pans: 22 gage. Thru -Wall Scuppers: 22 gage. Built-in Gutters: 22 gage for girths from 21 to 25 inches, and 20 gage for girths 26 to 30 inches. Gutter and Conductor Heads: 22 gage. B. Primer for Galvanized Steel: Alkyd zinc chromate, FS TT -P -641, Type 11,1 -1/2 mil minimum dry film thickness. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07620-1 T/M13 -95 ..,....... a ,^gtt�,!.,,..:yX�rch =tit +o! Y:'S ��ttMtr,�Y. C. Underlayment: Asphalt saturated, unperforated roofing felt; per ASTM D -226, standard 15 pound type. D. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized building paper, 4 pounds per 100 minimum weight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before fabricating sheet metal, verify shapes and dimensions of surface to be covered. Verity that surfaces to receive sheet metal are smooth and clean, and that reglets and nailers are properly placed. Notify General Contractor of defects that required corrections. Start of work constitutes surface acceptance. Alternate methods of fabrication and seaming which improve weatherability are acceptable upon approval. 3.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades as required for watertight installation, guarantees, and prompt completion of this and related work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Form planes and lines to true alignment. Install plane surfaces and seams watertight, without waves, warps, buckles, fastening stresses or distortion, allowing for expansion and contraction. Angle bottom edges of vertical surfaces to form drip unless shown otherwise. 3.04 ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Lap and solder seams. Extend base flashing flange onto roof 6 inches minimum in all directions away from penetration, and upward around penetration to a point at least 8 inches above flood line of roof. Fold upper and side edges back over roof flange 1/2 Inch minimum. Counter - flashing shall overlap base flashing 1 inch minimum with storm collar sloped away from penetration. Secure to penetration with solder. Fully cap support and lap base flashing 4 inches minimum. Furnish counter - flashing to roofing subcontractor for installation. 3.05 OTHER FLASHING A. Provide at locations not otherwise shown and as required for weather -tight enclosure. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION A. Sealant shall be of non -sag one -part type conforming with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, and recommended by manufacturer for application shown. Primer as recommended by sealant UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07920-1 T/M13 -95 manufacturer for condition of use. PRC, "6000 "; Sika, "Sikaflex 1A"; Sonnebom, "Sonolastic NP -I "; or approved. 3.03 POLYURETHANE FOAM JOINT GASKETS A. Closed cell polyethylene rod conforming with ASTM D1622 and recommended by sealant manufacturer. Provide gasket which maintains resiliency in temperatures of -40 degrees Fahrenheit, waterproof to a static water head of 6 feet at temperatures of -40 to +200 degrees Fahrenheit when compresses 50 %. Minimum elongation of 300% and tensile strength of 50 psi. Provide for 50% gasket compressibility. Provide compatibility with substrate, sealants, and other materials used in the joint system. Exposed materials shall be neutral gray color except where other colors are indicated. Adhesive as approved by gasket manufacturer. Dow Coming, "Ethaform "; Sonnebom, "Sonofoam "; or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 JOINT GASKET INSTALLATION A. Provide that joint to receive gasket is free from dust, grease or similar deleterious materials. Determine maximum joint width and establish width of gasket therefrom for percentage of compression specified. B. Comply exactly with manufacturer's installation instructions unless otherwise directed. Install in as long lengths as practicable. Use adhesive as required for positioning. Install gasket with 1/4 inch setback from face of joint unless shown otherwise. Provide at exterior locations typically as shown. 3.02 SEALANT PREPARATION A. Clean and otherwise prepare joint as recommended by sealant manufacturer and in a manner to allow sealant to perform to its maximum capacity. Coordinate with dampproofing applicator for application of sealant prior to dampproofing. 3.03 GENERAL SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Comply with sealant manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces. Prime or seal joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. Install bond breaker tape where shown and where required by manufacturer's recommendation. B. Apply sealants with a continuous smooth surface of uniform width and straight line. Install sealants to depth as shown or as recommended by sealant manufacturer, but in no instance shall depth of joint exceed width of joint. Prevent sealants or compounds from overflowing, spilling or migrating Into the voids of adjoining surfaces. 3.04 EXTERIOR SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Seal Joints on exposed surfaces as required for a weather -tight installation. 3.05 INTERIOR SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Locations in Contact with Water: Silicone Sealant. B. Concrete and/or Masonry Vertical Joints: Either One -Part or Two -Part Polyurethane Sealant. C. Hollow Metal Frame and Window Frame Perimeters: Acrylic Latex Sealant. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 07920-2 T/M13 -95 ... t•.wt f.�.� NJ�1 .:t: i:i'j•1.. J1.1 A. n.A D. Entrance and Storefront Perimeters: Either One -Part or Two -Part Polyurethane Sealant. E. Sound Seal: Acrylic Latex, double seam. F. All Other Joints: Either One -Part or Two -Part Polyurethane Sealant. 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove excess and spillage of compounds properly as work progresses. Clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage. Do not damage adjoining surfaces or finish. 3.07 CURE AND PROTECTION A. Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise Contractor of procedures required for the protection of sealants and caulking compounds during construction. 3.08 FIELD TESTS A. After nominal cure of exterior joint sealants exposed to weather, test for water Teaks. Flood joint exposure with water directed from 3/4 inch water hose held perpendicular to wall face, two feet from joint. Provide minimum water pressure of 30 PSI. Move stream of water along joint at approximate rate of 20 feet per minute. Conduct tests where directed by Engineer. Remove and replace sealant showing evidence of leakage. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the steel doors and frames indicated on the drawings and noted in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07920, Sealants. Section 08710, Door Hardware. Section 08800, Glazing. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster. Section 09250, Gypsum Board. Section 09900, Coating Systems. 1.03 CODE AND STANDARDS A. UL Standards where specified or shown as "Labeled" or "Rated." Code requirements, if more rigid than those specified herein, shall govem. Custom Standards, except as modified herein, conform to requirements of Specifications for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ", Standard No. CHM -1, published by NAAMM. Stock Standards, conform to requirements of "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames ", SDI -100, published by Steel Door Institute. 1.04 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE A. Manufacturer shall fumish statement that hollow metal work delivered conforms with rated standards. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings required on all items prior to fabrication, indicating type, butt- recesses, reinforcement, Joints, welds and other pertinent details. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard stock items. Refer to Section 01300. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect products and accessories against damage and discoloration. Store doors and frames upright in protected dry area, at least one inch above ground or floor and at least one quarter inch between individual pieces. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WELDED FRAMES A. Fully welded seamless construction fabricated from 16 gage cold rolled steel per ASTM A366. Conform UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08110-1 T/M 13 -95 to SDI #111 "Recommended Standard Details Steel Doors and Frames ", unless otherwise indicated. Provide for (door silencers) installation. Provide grout fill per Section 09215. Amweld, Benson Industries, Ceco, Curries, Fenestra, Republic, Steelcraft or approved equal. 2.02 INTERIOR DOORS A. Fabricate from cold rolled steel per ASTM A366. Provide 18 gage door faces at 1 -3/4 inch thick doors. Form door faces and vertical edges with no visible seams. Top and bottom channels shall be flush and a minimum of 18 gage. Cores shall be honeycomb. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule for sizes. Amweld, Ceco, Fenestra, Republic, Curries, Steelcraft or approved equal. 2.03 LOUVERS A. Provide manufacturer's standard design, 18 gage, galvanized steel with approximately fifty percent 50% free area. Weld blades into louver frames. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule for sizes. 2.04 HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT A. Make standard provisions for hardware listed in Section 08710 in accordance with recommendation of the Steel Door Institute publication No. SDI -107. Provide standard reinforcement for door closures whether or not closures are listed in hardware schedule. 2.05 ANCHORING DEVICES A. Provide anchors in conformance with recommended specifications by Steel Door Institute publication SDI -100. Provide manufacturer's standard anchors for wall and floor conditions. 2.06 FINISH A. Manufacturer's standard primer modified as required for compatibility with painting system J -2 specified in Section 09900, 3.06. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Install no frames in unacceptable openings. Notify Engineer of discrepancies. Field- verify rough opening dimensions prior to fabrication and make required changes. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frames plumb, square and secure, accurately located, and per manufacturer's instructions. Fit doors accurately to frames, with uniform appearances. Provide sufficient clearance at floor to clear carpet where scheduled. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Remove foreign matter from exposed surfaces. Remove debris. Touch -up damaged prime coat. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 08110.2 T/M13 -95 wa 4.L i 4) SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD ROLLING DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the overhead sectional doors shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120, Structural Steel Framing. Section 05400, Lightgage Metal Framing. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster. Section 09900, Coating Systems. Section 16000, Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Submittals Procedure Section 01300, prior to fabrication. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard items. 1.04 QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLER A. Installation shall be by an experienced applicator having demonstratable experience in the work. Provide evidence of experience with submittal documents to Engineer. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this section. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacture's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage, weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL STEEL SERVICE DOOR (INTERIOR) A. General:Fumish and install a complete overhead door system including all specified and required equipment accessories for a complete and fully operational installation. B. Approved Manufacturers: Overhead Door Corp., Ceco/Windsor, Crawford, Atlas Door Corp., Raynor or approved equal. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08330-1 T/M13 -95 C. Quality Standard: Overhead Door Corp., 610 series for heavy -duty industrial applications. All products and accessories specified herein are those applicable to the Overhead Door Corporation unless otherwise noted. D. Finish Opening Size: 14'x 14'. E. Curtain Material, Profile and Finish: 22 gauge, roll - formed galvanized steel slats. C -187 Slat. End of each slat shall be locked from lateral movement by a staking lock system (galvanized steel end locks). F. Finish: Curtain slats (and hood) shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525 and receive rust - inhibitive, roll coating process, including bonderizing, 0.2 mils thick baked -on lead free prime paint, and 0.6 mils thick baked -on polyester top coat. Non - galvanized exposed ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of lead free rust - inhibitive primer. G. Color: White to match adjacent wall color. See Section 09900. H. Bottom Bar: Two angle galvanized, primed and painted steel. I. Guides: Roll- formed galvanized steel shapes attached to continuous galvanized steel C. Channel and Tube Steel. J. Brackets: Galvanized steel to support counterbalance and curtain. K. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type. Counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03" per foot of span. Spring tension shall be adjustable. L. Hood: 24 gauge galvanized steel primed and painted with intermediate supports as required. M. Operation: Electric Motor Operation, Operator Model No. RG, 1/2 HP (Provide UL listed electric operator), door shall move in either direction at not less that 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second with optional galvanized ground level chain hoist for emergency manual operation. 1. Sensing Edge Protection: Electric 2. Operator Controls: Three -button control with open, close, stop and on -off key switch buttons for an interior surface mounting. NEMA 4. 3. Special Operation: Vehicle detector operation. N. Wall Mounting Condition: Inside face -of -wall. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Examine all substrate surfaces and correct or have other trades correct the defects before beginning work. Starting work indicates acceptance of substrate surfaces. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify prior to fabrication. If field measurements differ slightly from drawing dimensions modify work as required for accurate fit. If measurements differ substantially, notify Engineer prior to fabrication. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08330 -2 T/M13-95 ' 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's directions and approved shop drawings. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8' -0" variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust moving parts to operate satisfactorily before substantial completion and during the guarantee period. 3.06 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean, repair, or replace when directed materials, including other work which has been damaged by work of this section. Remove debris from project site upon work completion or sooner, If directed. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08330.3 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide all finish hardware for complete work in accordance with the specifications, schedules, and drawings. Finish hardware is hereby defined to include all items required for hinged or pivoting doors, except hardware normally provided with the doors or door frames. Quantities listed in each instance are for convenience only. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete work shall be fumished, and matching in quality and finish to items specified. Should any "listed" item of finish hardware be incorrect due to construction details or state codes, then it shall be the responsibility of the supplier to provide proper the item without additional cost to Owner. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable fire and building codes, the American Insurance Association (AIA), the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements, and the National Builder's Hardware Association requirements. 1.04 LABELS A. Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with AIA (NBFU) Pamphlet #80 and NFPA Standard #80. This requirement takes precedence over other requirements for such hardware. Provide only hardware which has been UL tested and UL approved for the types and sizes of doors scheduled and complies with the requirements for the door and door frame labels. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Provide reproducible copies of the hardware schedule in accordance with Section 01300. Obtain approval before proceeding. If accepted, approved reproducible copy will be returned to Contractor. Approval of Hardware Schedule does not relieve the Contractor of providing all necessary hardware required for this project. B. Templates: Provide standard templates for hardware application on metal. Fumish machine screws for hardware applications on metal. Furnish templates and template hardware to metal door and frame manufacturer, for application at the factory, within two weeks after approval of the hardware schedule, unless otherwise directed. C. Operation and Maintenance Information: The Contractor with assistance from the Hardware Supplier, shall provide to the Enginedr, in accordance with Section 01730, the manufacturer's parts list and maintenance information for each type of hardware. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer, even though several acceptable manufacturers may be specified. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08710 -1 T/M 13 -95 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this section. 1.08 PROTECTION A. Protect other work against damage and discoloration caused by work of this section. 1.09 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The drawings show the swing or hand of each door leaf (left, right, reverse bevel, etc.). Fumish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door swing as shown. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Unless otherwise specified, the numbers listed in these hardware groups are taken from the catalogs of the following manufacturers. Listed manufacturers' products may be accepted as equals. Item Hinges Latch/Locksets Closers Flush Bolts Stops Silencers Smoke Seals Thresholds Weatherstrip 2.03 HINGES Manufacturer Listed Symbol Stanley St Corbin CR Russwin RW LCN LCN Ives BBW BB Glynn GJ Johnson Pemko U Zero Pemko P Zero Pemko P Zero Approved Substitutions Lawrence, McKinney, Hager None None None Glynn Johnson Ives Quality A. Hinges shall be full mortise type of cold - rolled steel with five (5) knuckles flat button tip, unless otherwise specified. All exterior out - swinging doors shall have non - removable pins. B. Plain - bearing hinges for all doors 1 -3/4 inches thick or less and 36 inches in width or less. Standard ball- bearing hinges for all doors 1 -3/4 inches thick and up to 41 inches wide. Heavy ball- bearing hinges for all doors 1 -3/4 inches thick and greater or wider than 42 inches. Provide ball bearing hinges at doors with closers. C. Provide three hinges for doors exceeding 60 inches in height and up to 90 inches. D. The size of all hinges shall be 4 -1/2 inches by 4 -1/2 inches unless greater width is required to clear trim projections when door swings 180 degrees. In no case shall barrel of butts project more than required by conditions of installation. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08710-2 T/M13 -95 -r 7 ..H •ro E. Stanley #F179 (Plain- bearing), #FBB179 (Standard Ball- bearing), and #FBB168 (Heavy Ball- bearing); Lawrence #4181 (Plain- bearing), #BB4101 (Standard Ball- bearing), and #BB5151 (Heavy Ball - bearing); or approved. 2.04 LOCKSETS AND LATCHES A. Lever - handled Heavy Duty / Commercial grade with rose for 2 -3/4 inch backset.Fumish standard strikes with extended lips where required to protect trim from being marred by strike bolt. Verify whether standard or ANSI cutouts are provided in metal frames. Corbin Russwin ML2200 Series. 2.05 CLOSERS A. Regular Arm Pullside mounted for all doors unless there is no other option. Full rack and pinion hydraulic action, adjustable steel spring power, cast iron cylinder and adjustable hydraulic back check. Provide with key -type regulating screws. Provide thru -bolts at all doors except steel and solid core wood doors. Provide a five year factory guarantee for satisfactory performance. LCN, #4041 Series; or approved. 2.06 WALL STOPS A. Cast metal wall stops with light gray concave rubber bumpers. Concealed socket head set screw attachment to mounting plate. Provide mounting plate anchors as required for specific wall conditions. Provide stops and holders to have the maximum degree of hold -open or stop as to prevent damage. BBW Wcax, Ives 401 -1/2; Glynn Johnson #WB60M; or approved. 2.07 DOOR SILENCERS A. Provide rubber door silencers for hollow metal frames. Provide three silencers for each door, two at heads of pairs of doors without mullions. No door silencer at doors scheduled for sound seals. Glynn Johnson, #GJ -64, Quality or approved equal. 2.08 SMOKE SEALS A. Provide at head and jambs of all fire -rated doors and where otherwise noted. Pemko, #S88D; Ultra, #WS176; or,approved. 2.09 KEYING A. All locks and cylinders shall be keyed to the existing Corbin high security great grand master key system as required. B. Upon receipt of the approved hardware schedules, the Contractor is to arrange a keying meeting between the hardware supplier and Engineer. A detailed keying schedule shall be submitted in triplicate for final approval prior to ordering of locks and cylinders. C. Keying Information: Change Keys: Three keys for each lock or cylinder. D. Place sets of change keys in suitable individual envelopes tagged and plainly marked with the change number or symbol, door designation and all other identifying information as required. Assemble change key envelopes into one package and deliver to Engineer. Place construction master -keys in one envelope, clearly identified and deliver with the hardware. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08710 -3 T/M13 -95 2.10 HARDWARE ACCESSORIES A. Fumish necessary screws, bolts, nuts, and other items of suitable sizes to install hardware securely in position to withstand hard usage over the life. Finish of accessories to match the hardware finish. B. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent no standard manufactured units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where the bolt head or the nut on the opposite face is exposed under any condition except where it is not possible to adequately reinforce the work and use machine screws or concealed fasteners of another standard type to satisfactorily avoid the use of through bolts. C. Provide fasteners which are compatible with both the unit fastened and the substrate and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material or fastener. 2.11 HARDWARE FINISHES A. Match the finish of every hardware unit of each door or opening to the greatest extent possible and except as otherwise indicated. In general, match all items to the manufacturer's standard finish for the latch and lock set for color and texture. Engineer will be sole judge of whether hardware units match the accepted samples and match each other satisfactorily. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, architectural hardware items shall be fumished in the following finishes: Hinges 630/652 Door Closers 689 Locksets, Exit Devices, Push /Pull Plates, and Other Miscellaneous Hardware 626 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Examine all previously installed materials and correct or have other trades correct the defects before beginning work. Starting work indicates acceptance of conditions. 3.2 STANDARD DOOR AND FRAME HARDWARE PLACEMENT A. Comply with standards of Steel Door Institute unless otherwise noted. 3.3 FIELD COORDINATION A. The Supplier shall tag each item or package separately with identification related to the hardware groups noted in the Hardware Schedule. Include basic installation instructions in each package. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install all hardware using templates furnished by hardware supplier according to the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08710-4 T/M13-95 �o-�G�x;:Y'•)s±h %'9DF; fi'! °: �arry,'�ri,'i; 3.5 ADJUSTMENT A. Check each operating item of hardware on each door to ensure proper operation or function before substantial completion. Lubricate moving parts with type of lubri- cation recommended by manufacturer. Graphite or WD40 if no other is recommended. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and/or lubricated to operate freely and smoothly. If necessary, correct operation during the guarantee period. B. Where hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, retum to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. 3.6 CLEANING A. Leave doors and hardware clean, free from fingerprints and other similar evidence of installation. Do not damage finish due to cleaning. 3.7 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Grout #1 Door: 1 (3070) (HM x HM) 3 ea Butts BB179 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1 ea Lockset ML2255 ESA 626 SA114 M17 LC 1 ea Cylinder 1090 - 114- A02 -7 -XX 626 1 ea Closer 4041 AL 1 ea Wall Stop WC9X US26D 3 ea Silencers 64 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the exterior and interior glazing indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames. 1.03 REGULATORY AGENCIES A. If the requirements of regulatory agencies are more rigid than specified herein, they shall govern. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two 12 x 12 inch samples of each pattem and color specified. 1.05 GUARANTEES A. Guarantee glazing for a period of two years beyond the Date of Substantial Completion. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide original labels, showing manufacturer, quality and thickness, required for each material. Deliver materials in original containers, manufacturer's legible labels thereon. Protect against damage and discoloration. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protect materials of other trades against damage or discoloration caused by work of this Section. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate tolerance requirements with affected trades in time for inclusion in their work. 1.09 SUBSTITUTION APPROVAL B. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS (TG) A. Standards: Federal Specification DD -G -14038 and ANSI Z97.1. B. Thickness: 1/4 inch thick unless otherwise noted. C. Approved Products: Cascade Tempering; LOF, "Tuf -flex FT "; PPG, "Herculite ". UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08800 -1 T/M13 -95 2.02 CLEAR WIRED GLASS (CWG) A. Thickness: 1/4 inch, unless otherwise noted. B. Pattem: Square with wires running (diagonally) (horizontal and vertical). C. Approved Products: ASG, "Nuweld ", MG, "Masco ", or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Verify that openings to be glazed are free of fasteners and other projections which will interfere with glazing. Notify General Contractor to correct defects. Apply glazing compounds and sealants only when air temperatures exceed 40 degrees F. Do not glaze in wet conditions. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify opening dimensions prior to fabrication. If field measurements differ slightly from drawing dimensions, modify work as required for accurate fit. If measurements differ substantially notify Architect prior to fabrication. Notify Engineer if opening or frame dimensions exceed acceptable tolerances. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Prior to starting work, remove protective coatings from surface to be glazed. 3.04 GLASS INSTALLATION A. Follow glass manufacturer's recommendations for preparation and installation unless otherwise specified. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and eliminate any which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. Install glass larger than five square feet with two setting blocks placed at quarter points. Install with glass distortion waves running horizontally. Maintain recommended clearance between glass and glazing rabbet. Fill glazing stops with compound, as required to produce watertight installation. B. Prior to Final Inspection, remove labels and excess glazing compound, clean both faces of glazed material. Tape edges of laminated safety glass before setting. Grind and polish edges of glass to be exposed upon completion, including mirrors. Where mitered comers are shown, grind abutting edges smooth and even, and seal from each face. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 08800 -2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 09215 VENEER PLASTER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the veneer plaster shown on the drawings, noted in the Room and Finish Schedule, and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120, Structural Steel Framing. Section 05400, Lightgage Metal Framing Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames. Section 09900, Painting. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Conform with applicable portions of Building Code and latest edition of ASTM Standards. Where fire -rated partitions or ceilings are noted, construct to obtain rating noted in accordance with Code. 1.04 SAMPLE CONSTRUCTION A. Before proceeding with the finish provide a one - hundred (100) square foot sample of each specified finish for the Engineer's review in accordance with the specifications. Incorporate typical comer and trim details into the sample. Approved sample shall represent minimum standard for subsequent work. Approved sample may become part of work at contractor's option. 1.05 MINIMUM ILLUMINATION A. Thirty foot - candles measured three feet above floor. 1.06 TEMPERATURE A. Interior Work: Maintain 55 degrees F. in work space for 48 hours before, during, and 48 hours after plaster is dry. Exterior Work: Do not plaster when temperature is less than 40 degrees F. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver and store in new, original, unbroken and clearly identified containers, as applicable. Keep dry and undamaged, free of deleterious materials. Do not use damaged or contaminated materials. Remove damaged or discolored materials from site immediately after detection. 1.08 PROTECTION A, Protect other work against damage and discoloration caused by work of this section. 1.10 SUSTITUTIONS A. Refer tomittals Procedure, Section 01300. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09215 -1 T/M 13 -95 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BASE FOR VENEER PLASTER A. Provide 5/8 inch thick by 48 inches wide, square edged, type "X" veneer plaster base complying with ASTM C588 and Federal Specification SS- L -30D, Type VI. US Gypsum, "Imperial Gypsum Base "; Best Wail, Georgia Pacific Company; National Gypsum Company; or approved. 2.02 VENEER PLASTER A. Factory- prepared single -coat plaster per ASTM C587 and Federal Specification SS- P- 00402B, Type VI. Veneer plaster by same manufacturer as veneer plaster base. Sand finish. Georgia Pacific/Bestwall; National Gypsum Company, "Kal- Kote "; US Gypsum Company, "Imperial "; or approved. 2.03 WATER A. Potable and without impurities that affect the setting of gypsum. 2.04 GROUT FOR DOOR FRAMES A. Provide gypsum plaster grout at all steel door frames. 2.05 FASTENERS A. Provide screws or nails as recommended by plaster manufacturer and conforming with testing laboratory report for fire -rated construction. 2.06 METAL TRIM A. Comer Beads: Fabricated from 26 gage galvanized steel. USG #900. B. Metal Trial: Fabricated from 26 gage galvanized steel. USG #701 A and #701 B. C. Control Joints: Fabricated from 24 gage galvanized steel. USG #093. D. Fasteners and Attachment Accessories: Provide as shown, specified and as required by manufacturer for applica -tion shown. All accessories galvanized finished unless specified otherwise. Minimum 26 gage steel sheet. 2.07 JOINT REINFORCING TAPE A. Provide 2 -1/2 inch wide, fiberglass reinforced, joint tape recommended by the manufacturer. US Gypsum, Type "P" or Type "5"; or approved. 2.08 SEALANT A. Sound Control Sealant: Miracle SCS -21, or approved. 2.09 DUST BARRIER A. Provide plastic dust barrier of 8 mil minimum thickness. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09215 -2 T/M13 -95 2.10 BONDING AGENT A. Provide where applying veneer plaster directly to concrete or concrete masonry. Bonding agent recommended by veneer plaster manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Surfaces shown to receive veneer plaster shall be a single veneer plaster system on veneer plaster base. Install in accordance with manufacture's directions. 3.02 GYPSUM BASE INSTALLATION A. Apply gypsum base to ceilings first, perpendicular to framing. Position all ends over framing. Use maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. At parti -tions install gypsum base horizontally on vertical surfaces with ends falling on framing members. No end joints over openings. Stagger end joints on opposite sides of partitions so that joints occur on different studs. Nail at 8 inch centers along supports at walls and vertical surfaces, 7 inch centers along supports at ceilings and horizontal surfaces, set 1/2 inch in from edges at perimeter of boards. Screw at 12 inch centers in field along each support. Provide screws at 8 inch centers around perimeter for vertical installations. 3.03 JOINT REINFORCING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Apply over full length of all gypsum base joints. Center tape on joints. Bed tape firmly and free of wrinkles in finished plaster, staple at 24 inches on center. Where pressure sensitive tape is used, apply tape directly to veneer plaster face, use no staples. 3.04 CORNER BEAD INSTALLATION A. Attach to all vertical and horizontal exterior comers with nails or 9/16 inch galvanized steel staples spaced at 12 inch centers along entire length of both flanges. 3.05 CASING BEAD INSTALLATION A. Where partitions or ceiling terminates against dissimilar materials, apply metal trim over gypsum base and fasten with nails or 9/16 inch galvanized steel staples spaced at 12 inch centers along entire length. 3.06 CONTROL JOINT INSTALLATION A. Where indicated on drawings, install control joints plumb and true to face layer of gypsum base. Break base behind joint and back with double studs. Attach joint to gypsum base with nails or 9/16 inch galvanized steel staples spaced at 12 inch centers on both flanges along entire length. 3.07 SOUND GASKET INSTALLATION A. Where acoustical gasket are indicated, install between casing and abutting surfaces. Set back 1/4 inch from finished base. 3.08 VENEER PLASTER INSTALLATION A. Use clean equipment. Mix with mechanical mixer per plaster manufacturer's printed instructions. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09215 -3 T/M13 -95 Prefill joints with joint treatment compound and tape. Trowel coat entire surface to uniform thickness of approxi- mately 1/16 inch thick. Apply before tape bed has set up. Double back with second coat to total thickness of approximately 1/8 inch thickness. Tape joints shall not protrude beyond face of adjacent plaster surface. Make connections at comers or joints. Plaster ceilings before walls. (Smooth trowel) (Light sand) finish. 3.09 PERIMETER SOUND SEALANT A. Install sealant bead to each face of partition between casing and abutting surface. Fill joint full. Install at floor, ceiling, vertical surfaces, and penetrations where partitions intersect to form a joint. Form a continuous unbroken sound barrier. Locate at all sound walls and where otherwise noted. 3.10 CLEANING A. Minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows and other surfaces spattered. Repair all surfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged as a result of the plastering work. When work is completed remove unused materials, containers and equipment. Clean floors of all plaster debris and leave broom clean. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09215-4 T/M1 3-95 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD A. Section 07920, Sealant. Section 09900, Coating Systems. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, GA -216. UBC Chapter 47. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit one 12 x 12 inch vinyl covered gypsum board panel of each color selected; include one covered edge. Submit one 12 inch piece of vinyl covered trim of each type and color required. Where UL Rating is indicated, provide certification that all items in the assembly have been UL tested and approved for the rating stipulated. Submit two copies of evidence of tests. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Coordinate delivery to minimize storage periods at project site. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened bundles or packages fully identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Protect from weather and damage. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish new material in original unbroken clearly identified containers and packages. One brand per item. All related items compatible. 2,02 FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARD A, Per ASTM C -36, Type "X ", 5/8 inch thick unless otherwise noted. Tapered edges. Domtar Gypsum Company; National Gypsum Company /Gold Bond, "Fireshleld "; Georgia Pacific /Bestwall, "Fire Stock XXX "; Kaiser Gypsum Company, "Nui -A- Fire "; US Gypsum Company, "Firecode "; or approved. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09250-1 T/M13-95 2.03 METAL TRIM A. Provide trim accessories of sizes required for drywall application shown and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel. B. Manufacturers: Domtar Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company /Gold Bond, Georgia - Pacific Company/Bestwail, US Gypsum Company, or approved. C. Extemal Comers: USG, "Dur -a- bead "; or approved. D. Casings: USG, "200 -A "; or approved. 2.04 TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND A. Per ASTM C -475. Domtar Gypsum Company, "Gyproc "; National Gypsum Company /Gold Bond, "Joint Tape Compound "; Georgia - Pacific Company /Bestwall, "Taping Compound "; US Gypsum Company, "Perf -a- tape "; or approved. 2.05 TAPING CEMENT A. Domtar Gypsum Company, "Gyproc "; National Gypsum Company /Gold Bond, "Taping Compound "; Georgia- Pacific Company /Bestwall, "Taping Compound "; US Gypsum Company, "Pert -a -tape Compound "; or approved. 2.06 ADHESIVE A. Supply adhesive as recommended by manufacture of gypsum board for specific use intended. 2.07 ATTACHMENT DEVICES A. Screws as recommended by manufacture for the specific application intended. Nails per ASTM C514 except as otherwise required for a fire rated assembly. 2.08 PERIMETER CAULKING A. Where shown, or required to meet STC ratings shown, provide nondrying, non - shrinking, non - migrating sealant as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Commencing application indicates acceptance of subsurfaces and responsibility for finished results. B. Construction Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8'0" variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface, except at joints between units. Do not exceed 1/16 inch variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances. C. Control Joints: Form in gypsum board construction where shown. Allow 1/2 inch continuous opening between edges of adjacent boards to allow for insertion of control joint trim accessories specified elsewhere. Do not locate control joints within 8 inches of comers of openings, except where control joints are shown at jamb lines or where openings occur adjacent to exterior or interior angles of an area. Do not locate over door openings. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09250 -2 T/M13 -95 D. Adhesive: Where adhesive application is specified, shown or required, comply with gypsum board manufacturer's instructions for storing, mixing and application. Apply only on clean surfaces. Provide minimum temperature recommended by manufacturer, and maintain until cured. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for safety, ventilation and fire and explosion precautions when using volatile materials. E. Cutting. Fitting and Trimming: Accurately measure and precut gypsum board units prior to installation. Make all cuts from face side. Maintain close tolerances for accurate fit at joints between sheets and at framed openings and to allow for covering edge of cutouts with plates and escutcheons. Cut edges smooth as required for neat and accurate fit. Sand or otherwise smooth cut edges. F. Perimeter Relief: Provide where non- loadbearing partitions abut structural decks or ceilings or vertical structural elements. Allow not Tess than 1/4 inch nor more than 1/2 inch gap between gypsum board and structure. Finish edges of gypsum board face layer with square nose metal casing bead and calk space between casing bead and structural member with continuous sealant bead. Attach gypsum board to studs not less than 1/2 inch below bottom edge of ceiling track flanges and to first stud adjacent to vertical tracks. Do not attach gypsum board directly to tracks. Where partitions intersect masonry walls, provide control joints not less than 1/4 inch, nor more than 3/8 inch wide between wall board and masonry. Finish exposed edges of gypsum board with square nose metal casing bead and caulk space between casing bead and masonry with continuous sealant with bead. G. Fastenings: Install as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer and in a concealed manner. 3.02 SINGLE LAYER PARTITION INSTALLATION A. Apply gypsum board vertically or horizontally at Contractor's option. Use floor to ceiling length sheets for vertical applications with all joints occurring over studs. For horizontal applications, use maximum practical length sheets required to minimize end joints and stagger end joints over studs. Fasten with screws or nails. Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's instructions for fastening, but not to exceed 12 inch spacing for screws, 8 inch spacing for nails. Stay at least 3/8 inch back from edges or ends. Alternate nailing system as approved. Install as required for UL rated assembly where shown or specified. 3.03 TAPING AND FINISHING A. Provide all gypsum board finishing materials from the same manufacturer. Use compatible products only. Apply no joint treatment or finishing compound in temperatures below 50 degrees F. Provide adequate ventilation. Tape and finish all gypsum board shown to receive job applied finishes. Tape but do not prepare for finish all surfaces hidden from view, as in ceiling spaces, unless otherwise noted. Tape interior comer joints. Apply taping compound in a 3 coat system, allowing not Tess than 24 hours drying time between coats. Fine sand each coat after drying. Completed application shall have all recesses and surface defects filled, surfaces smooth and even, ready for finish. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove all evidence of work upon completion, leave work area broom clean. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 09250-3 T/M13 -95 . SECTION 09900 COATING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies paint coatings and their surface preparation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council Specifications, Volume 2 NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association - Color Additives EPA Environmental Protection Agency - All current rules and regulations DOE Department of Ecology - All current rules and regulations PSAPCA Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency - Regulation I ASTM D3960 -89 Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings CPSA Consumer Protection Safety Agency - Consumer Protection Safety Act WISHA Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act Regulations - All current rules and regulations 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Coating systems include surface description, surface preparation, required dry film thickness, and the number and application procedure of the prime and finish coatings as specified in Part 3.04, Coating System Specification Sheets (COATSPEC). B. Field coating is the application or the completion of application of the coating system after installation of the surface at the site of the work. C. Dry film thickness (DFT) is the thickness of one fully cured continuous application of coating. D. Wet film thickness (WFT) is the thickness of one fully wet application of coating. E. Volatile organic content (VOC) is the portion of the coating that is a compound of carbon, is photochemically reactive and evaporates during drying or curing, expressed in grams per liter or pounds per gallon. F. Shop coat is one or more coats applied in a shop or plant prior to shipment to the site of erection or installation where the field or finish coat is applied. G. Lead containing is defined by the Consumer Protection Safety Commission as any coating whose dried film contains greater than 0.06 percent by weight of lead. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 1 T/M13 -95 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300, Cast -In- Concrete. Section 09250, Gypsum Board. Section 15000, Mechanical. Section 16000, Electrical. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames. Section 08330, Overhead Ceiling Doors. Section 09215, Veneer Plaster. Section 11528, Paint Booth. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. A list of materials proposed to be used under this Section shall be provided before materials are delivered to the shop and/or the job site. The list of materials shall include blasting material proposed for use under this Section. The Contractor shall submit the recommended range of profile produced by the blasting material. 2. For each primer and finish coating, provide the manufacturer's application instructions which shall include the following: a. Surface preparation recommendations. b. Primer type, where required. c. Maximum dry and wet mil thickness per coat. d. Minimum and maximum curing time between coats, including atmospheric conditions for each. e. Curing time before submergence in liquid. f. Thinner to be used with each coating. g. Ventilation requirements. h. Minimum atmospheric conditions during which the coating shall be applied. i. Allowable application methods. j. Maximum allowable moisture content. k. Maximum storage life. I. Material safety data sheets B. For each prime and finish coating, fumish a 12 -inch square sample. These samples shall be applied to surfaces specified in each system. Concrete and masonry samples can be applied to CMU block. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standardization: 1. Materials, supplies, and articles provided shall be the standard products of manufacturers. Coatings in a particular system shall be the products of a single manufacturer. 2. The standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is demonstrated to the Engineer that they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness, and convenience for the purpose intended. Requests for substitutions, in accordance with Paragraph 00710 -4.05, will be considered, provided the following minimum conditions are met: a. The proposed coating system shall use an equal or greater number of separate coats to achieve the required dry film thickness. b. The proposed coating system shall use coatings of the same generic type. c. Requests for substitution shall have directions for application and descriptive literature which includes generic type, nonvolatile content by volume , material safety data sheets, VOC's by weight per gallon, and information confirming that the substitution is equal to the specified coating system. d. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory data sheets showing the results of complete spectrographic and durability tests performed on the proposed substitute. Tests shall be as directed by the Engineer. Tests shall be performed by a laboratory which conforms to the provisions of ASTM E329 and which shall be a member of the American Council of Independent Laboratories. Costs incurred in the testing program shall be borne by the Contractor. e. All coating materials shall not exceed 3.5 lbs. per gallon (420 grams per litre) of volatile organic compounds (V.O.C.) or contain greater than 0.06 percent of lead by weight. Coating materials shall not contain benzene or any other substances listed in the Registry UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 2 T/M1 3-95 a. of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances. 3. Destructive and non - destructive testing will be perfomed if requested by Engineer. B. Safety 1. Comply with all current applicable safety and health regulations including the following: a. General Occupational Safety Requirements in 296 -62 WAC, specifically Parts C - Hazard Communication, E - Respiratory Protection, M - Confined Space, and L - Atmospheres, Ventilation and Emergency Washings. b. General Safety and Health Requirements in 296 -24 WAC, specifically Part A -1, First Aid and Hazardous Materials and Flammable Liquids. c. Requirements in Chapter 173 -303 WAC, Dangerous Waste Regulations, specifically 173- 303 -145 - Spills and Discharges, 173 - 303 -160 - Containers, 173 - 303 -170 - Requirements for the Generation of Hazardous Waste and 173- 303 -084 - Dangerous Waste Mixtures. d. At the completion of the job, all hazardous materials and waste are to be removed in accordance with Chapter 173 -313 WAC. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in their original, unopened containers. Each container shall bear the manufacturer's name brand, batch number, date of manufacture, storage life, and special directions. B. Coatings shall be stored in enclosed structures and shall be protected from weather and excessive heat or cold. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with state and local codes. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be removed from the site, 1.08 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Unless otherwise specified, or required for certain water - thinned coatings, coatings shall be applied only to surfaces that are dry, and only under such combination of humidity and temperatures of the atmosphere and surfaces to be coated as will cause evaporation rather than condensation. Coating shall not be applied during rainy, misty weather, or to surfaces upon which there is frost or moisture condensation. During damp weather, when the temperature of the surface to be coated is within 10 degrees F of the dew point, the surfaces shall be heated to prevent moisture condensation thereon. Bare metal surfaces, except those which may be warped by heat, may be dehydrated by flame- heating devices immediately prior to coating application. During coating, and for a period of at least 8 hours after the coating has been applied, the temperature of the surfaces to be coated, the coated surfaces, and the atmosphere in contact shall be maintained at or above 50 degrees F and 5 degrees F above the dew point. Coating, when applied, shall be approximately the same temperature as that of the surface on which it is applied. Fans or heaters shall be used inside enclosed areas where conditions causing condensation are severe. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Provide patching at demolition and penetrations of existing surfaces created by all trades. Retum surfaces to match appearance of adjacent work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Coating materials shall not be used until the Engineer has inspected the materials. B. Coating systems: 1. Unless otherwise specified, prime coatings may be shop or field applied. Shop applied primer shall be as specified in each system. Field coating signifies that coating is applied in place, after installation of the surface, If the shop coating meets the requirements of this Section, the field coating may consist of touching up the shop prime coat to achieve the film thickness, continuity and coating specified in the COATSPEC. Damaged and poorly applied shop coatings that do not meet the requirements of this Section shall be removed and the surfaces recoated in accordance with the COATSPEC. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 3 T/M13 -95 2. Surface preparation shall be as specified in each system and in Part 3. Number of coats specified in each system shall be the minimum number of coats applied to provide the required dry film thickness. 3. First prime coats for all systems shall be "White" in color whenever possible. 2.02 Colors 1. 5770W Shell White (Parker Paint), or 2. 2516 White Rock (Pittsburgh Paint) 3. Paint all walls, ceilings, ductwork, conduit, etc. in both bays 1 and 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Surfaces to be coated shall be clean. Before applying coating or surface treatments, oil, grease, dirt, rust, loose mill scale, old weathered coatings and other foreign substances shall be removed . Oil and grease shall be removed before mechanical cleaning is started. Where mechanical cleaning is accomplished by blast cleaning, the abrasive used shall be washed, graded and free of contaminants which might interfere with the adhesion of the coatings. 2. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning. Cleaning and coating shall be scheduled so that dust and spray from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly, coated surfaces. Hardware, electrical fixtures and similar accessories shall be removed or masked during preparation and coating operations, or shall otherwise be satisfactorily protected. Equipment adjacent to walls shall be disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and coating of equipment and walls and, following coating, shall be replaced and reconnected. 3. Contractor shall demonstrate that field coating is compatible with factory coating by applying small test patches of specified coating over shop coating. B. Metallic surfaces: 1. Metallic surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with applicable portions of surface preparation specifications of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). Specific applicable standards are specified in each coating system. The solvent in solvent cleaning operations shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Preparation of metallic surfaces shall be based upon comparison with SSPC- Vis- 1 -67T, and as described herein. To facilitate inspection, the Contractor shall, on the first day of sandblasting operations, sandblast metal panels to the standards specified. Plates of ASTM A36 steel shall measure a minimum of 8 -1/2 inches x 11 inches. Panels meeting the requirements of the Specifications shall be initialed by the Contractor and the Engineer and coated with a clear non - yellowing finish. One of these panels shall be prepared for each type of sandblasting and shall be used as the comparison standard throughout the project. Blasting material shall meet MIL -A- 22262A(SH), "Military Specification, Abrasive Blasting Media Ship Hull Blast Clean ", and shall not be re -used. 3. Profile of blasted surfaces shall be per the manufacturer's recommendation for each coating system but be no Tess than 2 mils. 4. Surface preparation for aluminum, copper, brass, and stainless steel shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 5. Surface preparation for galvanized metal shall include a pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 - degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 - degree water 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for coating application by providing a SSPC 5P -7 (Brush off Blast). 6. Surface preparation specified in other sections of this document shall be completed prior to beginning work in Section 09900. C. Concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces: 1. Unless otherwise specified, surfaces which are to be coated shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content will be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263 -83, or approved equal. Muriatic acid solution shall not be used. Loose concrete and laitance shall be removed by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300 and 3.06 of this Section. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 4 T/M13 -95 2. Plaster surfaces shall be dry and clean and free from grit, loose plaster and surface irregularities. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with acceptable patching materials, keyed to existing surfaces, and sandpapered smooth. Surfaces to be coated with oil or varnish base coatings shall be tested for the presence of alkali. To test for alkalinity, dampen the surface area to be tested and apply a strip of pH indicator paper. The pH indicator paper shall register a '7, which indicates a neutral surface condition, before coating is applied. If indicator reads above '7', the alkali shall be neutralized . 3. Surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. D. Plastic surfaces: Cleaned with solvent compatible with the specified primer and hand - sanded with a medium grit sandpaper to provide tooth for the coating system. Large areas may be power sanded or brush off blasted provided sufficient controls are employed so the surface is roughened without removing excess material. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Workmanship: 1. Coated surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps and brush marks. Coats shall be applied so as to produce an even film of uniform thickness completely coating corners and crevices. Coating shall be done in accordance with the requirements of SSPC Paint Application Guide. 2. Coating equipment shall be designed for application of the materials specified. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. Spray equipment shall be equipped with mechanical agitators, pressure gages, pressure regulators, and spray nozzles of the proper sizes and functioning in a manner suitable to perform the work. Sandblasting shall be done only by personnel who are experienced in and familiar with EPA and OSHA methods and standards. 3. Each coat shall be applied evenly and sharply cut to line. Care shall be exercised to avoid overspraying or spattering coating on surfaces not to be coated or on surfaces previously coated. Glass, hardware, floors, roofs and other adjacent areas and installations shall be protected by taping, drop cloths or other suitable measures. B. Coating properties, mixing and thinning: Coating, when applied, shall provide a satisfactory film and smooth even surface, and glossy undercoats shall be lightly sanded to provide a surface suitable for the proper application and adhesion of subsequent coats. Coatings shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application. Coatings consisting of 2 or more components shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where necessary to suit the conditions of the surface, temperature, weather and method of application, the coating may be thinned immediately prior to use by the addition of not more than 1 pint per gallon of the proper thinner. Unless otherwise specified, coating shall not be reduced more than necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics. Thinner shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. C. Method of coating application: 1. Where 2 or more coats are required, and if required by the Engineer, alternate coats shall contain sufficient compatible color additive to act as indicator of coverage, or the alternate coats shall be of contrasting colors. Color additives shall not contain lead, or any lead compound. 2. Electrical and mechanical equipment, on which the manufacturer's coating is acceptable, shall be touch -up primed and coated with 2 coats of the specified coating system to match the color scheduled. This does not apply to electrical and instrumentation equipment specified in Division 16. 3. Coating shall not be applied to a surface until it has been prepared as specified. The primer, or first coat, shall be applied by brush to all weld seams, projections (such as nuts and bolts), and crevices. Subsequent coats may be either brush or spray applied. Unless otherwise specified, prime and finish coats shall be applied at the rate recommended by the manufacturer for the service involved. Unless otherwise specified, coats for concrete and masonry shall be brushed or rolled. 4. Unless otherwise specified, finish coats shall not be applied until other work in the area is complete, and until the prime and intermediate coats have been inspected. D. Film thickness and continuity: 1. Coating system thickness is the total thickness of primer and finish coats and does not include UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 5 T/M13 -95 sealers or galvanized coatings. 2. The surface area covered per gallon of coating for various types of surfaces shall not exceed those recommended by the manufacturer. The first coat on metal surfaces refers to the first full paint coat and not to conditioning or other pretreatment applications. Coatings shall be applied to the thickness specified, and in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified, no less than 2 coats shall be applied. E. Special requirements: Hangers and supports shall be coated, except for the final coat, prior to installation. Except for those to be filled with grout, the underside of ungalvanized equipment bases and supports shall be coated with at least 2 coats of rust- inhibiting primer to a minimum of 3 mils dry film thickness prior to setting the equipment in place. Bolt and bolt holes in flanges (such as those used with couplings or wafer type valves where holes and bolts as finally installed will be exposed to weather or moisture) shall be coated prior to assembly to prevent rusting of the unprotected metal. F. Match to Existing: Provide all paint necessary to present a final finished appearance wherever new work connects to existing or has been altered, damaged or otherwise marred as a result of construction under this contract, including patching where existing bolts, anchors or equipment has been moved or relocated to where new items have been installed. Such refinishing shall match existing materials unless new finish is noted. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing equipment shall include a magnetic dry film thickness gage as manufactured by Elcometer. Pinholes and holidays shall be repaired and recoated to the required dry film thickness. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of coating work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, protective coverings and accumulated rubbish, and thoroughly clean all surfaces and repair any overspray or other coating - related damage. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Where protection is provided for coated surfaces, such protection shall be preserved in place until the coating film has properly dried and the removal of the protection is authorized. Items which have been coated shall not be handled, worked on or otherwise disturbed, until the coating is completely dry and hard. After delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, shop- coated metalwork shall be recoated or retouched with specified coating when it is necessary to maintain the integrity of the film. 3.06 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS -- COATSPEC A. In the following COATSPEC table, the coating system letter (A, B, C, ...) denotes the generic type of coating; the first number ( -1, -2, -3, etc.) denotes the surface; the second number ( -1 -1, -1 -2, etc.) denotes a special condition such as inside, outside, or different mil thickness. COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEET -- COATSPEC TABLE Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: UNIT REPAIR FACILITY A -1 High -build epoxy. Metal Immersed, nonpotable; nonimmersed, corrosive environment, color required. 1. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning). 09900 - 6 T/M13 -95 + 2. All shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated into the work shall be inspected in the field by the Engineer prior to all surface preparation. Damaged shop coating and ferrous metal with bleeding surfaces shall receive a SSPC SP -7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning) and recoated with specified primer prior to the application of finish coats. Galvanized Metal Non - immersed: Galvanized metal shall be pressure washed with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare the surface for application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Application: Shop or field Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 mils dry film or 1 mil above the maximum blast profile, whichever is greater. General: 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. Ferrous, Nonferrous Prime coat shall be the epoxy primers specified. and Galvanized Metal: System Thickness: 16 mils dry film, minimum Coatings: Finish: One or more coats of Tnemec's Series #66 Hi -Build Epoxoline II. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 7 T/M13.95 Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition (1): Surface Preparation: Concrete: Masonry: Application: System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 3 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY A -2 High -build epoxy Concrete or masonry Immersed, nonpotable; nonimmersed, corrosive environment, color required. Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content will be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263 -83, or approved equal. Loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and Iaitance shall be removed from surfaces by sandblasting and chipping, voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300, Paragraph 3.06, Finish "B ". 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Sealer shall be applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer 1. Field 2. Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to application of prime coat. 3. Prime coat shall be thinned and applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 16 mils dry film, minimum. Wet mils shall be for unthinned material. One coat of Devoe's Bar Rust 236, applied at 10 mils wet film. One or more coats of Devoe's Bar Rust 236, applied at 10 mils wet film each coat. One coat of Dupont's 25P HS Epoxy Mastic applied at 12 mils wet film. One or more coats of Dupont's 25P HS Epoxy Mastic applied at 12 mils wet film each coat. (Not appropriate for galvanized metal.) 09900 - 8 T/M13 -95 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 One coat of Porter's BC12 Epoxy applied at 9 mils wet film. One or more coats of Porter's BC12 Epoxy applied at 9 mils wet film each coat. Primer: One coat of Sherwin Williams' Hi- Solids Catalyzed Epoxy B65/B60 V7 applied at 10 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Hi- Solids Catalyzed Epoxy applied at 10 mils wet film each coat. ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: One coat of Tnemec's Series #69 Hi -Build Epoxoline applied at 12 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Tnemec's Series #69 Hi -Build Epoxoline, applied at 12 mils wet film each coat. Coating System B -1 Identification: Coating Material: Epoxy Surfaces: Metal Service Condition: Interior /Exterior, covered, not exposed to direct sunlight, color required. Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: Galvanized Metal: Application: General: 1. Bare ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -10 (Near White Blast Cleaning). 2. All shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated into the work shall be inspected in the field by the Engineer prior to all surface preparation. Damaged shop coating and ferrous metal with bleeding surfaces shall receive a SSPC SP -7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning) and recoated with specified primer prior to the application of finish coats. Pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare the surface for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Shop or field. Shop applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 mils dry film or 1 mil above the maximum blast profile, whichever is greater. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. Ferrous, Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: Prime coats shall be the epoxy primers specified. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 9 T/M13.95 System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Concrete: Masonry: UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 8 mils dry film, minimum. One coat of Devoe's Bar Rust 236. One or more coats of Devoe's Bar Rust 236 One coat of Dupont's 25P HS Epoxy Mastic. One or more coats of Dupont's 25P HS Epoxy Mastic. One coat of Porter's #7800 Magnaline. One or more coats of Porter's #7800 Magnaline. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Epoxy Mastic B58/B58V1. One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Epoxy Mastic B58/B58V1. One coat of Tnemec's Series #66 Epoxoline. One or more coats of Tnemec's Series #66 Epoxoline. B -2 Epoxy Concrete, masonry, plaster, color required. Interior Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content shall be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263 -83, or approved equal. Loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and laitance shall be removed from surfaces and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300, Finish "A ". 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be 09900 - 10 T/M13 -95 4 y Plaster: cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Sealer shall be applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Plaster surfaces shall be dry and clean and free from grit, loose plaster, and surface irregularities. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with acceptable patching materials, keyed to existing surfaces, and sandpapered smooth. Surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. Application: 1. Field 2. Block filler shall be a multiple component epoxy block filler and shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to primer application. 3. Prime coat shall be thinned and applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 4. Drying time between coats shall be as recommended by coating manufacturer. System Thickness: 8 mils dry film, minimum. Wet mils shall be for unthinned material. Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: One coat of Devoe's Bar Rust 236, applied at 5 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Devoe's Bar Rust 236, applied at 5 mils wet film each coat. ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: One coat of Dupont's 25P -HS Epoxy Mastic, applied at 6 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Dupont's 25P -HS Epoxy Mastic, applied at 6 mils wet film each coat. ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: One coat of Kopcoat's Super Hi -gard 891, applied at 6 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Kopcoat's Super Hi -gard 891, applied at 6 mils wet film each coat. ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: One coat of Sherwin Williams' Heavy Duty Epoxy B67/B60V3, applied at 10 mils wet film. Finish: One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Heavy Duty Epoxy B67/B60V3, applied at 10 mils wet film each coat. ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: One coat of Tnemec's Series #66 Hi -Build Epoxoline, applied at 9 mils wet. Finish: One or more coats of Tnemec's Series #66 Hi -Build Epoxoline, applied at 9 mils wet each coat. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 11 T/M13 -95 Coating System C -1 Identification: Coating Material: Epoxy primer, polyurethane finish, color required. Surface: Metal Service Condition: Nonimmersed, exposure to moisture and sunlight, color required. Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). Shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated in the work shall be prepared in the field by cleaning all surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP -2 (Hand Tool Cleaning). Damaged shop coating shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -11 (Power Tool Cleaning to Bright Metal) and recoated with the primer specified. Galvanized Metal, Non - immersed Application: General Pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Shop or field Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 mils dry film or 1 mil above the maximum blast profile, whichever is greater. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied' as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Prime coat shall be the epoxy primer specified. Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer One coat of Devoe's Bar Rust 236 applied at 4 mils dry iilm. Finish: One or more coats of Devoe's Devthane 359 applied at 4 mils dry film. System Thickness: 8 mils dry film. ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: One coat of Dupont's 25P Epoxy applied at 5 mils dry film. Finish: One or more coats of Dupont's 333 applied at 2 mils dry film System Thickness 7 mils dry film. ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: One coat of Porter's 7300 Magna Prime applied at 4 mils dry film. Finish: One or more coats of Porter's 8700 applied at 4 mils dry film. System Thickness: 8 mils dry film. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 12 T/M13-95 ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: System Thickness: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surface: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Application: Coating: ALTERNATIVE 1 System Thickness ALTERNATIVE 2 System Thickness: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Concrete: One coat of Sherwin Williams' Recoatable Epoxy Primer B67A5 applied at 4 mils dry film. One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Hi- Solids Polyurethane B65W301/B60V30 applied at 3 mils dry film. 7 mils dry film. One coat of Tnemec's #66 Hi -Build Epoxy applied at 4 mils dry film. One or more coats of Tnemec's Series #74 applied at 4 mils dry film. 8 mils dry film. H -1 Modified epoxy, or approved equivalent. Metal Temperature to 750 degrees F, continuous Metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). 1. Field 2. Curing as required by coating manufacturer. One coat of Porter's SZ -15 #1500. 1 -1/2 mils dry.film, minimum. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Kem Hi -Temp Aluminum. 1 -1/2 mils dry film, minimum. L -1 Latex semi -gloss enamel. Concrete, masonry, plaster, gypsum board. Interior Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content shall be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Construction Manager per ASTM D4263 -83, or approved equal. Loose UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 13 T/M13 -95 Masonry: Plaster: concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and Iaitance shall be removed from surfaces by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300. 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Plaster surfaces shall be dry and clean and free from grit, loose plaster and surface irregularities. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with acceptable patching materials, keyed to existing surfaces, and sandpapered smooth. Surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. After cleaning, surfaces shall be sealed with a compatible sealer. Gypsum Wallboard: Tape joints and speckled nail heads shall be sanded smooth and dusted. Seal with PVA sealer. Application: System Thickness: 1. Field 2. Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to primer application. 3. Drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 4 mils dry film, minimum. 6 mils wet film each coat. Wet mils shall be for unthinned material. Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: One coat of Columbia's 00- 028 -PP Alkali ResistantPrimer for concrete, block and plaster. One coat of 00- 725 -PP Vapor Shield Acrylic Primer for gypsum wallboard. Finish: Two coats of Columbia's 02- 752 -WB Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss. ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: One coat of Devoe's Bar OX 461. Finish: Two coats of Devoe's Thixacryl 412. ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: One coat of Glidden's 3700 Series. Finish: Two coats of Glidden's 3700 Series, ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: UNIT REPAIR FACILITY One coat of Parker's 1842 Acrylic Enamel Undercoater, 09900 - 14 T/M13 -95 Finish: ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 6 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 7 Primer: Finish: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Concrete: Masonry: Plaster: Application: UNIT REPAIR FACILITY Two coats of Parker's 300 Flex Glow. One coat of Preservative's 93 -99, Styrenated Acrylic. Two coats of Preservative's 69- Series, Acrylic Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Pei Ne 200 Wall Primer B28 W200. Two coats of Sherwin Williams' Pro Mar 200 Latex Semi -Gloss B31 W200. One coat of Tnemec's Series 7 Tneme -CryI. Two coats of Tnemec's Series 7 Tneme -CryI. L -2 Elastomeric, or approved equivalent. Concrete, masonry or plaster. Exterior, non - immersion, severe service, salt air. Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content will be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM 4263 -83, or approved equal. Loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and laitance shall be removed from surfaces by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300, Finish "B ". 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Plaster surfaces shall be dry and clean and free from grit, loose plaster and surface irregularities. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with acceptable patching materials, keyed to existing surfaces, and sandpapered smooth. Surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. After cleaning, surfaces shall be sealed with a compatible sealer. 1. Field 2. Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to primer application. 08900 - 15 T/M13 -95 Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Application: System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: 3. Drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. One coat of Columbia's 00 -028 PP applied at 3 mils wet film. Two coats of Columbia's 05- 410 -CC, elastomeric applied at 20 mils wet film each coat. One coat of Tnemec's Series 55 applied at 14 mils wet film. One coat of Tnemec's Series 6 applied at 7 mils wet film. L -3 Latex semi- gloss. Wood Interior Wood surfaces shall be cleaned of dirt, oil or other foreign substances with mineral spirits, scrapers, sandpaper or wire brush. Finished surfaces exposed to view shall be smoothed by planing or sandpapering. Millwork shall be sandpapered and given a coat of the specified exterior primer on all sides before installation. Built -in surfaces of window sills shall be double primed. Glazing rabbets and beads in exterior sash and doors shall be double primed. Small, dry, seasoned knots shall be surfaced scraped, sandpapered and thoroughly cleaned, and shall be given a thin coat of an acceptable knot sealer before application of the priming coat. Large, open, unseasoned knots, and beads or streaks of pitch shall be scraped off; however, if the pitch is still soft, it shall be removed with mineral spirits or turpentine, and the resinous area shall be coated with knot sealer. After priming, holes and imperfections shall be filled with putty or plastic wood, colored to match the finish coat, allowed to dry and sandpapered smooth. Field 4.0 mils dry film, minimum. 4.0 mils wet film for primer, 4.5 mils wet film for each coat of finish (unthinned material). One coat of Columbia's 07- 550 -PP Fast Grip Alkyd Primer. One or more coats of Columbia's 01- 262 -WB Acryshield. One coat of Parker's 1842 Latex Undercoater. Two coats of Parker's 4650 Velva Kolor. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 16 T/M13-95 ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: Finish: Coating System Identification: Coating Material: Surfaces: Service Condition: Surface Preparation: Concrete: Masonry: Application: System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY One coat of Preservative's 94 -99 Kril -Bond 2 Undercoater. Two coats of Preservative's 26 Series, Envirashield Acrylic Latex Enamel. One coat of Sherwin Williams' Wall and Wood Primer, B49 WZ2 VOC. One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Pro Mar 200 Latex Semi - Gloss. J -1 Semi -gloss alkyd enamel Concrete or masonry Interior /Exterior Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content shall be tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer per ASTM D4263 -83, or approved equal. Loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and laitance shall be removed from surfaces by sandblasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in 'Section 03300. 1. Masonry surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days. Holes or other joint defects shall be filled with mortar and repointed. Loose or splattered mortar shall be removed by scrapping and chipping. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. 3. Muriatic acid shall not be used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and filled with block filler compatible with the specified primer. Sealer shall be applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer 1. Field 2. Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to application of prime coat. 3. Prime coat shall be thinned and applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 5 mils dry film, minimum. Primer coat shall be 4 mils wet film. Finish coat shall be 3.5 mils wet film each coat. 09900 - 17 T/M 13.95 Primer: Finish: Two coats of Columbia's 03 -241 Series Alkyd Enamel. ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: One coat of Porter's #767 Latex Primer Sealer. Finish: Two coats of Porter's #8200 Semi - Gloss. One coat of Columbia's 00- 028 -PP, Alkali- resistant Primer. ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: One coat of Preservative's 93 -99 Prime One LatexPrimer Sealer. Finish: Two coats of Preservative's 4 Series Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: One coat of Sherwin Williams' Pro Mar Masonry Conditioner B46WZ100. Finish: Two coats of Sherwin Williams' Industrial Enamel B54Z VOC. ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: One coat of Tnemec's Series #88 Primer. Finish: Two coats of Tnemec's #23 Enduratone. Coating System J -2 Identification: Coating Material: Semi -gloss alkyd enamel. Surfaces: 1. All exposed surfaces of cast iron and steel piping inside buildings or tunnels and above grade outdoors, including valves, fittings, flanges, bolts, supports and accessories therefore, and including galvanized surfaces after proper priming. 2. All exposed surfaces of electrical conduit inside buildings (except banks of conduits in multiple layers hung from ceilings), including fittings, boxes, supports, and accessories therefor, after proper priming. Service Condition: Interior /Exterior Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: 1. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP- 10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). 2. All shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated into the work shall be inspected in the field by the Construction Manager prior to all surface preparation. Damaged shop coating and ferrous metal with bleeding surfaces shall receive a SSPC SP -7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning) and recoated with specified primer prior to the application of finish coats. Galvanized Metal: Galvanized metal, nonimmersed, pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 18 T/M13 -95 Application: General: Shop or field. Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 dry mils or 1 mil above the maximum blast profile, whichever is greater. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. Ferrous, Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: Prime coat shall be the primers specified. System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: 5 mils dry film, minimum. One coat of Dupont's 681 -FD Alkyd Primer. One or more coats of Dupont's Dulux 31 P Alkyd Semi - Gloss. ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: One coat of Porter's #280 HS Universal. Finish: One or more coats of Porter's #8200 Semi -Gloss Enamel. ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: One coat of Preservative's 28 -91 LCF Primer. Finish: One or more coats of Preservative's 4 Series Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer One coat of Sherwin Williams' Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer. Finish One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Industrial Enamel VOC B54Z Series. ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer: One coat of Tnemec's Series 88 Primer. Finish: One or more coats of Tnemec's #23 Enduratone. Coating System J -3 Identification: Coating Material: High -gloss alkyd enamel. Surfaces: 1. All exposed surfaces of cast iron and steel piping inside buildings or tunnels and above grade outdoors, including valves, fittings, flanges, bolts, supports and accessories therefor, and including galvanized surfaces after proper priming. 2. All exposed surfaces of electrical conduit inside buildings (except banks of conduits in multiple layers hung from ceilings), including fittings, UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 09900 - 19 T/M13.95 ).�'.. '1. "(. .. �1 {. *...ire•f; �l hi ie�,K. A4 boxes, supports, and accessories therefor, after proper priming. Service Condition: Interior /Exterior Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal: 1. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP- 10 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). 2. All shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated into the work shall be inspected in the field by the Construction Manager prior to all surface preparation. Damaged shop coating and ferrous metal with bleeding surfaces shall receive a SSPC SP -7 (Brush off Blast Cleaning) and recoated with specified primer prior to the application of finish coats. Galvanized Metal Non - immersed: Application: General: Galvanized metal, nonimmersed, pressure wash with a solution of 20 pounds trisodium phosphate per 100 gallons of 160 degree water at 2500 psi. Rinse with 160 degree water at 2500 psi. When the surface is dry, prepare the surface for paint application by providing a SSPC SP -7 (Brush -Off Blast Cleaning). Shop or field. Shop - applied coat shall be a minimum of 3 dry mils or 1 mil above the maximum blast profile, whichever is greater. 1. Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. 2. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. Ferrous, Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: Prime coat shall be the primers specified. System Thickness: Coatings: ALTERNATIVE 1 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 2 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 3 Primer: Finish: ALTERNATIVE 4 Primer: UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 5 mils dry film, minimum. One coat of Devoe's Bar OX 461 Primer. One or more coats of Devoe's Bar OX 462. One coat of Dupont's 681 -FD Alkyd Primer. One or more coats of Dupont's Dulux 30P Alkyd Gloss Enamel. One coat of Porter's #280 HS Universal. One or more coats of Porter's #8200 Gloss Enamel. One coat of Preservative's 28-91 LCF Primer. 09900 - 20 T/M13 -95 Finish: One or more coats of Preservative's 10 Series Alkyd Gloss Enamel. ALTERNATIVE 5 Primer One coat of Sherwin Williams' Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer. Finish One or more coats of Sherwin Williams' Industrial Enamel VOC B54Z Series. ALTERNATIVE 6 Primer: One coat of Tnemec's Series 88 Primer. Finish: One or more coats of Tnemec's #2H Tneme - Gloss. Coating System G Identification: Coating Material: Grease Surface: Metal Surface Preparation: Ferrous Metal Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP -1 (Solvent Cleaning). Application: Field Coating shall be applied with stiff brush, hand swab, or airless spray gun. System Thickness: 50 square feet per gallon Coating: One coat of grease coating such as Inertol Grease by Koppers or Rust Inhibitive Grease by Texaco. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 09900 - 21 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the requirements for the fire extinguisher cabinets shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 09900, Coating Systems. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Building Code requirements govem if more rigid than those specified herein. Notify Engineer of differences prior to starting work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Submittals Procedures, Section 01300, prior to fabrication. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard items. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver packaged materials in original labeled unopened containers. Protect against moisture, damage, and discoloration. Store materials off ground. Do not use damaged materials. Remove damaged materials from site immediately after detection. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Surface- mounted cabinets of steel, painted red, with clear tempered glass vision panel. Provide with cylinder lock and manufacturer's standard extinguisher support brackets. Ambassador #1013F17; J.L. Industries; or approved. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHER A. OSHA approved, UL rated 2A -10BC, red 10 pound capacity rated for type A, B, and C fires. Fill and service extinguisher prior to substantial completion. Cosmic 5E, J.L. Industries, or approved. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 10520.1 T/M13 -95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install with top of cabinet at 60 inches maximum from floor at locations shown on drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Mount plumb, level, true, and securely attached. 3.02 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust moving parts to operate satisfactorily at time of completion and during guarantee period. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean, repair, touch -up, or replace, when directed, materials which have been damaged. Remove debris form project site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY • END OF SECTION 10520 -2 T/M13 -95 E. Submit Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01300. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 11528 -1 T/M1 3-95 F. Submit Operating and Maintenance Information in accordance with Section 01730. G. Submit the required permit application and shop drawings (paint spray booth only) to the City of Tukwila Building & Fire Department for review and approval prior to start of work with a copy to the Engineer. H. Contractor shall submit shop drawings to Factory Mutual Engineering for the paint spray booth and the automatic sprinkler protection system for review and comment. 1.06 QUALIFICATION OF APPLICATOR A. Installation shall be by an experienced applicator having demonstratable experience in the work. Provide evidence of experience with submittal documents. • 1.07 SAMPLE CONSTRUCTION A. Upon request of the Engineer, provide location of similar installation to that specified available for viewing in the Seattle area. Provide references and contact phone number. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation regarding environmental conditions. Protect all materials and installation against damage during and following installation. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Submittals Procedure, Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Furnish and install a complete paint booth system including all specified and required equipment and accessories for a completed, fully operational installation. 2.02 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. J.B.I., DeVilbiss, Binks or Key West or approved equal. Products specified herein are those applicable to J.B.I. unless otherwise noted. 2.03 PAINT BOOTH ENCLOSURE A. Type: Downdraft drive thru paint spray booth. B. intemal Minimal Dimensions: 70' -0" length, 19' -0" width, and 15' -0" height. C. Minimum Clear Vehicle Access: 14' -0" width and 14 " -0" height. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 11528 -2 T/M13 -95 D. Enclosure Panels: Eighteen (18) gage, electro- galvanized steel, painted per Section 09900, 3.06, coating system 8 -1. Panels supported by structural steel I -beams at regular intervals for rigidity and integrity of booth structure. Panels are to be pre- punched and companion flanged for bolt assembly. Bolts, nuts, gasketing, hardware, draft gauge and installation shop /permit drawings to be supplied by the factory and stamped by a professionally licensed engineer. Booth to mount directly to the existing concrete floor. Interior walls are to be smooth and free of all edges and obstructions to prevent overspray buildup. E. Man Doors: Quantity two (2) personnel access doors 2'6 "wide x 6'9" tall with 1/4" clear laminated glass observation window. Doors shall be constructed of 18 gauge electro - galvanized steel with 2 "x 2" square tube frame, painted per Section 09900, 3.06, coating system B -1. All door hardware to be provided by paint booth manufacturer. F. Finish Color: White interior, clear galvanized exterior. Refer to Coating systems, section 09900 for color. 2.04 FILTER SECTIONS A. Refer to Section 15750. 2.05 SUPPLY FILTER SYSTEM SECTON A. Refer to Section 15750. 2.06 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. JBVLDPI model 390260 Class I, Division Ii vapor -proof inside access. 277 volt. Quantity (4) Tube 40 watt lamps. Tempered clear glass lenses (wire glass not acceptable). Inside access provided with interlock switch to disable paint spray equipent when front panel is opened. Fixture is UL rated to allow one lens only. Second lens not acceptable. 2.07 DUCTWORK AND EXHAUST FAN A. Provided by others. Refer also to Section 15000. 2.08 MAKE -UP AIR UNIT MOTOR A. Provided by others. Refer also to Section 15000. 2.09 EXHAUST STACK A. Provided by others. Refer also to Section 15000. 2.10 SAFETY COMPONENTS A. Provided by others. Refer also to Section 15000. 2.11 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS A. Refer to Section 15000. 2.12 FIRE PROTECTION A. Refer to Section 15750. , UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 11528 -3 T/M13.95 B. Refer to Section 15500. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Examine all substrate surfaces and correct or have other trades correct the defects before beginning work. Start of work indicates acceptance of substrate surfaces. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verity prior to fabrication. If field measurements differ slightly from drawing dimensions, modify work as required for accurate and proper fit and clearances. If measurements differ substantially, notify architect. 3,03 PREPARATION A, Deliver and store materials for the installation in coordination with contractors for other work in this part of the facility. Layout work parallel to other building components. B. Protect work of other trades from damage resulting from work of this section, 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's approved shop drawings and directions. Make all utility connections. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8' -0" variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface. Do not exceed 1/16 inch width alignment variations at seams or joints of adjoining elements. 3.06 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust all moving parts to operate properly at time of Completion and during warranty period as required. B. Thirty (30) days prior to warranty expiration, inspect, and where necessary, readjust to provide proper operation and performance of the systems. 3.07 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean, repair, or replace when directed, materials, including other work which has been damaged by work of this section. Remove debris from the project site upon work completion or sooner if directed. 3.08 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DEMONSTRATIONS A. Schedule and personally instruct Metro Personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the systems. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 11528 -4 T/M13 -95 SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes complete mechanical systems shown on the plans and specified. Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, and machinery necessary to complete the mechanical systems. Provide finished work, tested and ready for operation. 1.02 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic, indicating the general arrangement of systems and work, and do not attempt to show exact details or all offsets in piping and ductwork. Do not scale drawings. Examine the architectural drawings for exact location of fixtures and equipment. Where they are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Engineer. B. Follow drawings in laying out work and check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom. If space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Make reasonable modifications in the work without extra cost as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and for proper execution of the work. 1.03 EQUIPMENT DEVIATIONS A. Specific manufacturers and model numbers are noted to indicate a standard of design and not intended to be restrictive. B. Approval of alternative and/or substitute products will be considered only under terms and conditions specified in Sections 00710 and 01300. C. When submitting an alternative and/or substitute product, Contractor shall include complete product literature of original specified item. D. Provide redesign to any part of the work resulting from the use of equipment and material other than specified or shown on the drawings. Obtain approval of redesign from the Engineer. Redesign cost and additional construction cost resulting from the redesign shall be at the Contractor's expense. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL DATA A. Check and verify field measurements and requirements. Submit promptly, so as not to delay the work, all shop drawings, submittal data, and layout drawings listed here. B. The shop drawings, submittal data, and layout drawings for the material and equipment listed here shall be submitted at one time. C. Review, approve and stamp shop drawings and submittal data before submission to the Engineer. Notify the Engineer in writing of any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Failure to submit shop drawings and submittal data including service and reliability data in ample time for checking and review shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time. E. Prepare detail layout drawings to a larger scale than the Contract drawings for all piping and sheet metal work In Bay 3 and in other areas where the work is of sufficient complexity or space constraints to warrant additional detailing. Prepare these drawings on tracings of the same size as the Contract drawings and submit with each set of the Owner's record drawings. In general, do not submit these drawings for review. When directed by the Engineer, submit Layout drawings for review before commencing shop fabrication or field erection. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15010 -1 T/M13 -95 F. Submit shop drawings, submittal data including service and relability data and layout drawings on the following equipment: 1. Vibration 2. Balancer's qualifications and agenda 3. Overtuming force calculations 4. Valves 5. Compressed and Breathing air specialties 6. Fire protection drawings and materials 7. HV units 8. F units 9. Automatic Dampers 10. Paint booth 11. Filters and housings 12. Perforated plates and pressure drop calculations 13. Registers and diffusers 14. Automatic temperature control drawings and materials 15. Commissioning agenda 1.05 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Unless specified otherwise, give necessary notices, obtain permits and pay taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions for the work. File necessary plans, prepare documents and obtain necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work and deliver to the Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. B. Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, it shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without notice to the Engineer, it shall assume full responsibility, and shall bear all costs. C. Material and equipment within the scope of the UL Testing Laboratory Service shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear their listing mark. 1.06 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Give full cooperation to other trades and fumish In writing to other trades, with copies to the Engineer, any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay. B. Where mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. Prepare composite working drawings and sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1/4 -inch = 1 -foot - 0-inches, clearly showing how the mechanical work is to be installed In relation to the work of other trades. If work is installed before coordinating with other trades, or if it causes any Interference with work of other trades, make the necessary changes in the work to correct the conditions and bear all costs. C. Furnish to other trades necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protect work and material from damage. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15010 -2 T/M 13 -95 ti» B. Be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted; protect work against theft, injury or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which are not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of obstructing material. 1.08 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING A. Provide ladders, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for delivery into the premises and erection of any equipment and apparatus and execution for the work. Remove same from premises when no longer required. 1.09. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A. Materials and equipment required for the work shall be new and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, installed, connected and finished in every detail; and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is given, an article as approved by the Engineer shall be provided. B. Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work. C. Equipment and materials shall be installed with the approval of the Engineer in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. 1.10 MOTORS A. Motors shall be built in accordance with the latest standards of NEMA and as specified. Motors shall be tested in accordance with the standards of ASA C50 and conform for insulation resistance and dielectric strength. Each motor shall be provided with conduit terminal box, adequate starting and protective equipment as specified or required. The capacity shall be sufficient to operate associate driven devices under all conditions of operation and load and without overload, and at the horsepower indicated or specified. Each motor shall be selected for quiet operation. B. Overload capacity shall be 110 percent (service factor 1.15 minimum) for motors. Sizing of motors shall not include the overload factor. C. Motor types shall be as follows: 1. Three -phase motors: Induction -type, single- speed, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Single -phase motors: Split -phase or capacitor -start type as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular piece of equipment, single -speed unless indicated otherwise. D. Motors shall be General Electric, Westinghouse, Allis-Chalmers, Reliance, Century, or approved equal. E. Motors and equipment shall be provided for current characteristics as shown on the electrical drawings. F. Provide motor starters, disconnect switches and thermal heaters for motors where indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. For other motors, magnetic motor starters, disconnect switches and thermal heaters shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. 1. GE #CR101 and #1062 motor disconnect switches. 2. GE #CR106 magnetic starters of size required with thermal overload protection and interlock contacts. Provide hand - off-auto switch on cover of individually mounted starters. 3. GE #2940 motor control push button and hand - off -auto. 4. Fan control switches same as #1 above, except with pilot light and engraved, laminated phenolic nameplate. GE #CR101. 5. Provide engraved, laminated phenolic nameplate on each control switch and magnetic starter. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15010 -3 T/M 13 -95 6. Unless mounted in an equipment cabinet, enclosures shall be NEMA -3R. Voltage of contactors shall be in accordance with circuit voltage controlled. Contactors shall be sized in accordance with NEMA standards. 7. Furnish wiring diagrams to the electrician for all line- voltage motor control systems. Provide complete protection, including a thermal heater in each phase leg for all motor starters. G. Motors shall be high efficiency, copper wound. 1.11 ACCESSIBILITY A. Install the work with adequate clearances throughout the project, including being responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts, chases, double partitions and suspended ceilings. Cooperate with other trades where work is in the same space. Such spaces and clearances shall be kept to the minimum size required. B. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility and any change shall be approved by the Engineer. C. Coordinate the exact locations of access panels for each concealed valve, control, damper or other device requiring service. Access panels shall be provided as specified in the other divisions of the specifications. Coordinate locations of these panels in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. 1.12 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Provide starters and disconnect switches as shown on the drawings. B. Regardless of voltage, provide temperature control wiring, interlock wiring and equipment control wiring for the equipment shown on the drawings. C. Motors and equipment shall be provided for current characteristics as shown on the electrical drawings. 1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide drilling, coring, cutting and patching necessary to install the work specified in this division. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces. B. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of the Engineer, and cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. Do not damage or endanger any portion of the project or work of the Owner or any other separate contractor by drilling, coring, cutting, patching, excavating and backfilling. C. Coordinate with all affected, the requirements for cutting and patching. 1.14 TEMPORARY HEAT A. The building heating system may be utilized as early as possible for temporary heat, following checkout and testing of the equipment and with the consent of the Engineer. B. Provide inlet air filters on building fan equipment and return duct openings used for temporary heat. Clean the equipment and replace filters before heating systems and the project are put into regular operation. 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion of the work, furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating the systems and equipment for a period of three (3) days of eight (8) hours each, or as otherwise specified. During this period, instruct the Engineer fully in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment furnished. Give at least forty -eight (48) hours notice to the Engineer in advance of this period. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15010 -4 T/M13 -95 1.16 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare manuals describing the requirements of mechanical equipment provided under this division of the specification. B. Prepare manuals in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Provide Metro with five sets of operating instructions and maintenance data for all items of equipment supplied for the facility. D. Submitted data shall include full operating and performance parameters, fan and pump curves, control schematics, wiring diagrams, parts lists, service and lubrication requirements, and the name, address and phone number of both the manufacturer and the local service agency. Where appropriate, the data shall include the manufacturer's recommendation for a spare parts inventory and recommended maintenance schedule. E. Provide documentation of equipment installation and system commissioning including mechanical equipment data sheets (MEDS), lubrication charts, equipment start-up reports, piping identification color code legend, valve tag schedule, test and balance reports, record documents including technical specifications posted with addenda items and drawings modified to depict "as recorded" conditions, copies of manufacturer - prepared videotapes of operating and maintenance procedures for equipment items when available, and a syllabus for training operating and maintenance personnel. F. Operating and maintenance data shall be delivered to Metro for review in advance of the final construction acceptance inspection. G. Operating Instructions, training programs, recommended preventive maintenance, and programming instructions shall be included as applicable to each item provided. Provide on -site training of Metro personnel for systems and equipment that require specialized knowledge or hands -on experience to operate and with which Metro's operating and maintenance personnel are not already familiar. H. Manufacturer's representative shall be on site during start-up, tune -up at 30 days and at end of Warranty. I. Contractor shall provide list of recommended, long -lead item spare parts for all equipment. J. Refer also to Section 01750 for spare part requirements. 1.17 MECHANICAL DATA SHEETS A. The mechanical system shall be further documented through the preparation of "Mechanical Data Sheets ". This documentation shall provide essential information to eliminate misunderstandings and discrepancies between system design and operation. Mechanical Data Sheets contain data on purpose, capabilities, and operating requirements/restrictions which may not be readily conveyed by construction drawings. B. Mechanical Data Sheets shall be prepared by the Contractor for Bay 1 and Bay 3 mechanical systems (HVAC, exhaust air, compressed air, natural gas, etc.). C. Data sheets shall be delivered prior to the construction acceptance review. D. Mechanical data sheets shall be typed on 8-1/2" x 11" bond, with schematics drawn on 8 -1/2" x 17' bond or 22" x 34" mylar. The large drawings shall be suitable for half size reproduction. The sheets shall provide the following information: • Title of System • Date of Installation • Location of System • Reference Numbers: Indicate all available reference numbers such as job number, drawing numbers, Bay numbers, equipment numbers, and other pertinent indentifiers. • Description and Purpose of System: Include a brief description of the system and its purpose. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15010-5 T/M 13.95 • Design Criteria: State the criteria on which the system was designed, including such items as temperatures, volumes, degree of filtration, heating and/or cooling Toads, etc. Indicate the system's design limitations and capabilities. • Special Features: Describe any peculiarities of the system which would be required knowledge for either operating or maintenance personnel. • Sequence of Operations: The operation sequence shall be delineated here. • Schematic Drawings: Diagrams indicating control operations and schematic presentation of the system shall be provided. Indicate make and model number of equipment, CFM of diffusers and outlets, instrument set points, temperatures, pressures, flow rates and other data. • Component Description: Include expanded description of any components of the system not shown in the schematic. • Operation Instructions: see 15010, 1.16. 1.18 TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS A. Laminate in plastic temperature control diagrams and color code. Mount where directed by Engineer. 1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide record drawings in accordance with Section 01720. 1.20 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish caused by the work. At completion of the work, clean dirt and debris from the mechanical installation, including equipment, piping, ductwork and plumbing fixtures. B. Upon completion of the project and after cleaning is complete and before project is air balanced, provide clean air filters throughout. 1.21 WARRANTY A. All work, material and equipment to be free from defects. Correct all defects and failures during warranty period without cost to the Owner except when such failure is due to neglect or Carelessness by the Owner,. as determined by the Architect. B. The warranty disregards shorter time limits by any manufacturer of equipment provided. C. Make all necessary adjustments and corrections during first year of operation. The fact that the Engineer was present during any construction does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for defects discovered after completion of the work. PARTS 2 AND 3, PRODUCT AND EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15010 15010 -6 T/M13-95 SECTION 15020 VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mechanical Equipment Isolators PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Kinetics Peabody Noise Control, Mason Industries, Amber - Booth, Vibrex, Flexonics, or approved equal. 2.02 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Rubber Pads 1. Single layer Kinetics Type NPS or NPD. 2. Multi -layer Mason Industries Type WMW. 3. Multi -layer to receive leveling bolts Mason Industries Type WML. 4. Multi -layer requiring equipment anchoring Mason Industries Type WM. B. Glass fiber pad Kinetics Type KIP. C. Floor spring mounts Kinetics FDS Series ail- welded construction with NPS rubber pad bonded to mounting plate. 1. Unhoused stable spring, with ratio of horizontal to vertical spring constant not less than 1.0, and built -in leveling bolts. Provide springs with an additional overload capacity of 50 percent. D. Spring hanger Kinetics SFH. 1. Unhoused stable spring, with the ratio of horizontal to vertical spring constant not less than 1.0, and built -in leveling bolts. Provide springs with an additional overload capacity of 50 percent. E. Seismic applications restrained spring mounts Kinetics Type FYS with NPS rubber pad bonded to mounting plate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ISOLATION EFFICIENCY A. Isolate mechanical equipment in accordance with Table 34, Chapter 42, in the 1991 ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Applications Volume. 1. Select isolators for floor - mounted or ceiling hung equipment from the "20 -Foot Floor Span" column. 2. Select isolators for roof - mounted equipment from the "40 -Foot Floor Span" column. 3. Select isolators for equipment mounted on grade support slabs from the "Grade Supported Slab" column. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15020 15020 -1 T/M 13.95 SECTION 15030 MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Paint and identify mechanical work, including piping, not factory- finished. B. Painting and identification in accordance with the following color code. C. Repaint factory finish equipment if damaged. D. Label new mechanical equipment with assigned unique identification numbers (e.g. HV -4, HV -5, etc.). Equipment numbers shall be permanently affixed to exterior of equipment with stainless steel tags located near manufacturers identification plate. Letters shall be 2 -inch high block style black paint letters. E. Each major component shall have the manufacturer's name and address, model and serial number on a nameplate securely attached in a conspicuous place. Where applicable, performance data such as capacity and power requirements also will be shown on the nameplate. F. Paint all visible surfaces behind grilles dull black. G. Provide tag on each valve with identifying number where destination and service of valve is not obvious. Post Valve Index, laminated in plastic, where directed by Engineer. H. Provide flow directional arrows on all exposed piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT MANUFACTURER. A. Provide in accordance with Section 09900. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION BANDS AND FLOW ARROWS A. Seton contact type adhesive backed, Zeston, Brady or approved equal. 1 -1/8 -inch wide for lines up through 3 -inch, 2 -inch wide for larger pipes. 2.03 VALVE TAGS A. Seton 1 -1/2 -inch round brass with stamped characters brass "S" hooks. 2.04 COLOR CODE Gas (Natural or LPG) Yellow Domestic Cold Water Red Fire Red Other Services Gray Equipment Gray Ductwork White Compressed and Breathing Air Tan Hanger Rods, Structural Members, Equipment Base Silver Flow Arrows Black UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15030 -1 T/M13-95 .,e_._.....____._.,.......d w,• Masr. �. tla^, uFrysS" �: P.'. �,` �` nh `..tt'�S`4�' %ri�`l4.7�k.'�tziR PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PAINTING A. Painting, shall be executed in accordance with Section 09900. B. Interior of Ducts (Where Visible Through Grilles): Apply one coat of black paint. C. Repainting of Existing Work: Wherever any existing work has been damaged during operations of this contract, repaint it, following repair of insulation to match the original condition as closely as practical. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION BANDS AND FLOW ARROWS A. Apply on 10 -foot centers and wherever a pipe leaves or enters any wall, floor, ceiling or foundation. Place the proper band on pipe at each valve, branch connection, manifold, entrance and exit from equipment. Apply after paint work is completed. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15030 SECTION 15040 BALANCING AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Systems Balancing • B. Balancing Reports 1.02 SYSTEMS BALANCING CONTRACTOR A. Systems balancing contractors, Nuedorfer Engineers, United Systems Inc., Hardin Inc., or approved equal. B. Obtain approval from the Engineer of systems balancing contractor prior to commencing balancing. C. Qualification requirements: 1. Must have demonstratable experience record in systems balancing. 2. Must have experience on projects similar to this project demonstratable to Engineer's satisfaction. Submit lists of projects to demonstrate this experience. 1.03 COMMISSIONING ASSISTANCE A. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment to support the commissioning work (see Sections 01660 and 15950). During the commissioning, coordinate with the commissioning company and make all adjustments required to demonstrate systems are working properly. 1.04 BALANCING A. In addition to the work specified in Section 01660, provide balancing as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 BALANCING REPORT A. Provide three (3) sets of balancing reports. B. Include in report: Project Name, Owner, Consultant, Systems Balancing subcontractor, other data necessary to describe activity and the status of the systems plus the following data: 1. Fans: a. Installation data: 1) Manufacturer and model Size 3) Arrangement, discharge and class 4) Motor HP, voltage, phase, cycles and full load amps 5) Identification data b. Design data: 1) Total C FM 2) Static pressure 3) Motor HP, rpm and amp 4) Fan rpm 5) Fan BHP UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16040 -1 T/M13.95 I...... I. i.�Ri.�.r I ...1 ���4'Si��N',�r_'i +�'."?is iii".` y'„ �i5! �v�S�i :`si;!�ir'�'f�'r:.' "R�•(Yf.' a,.r.y;}:y,�t.yr 3.03 BALANCING AGENDA A. Submit balancing agenda prior to start of work. Include the following in the agenda: 1. General description of each air system with its associated equipment and operating cycles for heating and ventilating. 2. A complete listing of all flow and air terminal measurements to be performed. 3. For each specific procedure specify type of instrument to be used, method of instrument application (by sketch) and air terminal correction factors. 4. Include in agenda sample forms showing application of procedure to typical systems. 3.04 PROCEDURES • A. Complete system balancing prior to the final inspection of the building. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts with a Pitot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional area of the duct. C.. For ducts having air velocities of 1000 - feet -per- minute and higher measure flow with inclined manometers or draft gauges, having suitable scales and increments. D. For ducts having air velocities lower than 1000 - feet -per- minute measure flow with micro - manometers, hook gauges, or similar low pressure instruments. E. Volume control devices to regulate air quantities of air terminals only to the extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Volume control by means of air terminal adjustment or duct internal devices other than dampers is not permitted except in the paint booth where adjustment of double perforated plates in the supply plenum may be used to regulate air quantities. F. Adjust and balance the air system as necessary to . accommodate field conditions and occupant comfort. Provide necessary fan adjustments, pulley changes and damper adjustments. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15040 15040 - 3 T/M1 3-95 SECTION 15060 PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, fittings, and connections. B. Piping specialties. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 STANDARDS A. All standards refer to the current edition. 1. ANSI /ASTM A53 - Pipe, steel, black and hot - dipped zinc - coated, welded and seamless. 2. ASTM A795 - Black and hot - dipped zinc - coated (galvanized) welded and seamless steel pipe for fire protection. ANSI /ASTM A126 - Gray iron castings for valves, flanges and pipe fittings. 3. ANSI /ASME B16.3 - Malleable -iron threaded fittings. 4. ANSI /ASME B16.4 - Cast iron threaded fittings Class 125 and 250. 5. ANSI /ASME B16.5 - Pipe flanges and flanged fittings. 6. ANSI B16.9 - Factory-made wrought steel butt welding fittings. 7. ANSI /ASME B16.22 - Wrought copper and bronze solder -joint pressure fittings. 8. ANSI B16.25 - Butt welding ends for pipe, valves, flanges and fittings. 9. ANSI /AWWA C606 - Grooved and shouldered type joints. 10. FS WW -P -521 - Pipe fittings, flange fittings, and flanges: Steel and malleable -iron (threaded and butt welding) Class 150. 11. ASTM A234 - Seamless and welded wrought -steel welding fittings. 2.02 PIPING SYSTEMS A. All material in conformance with the standards listed in 2.01. 1. Domestic Water Piping: a. Pipe: Type L hard copper, ASTM B88. b. • Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze soldered, ANSI B16.22. 2. Gas Piping: a. 2 -Inch and Smaller 1) Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, ANSI /ASTM A53, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Black malleable iron, 150 -Ib., threaded, ANSI B16.3, ASTM A197. b. Larger Than 2 -Inch 1) Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, welding ends, ANSI /ASTM 53, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Wrought steel standard weight butt welded, ANSI /ASTM A234, Grade WPB. 3. Fire Sprinkler Piping: a. Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, 2 -inch and below, above 2 -inch in accordance with NFPA -13. b. Fittings: Cast iron threaded cast iron U.S. -made flanged, or grooved rubber gasketed flexible couplings, elbows and tees. c. All pipe and fittings in strict accordance with ANSI /ASTM Standards listed in NFPA -13. d. Welding permitted per NFPA -13. 4. Compressed Air Piping: a. Pipe: Galvanized steel, Schedule 40, ANSI /ASTM A120. b. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron, 150 -lb. threaded, ASTM A197, ANSI B16.3. UNiT REPAIR FACILITY 15060 -1 T/M13-95 5. Breathing Air Piping: a. Pipe: Type L hard copper, ASTM B88. b. Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze soldered, ANSI /ASME B75. 2.03 UNIONS A. Copper tube, Sweat, Nibco #733, Grinnell -ITT #9730, EPC #4733. B. Steel pipe, threaded 2 -inch and under, malleable -iron 250 -Ib. ground joint. C. Steel pipe, welded 2 -1/2 -inch and over, flange unions 150 -Ib. forged steel. D. Dielectric unions, soldered to threaded 2 -inch and below, flanged 2 -1/2 -inch and above. Select gasket for pressure and temperature range of service. Capitol Series CS or F, Epco "Dielectric Union ", or approved equal. 2.04 PIPE SEALS A. Fire stopping seals USG Interiors Inc., Thermafiber Safing insulation and Thermafiber Smoke Seal, 3M or approved equal. 2.05 ESCUTCHEON RINGS A. Chrome - plated split ring type. 2.06 Pipe Flange Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade B. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Keep openings in piping and ends of pipe closed during installation. B. Provide for all expansion, locating offsets and spring pieces where necessary. C. Ells shall be long- radius. D. Change size in piping with reducing couplings; bushings not acceptable. E. Install all piping parallel with the building and other piping. F. Cut pipe accurately to measurement established on building and work Into place without springing or forcing. G. Install work neatly and workmanlike; run pipes parallel to the closest wall; maintain maximum headroom; avoid Tight fixtures. H. Correct piping leaks immediately; use new materials; leak- sealing compounds or peening not permitted. 3.02 WELDED PIPE JOINTS A. Qualifications and Procedures: 1. Piping joints on all steam and condensate piping shall be welded using procedures, welders and welding operators qualified in accordance with ASME B31.1, and applicable state labor requirements. No welding shall proceed until procedures and personnel have been approved as qualified. 2. Piping joints on all piping shall be welded using procedures, welders and welding operators qualified in accordance with ASME B31.9, and applicable state labor requirements. As described in ASME B31.9, qualifications of welding procedures and personnel certification reports are the Contractor's responsibility, and shall be supplied to the Engineer for approval at least 21 days prior to the start of work. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15060 -2 T/M13-95 3. Employ only welders holding one of the following certificates, dated within the preceding 3 months or dated earlier with documented records Indicating acceptable continuous welding has been performed since certificate was issued. a. Certificate of the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau. b. Certificate from a recognized testing laboratory indicating satisfactory welding test results in accordance with ASME Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, Section 9, "Welding Qualifications ". If in the opinion of the Engineer the work of a welder creates a reasonable doubt as to the welder's skill, additional tests may be ordered by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 4. Safety Standards: Welding practice shall comply with the latest edition and amendments of ANSI Z49.1 "Safety in Welding and Cutting ". B. Welding: 1. Beveling: Field or shop bevel by mechanical means or flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame cutting, thoroughly clean surface of scale and oxidation just before welding. Bevel to conform to recognized standards. 2. Alignment: Girth butt welds and welded branch connections. Complete penetration welds shall be made without backing rings. 3. Socket Welds: Use socket welds on piping 2 inches and smaller. Cut and ream pipe ends to provide straight end surface free of burr. 4. Defective welds will not be accepted. Defective welds are those which fail to comply with ANSI B31.1, or those which result in leakage during testing of piping. Defective welds shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Pipe and fittings with defective welds which cannot be satisfactorily corrected, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced with new pipe and fittings at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Electrodes: Store electrodes in a dry heated area: Keep free of moisture and dampness during fabrication operations. Discard electrodes that have lost part of their coating. Use low hydrogen type E7018, or equal. Use E6010 SMAW or ER705 -2 GTAW filler metal for root pass on open butt welds. 6. Welds shall be thoroughly fused and otherwise sound throughout. Contours shall be uniform with regular even ripples. Surfaces shall not be dressed, smoothed or otherwise finished to improve their appearance, except as necessary to correct defects. Welds shall be free from gas pockets, oxides, slag inclusions and surface porosity, except very small pores. Oxides and slag will be permitted if widely dispersed. Welds shall be free from overlaps, undercuts and excessive convexity. Internal surfaces of pipe and fittings shall be free from weld metal globules or other inward protrusions at the welded joints. C, Examination of Welds: 1. Welds containing pressures less than 125 psi: Final visual inspection in accordance with ASME B31.1. 2. Inspection records: In accordance with ASME B31.1. 3.03 THREADED PIPING JOINTS A. Ream all pipe to full diameter. B. Use pipe dope or Teflon tape on male threads of all screwed joints. C. Close nipples not permitted. D. Full cut threads and make up Joints with no more than three threads exposed. E. Do not caulk threaded joints to stop leaks. 3.04 COPPER PIPING JOINTS A. Ream thoroughly to remove all burrs. B. Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth, sandpaper or steel brush, and wipe clean before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. C. Steel wool not permitted for polishing. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15060 - 3 T/M13-95 D. 'Sii -fos or Sii -braz on all underground work. E. 95 -5 solder, lead free Bridgit or Silvabrite solder for above ground joints. F. Take care to avoid buming of piping. G. Provide solder unions, ground joint or flanged joints where necessary for access to equipment. 3.05 MECHANICAL PIPING JOINTS A. Groove pipe for mechanical grooved joints in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications contained in the latest published literature. B. Fabrication techniques for all mechanical joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations contained in the latest published literature. 3.06 UNIONS A. Provide unions at all connections to equipment and where necessary to disconnect for repairs. B. Use union fittings wherever practicable to save Joints. C. Provide dielectric unions between iron and copper pipe. 3.07 PIPE SEALS AND ESCUTCHEON RINGS A. Fill annular space at pipes with fiberglass batt insulation to a compressed fit, except at fire wall, floor and roof penetrations. At fire wall, floor and roof penetrations, fill annular space at pipes with USG Interiors Inc. Thermafiber Safing insulation and 2 -inch minimum coating of Thermafiber Smoke Seal, 3M or approved equal. B. Provide escutcheon rings for all exposed uninsulated pipes passing through walls, floors and ceilings. END OF SECTION 15060 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15060 = 4 T/M13-95 SECTION 15070 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe Insulation B. Duct Insulation C. Equipment Insulation PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with NFPA 90A and 90B, UL -181 (Class 1) and UL -723, and for elastomeric material comply with ASTM E- 84 -75. B. Materials shall be of the highest grade. Adhesives, sealers, vapor coatings, etc., shall be compatible with the materials to which they are applied, and shall not corrode, soften or otherwise attack such material in either the wet or dry state. Scrap pieces of insulation shall not be used where a full section will fit. Glass fiber materials which become wet or damaged during installation shall be removed and replaced with new materials. Acceptability of a manufacturer is not to be taken as acceptability of his "usual" or "regular" accessory materials such as facings, adhesives, etc. C. Unless specified otherwise, all facings, coatings, PVC covers and other accessories shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for Flame Spread and 50 for Fuel Contributed and Smoke Developed; ratings determined by UL Standard No. 723, NFPA Standard No. 225 or ASTM Standard No. E -84. UL label or listing, or satisfactory test results from the approved testing laboratory, shall be available to indicate that fire hazard ratings for materials do not exceed the above amounts. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Product name and numbers listed are Owens - Corning Fiberglas, Armstrong Cork Company, and Childers. Other acceptable manufacturers are Manville, Certain -Teed, Knaupf, or approved equal. 2.03 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING A. Two -piece Fiberglas ASJ /SSL -II. B. Insulation thickness: 1/2 -inch all sizes. C. Cover: Fiberglas ASJ /SSL. 2.04 DUCTS A. Fiberglas FRK -25 faced duct wrap. B. Insulation thickness: 2 -Inch, C. Thermal conductivity at 75 degrees F mean (ASTM C518) 0.3 BTU/In/h/Ft(2)/Degrees F with an installed R value of 5.5 2.05 RIGID INSERTS A. Manville Thermo -12 pipe insulation, cork, or shaped wood. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15070 -1 T/M 13 -95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not install covering before piping, ductwork, and equipment have been tested and approved. B. Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. C. Ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls except at fire walls. D. Deliver material to job site in original non - broken factory packaging, with manufacturer's labels. E. Perform work at ambient and equivalent temperatures as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.02 PIPING A. Do not apply insulation to connections, joints, welds, flanges, or screwed joints until pipe tests are completed. B. Where piping supports pass around the outside of insulation with a vapor barrier, provide rigid inserts. Repair damage to vapor barrier resulting from installation of the inserts by sealing with a vapor barrier pressure - sensitive tape. C. Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports and other protrusions. D. Provide adequate support for insulation on vertical pipe to prevent slipping. E. Seal butt joints of insulation with pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape. Seal exposed ends of insulation with Benjamin- Foster 30 -36, and at 21 -foot intervals on continuous runs of pipe. Apply insulation with all sides and end joints butted tightly. F. Valves, fittings and accessories: 1. Except as specified otherwise, insulate with covering same as pipe insulation material or equal in temperature resistance and thickness to that of connecting pipe. 2. Fittings, valves and accessories exposed in rooms cover with Zeston PVC covers, installed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 3.03 DUCTS A. Insulate AHU -23 supply and return ducts. B. Insulate the last 15 feet of all exhaust ducts before their exit out of the heated building for condensation control. C. Adhere insulation to metal with 4 -inch wide strips of insulation bonding adhesive at 8- inches o.c. Additionally secure insulation to the bottom of rectangular ductwork wider than 24- inches with Miracle surface anchors or metal stick clips 18- inches on center. Round duct over 12- inches in diameter spiral wind over insulation 16 -gauge black annealed wire. Wrap insulation firmly on the ductwork with all circumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped a minimum of 2- inches. Secure overlap and 2 -inch facing flange with 9/16 flare -door staples 6- inches o.c. Tape with 3- inch -wide foil reinforced Kraft tape. All pin penetrations or punctures In facing shall also be taped. D. Insulate all access panels in ducts with vapor barrier insulation same as duct insulations. Seal edges of insulation on access panel and finish openings to assure accessibility. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15070 15070 - 2 T/M13-95 SECTION 15090 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe hangers and supports. B. Equipment bases and supports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Seismic Restraints: 1. Provide seismic protection for all piping and ductwork in accordance with the most current edition of the SMACNA publication "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems ", published in 1982 by the Sheet Metal industry Fund of Los Angeles (SMIF -LA) and the Plumbing and Piping Industry Council of Los Angeles (PPIC -LA), Hazard Level B. 2. Provide supports and seismic protection for all equipment ductwork, and piping in accordance with the Uniform Building Code Seismic Zone 3. 3. .Overturning force calculations for equipment shall be prepared and submitted and shall be used to determine anchor bolt size and locations. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Pipe hangers and supports: ITT - Grinnell, Elcen, Grabler, Kindorf, Fee & Mason, Unistrut, Superstrut or approved equal. 2.02 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. Steel Structural Clamps: Provide centered load type beam clamps or screw -type C- clamps with retaining clips to suit structural system and meet loading recommendations of manufacturer. Sping clips shall not be used. B. Attachment into existing concrete or masonry wall: Self -drill type Red Head, Phillips Anchors or approved equal. Do not use powder driven inserts. 2.03 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger Rods: 1 Continuous threaded rod, do not use chain, wire or perforated strap. 2. Maximum hanger rod loading as follows: Rod Size, Maximum Load, Diameter in Inches Pounds 3/8 610 1/2 1130 5/8 1810 3/4 • 2710 7/8 3770 1 4960 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15090 -1 T/M13 -95 B. Trapeze Pipe Racks: Fabricate from structural angles or channels or Unistrut channels to suit weight of piping to be supported. Size for a minimum safety factor of 5. C. Hanger Straps: Galvanized bar steel; 3/4 -inch wide by 18 gauge for 2 -1/2 -inch and smaller pipe; 7/8- inch wide by 16 gauge for 3 -inch to 4 -inch pipe; 1 -1/8 -inch wide by 12 gauge for 6 -inch pipe size. 2.04 PIPE ATTACHMENTS A. Pipe Rings: 1. Steel pipe: 2 -inch and smaller, adjustable ring Grinnell #269. 2 -1/2 -inch and larger, adjustable clevis Grinnell #260. 2. Copper Pipe: 2 -inch and smaller, adjustable' ring Grinnell #CT -269. 2 -1/2 -inch and larger, adjustable clevis Grinnell #CT -65. 3. Finish: Black for black steel pipe; galvanized for galvanized steel pipe; copper plated for copper pipe. 4. Application: Use only on piping systems where axial movement from thermal expansion is less than 1/2- inch. 5. For Hanger Straps: Elcen Figure 94 or Grinnell Figure 97 with flattened -end bolt through cast iron socket; or hinged type, Modern Hanger Corporation No. 20, Elcen Figure 104, or Grinnell Figure 108. Pipe rings shall be electro- galvanized, prime painted or cadmium - plated. B. Pipe Clamps: 1. Vertical piping: Unistrut P -1332 shelf bracket, Unistrut P -1100 channel and Unistrut P -1100 series pipe clamps. Copper pipe clamps for copper pipe. 2. Horizontal racked piping: Unistrut P -1109 series or Unistrut P -2024C series clamps for Unistrut channel pipe racks. 3. Application: Use on piping systems without any thermal expansion. C. Vertical Pipe Supports for Steel Pipe: Grinnell #261 galvanized. 2.05 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide structural steel frame supports for equipment where indicated on drawings. Weld all joints. Galvanize after fabrication. Bolt to structure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER SPACING FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING A. Steel Pipe: Maximum hanger spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters as follows: 1/2 and 3/4 -inch pipe 1 and 1 -1/4 -inch pipe 1 -1/2 -inch pipe 2 -inch pipe 2 -1/2 and 3 -inch pipe 4 -inch pipe 6 -inch pipe UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 5 -foot span 7 -foot span 9 -foot span 10 -foot span 12 -foot span 14 -foot span 17 -foot span 3/8 -inch rod 3/8 -inch rod 3/8 -inch rod 3/8 -inch rod 1/2-inch rod 5/8 -inch rod 3/4 -inch rod 15090 - 2 T/M13.95 � #.' A •1.;b�17� #rt��;s;�s�xna�xast.,» „ Y.,....,......,,_.....«.....�.» B. Copper Pipe: Maximum hanger spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters as follows: 1/2 -inch pipe 1 -inch pipe 1 -1/4 and 1 -1/2 -inch 5 -foot span 7 -foot span 8 -foot span 3/8 -inch rod 3/8 -inch rod 3/8 -inch rod C. Provide additional hangers or supports at concentrated loads such as valves, to maintain alignment and prevent sagging. D. Vertical Piping Supports: Provide intermediate supports to prevent excessive pipe movement. E. Provide a minimum of 2 hangers per pipe section for grooved joint pipe. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide piping supports and hangers with a means of adjustment for leveling, grading of piping and cold spring movements. B. Provide sufficient hanger rod lengths to limit rod displacement from thermal expansion to 4 degrees from vertical. C. Size pipe rings and clamps to pass around the pipe, except on piping with a vapor barrier on the insulation, then size rings and clamps to pass around the outside of the insulation utilizing insulation protection shields Grinnell Fig. 167. Provide rigid inserts as required to prevent crushing of insulation. D. Install vertical piping supports to allow for pipe movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. E. Do not hang pipe from other pipe. F. Install steel backing in walls as required to support piping hung from steel stud walls. G. Provide bored, drilled or reamed holes for all bolting to miscellaneous structural metals, frames or for mounts or supports. Flame cut, punched or hand sawn holes will not be accepted. H. Install anchor bolts for all mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as required. Tightly fit and clamp base - supported equipment anchor bolts at all equipment support points. Provide locknuts where equipment is hung. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15090 SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide valves and cocks as shown on the drawings and where required for operation and maintenance. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. B. Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on outside of body. 2.02 GENERAL A. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. Use pipe size valves, unless indicated otherwise. B. Thread pipe sizes 2- inches and smaller. C. Flange pipe sizes 2-1/2-inches and larger. D. Solder or screw to solder adapters for copper tubing. 2.03 PLUG COCKS (Gas Service) A. 2 -Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, screwed ends, stainless steel disc or ball, 175 psi, S.W.P. B. 3 -Inch and Larger: Steel body, chrome plated steel ball, top entry, teflon seats, 300 psi, S.W.P., screwed ends, 150 psi, S.W.P., flanged ends. 2.04 BALL VALVES A. 2 -Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, brass ball, teflon seats, screwed ends, 300 psi. 2.05 GAUGE COCKS A. Brass, 1/4 -inch, 1000 psi, S.P.W., all brass. Trerice No. 865. 2.06 VALVE SPECIFICATION CHART ABBREVIATED INDEX CRANE = CRANE WALWORTH = WALW STOCKHAM = STOCK NIBCO = NIBCO MILWAUKEE = MILW GRINNELL ITT = G/ITT UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15100 -1 T/M13.95 2.07 VALVE SPECIFICATION CHART Type of Valve PLUG COCK (GAS) (2 -inch & smaller) (3- inches & larger) BALL 2.08 VALVE OPERATORS ..., ..._.,..,...,..,n... r,.��; .., :,:<l.`..3F.•.r�,.d:i..';.. eeiitiw:. .�Wti'1d..���, .> .>�h N <r^i�?h;'1k ,... �` 4 IJi'i�':i'.",t� .Y: �+�stt".��1:'i.h :.'�'q'�',?".? r rtY( �]:'$i�"f°•x'a%`'i�ii� &� Model Number: STOCK WA -03, WA -06; HAMM BV811 -T; MILW BB -SS; CRANE 18850 WALW 1796 CRANE 9302; WALW 575; MILW BA -300 STOCK S -127; NIBCO T590; G/ITT 1700; A. Provide one (1) plug cock wrench for every ten (10) plug cocks sized 2- inches and smaller, minimum of one. Provide each plug cock sized 2-1/2-inches and larger with a wrench, with set screw. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Install all valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15100 15100 =2 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Description: Work specified in this Section includes all plumbing fixtures, complete with trim. 1.02 Codes and Regulations: Meet or exceed ANSI Standard A112.18.IM -79 for fittings. 1.03 Obtain exact location and mounting heights of fixtures from details on the mechanical and architectural plans. 1.04 Where trim or rough is not specified, furnish all necessary for the completion of the job, and of the same quality as elsewhere specified. 1.05 MATERIALS A. Trim: 1. Material: Brass, except faucet handles may be Federal Specification grade zinc or specified otherwise; all exposed metal parts, chrome plated over nickel. 2. Escutcheon: At each point where pipe or other fitting enters the wail at a fixture. B. Acceptable manufacturers: American Standard, Kohler, Crane, Eger, J.R. Smith, Zurn, Wade, Josam, Elkay, Just, Haws, Oasis, Halsey - Taylor, Chicago, T & S Brass, Acorn, Bradley, Powers, Leonard, Sunroc- Western, Lawler, Speakman, Symmons, Delta, Church, Olsonite, Fiat, Williams, Amtrol, Woodford. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 FIXTURE SCHEDULE FS Combination emergency shower and eyewash Haws Model 8300 combination shower /eyewash station, Bradley or approved equal. Provide 10 -inch diameter plastic shower head; chrome plated brass stay -open ball valve operated by a stainless steel pull rod with triangle handle; corrosion resistant stainless steel 10 -inch diameter eyewash bowl, ABS plastic twin aerated eyewash heads, chrome plated brass stay -open ball valve hand - operated by stainless steel push flag handle and foot operated with foot treadle; 1 -1/4 -inch galvanized steel pipe standard with 9 -inch diameter floor flange; 1 -1/4 -inch supply. Provide vertical, universal, combination emergency shower and eyewash sign. Green plastic with white pictorial images of the emergency shower and the eyewash. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide all necessary bolts, piping, etc. for Installation of combination emergency shower and eyewash. END OF SECTION 15400 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15400 -1 T/M13-95 SECTION 15445 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Compressed air and breathing air piping system, equipment, and connections to fixtures and equipment. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS (SEE SECTION 15060) 2.02 VALVES (SEE SECTION 15100) 2.03 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (SEE SECTION 15090) 2.04 AIR REGULATORS A. Provide combination filter, dryer and regulator on compressed air and breathing air outlets at paint spray booths and where shown on the drawings. Balcrank BC 820283, Wilkerson or approved equal; with pressure gauge, automatic filter drain and relief valve, to match capacity and pressure range required. 2.05 QUICK DISCONNECTS A. Quick disconnect sockets used on compressed air systems shall be self - sealing with safety pressure bleed -off feature on 1/2" and larger sizes and flow sensors on 3/4" and larger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING SYSTEM A. P ovide quick - connect fittings at all air drops. Hansen, Dynaquip or approved equal; verify compatible model with Owner. All air drops shall be rigidly mounted and attached to structure. B. Slope piping for drainage back to capped drip pockets at low points. C. Thoroughly flush after assembly of piping with moisture -free nitrogen to remove all foreign materials, at the same pressure as the compressed air. D. Provide necessary support and bracing for piping to protect from damage during use. 3.02 TESTING A. Upon completion of roughing -in and before connection to fixtures or equipment, test hydrostatically at 100 psi. Provide isolation valves for testing as required. B. If a portion of piping is to be concealed before finishing, test this portion separately. C. If test shows leak or defect, repair and retest. D. After testing is complete, drain and purge before system is put into service. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15445 15445 -1 T/M13 -95 SECTION 15465 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Natural gas piping system, equipment and connections. 1.02 STANDARDS A. Comply with requirements of the Gas Utility. B. Comply with requirements of the American Gas Association (AGA). PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS (SEE SECTION 15060) 2.02 VALVES (SEE SECTION 15100) 2.03 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (SEE SECTION 15090) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Provide a gas cock and a 6 -inch long dirt leg at each equipment connection. 3.02 Make -up joints for screwed black steel pipe with graphite and oil of approved compound or teflon pipe joint tape or other approved pipe joints material insoluble in the presence of gas. 3.03 Air test piping at 150 psig for 120- minutes without perceptible pressure drop. Follow test procedures.. other than these if required by the gas company. END OF SECTION 15465 UNIT REPAIR FACILITY SECTION 15500 AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor and materials and perform all operations necessary to provide a complete, satisfactory and ready -to- operate wet and dry pipe fire protection system in accordance with NFPA and with these plans and specifications and such additional and incidental work not indicated or described, which can reasonably be inferred as belonging to the work described and is required by good practice to provide a complete and satisfactorily operating system. In general, the material to be provided includes: 1. Modification to existing interior piping systems 2. Modification to existing exterior piping systems (dry pipe) 3. Miscellaneous appurtenant work B. Water flow test results at the site per Factory Mutual are as follows: 1. Static pressure - 112 psi 2. Residual pressure - 65 psi at 3400 gpm 1.02 BUILDING CLASSIFICATION A. Ordinary hazard sizing and spacing in area outside paint booth B. 0.25 gpm/sq ft (with 250 gpm hose stream allowance) within paint booth 1.03 AUTHORITIES A. Provide system in accordance with the following authorities. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer must have the stamped approval of these authorities: 1. The City of Tukwila Fire Marshall 2. Factory Mutual Underwriters 3. Industrial Risk Insurers Underwriters 1.04 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Provide fire protection system supports in accordance with NFPA and FM requirements for Seismic Zone 3. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Materials to conform to NFPA #13. 2.02 VALVES A. Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved. 2.03 FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS A. Exposed sprinkler heads shall be approved spray pattern heads for pendent mounting or upright, with a temperature rating of 150 to 165 degrees F, except where specific conditions UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15500 -1 T/M13.95 require different ratings. Use intermediate temperature heads within paint booth and in air handling units. Provide wire guards on heads where subject to mechanical damage. Heads shall be 1/2" orifice, solder -type fusible link. Sprinkler heads shall be UL listed and FM approved. B. Provide escutcheons within paint booth. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Impairments to fire protections systems will be coordinated with Metro Project Engineer and Tukwila Fire Department in advance. Impairments shall be minimized and tasks requiring the impairment must be worked continuously until fire protection can be returned to service. Temporary services and protection may need to be provided. 3.02 The material and equipment fumished and installed by the Contractor shall be first - quality, new, full -size and weight, free from any defects, in first -class condition and standard in every respect. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be the product of the same manufacturer. Storage and handling of all material shall be done such that they are at all times protected against loss and damage. The materials comprising the fire protection system and its appurtenances shall be installed as described herein and on the plans and as required by the applicable codes, listed authorities and manufacturers recommendations. In the event of conflict between the plans and specifications, the decision of the Engineer shall be final. The mechanical drawings do not attempt to show complete details of building construction, which affect the. installation. Refer to the architectural, structural and electrical drawings for additional building details which affect the installation of the work covered under this unit of contract. 3,03 Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of all piping, and no extra payment will be allowed for obstruction by work of other trades or local obstructions to the work under this contract which require offsets. Where diagrams have been made to show piping connections, the Contractor is cautioned that these diagrams must not be used for obtaining material quantities. Changes in location of equipment or piping, advisable in the opinion of the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before proceeding with the work. All measurements and dimensions shall be verified at the site. All equipment shall be adjusted and left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. 3.04 Before starting work, carefully examine all of the architectural, structural, electrical and utility drawings to be thoroughly familiar with the conditions governing the work on this project. Coordinate work with all of the other crafts employed on the project. 3.05 Give exact locations for openings through walls before said work is done. 3.06 Final location of sprinkler heads shall be approved by the Engineer. Heads must be aligned with other heads, lighting fixtures and registers, in the room in a symmetrical pattern. 3.07 MISCELLANEOUS A. Provide sprinkler heads in exhaust plenum and ducts in Bay 3 per current uniform mechanical code. Provide access doors where sprinkler heads are not easily accessible by removing filters. B. Provide hydraulic placards for all hydraulically designed sprinkler systems. C Provide sprinkler heads in exhaust plenum and ducts in Bay 3 per current uniform mechanical code. Provide access doors where sprinkler heads are not easily accessible by removing filters. D. Provide sprinkler heads under ducts and other obstructions with widths of 48 inches or greater. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15500 -2 T/M13-95 ...... o...;.. v+:+ srr,;' SRtra» fiensv :v.,.w..,........,_...._•___.,. _ ..... .. _ .. .. 3.08 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. Clean up and remove from the premises all refuse material, crates and rubbish arising from this work. Proper adjustment of all devices shall be made and proper operation shall be demonstrated as required by the Engineer. 3.09 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Contractor shall give a 1 -week advance notification of acceptance testing to the Engineer and the Tukwila Fire Department. Contractor shall perform acceptance test as follows: B. Hydrostatic tests: All systems shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psi for 2 hours, or at 50 psi in excess of the maximum pressure, when the maximum pressure to be maintained in the system is in excess of 150 psi. C. Test of drainage facility: Tests of drainage facilities shall be make while the control valve is wide open. The main drain valve shall be opened and shall remain open until the system pressure stabilizes. D. All tests required shall be performed and certificates transmitted to the authorities having jurisdiction. An Inspection of the system will be made by the Authority and the Engineer and any discrepancies which are a part of the Contract shall be corrected prior to acceptance. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15500 SECTION 15700 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Handling Units B. Fans 1.02 STANDARDS A. Provide guards or enclosures for belt drives, gears, projection set screws or keys and other rotating or moving parts in accordance with WAC 296 -24 -150 and 296 -24 -205. Guard openings and holes in floors and walls in accordance with WAC 296 -24 -750. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300; 1. Fan performance curves for the specified operating conditions. 2. The motor data. 3. AFBMA Bearing ratings for the fan and motor at design conditions. 4. Complete gas -fired burner and control panel information for all units with gas -fired burner. 5. Catalog data and dimensional drawings. 6. Details of vibration isolation system. 7. All operation and maintenance information specified in Section 01730, except items 4, 8, 9 and 10. 8. Certification that the units have been tested and rated in accordance with the applicable AMCA Standard Test Code and Certified Ratings Program. 9. Certification that the gas -fired burner, along with the complete air handling units listed as an entire assembly, is UL listed. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 ROOFTOP HEAT AND VENT UNITS A. General: 1. Unit completely factory- assembled, wired and tested. 2. The air handling unit, and the fans used therein, must conform to the standards, as applicable, set forth in the AMCA Standards Handbook (Publication No. 99), and bear the AMCA Seal. 3. Unit shall be completely weatherized for outdoor installation. B. Casing Construction: 1. Roof curb construction full perimeter design, fabricated from minimum 12 -gauge galvanized steel. Minimum curb height 12- inches with cross bracing at each section joint. Match curb to slope of roof for level mounting of unit. 2. Construct cabinets from G90 galvanized steel with a minimum thickness of 16 -gauge for the steel panels. Adequately reinforce panels for the maximum anticipated static pressures involved. Panel joints shall be bolted construction with turned -out or tuned -in seams on close centers and caulked to insure the air - tightness of the cabinet. Wash casing with two part solution, dry, prime coat inside and out, factory apply an enamel paint finish coat. Construct base of units of structural steel channels and angles. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15700 -1 T/M 13 -95 3. Insulate the interior of cabinet sections with a minimum of 1 -inch thick, 1.5 -pound density fiberglass insulation applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners 12- inches on centers. Raw edges of the insulation exposed to the airflow, coat to prevent airflow erosion. 4. Access doors double construction, 20 -gauge galvanized steel door liners, extruded aluminum frames, seal to vinyl dual durometer gasketing, heavy duty hinge, solid locking lever latching mechanism. Each door shall have vision panel to view cabinet interior. Provide locking type door restrainers. Provide full unit height door at fans, filters, burners and electrical sections. 5. Louvers, storm -proof design and provided with 1/2 -inch by 1/2 -inch mesh bird screen. Provide hood over end inlet outside air louver. 6. Ducts, piping, wiring and conduit entrance into unit through the roof within the curb enclosure. C. Fan Sections: 1. Fans double width, double inlet centrifugal type, single or triple fans, backward inclined /forward curve, constant volume, size and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. AMCA rated. Size the shafting of the fan not to exceed 75- percent of the first critical speed under the specified operating conditions and the lateral static deflection of the shaft not to exceed 0.003- inches per foot of the length of the shaft. In larger sizes, shafting will be hollow to lessen the weight of the rotating parts and insure longer bearing life. 2. Statically and dynamically balance the fan wheel and shaft assembly prior to assembly. Following assembly, test the fan balance using an electronic balance analyzer with tunable filter and strobscope. Take vibration measurements on each bearing housing in two (2) radial and one (1) axial direction in relation to shaft centerline. Use I.A.W. 1980 ASHRAE Systems Guide, Chapter 35, Table 26 Equipment Vibration Criteria, acceptance /reject criteria. Vibration test the fan assembly at design RPM with the tunable filter utilized and scan frequencies from 500 - cycles per minute to 50,000 CPM to detect misalignment, bearing defects, mechanical looseness, or foundation weakness. 3. Mount fan and motor internally in the fan cabinet on an integral base. Isolate this assembly from the cabinet by freestanding, unhoused, stable steel springs with leveling bolts with isolation efficiency in accordance with Section 15020, Vibration Isolation. Isolate the fan outlet from the cabinet by means of neoprene - coated flexible connection. Install springs in such a manner that a neoprene, or fiberglass, high- frequency absorber is used and no continuous metal -to -metal contact is present between the fan integral base and the base of the fan cabinet. Provide vibration Isolation base with earthquake restraints to restrain fan assembly in vertical and horizontal direction. Electrically ground the rotating assembly through the motor wiring. Wire the fan motor with a flexible conduit of adequate length so that it will not affect the vibration isolation. Mount the fan cabinet as rigidly as possible in order not to impair the efficiency of the spring isolation of the fan and motor. The maximum allowable velocity in the vertical direction on top of the bearings is 0.075- inches per second as compared to the base on which the fan and motor are mounted. 4. V -belt type drives with cast Iron sheave. Motor sheaves adjustable - pitched - diameter -type for 15 -HP and smaller. Select drives so that drive horsepower is equal to at least 150 - percent of motor nameplate horsepower. Drives selected otherwise in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. Motors over 2 -HP provide multi -belt drives. 5. Motors standard NEMA frame. Motors shall be ball bearing, rigid mounted. Motors open - driproof construction. Heavy steel motor- adjusting bases to be supplied. Motor speeds not to exceed 1750 -RPM. 6. Pillowblock ball bearings selected for life of 100,000 -hours on forward- curved units, Pressure - lubricated ball -type bearings, provide with safety pressure relief grease fittings. Extend grease fittings to accessible position. Structural channels bearing supports of sufficient size and strength to insure flat bearing mounting surface and proper structural support. Additional support above 30- inches wheel diameter will be required and bearing supports above Size 11 must be bolted construction for ease of wheel removal. Welding of bearing supports is not acceptable. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15700 -2 T/M13.95 D. Mixing box dampers: 1. Construct mixing box dampers of extruded aluminum blades. Provide blades with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals. Seal blade ends with aluminum "arc" seals. Construct the external frame of heavy gauge welded steel with 1/4 -inch plate bearing bars and bronze or turcite insert bearing. Arrange linkage externally for parallel or opposed -blade action. Barometric dampers not permitted. 2. Damper leak rate not to exceed 11 -CFM per square foot of damper at 2 -1/2- inches W.G. pressure. E. Economizer Section: 1. Economizer section includes dampers for return air and dampers and louvers for outside air and discharge. 2. Damper construction as described for mixing box damper above. Barometric dampers or louvers not permitted. F. Filter Section: Provide in filter section filters and Magnehelic gauge in accordance with Section 15850, and as scheduled on the drawings. G. Electric Control Center and Wiring: 1. Each unit will contain an electrical control center consisting of: a. An externally- mounted NEMA 3R main power disconnect. b. An internally- mounted NEMA 1 enclosure with fused motor starters with H.O.A. switch and 3 -phase overload protection for supply and return fan motors, control transformer for primary voltage to 1201/60 hz, and system control terminal strip. 2. Each unit completely factory- wired, requiring only field wiring of power wiring to the main power disconnect. 3. HV -23 shall be provided with an auxiliary contact for unit shut down upon remote sensing of high temperature. 4. Provide vapor service light in each fan, filter, and coil compartment; wire to a single switch. Lights factory-wired to separate junction box. H. Controls: 1. Unit shall be provided with DDC temperature control interface including a 4 to 10 mA signal converter for controlling main gas valve. 2. Provide a break -glass type, manual shutoff control located in corridor outside room. I. Direct -fired Burner Section: 1. Burner shall be cast steel with perforated stainless steel side plates and cast iron end plates. Damper profile plates shall be externally adjustable, unit shall have a flame observation port. 2. Burner shall have a turndown ratio of 30 to 1, with 100% thermal efficiency. Pilot shall be automatically ignited by a spark plug through a standard ignition transformer. 3. Gas train shall be capable of handling a 5 PSI inlet pressure, be FM /IRI approved and include: a. Main inlet hand operated valve b. Main gas regulator, valve and operator c. Modulating gas valve high limit control d. Pilot hand shut off e. Pilot regulator and solenoid valve 4. Gas Controls shall include: a. Air flow switch b. High limit safety cut -off set at 160 degrees F c. Flame relay with ultraviolet scanner d. Ignition transformer e. Primary and secondary control circuit fusing f. Single point control connection UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 157003 T/M13.95 5. The unit shall be completely factory-sired for single point field connection with electrical components including: a. Magnetic motor starter and overload b. Main fused disconnect c. 120 volt control transformer d. Terminal block, relays and fuses J. Indirect -Fired Burner Section: 1. The gas burner section shall consist of an indirect gas -fired heater with multi -pass drum and tube heat exchanger and forced draft power bumer capable of reduced Toad turndown of 40 to 1. 2. The heat exchanger primary drum shall be 14 gauge formed and welded Series 300 stainless steel. The secondary tubes shall be 16 gauge Series 400 stainless steel. Collector boxes shall be 8 -inch, tubes shall be 3 -inch. Unit shall have inspection and relief port. 3. The single burner assembly shall include a combustion air blower with non - sparking paddle wheel type impeller, pilot, spark ignitor, stainless steel discharge sleeve, mixing cone, self contained internal air and gas proportioning valves, flame safeguard sensor and control motor. Staging or multiple burner assemblies will not be acceptable. The burner shall be equipped with proper controls on call for heat to start on low fire and shall be capable of modulating from high fire down to pilot flame by means of an air metering device and gas butterfly valve which mixes the proper combustion air for an efficient and clean burn. 4. The Safety controls shall include: a. Electronic burner safety relay with main and pilot sensing b. Timer for purging the combustion chamber c. Automatic electronic ignition system with Ignition spark transformer d. Magnetic overload protected starters with manual reset overloads e. Flame safeguard system and fuel control system in compliance with IRI standards. 5. The gas train shall be capable of handling 5 PSI inlet pressure and shalt be provided complete with all controls includes main gas valve, flame supervision, positive burner safety switch, pilot cock and adjustable main and pilot pressure regulators. 6, The combustion control panel shall be UL listed under UL 508 as a flame control panel. The burner shall be factory fired and adjusted for proper combustion. K. Unit size, capacity and arrangement as scheduled and shown on the drawings, ICE, Pace or approved equal. 2.02 ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN F -77 A. Open centrifugal wheel -type fan all aluminum construction, rubber isolated drive assembly, belt drive, prelubricated bearings, prefabricated curb, AMCA certified and with vibration efficiencies in accordance with Section 15020, Vibration Isolation. B. Disconnect switch shall be provided by Electrical Contractor. C. Fans as manufactured by Penn, model, size, and capacity as scheduled on drawings, Acme Co., Briedert, Carnes, Greenheck, Jenn -Aire, Loren Cook or approved equal. 2.03 ALL OTHER ROOFTOP CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST FANS A. Centrifugal Fans: 1. Backward - inclined flat blade, constant volume, AMCA certified in accordance with Standard #210. Arrangements, discharges, and accessories as scheduled on the drawings. Fans constructed of low carbon steel and painted with a corrosion - resistant enamel paint. Entire assembly shall be weather protected for outdoor installation. 2. Wheels and Housings: The wheel diameters and discharges areas in accordance with the standard sizes adopted by AMCA for non - overloading fans. Inlets fully streamlined and housings suitably braced to prevent vibration or pulsation. Housings constructed of heavy UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15700 -4 T/M13-95 gauge steel and continuously welded throughout. Standard coating durable and heat resistant up to 500 °F. 3. Shaft and Bearings: The first critical shaft speed of Class 1 or 11 fans at least 125- percent of the fan's maximum operating speed. The first critical speed of Class III and IV fans at least 142% of the fan's maximum operating speed. Bearings designed for heavy -duty service with a minimum L[10] fife 40,000 hours. Bearing ratings are based on the fan's maximum cataloged operating speed. Bearings either single -row ball or double -row spherical roller type in a one -piece cast iron housing, or a double -row spherical roller type in a split cast iron pillow block. Bearings rigidly supported on heavy structural supports. 4. Performance: Fan performance base on test conducted in accordance with AMCA Standard Test Code for Air Moving Devices. All fans licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. Fans shall have a sharply rising pressure characteristic extending through the operating range and continuing to rise well beyond the efficiency peak to assure quiet and stable operation under all conditions. Horsepower characteristics truly non - overloading and reach a peak in the normal selection area. Fan manufacturer provide sound power ratings in the eight octave bands based on AMCA Standard 300 -67, test set -up number 1. Sound power ratings shall be in decibels referenced 10 - {12} watts 5. Balancing: Provide factory dynamic balance on all fans after their assembly. Use an IRD or PMC analyzer to measure velocity, and the final reading not to exceed 0.1- inches per second. Record the exact level of vibration on the fan as proof of the final dynamic balance at the factory. 6. Miscellaneous: a. Full belt drive with belt guards. All fans over 2 -HP motors provide with multi -belt drive; all sheaves shall be adjustable. b. Provide spark protection and explosion proof motor as scheduled on the drawings. c. Provide vibration isolation mounts and steel fan and motor support base in accordance with Section 15020, Vibration Isolation. 7. Fan shall be Barry Blower and Penn as indicated, size and capacity as scheduled on drawings, Trane, Peerless, Champion, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 START -UP A. Final adjustments to the HV units shall be made in the field during unit start-up by a factory representative or a service organization certified by the unit manufacturer. B. Provide one spare drive belt of each unique size and type. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION SECTION 15750 PAINT SPRAY BOOTH SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mechanical systems for the pre- engineered paint spray booth including, but not limited to: 1. Air Distribution • 2. Fire protection 3. Compressed air 4. Breathing air 5. Monitoring, controls and alarming PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Ductwork and accessories shall comply with Section 15800. B. Filters and frames shall comply with Section 15850. Filter frames shall be well fitted to booth wall to prevent leakage. C. Perforated plates shall be factory -sized for design pressure drop. Supply plates in the "Paint" mode shall be double layered (for field adjustability) and have a 0.25 Inch W.G. total static pressure drop at design air flow using maximum 1/8 -inch diameter holes. Supply plates in the "Cure" mode shall have a 0.10 inch W.G. drop at design air flow using maximum 1/2 -inch diameter holes. Perforated plates shall be galvanized steel. D. Supply air grilles for the "Cure" mode shall be manufacturer and model as indicated on the drawings, or approved equal. 2.02 FIRE PROTECTION A. System shall be in accordance with Section 15500 and as shown on the drawings. 2.03 COMPRESSED AIR A. Piping Shall comply with Section 15445. B. Valves Shall comply with Section 15100. C. System shall comply with Section 15445. 2.04 BREATHING AIR A. Piping shall comply with Section 15445. B. Valves shall comply with Section 15100. C. System shall comply with Section 15445. 2.05 MONITORING, CONTROLS AND ALARMING A. Materials shall comply with Section 15900. B. System interface shall be compatible with the Automatic Temperature Control system. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15750 -1 T/M13.95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide complete mechanical systems for the pre - engineered paint spray booth. The systems shall be engineered by employees of the booth manufacturer. Installation shall be by skilled mechanics in the respective line of work, under the direct supervision of the booth manufacturer's field representative. B. Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of all work, and no extra payment will be allowed for obstruction by work of other trades or local obstructions to the work under this contract which require adjustments. Where diagrams have been made, the Contractor is cautioned that these diagrams must not be used for obtaining material quantities. Changes in location of work, advisable in the opinion of the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before proceeding with the work. All measurements and dimensions shall be verified at the site. All equipment shall be adjusted and left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. C. Before starting work, carefully examine all of the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and utility drawings to be thoroughly familiar with the conditions governing the work on this project. Coordinate work with all of the other crafts employed on the project. D. Give exact locations for openings through walls and roof before said work is.done. 3.02 SYSTEMS INTERFACE A. The booth shall be engineered and provided with one or more interface panel(s). The panel shall be the connection paint for external utilities including: 1. Fire protection (wet) 2. Compressed air • 3. Breathing air 4. Controls 3.03 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. The booth shall be engineered, and provided with complete paint supply, paint exhaust, cure supply and cure exhaust air distribution systems to ensure proper air flow, velocities and capture for safe and effective paint/cure operations. B. The paint supply velocities six feet above the floor on both sides of the bus shall be 100 feet per minute without substantial fluctuations point -to -point in a horizontal plane. The paint supply velocities over the entire face of the supply outlets shall be 70 feet per minute without substantial fluctuations point -to -point in a horizontal plane. C. The paint exhaust velocities on booth sides shall be 197 feet per minute without substantial fluctuations point -to -point in a vertical plane over the entire face of the exhaust inlets. D. The cure supply air in heat and vent mode (nominal 70 °) shall be delivered as evenly as possible, with velocities in any direction no greater than 200 feet per minute at six feet above the floor. 3.04 FIRE PROTECTION A. The booth shall be provided with a complete fire protection system. The system interface shall be the connection point for the wet piping system. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15750 -2 T/M13.95 .,- ...T;;ac• n.......,;,,.w<, ,......... -.»... ;'1i;iS�s�4 3.05 COMPRESSED AIR A. The booth shall be provided with a complete compressed air system. Outlets shall be the numbers and locations as shown on the drawings, and as specified herein. B. The system shall be complete with a normally closed solenoid valve to disable all outlets. C. The system interface shall be the connection paint for the building compressed air system. 3.06 BREATHING AIR A. The booth shall be provided with a complete breathing air system. Outlets shall be number and location as shown on the drawings, and as specified herein. B. The system interface shall be a capped connection point for future connection to a building breathing air system. 3.07 MONITORING, CONTROLS and ALARMING A. The booth shall be provided with a complete monitoring, control and alarming system as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. The system interface shall include these low- voltage connection points for connection to the Direct Digital Control (DDC) system: 1. A binary input to the booth to open /close the compressed air solenoid valve. 2. A binary input to the booth to enable /disable the booth painting Tights. 3. A binary output from the booth to enable /disable the paint fans when the booth doors or light fixtures are opened. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment • of support the commissioning work. During the commissioning, coordinate with the commissioning company and make all adjustments required to demonstrate systems are working properly. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15750 15750 -3 T/M13.95 SECTION 15800 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Duct Systems B. Hangers and Supports C. Hardware and Accessories 1.02 STANDARDS A. Comply with the current editions of the following standards unless specified or drawn otherwise: 1. ASHRAE Guide Equipment Volume: Duct Construction, Chapter 1 2. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard? 3. "SMACNA Industrial Duct Construction Standards" 4. NFPA -90A 5. NFPA -90B 6. NFPA -96 7. Uniform Mechanical Code Standard No. 10.2 B. For material, gauges, fabrication and installation select from the SMACNA options that will result in a composite assembly that will be serviceable within the following criteria: 1, Supply duct systems use 2 -inch W.G. basis of compliance. 2. Return systems use 2 -inch W.G. negative basis of compliance. 3. Exhaust duct systems use 3 -inch W.G. negative basis of compliance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT AND PLENUM MATERIAL A. G -90 coated galvanized steel of lock forming grade ASTM A -525 and A -527, unless Indicated on the drawings or specified otherwise. B. For round ducts provide spiral seam duct United - McGill "Uni -Seal" ducts and fittings, Mitco, Sheet Metal Products Co., or approved equal. At Contractor's option, Contractor may provide ducts with SMACNA type RL -2, RL -3 or RL -4 longitudinal seams for unexposed round duct upstream of air handling boxes. C. Joint tape shall be Hardcast manufactured; Type DT mineral impregnated woven fiber tape with Type FTA -20 adhesive; 3- Inches minimum width; UL approved. 2.02 HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A. Comply with "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards" and with the following exceptions, selections or deviations. B. Fittings: 1, Square throat elbows in rectangular ducts must have double wall turn vanes. 2. Turn vanes must be double wall type. 3. Do not use straight tap for branch connections in rectangular duct. 4. Do not use dovetail joint for round branch connection to rectangular ducts. Provide notch spin -in type. 5. For round ducts over 48- inches diameter use continuously welded angle type RT -2A companion flange at transverse joint. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15800 -1 T/M 13.95 6. Acoustical Turning Vanes: a) Insulation filled, perforated face, factory fabricated acoustical turning vanes. b) Airsan "Acoustiturn ", Elgen No. AV -7 hollow turning vanes with No. AVR -6 push type side rails, or approved equal. "Button Punch" side rails not permitted. C. Access doors and panels: 1. Access panel 16 -gauge single wall type with screws at 4- inches maximum spacing, and with Ventlok #299 gasketing material all round perimeter. D. Volume Dampers: 1. Do not use splitter dampers. 2. Do not use orifice plates or perforated metal in lieu of volume dampers unless indicated on the drawings. 3. Sectionalize dampers with blade length over 48 -inch. 4. Do not use fire dampers for volume adjustment or control. 5. Use square damper rod. 6. Size dampers to obstruct approximately 95 percent of the duct area when in the closed position. Maximum pressure drop of 0.07 -inch W.G. at wide open with 1500 feet per minute air velocity. 7. Duro -Dyne model as follows, or approved equal of Arrow, Ruskin damper quadrants. a) #KS -145 for dampers maximum 10- inches long. b) #KS -385 for dampers maximum 80- inches long. c) K -7 with bearings for dampers longer than 80 -inch. d) Quadrants in finished spaces where dampers in ducts are concealed in finished walls or ceilings provide with Duro -Dyne Series SRC, sizes as listed for accessible ducts, or Young Regulator Series 301 or Ventlock Series 666 concealed damper operators. 8. Set and lock dampers in the "open" position. 9. Damper quadrant stand -offs for insulated ducts shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel damper quadrant stand -offs; 1 -1/2 -inch height above duct surface; sized to permit secure attachment of damper quadrant; pop rivet connections to duct. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Provide at duct connections to fan Inlets and outlets, minimum clear length of 3 -inch. 2. UL- listed, fire - retardant neoprene coated, woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A. F. Hanging and Supporting System: 1. Do not use powder actuated fastening devices. Use steel expanding concrete anchors placed in drilled holes, Red -Head, Phillips Anchors or approved equal. 2. Select upper attachments using a safety factor of 5. 3. • Do not penetrate exhaust duct with screws. 4. Install ducts so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment or equipment supports, conduit or piping subject to vibration. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS A. Relief - Backdrafter Dampers: 1. Metal blade type: Arrow United Industries #335 with counterbalance, Oilite bearings and 1/2- inch mesh bird screen, Ruskin or approved equal. B. Dial Thermometers: 1. Trerice Series L800, Palmer, or approved equal. 2. 3 -1/2 -inch dial, solid liquid filled, stainless steel case with adjustable angle mounting bracket, 8 -foot -long copper averaging bulb. 3. Scale shall be selected appropriate to the usage. C. Wall openings: 1. Seal space around ducts where ducts pass through walls, ceilings or floors. 2. Densely pack void space with loose fill fiberglass Insulation. Install galvanized iron frame at each side of opening to cover edges of duct openings. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15800 -2 T/M 13.95 D. Automatic Dampers: 1. Install automatic dampers furnished by the temperature controls subcontractor, and specified in Section 15900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Square corner elbows for duct offsets are not allowed, except where shown. B. Route ductwork to avoid interference with supports and framing, and work of other trades. Provide offsets as required. C. Ductwork in General: 1. Elbows: a. Supply Ducts: Standard radius elbows per SMACNA Standards. Square elbows with vanes are allowed only where shown. b. Exhaust Ducts: Minimum elbow radius equal to 1/2 duct width. Square corner elbows allowed only where shown. 2. Circular Ducts: Spiral seam ducts per Section 15800. 3. Duct Collars: Provide, where exposed ductwork passes through walls. 4. Seams: Formed and sealed per SMACNA recommendations for 5 percent maximum leakage; standing seams are not acceptable on ducts other than plenums. Snaplock type seams by Lockformer tools are acceptable for low pressure ductwork where Pittsburgh seams called for. 5. Joints: Formed and sealed per SMACNA recommendations for 5 percent maximum leakage; T -22 companion angle joints and T -23 flanged joints are not allowed. D. Provide steel angle framing on 18 -inch centers to support plenums and large ducts. Fasten lapped type seams to framing on 4 -inch centers or standing type seams to framing on 12 -inch centers. Provide supplementary bracing on horizontal surfaces to prevent deformation under system operating and "upset" pressures. Fasten sheetmetal to backing steel screws. E. Duct sealing: 1. Seam and Joint Construction: Fill sheetmetal seams and joints with fire - retardant mastic prior to their assembly; construct seams and joints to retain mastic after assembly. 2. Application of Joint Tape: Apply joint tape to all transverse and longitudinal ductwork seams and joints, except longitudinal Pittsburgh and grooved seams. Comply with tape manufacturer's recommendations. Clean ductwork surface before application. Do not apply tape to damp or wet duct surfaces. Remove and reapply tape to all duct seams where adhesion is incomplete, as directed. 3. Pipe Penetrations: Seal per Figure 6 -10, SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985. F. Install automatic dampers; provide all supports, bracing and closure plates. G. Remove construction debris and dirt in ducts and plenum interiors at end of work; no additional cost to the Owner. H. Mitered Ducts and Fittings: Use radius ells and connections. I. Adjustable or pleated elbows shall not be used. 3.02 SUPPORT A. Construct and install per recommended practices of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, with the following additions and exceptions. B. All hangers shall support the weight of installed ductwork and insulation, plus the weight of a 200 pound man. C. Continuously threaded type steel rods 1/4 -inch minimum diameter shall be allowed only if electroplated. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15800 -3 T/M 13 -95 D. Provide hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of horizontal duct, at the following locations. 1. Close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, and for branch connections 3 -feet or greater in length. 2. Adjacent to ducts penetrating walls and partitions. 3. Square comer elbows at not over 24 -inch intervals measured along the elbows. 4. At the mid -point of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows greater than 20 degrees change in direction. 5. One or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct. E. Support of Ducts Above Roof: Provide hot dip galvanized steel angle frames at spacing shown, made of 1 -1/4 -inch x 1 -1/4 -inch x 1/4 -inch minimum steel angles, all welded, hot dip galvanized. 3.03 SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT Provide one or more sets of hangers for all equipment in duct runs, as recommended by their manufacturers. 3.04 MAXIMUM PERMITTED DUCT HANGER SPACING A. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet shall have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart. B. Ducts with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet shall have their hangers spaced not more than 6 feet apart. C. Ducts with area over 10 square feet shall have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart. 3.05 SHEETMETAL CONNECTIONS: A. Supply Outlet (Square or Rectangular Pattern Diffusers): Provide sheetmetal duct connection the same size and shape as the diffuser neck to the branch duct. B. Supply and Exhaust Grille: Provide rectangular duct connection with mounting frame where required; flexible duct connections not allowed. 3.06 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS: A. Damper Locations: Provide in the duct to each supply opening and exhaust opening. Provide additional dampers as shown on drawings. Locate dampers as far upstream from the outlets as possible and in accessible areas. B. Acoustic Performance: Noisy dampers as determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. C. Damper Quadrants On Insulated Ductwork: Install a damper quadrant stand -off for each volume damper on insulated ductwork. Attach stand -off to duct and quadrant to standoff with pop- rivets. D. Damper Positions: Set and lock all volume dampers in the "Full Open" position prior to commencement of balancing work on the system. 3.07 SMOKE DETECTORS A. Smoke Detectors: Mounted directly on outside of duct or HV unit. B. Wiring: For circuit and installation, see electrical drawings and specifications, Section 16000. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15800 15800 -4 T/M13.95 • ;m:,y;7.h:'"t+::V.'Y: YJ!P31'�;S�:S,4awcS[4:? ,rwC : W, �1Ma. eroor .•.�.. ».....�... «.�....s.»..., w._........... SECTION 15825 AIR TERMINAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Registers. B. Diffusers, PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.02 REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. General: 1. Units sized and scheduled Krueger and /or Titus, unless indicated otherwise. Other manufacturers listed select and size units to obtain same performance and quality as unit scheduled. Frame style to accommodate installation, or as shown on draWings. Carnes, Anemostat, J & J Register, Krueger, Tuttle & Bailey, Nailor -Hart, or approved equal. 2. Sizes shown on drawings give horizontal dimension first; do not Include borders. Borders, where installed against building construction, shall be 1 -1/4 -inch width to cover the embedded frame; where installed against exposed sheetmetal shall be 5/8 -inch or 3/4 -inch width; fitted with air seal of cellular plastic or rubber. 3. Finish (unless noted otherwise): white baked enamel PART 3 EXECUTION 3.02 INSTALLATION OF REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Provide duct connections as specified. B. Diffusers shall be well fitted. C. Support of diffusers and grilles shall be concealed attachments wherever possible. D. interior of ducts (where visible through grilles): Apply one coat of black paint. UNIT,REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15825 SECTION 15850 AIR FILTRATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Filters and filter frames. B. Service filter housing. C. Filter gauges. 1.02 STANDARDS A. All filter performance ratings based on tests in accordance with ASHRAE Test Standard #52 -76, unless noted otherwise. B. All filter media Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed as Class 1 and 2. C. Quantity, size, type and resistance as scheduled on the drawings. D. Manufacturer must guarantee performance and performance must be stated in the manufacturer's printed literature. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 BAY 1 EXHAUST AND HV -23 PRE - FILTER A. 1 -inch thick non -woven cotton and synthetic media pleated, 20 percent efficiency ASHRAE Dust Spot, 85 percent ASHRAE Weight Arrestance, with heavy duty, beverage board enclosing frame. B. Media in a 16 -gauge galvanized steel or plated steel holding frame with wire fasteners retaining clips and polyurethane foam gasket. Fasteners removable without use of tools. C. Farr 20/20, Cambridge, New -Aire or approved equal. 2.02 HV -4, HV -5 AND HV -7 FILTERS A. 2 -inch thick non -woven cotton media pleated, 30 percent efficiency ASRAE Dust Spot, 65 grams/sq. ft dust holding capacity, 93 percent ASHRAE Weight Arrestance, with heavy duty, beverage board enclosing frame. B. Media in a 16 -gauge galvanized steel or plated steel holding frame with wire fasteners retaining clips and polyurethane foam gasket. Fasteners removable without use of tools. C. Farr 30/30, New -Aire HC Type 40, Cambridge Aeropleat, or approved equal. 2.03 HV -23 FINAL FILTERS A. Non -woven cotton or glass fiber media pleated 55 percent efficiency ASHRAE. Dust Spot, 65 grams/sq ft dust holding capacity, 93 percent ASRAE Weight Arrestance with heavy duty Kraftboard or galvanized steel enclosing frame. B. Media with Kraftboard enclosing frame provided in a 16 -gauge galvanized steel or plated steel holding frame with wire fastener retaining clips and polyurethane foam gasket. Fasteners removable without use of tools, C. Farr Riga - Flo -15, New -Aire HC Type 60, Cambridge Aerosolve 55, or approved equal. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15850 -1 T/M 13 -95 2.04 BAY 3 PAINT SUPPLY A. Two -ply resilient polyester, 90% efficient at 5 microns, with welded internal steel frame. B. Filter media overlaps self - sealing edge flush with holding frame. Assembly fits tightly into paint booth, supply plenum to prevent bypass of unfiltered air. Removable without the use of tools. C. Viskon -Aire Paint Spray Booth Filters, Columbus or approved equal. 2.05 BAY 3 PAINT EXHAUST AND PIT EXHAUST A. Filter assembly shall consist of pre - filter and final filter. Both sets of filters shall be face - accessed. The paint exhaust filter assembly shall be recessed so the face of the assembly is flush with the booth wall. B. Pre - filter shall be a paint collector pad capable of removing 94% of overspray. Initial air pressure drop of clean filter shall not exceed 0.02 - inch W.G. (measured at 150 feet per minute). Pre - filter shall snap into a wire grid or otherwise be held in place and allow removal without the use of tools. C. Final filters shall be: 1. 2 -inch thick non -woven cotton media pleated, 30 percent efficiency ASHRAE Dust Spot, 65 grams/sq ft dust holding capacity, 93 percent ASHRAE Weight Arrestance, with heavy duty, beverage board enclosing frame. 2. Media in a 16 -gauge galvanized steel or pleated steel holding frame with wire fasteners retaining clips and polyurethane foam gasket. Fasteners removable without use of tools. 3. Farr 30/30, New- Aire.HC Type 40, Cambridge Aeropleat, or approved equal. 2.06 SIDE SERVICING FILTER HOUSING A. Factory- fabricated and assembled with 16 -gauge galvanized or plated steel housing, reinforced and braced. B. Tracks to accommodate final filters and 2 -inch thick prefilters. Filter housing to accept various range of filter efficiencies, with positive sealing gaskets on top and bottom of tracks. C. Access doors for filters shall be from either side of the housing or as noted on the drawings. 16- gauge steel doors with continuous gasketing and heavy duty positive sealing latches. D. Farr Eco -Glide Pack, Cambridge, American Air Filter ServiSide, and New -Aire. 2.07 FRONT ACCESS FILTER HOUSING A. Factory fabricated and assembled with 16 -gauge galvanized or plated steel housing. B. Frame to accommodate standard size filters with the application of the appropriate type fastener. C. Sealing flange shall be minimum 3/4 -inch with polyurethane foam gasket for positive seal between filter and frame. D. The frames shall have matching holes for bolting or riveting built -up bank assemblies. Frames shall have lances for various filters and dimples for automatic filter centering. E. Frame shall be Farr Type 8, or approved equal of Cambridge, American Air Filter or New -Aire. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install filters in filter banks, flat or V -bank configuration as shown on the drawings. Secure filter sections in racks with airtight seals between filter sections and at perimeter of filters to prevent bypass of unfiltered air. Install filters for service access as shown on the drawings. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15850 -2 T/M13 -95 SlAiA,?;. B. Provide air filter gauges for all filters, Dwyer Magnehelic Gauge, Series 2000 with Fig. #4 -3 accessories, Orange Research, or approved equal. Range of the gauge selected for appropriate installation. Provide engraved phenolic plate indicating "CLEAN" filter and "CHANGE" filter readings. Install pressure sensing taps and tubing so that filter servicing will not restrict taps or damage tubing. C. Install temporary filter media during supply system balancing in media frames; resistance of temporary media to be 0.5 -inch W.G. in addition to the initial "clean" filter resistance. 3.02 FRONT ACCESS FILTERS AND FRAMES A. Filter frames shall be bolted or riveted together to provide bank assemblies as called out on the drawings. B. Frames shall be provided with retainer clips appropriate to accommodate the size, number and depth of filters. C. Paint booth exhaust frames shall be Installed so the pre - filter is flush with the inside face of the booth when complete filter assembly is in place. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15850 SECTION 15900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide a complete direct digital control (DDC) system for the heating, ventilating and air condition system as herein described and shown on the drawings. The Temperature Control System shall be installed by skilled mechanics in this line of work, employed by the Control Component Manufacturer of Landis & Gyr Powers, Johnson Service, MCC Powers, Barber - Colman or approved equal. B. The Control Manufacturer shall submit description of operation and schematic drawings of the entire Control System to the Engineer for approval before starting work. Bulletins describing each item of Control Equipment or component shall be included. Upon completion of his work, the Control Manufacturer shall provide a final set of description of operation and schematic as -built drawings of the Control System to the Owner (see Section 15010). C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere - Air handling equipment and air distribution systems: All automatic control dampers not furnished with mechanical equipment shall be furnished by the Control Manufacturer and shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor or his sheet metal subcontractor, under the Control Manufacturer's supervision. D. Contractor Adjustment: At the completion of the job, the Controls Contractor must submit to the Engineer a letter stating that he has made final calibrations and adjustments to the system and that the Owner's operating personnel have been instructed in its use. E. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment to support the commissioning work. During the commissioning, coordinate with the commissioning company and make all adjustmens required to demonstrate systems are working properly. F. All components of the DDC system shall meet applicable local code requirements. G. System shall consist of stand -alone DDC panels, sensors, actuators, dampers, operating software, operator training, installation labor, warranty and all other necessary material and labor to provide a complete and workable system. 1.02 VENDOR QUALIFICATIONS A. The vendor shall have been the manufacturer's local authorized representative for the past three (3) years. B. The vendor shall have installed five (5) completely operational systems each controlling more than 150,000 square feet of occupied space, similar in configuration to this project and located within fifty (50) miles of Metro South Base. C. The vendor shall be able to provide replacement parts on site within forty -eight (48) hours. D. Alternate bidders not listed in 1.01A above shall provide a list of no less than ten similar projects which have the same DDC systems as specified. These projects must be on -line and functional such that the owner's representative may observe the system in full operation. 1.03 INSTALLATION & QUALITY A. The entire DDC system shall be installed by skilled electricians and mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for this work. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with Division 16 of these specifications. B. Supervision and checkout of the system shall be by local branch engineers and technicians directly employed by the system provider. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900 -1 T/M 13 -95 C. System provider shall be a manufacturer owned service organization which stocks and has direct factory access to the manufacturers standard parts, and is capable of system inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance, and service to the system. 1.04 SUBMITTALS / DRAWINGS A. The contractor shall submit, prior to installation, a set of installation drawings and control strategies for review by the Engineer. These drawings shall include the physical location of building control system equipment and system architecture. Control diagrams and a complete sequence of operation of the control system shall be provided. B. Upon completion of the installation and final system adjustment the contractor shall provide a full set of as -built drawings of the installation and the control strategies. C. All submittals shall be generated on reproducible AUTOCAD (version 10 or later) schematic diagrams. System provider shall utilize this software package and shall upon the Engineer's request furnish a copy of the submittals on floppy disks at no additional cost. 1.05 SYSTEM TURN -OVER AND SERVICE A. Upon completion of the installation, the contractor shall initiate operation of the control system and perform all necessary testing and perform diagnostics to ensure proper operation. An acceptance test in the presence of the owners representative, and/or the Project Manager shall be performed. 1.06 TRAINING /OWNER'S INSTRUCTION A. The contractor shall provide two copies of an operator's manual describing all operating and routine maintenance service procedures to be used with the system. The contractor shall instruct the owner's designated representatives in these procedures during the start-up and test period. The instruction period shall be in two separate training sessions, each no less than eight (8) hours in duration. These instructions are to be conducted during normal working hours. The instructions shall consist of both hands -on and classroom training at the jobsite. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The building control system, including all hartiware and software components shall be warranted for a period of one (1) year following the date of acceptance. Any manufacturing defects arising during this period shall be corrected without cost to the owner. B. The adjustment, required testing, and repair of the system includes all computer equipment, transmission, equipment and all sensors and control devices. C. The on -line support services shall allow the local DDC subcontractor to dial out over telephone lines to monitor and control the facility's building automation system. This remote connection to the facility shall be within two (2) hours of the time that the problem is reported. This coverage shall be extended to include normal business hours, after business hours, weekends and holidays. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 DDC SYSTEM A. General 1. The DDC System provided for this project shall be central PC based system. 2. The DDC System shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion through the . addition of DDC controllers, slave panels, terminal equipment controllers, operator terminals, personal computers and/or a general purpose multi - tasking, .multi- operator minicomputer. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900-2 T/M 13.95 B. DDC Controller 1. DDC Controllers shall be stand - alone, microprocessor- based, with a minimum word size of 16 bits. They shall be multi - tasking, multi -user, real -time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug -in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power supplies and input/output point modules. Controller size shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the point list. 2. Each DDC Controller shall have sufficient memory, a minimum of 1 megabyte, to support its operating system and databases, including: a. Control processes b. Energy management applications c. Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages d. Historical/trend data e. Maintenance support applications f. Custom processes g. Operator I/O h. Dial -up communications 1. Manual override monitoring 3. Each DDC Controller shall support monitoring and control of the following types of points, without the addition of equipment outside the DDC Controller cabinet: a. Analog inputs: 4 -20 mA 0 -10 Vdc Thermistors 1000 ohm RTDs b. Digital inputs: Dry contact closure Pulse Accumulator Voltage Sensing c. Digital outputs: Contact closure (motor starters, sizes 1 -4) d. Analog outputs: 0 -20 psi 4 -20 mA 0 -10 Vdc 4. Each DDC Controller shall have a minimum of two spares of each point type (analog inputs, digital inputs, analog outputs, digital outputs) and no less than 50% expandability. Provide all processors, power supplies and communication controllers complete so that the implementation of a point only requires the addition of the appropriate point input/output termination module and wiring. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified control sequences and have at least 25% of the memory available for future use. 5. The operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC Controller via local, point discrete, on -board hand/off /auto operator override switches for digital control type points and gradual switches for analog control type points. These override switches shall be operable whether the panel processor is operational or not. Switches shall be mounted either within the DDC Controllers key- accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. DDC Controllers shall monitor the status of all overrides and inform the operator that automatic control has been inhibited. DDC Controllers shall also collect override activity information for reports. 6. DDC Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output for constant, up -to -date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator I/O device. Graduated intensity LEDs or analog indication of value shall also be provided for each analog output. Status indication shall be visible without opening the panel door. 7. DDC Controllers shall provide at least two RS -232C serial data communication ports for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers or terminals. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900 -3 T/M13-95 8. Each DDC Controller shall continuously perform self - diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all panel components. The DDC Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication, 9. The DDC Controllers shall have the ability to perform the following pre- tested control algorithms: a. Two - position control b. Proportional control c. Proportional plus integral control d. Proportional, integral, plus derivative control 10. The DDC Controllers shall have the ability to perform any or all the following energy management routines: a. Time -of -day scheduling b. Calendar -based scheduling c. Holiday scheduling d. Temporary schedule overrides e. Start -Stop Time Optimization f. Automatic Daylight Savings Time Switchover g. Night setback control h. Peak demand limiting I. Temperature- compensated duty cycling j. Hot deck reset The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part of DDC Controllers and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the Sequence of Operations. 11. Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to operator devices. Each DDC Controller shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non - critical alarms, minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC Controllers ability to report alarms be affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation, local I/O device or communications with other panels on the network, 12. A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or automatically sample, store and display system data for points. Each DDC Controller shall have a dedicated RAM -based buffer for trend data and shall be capable of storing a minimum of 10,000 data samples. Trend data shall be stored at the DDC Controllers and uploaded to the workstation when retrieval is desired. Uploads shall occur based upon either user - defined interval, manual command or when the trend buffers are full. C. Application Specific Controllers 1. General a. Provide application specific controllers (ASC's) as required for each mechanical system or piece of equipment. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor -based direct digital control unit and shall be capable of operating either as a standalone controller or on a multi -drop communications network originating at the DDC Controller. Provide each ASC with sufficient memory to operate in a truly independent manner; that is, each ASC shall support its own inputs and outputs, operating systems, database and programs necessary to perform control sequences and energy management routines. b. Provide the following types of ASC's as necessary: 1) Central System Controllers 2) Terminal Equipment Controllers UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900 -4 T/M13 -95 2. Central System Controllers (CSC's) a, CSC's shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Provide a hand - off - automatic switch for each binary output for manual override capability. Switches shall be mounted either within the controller's key- accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. In addition, each switch position shall be supervised in order to inform the system that automatic control has been overridden. As a minimum, 50% of the point inputs and outputs shall be of the universal type, allowing for additional system flexibility. In lieu of universal inputs and outputs, provide a minimum of 50% spare points of each type. b. Each CSC shall support its own real -time operating system. Provide a time clock with battery backup to allow for standalone operation and to insure protection during power outages. Should the controller reside on a DDC Controller network, the clock operation shall be overridden by the DDC Controller clock to insure network continuity. c. All databases and programs shall be stored in non- volatile EEPROM or a minimum of 100 -hour battery back -up shall be provided. All programs shall be field- customized to meet the user's exact control strategy requirements. Controllers utilizing pre - packaged or canned programs shall not be acceptable. d. Local alarming and trending capabilities shall be provided for convenient troubleshooting and system diagnostics. Alarm limits and trend data information shall be user - definable for any point. e. Each CSC shall have connection provisions for a portable laptop or similar programming tool. This tool shall allow the user to display, generate or modify all point databases and operating programs. All new values and problems shall then be restored to EEPROM. D. Auto Answer /Auto -Dial Modem 1. A telecommunications interface shall be fumished and installed to allow direct connection of DDC Controllers and networks to public and private phonelines. This device shall be microprocessor based and will be capable of both automatic answer and automatic dial methods of call handling. Additionally, manual call initiation shall be done via a man - machine interface command. Phone modem shall be 9600 baud. 2. The telecommunications interface, when operating in an automatic dialing mode, shall be able to perform any of the following functions: a. Retry a single primary number at a fixed interval a finite number of times and quit If unsuccessful. (If the number is busy, retry it until successful). In addition, call a minimum of three additional secondary numbers one time. b. Retry successive numbers arranged in a priority scheme at fixed intervals a finite number of times and quit if unsuccessful. c. Inform the requesting device that a successful connection has been made. (If the numbers are busy, retry until successful). d. Inform the requesting device that a connection cannot be made. e. Detect loss of communication on its network and dial an appropriate device (CPU, Terminal, etc.), and upon successful connection transmit a message Identifying a network failure. 3. The telecommunications interface shall also have automatic answer capabilities to allow it to be accessed from a remote central computer or terminal with modem. The interface unit shall allow the person calling to access any information on the network, provided that the standard log -on security screening is met. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900 -5 T/M13-95 E. Central Operator Interface Console 1 Provide personal computer -based software that shall provide, as a minimum, the following functionality: a. Graphical viewing and control of environment b. Scheduling and override of building operations c. Collection and analysis of historical data d. Definition and construction of dynamic color graphics e. Editing, programming, storage and downloading of controller databases 2. Provide a graphical user interface through which system operations may be performed using a mouse or similar pointing device. The interface shall allow for all system operations and applications to be quickly and easily selected using the mouse in conjunction with groups of drop -down menus, lists, graphics and icons. Provide functionality such that all operations can also be performed using the keyboard as a back -up interface device. Provide additional capability that allows at least ten (10) special function keys to perform often -used operations. The system shall include both Microsoft Word and Excel software. System operator shall be able to enter either Microsoft Word or Excel software on -line without having to exit the graphical interface package through Microsoft Windows menu selection. The ability to interface with Microsoft software is imperative to maintain compatibility with Metro's existing software systems. 3. The software shall provide a multi- tasking environment that allows the user to run several applications simultaneously. The mouse shall be used to quickly select and switch between multiple applications. This shall be accomplished through the use of Microsoft Windows version 3.1 supporting concurrent viewing and controlling of systems operations. Provide functionality such that any of the following may be performed simultaneously, and in any combination, via user -sized windows: a. Dynamic color graphics and graphic control b. Alarm reporting and acknowledging c. Time -of -day scheduling d. Trend data definition and presentation e. Graphic definition f. Graphic construction 4. Graphic displays shall be high - resolution, multi - colored presentations of actual building data and parameters. Graphic displays may be quickly and easily viewed via any or all of the following methods as a minimum: a. Graphic links b. Drop -down menus c. Special function keys d. Points in alarm 5. Provide static and dynamic graphic display capabilities. Static displays such as site plans, building layouts, floor plans and schematics shall provide the user with maps to allow for quick and easy access to any building information. Provide as a minimum the following graphics for the project: a. One graphic of the building and/or campus sitet b. One graphic per Air Handler Unit (HV units) -Total of four graphics c. One graphic for the associated exhaust fans d. One graphic for each of the paint control panel -Total of two e. One graphic for alarm points 6. Dynamicic graphic displays may represent any real time system information. Any system point or group of points may reside on a dynamic display. Dynamic displays such as schematics of any mechanical system or piece of equipment shall allow the user to monitor and control actual building operating parameters. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900-6 T/M 13 -95 7. Point values such as temperature and differential pressure, and point status such as on /off, normal and alarm shall automatically and continually update to indicate current operating conditions. As a minimum, symbols, text and colors shall be dynamic in nature. Provide functionality to allow for any analog point value to be displayed as an individual dynamic display window for use as a convenient control and diagnostic tool. All values shall be displayed in both text and symbolic form, such as an analog bar, gauge or other standard measurement device. Setpoint values shall be changed by simply moving a pointer to the desired setting on the measurement device. Provide the capability to control any point from a dynamic graphic display. Provide alarm annunciation capabilities, such that alarm status shall be displayed automatically on the screen regardless of system operation or application modes. The quantity of current alarms shall be displayed via a flashing icon or similar symbol. In addition, provide an audible signal to indicate the occurrence of new alarms. 8. Provide a graphical spreadsheet -type format for simplification of time -of -day scheduling and overrides of building operations. Provide the following spreadsheet graphic types as a minimum: a. Weekly schedules b. Zone schedules c. Monthly calendars 9. Monthly calendars for a 24 -month period shall be provided which allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user selected with the pointing device and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules. 10. Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve records of system activity over an extended period of time. Any system point may be trended automatically at time -based intervals or changes of value, both of which shall be user - definable. Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and reporting. Provide a general purpose graphics package such as Micrografx Designer which allows the user to quickly and easily define or construct color graphic displays. In addition, provide a library of standard HVAC equipment and symbols such as air handling units, chillers, cooling towers and boilers and standard electrical symbols that shall aid the user in definition of standard or custom graphics. 11, Provide the capability to backup and store all system databases on the PC hard disk. in addition, all database changes may be performed while the PC is on -line without disrupting other system operations. Changes shall be automatically recorded and downloaded to the appropriate DDC Controller. Similarly, changes made at the DDC Controller shall be automatically uploaded to the PC, ensuring system continuity. The user shall also have the option to selectively download changes as desired. 12. Multiple user security levels shall be provided to allow for various degrees of system access and control. Provide a minimum of four levels of access, with each increasing level allowing control of additional system operations and applications. A minimum of twelve unique passwords, including user initials, shall be provided. The system shall automatically generate a report of log-on/log-off time and system activity for each user. Provide automatic log -off capability to prevent unauthorized system use. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900-7 T/M13.95 13. System Console Hardware Configuration Contractor to provide a complete central system operators station including the following minimum hardware configuration. Contractor to provide a DEC 466d2 or approved equal of Compac or IBM low profile personal computer with the following minimum configuration: a. 66 MHz 80486 microprocessor b. DOS 3.3 or greater c. 3.5" (1.44 MB) diskette drive d. 8 MB Memory e. 245 Mbyte fixed disk drive f. Mouse pointing device g SVGA (640 x 480, 16 Color) 14" video display h. 2 serial and 1 parallel port 14. In addition to items specified, provide all necessary hardware to allow for future system expansion and/or enhancements to include full upward and downward compatibility to all levels of proposed system software options. Provide necessary hardware and modifications to interface system with user's existing laser printer. 15. Additional Training System provider shall provide 32 hours of training dedicated to use of the system. 2.02 FIELD DEVICES A. Temperature Sensors 1. All temperature sensors shall be solid state electronic, employing a resistance type output. Room and zone temperature sensors may be thermistor type. All duct sensors shall be rigid or flexible probe, averaging RTD -type sensors. All duct mixed air sensors shall be flexible averaging RTD -type sensors with sensor element length suitable for complete duct coverage. Pipe sensors shall be RTD -type. All sensors shall have a minimum accuracy of ± .5 degrees F. Devices provided within Bay 1 and Bay 3 shall conform to Class 1, Division 2 Hazardous Area as defined NFPA 70. B. Control Dampers 1. Provide low leakage control dampers. Dampers shall have blade seals and stops, equal to Ruskin CD36. Leakage shall be no greater than 10 CFM per square foot at 4 in. W.C. with 20 in. -lbs. torque applied regardless of size. C. Damper Actuators 1. Electric actuators to be supplied and installed by the Control Contractor. Provide in sufficient size, quantity and type matched to application. Provide one actuator for every 20 square feet of damper. Actuators shall be proportional, spring return, Normally Closed or Normally Open as designated. Devices provided within Bay 1 and Bay 3 shall conform to Class 1, Division 2 Hazardous Area as defined in NFPA 70. E. Current Sensing Relays 1. Provide current sensing relays for status of fans as called out in sequences or input/output summary. Provide with field adjustable current setpoint range. Nielsen- Kuljian, SSAC or approved equal. F. Interposing Relays 1. Track mounted SPDT relays (or as required) for all interposing applications. IDEC, Potter & Brumfield or approved equal. 2.03 OPERATOR PANEL A. Provide local operator interface control panels as indicated on Drawings and as required by sequence of operation. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15900 -8 T/M 13 -95 B. Provide Hoffman, Electro Mate or approved equal NEMA 1 enclosure sized appropriately for the required amount of lights, pushbuttons, labels, relays and terminal strips including 50% spare capacity for future additions. Provide panel with UL label. C. " Pushbuttons: Panel mounted, mushroom -head type pushbutton, green for start, Allen - Bradley CAT #800MR series, GE or approved equal. D. Momentary Contact Pushbuttons: Panel mounted, flush head, momentary- contact type, black color, Allen - Bradley 800MR series, GE or approved equal. E. Indicating lights: Panel mounted, 120 VAC pilot light, color as indicated on Drawings, Allen- Bradley CT #800T, GE or approved equal. F. Indicating light test: Panel mounted, push -to -test lamp pushbutton to check status of all indicating lights, Allen - Bradley CT #800T, GE or approved equal. G. Labels: All panel mounted devices shall be identified via white on black engraved bakelite labels. H. General: Provide terminal strips for all wiring terminations within panel, Allen - Bradley, GE or approved equal. Panels shall be constructed by approved panel fabrication shop and shipped to site as a finished product. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION See drawings for complete sequence. All setpoints, limits, etc. shall be adjustable through the central CPU or the laptop computer connected to the system. 3.02 INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY See drawings for I/O summary. 3.03 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Provide devices, relays, switches, sensors, dampers, conduit, wiring, and tubing to provide a complete temperature regulation and control operation system. All work shall be in a workmanlike manner. 2. Contractor is responsible for providing a complete and operational system as called out in the sequence of operation and in the input/output summary and the mechanicaVelectrical drawings for this project. B. Control Wiring 1. Wiring exposed running more than 5 feet east of grid "P" shall be in wiremold. All line voltage wiring and other low voltage wiring shall be run in EMT, conduit or wiremold. 2. Wiring shall be in accordance with the "Electrical" section of these specifications, Section 16000, and all applicable codes. It shall be the responsibility of the Building Control/Automation subcontractor to study the mechanical and electrical project drawings and specification and provide all wiring relating to the control system. Wiring within ceiling spaces may be plenum rated cable. C. Labels and Identification 1. Identify all equipment and panels. Identification shall be with labels describing equipment and panel use and function. 2. Labels shall be engraved with contrasting text using bakelite, plastic or metal material. Labels shall be permanently glued or mechanically fastened. 3. All wires and cables shall be identified with permanent markers at each end. The wire designator shall match those on the shop and installation drawings. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15900 15900 -9 T/M13-95 SECTION 15950 SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide the services of a qualified systems commissioning company to oversee air and water systems commissioning. B. Commissioning shall be performed following installation, clean -up, controls check -out and system start-up to verify proper operation of all features of the systems installed. C. In addition to the work specified in Section 01660, provide the commissioning specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to the following sections: 1. Section 01410 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2. Section 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3. Section 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS a. Paragraph pertaining to OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS b. Paragraph pertaining to MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUALS c. Paragraph pertaining to TESTING 4. Section 15030 MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION 5. Section 15040 BALANCING AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS 6. Section 15900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 1.03 SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING COMPANY A. Systems commissioning companies, Nuedorfer Engineers, United Systems Inc. or approved equal. B. Obtain approval from the Engineer of systems commissioning company prior to commencing commissioning. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 INSTRUMENTS A. Use accurate and recently calibrated instruments. Provide instrument calibration history if requested by the Engineer. Use instrumentation application methods in accordance with A.A.B.C. or N.E.B.B. procedures. 2.02 COMMISSIONING AGENDA A. Submit commissioning agenda prior to start of work. Include with following in the agenda: 1. General description of each air system with its associated equipment and operating cycles for heating and ventilating. 2. A complete listing of all flow measurements to be performed. 3. For each specific procedure specify type of instrument to be used and method of instrument application (by sketch). 4. Include in agenda sample forms showing application of procedure to typical systems. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16950 -1 T/M13 -95 2.03 COMMISSIONING REPORT A. Provide four (4) sets of commissioning reports, one (1) submitted in preliminary form to the Engineer, three (3) sets In final form incorporating comments made on the preliminary report. B. The report shall include Project Name, Owner, Owner's Project Number, Year, Engineer and the Systems Commissioning Company. The report shall include all observed and measured data to document whether systems are operating to the full intent of the contract documents. As a minimum, observed and measured data shall include: 1. AHU's a. Mode selection: 1) Number of modes available 2) Name of modes available 3) For each mode, setpoint of temperature 4) For each mode, adjustable range of setpoint for temperature b. Point monitoring: record measured values and values reported to the DDC: 1) Outside air temp 2) All damper positions 3) Mixed air temp 4) Discharge air temp 5) Burner firing percent c. Miscellaneous 1) Verification of AHU shut -down by smoke detector. 2. Paint Booth a. Paint Mode Supply: with the system in full operation and the largest bus in place, measure the following for each quarter section (17' -6" long) of supply diffuser: 1) Total air flow (cfm) 2) Average face velocity (fpm) 3) Minimum face velocity (fpm) 4) Maximum face velocity (fpm) 5) Air pressure drop between plenum and space b. Paint Mode Exhaust: with the system in full operation and the largest bus in place, measure the following for each of the 16 banks of exhaust inlets: 1) Total air flow (cfm) 2) Average face velocity (fpm) 3) Minimum face velocity (fpm) 4) Maximum face velocity (fpm) 5) Air pressure drop across filters 6) DDC recorded drop across filters c. Cure Mode Return: same as Paint Mode Exhaust (at maximum temperature setpoint). d. Cure Mode Supply: with the system in full operation at maximum temperature setpoint and the largest bus in place, traverse both sides of the bus recording at 5 foot above floor: 1) Maximum velocity (any direction) 2) Minimum velocity (any direction) 3) Average velocity (downward) e. Miscellaneous: 1) Verify compressed air valve operVclose In all modes 2) Verify lights on/off in all modes 3) Verify system shut down if booth lights/door open 4) Verify operator panel lights operate in correct modes 5) Verify temperature adjusts up /down incrementally in all modes UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 15950 - 2 T/M13-95 4 f3{ r;'.0=1, , ,,,,, K: r<:;Fr'o r vP`::r':ti 3. Bay 1 a. With the system in full operation and the largest bus in place, traverse both sides of the bus recording at 6 foot above floor: 1) Maximum velocity (any direction) 2) Minimum velocity (any direction) 3) Average velocity (downward) b. Miscellaneous 1) Verify compressed air valve open/close in both modes 2) Verify operator panel lights operate in correct modes 3) Verify temeprature adjusts up -down incrementally in both modes PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. Use procedures in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council's "National Standard for Field Measurements and Instrumentation - Total System Balance ", Volume One, No. 81366, 3.02 COORDINATION A. Prior to the start of the commissioning, notify and coordinate with the paint booth, piping, sheet metal, controls, balancing, electrical and other related subcontractors. Obtain the support of these subcontractors. Upon discovery of a system or portion of a system that is suspected of improper function, notify the appropriate subcontractor. Allow for a minimum of one repair by the contractor(s) and provide a re -test of the suspected system at no additional cost to the Owner. Document both the initial and final measurements as outlined in Part 2 PRODUCT. 3.03 AIR SYSTEMS A. Make required air quantity measurements in ducts with a Pitot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional area of the duct. B. For ducts having air velocities of 1000- feet -per- minute and higher measure flow with included manometers or draft gauges, having suitable scales and increments. C. For ducts having air velocities lower than 1000- feet -per- minute measure flow with micro - manometers, hook gauges, or similar low pressure instruments. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 15950 15960 - 3 T/M13-95 SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Where the words 'furnish', "provide', "install' appear in this Division, or a manufacturer is indicated with Item or product catalog number listed, install and furnish the item complete and operating for the purpose or function intended, unless noted otherwise. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: Electrical systems required for this work includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of electrical work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility and not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Materials Substitutions: 1. Submit requests for substitutes to the Engineer in compliance with Contract Document requirements. 2. Contract Document requirements apply to all equipment submitted for substitution approval. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Division 1. 2. Contractor agrees that Shop Drawing Submittals processed by Engineer are not Change Orders. 3. Contractor demonstrates understanding of design concept by indicating material intended to be provided and by detailing fabrication and installation methods. C. Project Record Documents: 1. On completion of work, deliver to Engineer one set of accurately marked mylar Sepia Drawings. D. Operation And Maintenance Data: 1. Provide five complete sets of Maintenance and Operation Manuals (Section 01730). 2. Assemble each set in standard hardback, 3 -ring binder(s). 1.04 DEUVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at site: 1. Do not use scratched, marred or deformed materials. 2. Do not use fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes, stored in or exposed to rain, water, dust, dirt or snow. 1.05 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Without additional charge, replace any work or material which develops de- fects within one (1) year from date of completion unless otherwise noted. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16010 - 1 T/M13 -95 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Like items shall be from one manufacturer; i.e., fixture types, switches, receptacles, breakers, panels, etc. B. Materials: Provide electrical materials of the type and quality indicated, or prior Engineer approved substitute. C. Accessories: 1. Special Features and Incidentals: a. Include special features, finishes, description or requirements indicated in the Contract Documents for particular items or equipment, but not included by or in the item's listed catalog number. D. Fabrication: 1. Shop /Factory Finishing: Modify manufacturer's products at the factory to comply with the special requirements noted. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to verify compliance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic with symbols representing electrical equipment, outlets and wiring. 3.02 CLARIFICATION A. Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the Governing Codes and Regulations, refrain from installing that portlon,of the work until clarified by the Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. Tests 1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in Division 16. B. Inspection: 1. Do not close In or cover work prior to review by the Engineer. 3.04 CLEANING A. Tools and Materials: 1. Keep tools and materials in an orderly manner throughout the construction period. 2. Upon completion of the work, remove all supplies, materials, tools, etc., furnished by the Electrical Division. B. Dirt, Debris and Dust: 1. Remove dirt and debris of whatever nature caused by the execution of the work from job site on a daily basis to allow ongoing use of the facility by Metro personnel or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Contract in clean, dust -free and proper working order. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16010 - 2 T/M13 -95 ' '•�'� 'r`a .:, ali'�;.:� °.."`,.'v�,�i�31.'.; �L'•iti :�cn1'.t r.�.t`..tt h..,Iw Y.'"!' 'Y� S���i ;.Y"rr:'°l.�J'.N.•.`�s� ^1 kwkl zrj:;''.;t,:i ".t. ^: +:at.Crig'] rf'S'k. ='! a 3.05 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Leave center of outlet boxes, unless otherwise noted, the following distance above the floor: 1. Control Switches: 48" unless otherwise noted. 2. Receptacles: 24" unless otherwise noted. 3.06 INSTRUCTION PERIODS A. After substantial completion of the work and less than 20 days after the 0 & M manuals have been delivered to the Engineer and after all tests and final inspection of the work by the Authority(s) having Jurisdiction; the Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical systems and instruct the Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various electrical systems. The Contractor shall arrange scheduled instruction periods with the Engineer. The Contractor's representatives shall be superintendents or foremen knowledgeable in each system and suppliers representatives when so specified. 3.07 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Job Completion Form (form attached in this section) property filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials turned over to the Engineer. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY T/M13 -95 :, PROJECT NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: DATE: JOB COMPLETION FORM A. Electrical Inspectors Final Acceptance Copy of certificate attached. Name Agency Date B. The following systems have been demonstrated to Owner's representative. 1. Power Distribution System Owner's Rep. 2. Fire Alarm System Date Owner's Rep. Date C. Record Drawings Attached Transmitted previously to Date D. 0 & M Manuals Attached Transmitted previously to Date E. Test Reports Attached Transmitted previously to Date F. The work is complete in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for and the Owner /Engineer's representative is requested to meet with at on Supervisor of Electrical Work Time Date Contractors Rep. Signature Date UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 16010 - 4 T/M13 -95 , SECTION 16109 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Electrical Connections A. Connect equipment, whether furnished by Owner or other Divisions of the Contract, electrically complete where indicated. B. Ground all equipment with equipment grounding conductor. PART2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS A. Verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment. B. Unless otherwise noted In Contract Documents, the following voltage and phase characteristics apply to motors furnished by others: 1. 1/3 HP and under: 120 volts, single (1) phase. 2. 1/2 HP and over: 480 volts, three (3) phase. 3.02 MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING A. Do not install electrical equipment or wiring on mechanical equipment without approval of Engineer. B. Provide moisture tight equipment wiring and switches in ducts or plenums used for environmental air. C. Connect motor starter branch circuits complete from panel to motor as required by Code and manner herein described. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY END OF SECTION 16109 - 1 T/M13 -95 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROVISIONS A. All wires and cables shall be enclosed in a raceway. B. All raceways shall be concealed unless noted otherwise. C. All raceways shall be installed with conduit seals per Class 1, Division I or II hazardous areas. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. All provisions of the contract including Division 1 apply to work specified in each section of this Division 16. 1. Section 16010: Basic Electrical Requirements. 2. Section 16120: Wires and Cables. 3. Section 16190: Support Devices. 4. Section 16195: Electrical Identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Indentation or set screw type terminations or couplings. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Mild steel, zinc - coated by galvanizing or sherardizing, complying with ANSI C80.1 and Fed. Spec. WW -C -581. Allied Steel Tube, Western, Triangle, National Electrical Products, or equal. (Minimum trade size shall be 3/4" exposed and one (1) inch if embedded in concrete.) B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC): Comply with ANSI C80.5 and Fed. Spec. WW -C -540. Allied Steel Tube, Western, Triangle, National Electrical Products, or equal. (Minimum size 3/4".) C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Mild steel, zinc - coated by galvanizing or sherardizing, complying with Fed. Spec. WW -C -581. Allied Steel Tube, Western, Triangle, National Electrical Products, or approved equal. (Minimum size 3/4 ".) D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): "Sealtite" or "Flex -Seal" with copper bonding tape and weatherproof exterior jacket. Provide Internal ground conductor in addition to integral bonding tape. American Brass Co., Anamet, Inc., or approved equal. (Minimum size 3/4 ".) 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers shall be as listed above. B. Substitutions may be considered only when submitted in conformance with Section 00710 4.05. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16110 - 1 T/M13 -95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED LOCATIONS A. Exposed In areas where installed more than 2 feet above the finished floor: GRS, IMC or RAC. B. Unclassified areas other than electrical, mechanical, telephone, and elevator rooms where installed exposed below 9 feet above the finished floor: GRS, RAC, or IMC. C. Wet or damp areas: GRS or IMC. D. Connection to motors and equipment: LFMC with stranded ground wire. Minimum size 1/2" for motor connections. Maximum length three (3) feet. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Exposed conduits are specifically required, they shall be installed parallel with or at right angles to the building lines, and not installed diagonally. B. Any minor changes in the location of raceways from those shown on the drawings shall be made without extra charge if so directed by the Engineer before installation. C. For conduits one inch and larger, hickey bends are not acceptable. Ether manufactured elbows or bends fabricated in a bending machine must be used. D. Where a conduit enters a box or other fitting through a knockout, an approved double Iocknut and Insulating bushing must be provided. All conduits shall be equipped with insulating bushings at all outlets, pull boxes, panels, etc. Provide Insulating bushings for all conduits not terminating In a box or cabinet. E. Flexible conduit connections to motors shall include (1) 90 degree bend. F. Conduit 1. Conduit Joints: Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, fixtures and equipment with fittings to maintain continuity and specified Class /Division of hazardous area. 2. Conduit Placement: Install continuous conduit and raceways for electrical power, lighting and signal systems wiring. 3. Maximum Bends: Install Code sized pull boxes to restrict maximum bends in a run of conduit to 270 °. 4. Conduit Terminations: Provide conduits shown on Drawings which terminate without box, panel, cabinet or conduit fitting with not less than five (5) full threads. Bushings and metal washer type sealer between bushing and conduit end. 5. Conduit Size: Size as indicated on Drawings. Where size is not indicated, provide conduit in minimum Code permitted size for THW conductors of quantity shown. Minimum trade size 3 /4 ". UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 16110 - 2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Section Includes 1. Wires and Cables. 2. Connectors. 3. Lugs and Pads. B. Submittals 1. Test Reports: Test conductor insulation for conformity with 1000V megger. Minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1000 ohms per applicable system voltage. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wires and Cables: Rome, General Electric, Southwire, Excels or approved equal. B. Connectors: 1. Stranded Conductors: Burndy, Thomas, Betts, and O.Z. /Gedney Co. or approved equal. 2. Branch Circuit Splices: Ideal, Scotch -Lock, 3M or approved equal. 3. Wire pulling lubricant shall be powdered soapstone, powdered mica, or "Y- ER -EAS" or approved equal. 2.02 WIRES AND CABLES A. Copper, 600 volt rated throughout. B. Conductors No. 14 AWG and smaller, solid. C. Conductors No. 12 AWG and larger, stranded. D. Color code conductors as follows: 120/208V Normal and Emergency Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White Ground - Green 480/277V Normal Phase A - Orange Phase B - Yellow Phase C - Brown Neutral - Grey Ground - Green E. Conductors No. 3 AWG and larger, minimum insulation rating of 90 °C. Conductors No. 2 and smaller minimum insulation rating of 75 °C. F. Insulation types THWN or XHHW. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY 16120 - 1 T/M13 -95 :SiA "rr�Vt nti!a vn..rixfittvfi�f`8.!',Y.' §r7t! 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Copper Pads: Drilled and tapped for multiple conductor terminals. B. Lugs: Indent /compression type for use with stranded branch circuit or control conductors. C. Solid Conductor Branch Circuits: Spring connectors, wire nuts, for conductors #18 through #14 AWG. 2.04 LUGS AND PADS A. Ampacity: Cross - sectional area of pad for multiple conductor terminations to match ampere rating of panelboard bus or equipment line terminals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wires and Cables: 1. Conductor Installation: a. Install conductors in raceways having adequate, Code size cross - sectional area for wires indicated. B. Conductor Size and Quantity: 1. Install no conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG unless otherwise shown. 2. Conductors in Cabinets: a. Cable and tree all wires in panels and cabinets for power and control. Use plastic ties in panels and cabinets. b. Tie and bundle feeder conductors in wireways of panelboards. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY 16120 - 2 T/M13 -95 A. Wet Locations: 1. Cast alum box with threaded hubs. 2. Gasketed cover. 3. Labeled for wet locations. 4. GFCI equipped. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16140, -.1 , T/M13-95 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD OUAUTY CONTROL A. Tests 1. Wiring Devices: Test wiring devices to insure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Receptacles shall be tested for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral' to ground wiring errors. Correct any defective wiring. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY.` END OF SECTION 113140.:= .;.�T:i?:am in >if.` i `:�ttfeYv' � ♦�i�tAf'. vJ ' ie;:': 1?', �", e. S1� ".1ir;'i4`]�rv:4 ":- .....t..�.� SECTION 16160 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide branch circuit panels for lighting and power as indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Panel breakers to be thermal magnetic type, 10,000 A.I.C. minimum. Two and three pole breakers to have a common trip, single handle. B. Breakers 100 amp. to 225 amp., 25,000 Amp. I.C. symmetrical. Handle ties not permitted. C. Manufacturers: Square -D NQO, Siemens - Allis, G.E. or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION • A. Panel tubs to be provided with rated enclosure to match rating of wall where required or backed with rated material. 3.02 CIRCUIT IDENTITY A. Provide identification cards in holders in panel doors. Provide 3/16" x 4" line per circuit. 8. Each circuit breaker shall have permanent Identification. Horizontal centerline of engraved numbers shall correspond to centerline of circuit breaker. Left column, odd numbers; right column, even numbers. C. Panelboard circuit identification cards to be filled out clearly, typewritten, left hand (odd numbered) circuits in one column, right hand (even numbered) circuits in a separate column. Identify all outlets. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 16180 - 1 T/M13 -95 SECTION 16170 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Manual Motor Starters. B. Safety Switches. 1.02 DEUVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver switches individually wrapped in factory- fabricated fiberboard type containers. B. Storage and Protection: 1. Store switches in clean dry place. 2. Protect switches from dirt, fumes, water and physical damage. 3. Handle switches carefully to avoid damage to material components, enclosure and finish. 4. Do not install damaged switches, remove from project site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manual Motor Starters: Cutler- Hammer, General Electric, Siemens Allis, Square -D, and Westinghouse, Challenger or approved equal. B. Safety Switches: Cutler- Hammer, General Electric, Siemens - Allis, Square -D, Westinghouse, and Challenger. 2.02 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Rating: 120 volts, single pole, 20A, 1 HP maximum. B. Enclosure: Suitable for wet location, NEMA 3 or NEMA 4. 2.03 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Heavy duty, unfused type, dual rated, quick -make, quick -break with fuse rejection feature for use with Class "R" fuses only. B. Enclosures NEMA 1 for use in Class 1 Division II hazardous areas. C. Switches clearly marked for maximum voltage, current and horsepower. D. Equip enclosure with screw on cover and padlock clasp. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16170 - 1 T/M13 -95 m,.. psi:"•' a' C'.':`? i' Cii::' YF ;':q'iT;!?!p:'�S;' SECTION 16180. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fuses. 2. Circuit Breakers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects. 2. Section 16160, Panelboards. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Provide instantaneous let- through current curves and average melting time current curves for fuses supplied to project. 2. Provide product data and time /current trip curves for circuit breakers supplied to project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Circuit Breakers: General Electric, Siemens - Allis, Square -D Westinghouse, and Challenger or approved equal. B. Provide listed mounting hardware and face plates. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: 1. One, two or three pole, single handle common trip, rated 15A -800A, as specified on Drawings. 2. Overcenter toggle -type mechanism, quick -make, quickbreak action. Trip indication is by handle position. 3. Calibrate for operation in 40 °C ambient temperature. 4. 15A -200A Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. 5. Greater than 100A Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements set by a single adjustment. Provide push -to -trip button on cover on breaker for mechanical tripping. 6. Provide removable Toad Tugs, UL listed for compression type lugs, copper conductors only. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16180 - 1 T/M13 -95 PART 3 EXECUTION 1.01 INSTALLATION A. Circuit Breakers: 1. Provide circuit breakers, specified herein and on Drawings, for installation in panelboards, individual enclosures or combination motor starters. 2. Provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations. 3. Circuit breaker shall be listed for the enclosure in which they are installed. 4. Provide listed mounting hardware and panelboard face closures for circuit breakers to be Installed in existing equipment. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 16180 -2 T/M13 -95 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for electrical equipment installed. (Support to withstand four times weight of equipment ft supports). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Hangers: Kindorf B- 905 -2A channel, H -119 -D washer, C105 strap, 3/8" rod with ceiling flange. B. Concrete Inserts: Kindorf D -255, cast in concrete for support fasteners for Toads up to 800 lbs. C. Pipe Straps: Two -hole galvanized or malleable iron. D. Fixture Chain: Campbell Chain Company #75031, 90 -pound test with steel hooks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide all electrical equipment supports. B. Verify mounting height of all fixtures or items prior to Installation when heights are not indicated. C. Install vertical support members for equipment and fixtures, straight and parallel to building walls. D. Provide independent supports to structural member for electrical fixtures, materials, or equipment installed on ceiling, walls or in void spaces. E. Do not use supports and /or fastening devices to support other than one particular item. F. Support conduits within 18" of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections. G. Maximum distance between supports not to exceed eight (8) foot spacing. H. All junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above suspended ceiling shalt be securely suspended from the floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY END OF SECTION 16190 - 1 T/M13 -95 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKER IDENTIFICATION A. Provide permanent identification number in or on panelboard dead -front adjacent to each circuit breaker pole position. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY 16195 - 1 T/M13.95 _..�_. « ,.,.,�- � ^�:.:t.:,�'? "x,;?'ni<z; �'a'"4s 3r�tajY;,):iti;;�e'l�tf*1t,^;a ��7?tn: 4,' �.;. ��r�; i,' 4ty! �; xl�N�n:U??V ?'L,h:�i,:�tit> B. Horizontal centerline of engraved numbers to correspond with centerline of circuit breaker pole position. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GRAPHICS A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and designations used on the Drawings with equipment labels. 3.02 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Apply markers on each conductor for control, signaling and communications circuits where wires of more than one circuit are present. B. Match conductor identification used in panelboards, Shop Drawings, Contract Documents and similar previously established identification for Division 16 work. 3.03 EQUIPMENT /SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Install an engraved label on each major unit of electrical equipment, including but not limited to the following items: 1. Disconnect switches, identify item of equipment controlled. 2. Relays. 3. Contactors. 4. Time Switches. 5. Override Switches. 6. Service Disconnect and Distribution Switches, identify connected load. 7. Branch Circuit Panelboards. 8. Central or master unit of each electrical system including communication /signal systems, unless the unit incorporates its own self - explanatory identification. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Install engraved branch panelboard identification labels on the outside of surface panel. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY END OF SECTION 16185 - 2 SECTION 16450. GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding Materials. 2. Electric Service Grounding Electrode. 3. Feeder and Branch Circuit Grounding. 4. Raceway and Enclosure Grounding. 5. Equipment Grounding. 6. Receptacle Grounding. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16110, Raceways. 2. Section 16120, Wires and Cables. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide grounding and bonding of electrical service, circuits, equipment and special systems as required by Code and indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Ground all metal raceway systems. 3. Bond all junction or pull boxes to feeder ground conductor or grounded metal raceway. B. Performance Requirements: Supplement the grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system with an equipment grounding system to properly safeguard the equipment and personnel. Install equipment grounding such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of NEC Article 250 and 680 and UL Standard 467. D. Sequencing and Scheduling: 1. Building Ground Electrode: Coordinate placement of ground rods and interconnecting conductor in base of building footing prior to placement of concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Ground Connectors: Bumdy, Cadweld, Thomas & Betts. B. Ground Clamps: Burndy, O -Z Gedney, Thomas & Betts. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16450 - 1 T/M13 -95 xusry �<. , r- {��y4)iiY� Sx'. •,r f`.'�ft�iS�•i;•�,i+�.'����c�ciN: ri:;Y PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Raceways: 1. Ground all metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with Code size jumper except where Code size or larger grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay -In lug. B. Feeders and Branch Conduits: 1. Install continuous copper ground conductors within feeders circuits. C. Boxes, Cabinets, Enclosures and Pane!boards: 1. Bond grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors and Tugs. Install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces, D. Motors: Install Code size equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to (motor) equipment frame or manufacturer's designated ground terminal. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY. SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide all lighting circuits Indicated on the Drawings with a fixture of the type designated and appropriate for the location. 2. Provide lamps for all fixtures per schedule on drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings, Record Drawings and Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Include electrical ratings, hazardous classifications, dimensions, mounting, material, required clearances, terminations, wiring and connection diagrams, photometric data, ballasts, lenses, louvers, lamps and controls. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. All lighting fixtures specified in Division 16 must be acceptable to the Code Authority for application and hazardous location as indicated in the Contract Documents. Manufacturers fisted must meet these requirements or decline bidding. 2. Comply with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards pertaining to lamp materials, electronic Tamp ballasts and lighting fixtures: 1.04 WARRANTY A. Ballast Manufacturer's Warranty: Not Tess than two years, based on date of manufacturer embossed on ballast which shall be current with installation date. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Luminaries: Refer to description and manufacturers in Fixture Schedule. B. Fluorescent Lamps: See Drawings. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Metal Finishes: 1. The manufacturer shall apply their standard finish (unless otherwise indicated) over a corrosion resistant primer, after cleaning to free the metal surfaces of rust, grease, dirt and other deposits. Fixture finish shall be free of stains or evidence of rusting, blistering or flaking. UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 16500 - 1 T/M13 -95 B. Fluorescent Fixtures: 1. Lampholders: a. Silver plated spring brass or bronze lamp contacts, with copper wire leads, factory (socket manufacturer) soldered, welded or brazed to lamp socket contacts with recessed or binder type #6 screw terminal connections. C. Ballasts: 1. Ballasts warranty shall include nominal payment toward normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast. D. Ballast manufacturers: 1. Electronic: Advance Mark 5, Magnetek Triad. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Contractor shall verify ceiling construction, prior to release of fixture for shipment. 2. The Contractor bears sole responsibility for additional expense due to errors arising after fixtures are released for shipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Products: 1. Coordinate fabrication and installation of fixtures with the HVAC duct work and Paint Booth structure and the work of other trades to provide a complete system which fits properly and is of neat and orderly appearance. B. Installation: 1. Install lighting fixture of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices; to insure that fixtures comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with NEMA, Code and NECA's "Standard of installation" pertaining to Installation of lighting fixtures. 3.03 UGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Provide support for all fixtures. Supports may be anchored to channels of the ceiling construction or to the structural slab. B. Maintain the fixture positions after cleaning and relamping. C. Provide proper leveling and alignment of fixtures. D. Support Industrial fixtures with channel equal to Kindorf G -975M. E. Comply with Section 16190, Supporting Devices. 3.04 FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Upon completion of Installation of lighting fixtures, and after building circuitry has been energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. UNIT REPAIR FACIUTY 16500 - 2 T/M13 -95 N� r ...s�. 1,,c411.','..;‘," :l r;w.fi4 .:V1+14;4, 2. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. 3.05 CLEANING A. Fixtures shall be left clean at the time of acceptance of the work and every item shall be In operation. The responsibility for cleaning or protecting of fixtures from dirt, dust, paint, debris, etc., shall rest with the Contractor. If fixtures are dirty at completion of the project, the Contractor shall clean them at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION UNIT REPAIR FACILITY 4<8, °D CC Eieuio r=� 'ao EL. a. cc fr J _ U Z LL z • • 6 z 0 NU W 0 g w to •l z w O 7 N U z O� • • o z6 w J(73O QSz w 1.1.1 z _ O W O 0 0 0 A NNj MM r� r N Q Q Q Q Q a a N Nj .} u 1G c0 Oi O - N M 1n oz 0 z a PROTECTION •- is N M * if) •• N 1D i- tD Oi O . M N - N N N El 0) z 0 a HVAC 0 z 9 m U 2 0 a W z 1 w a o 0 zd tn A 0 O 0 U •• NN PI gtt UNN') 14) r` (0�y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tal W W W W W W W ♦ !A c0 n a3 ai O .= N N N N N N N) M (1) 0 w (/) (l) 0 z U z W W LL W J F- LU O C u X w O z DRAWING TITLE .n- .- .- N N (NI N In cc; 1� 00 Oi C •- N N N N N N M M • • • • 11 14§wil k!1 Etg§elyii.th.e.4n..-Agiiggyig88g)02hilhas kJ I 6 InlIhrilinigHighghhP d d ; htlihms":2,%had§i§ghLagAzEiashth'S'e2(a� 0 LL 0 a_ 0 0 ikq Oil IP PM htr41 el5;4111 111r11 511 4� 1 i v 14:4411 5githe § A18 IO O 7 W9i ICNI 7N0LN I'�i iltl NJIM ENO N DESCRIPTION Q Lil J i.: gr !;R n R -.. §"iGi i6vi ,Imx1 , iii21§;gilino j1q311siX 5 X . g4 2a41.>.4 .- y N � 115g!:,:°1-: oog'� 1 N yO �� hiltsitilrile"rlilyak 11 I Qiry to n Ws Io Y j �m,g - �•N-RN�, 1- h rl '4 w'''`4i79 ev5§V8 ,..:,. 6' Xv:tii,h)QL E f op N NOOp= .. no � I i � `p x iii :3 § xi !ggE er § §1 1 1 O a 1 W E 4. z 0 W W J UJ O z 0 MCD Ift tJ z 0 0 z 0 0 0 W U 4 A A: izl, 4 m ci G N 1 w i O O U !jA=, 1 !ghli IA! m :z115 PROJECT DATA 11 Qgp Na gfi 8 N 111 445§ :V 0" g WEI ill 31 po 411.1 Ovir6 1/11 41i-J tbQg g bvi '41 @ g 1:4 i5:011,411 WO IMO !!! s.l4oi. ss.seE�e� �s�P��v� 1 1 C z co UJ o J01640m% !la 4 dileagi1111111 8 EtggdEallT GZ SJ, itiVihOSgaThgcd l ta/IN �1 � Q 11 Whig 111;1111Iiiillh 1 f5 08 6z��� m686 me22-- ��� «gocacx o� ���- oA o =~z' = c� iv�yy x at oc� 5' tt zsg cg 3d`,1iiUc°icoi o 0000ei�GfWW�i't5?Si.S�.Sk.''e2a O 3 1114$41 0 ‘A04 J �- 110141 t w w tt :111:0) 2' iihihillei 00 miolgA:1 o qv z w DESCRIPTION CD W z 0 l.J.. 0 z 0 O U U 44444 b5 N - x 6 1 § g JJ o LL W �j , a t�� a� E.. �i� O� �§ m7dW { t�jy+ MI ppp i. c.li i Id 011111; !C A14 /6 / VIA§ . 0 6 gg groqi; I!!iI y4i641i0g 1g 41.1O FZMpy.0 0(1 fiV 4-1 O 4 1 orr40$ R&Rowg O H z W E 11b 1N lW W O N 1 o, m 8 W 0 0 0 w= P.448 2 a h120 PROJECT DATA 2 N gi L=4: N § aDf W O W W V 6ile !x 00 0 sig 461 il 44 vil g 1 o w g, §. p hi 0j 5liidil 31i�W O(Yp� 4. Z< < f➢F 1 � < i 1 O i s � 1 ° O 1 W§ i I PP Ai IP i: '1 "12 ig 1 - rstiA 6,t < J F-< �4J < W; 1g il In h 1 XP Iiighe 1 t izp, 61h giil gigi rozh 6hol 1 1 b g efiggqin " iIIIJ Li id 000610 011*0 o rgi !iiiill:Iligillik 1 ;101I:°1 6 W W 111°1 - Q i O 2 � 'ant 0 (.1 pi 4 Iry' iG I-4 m Oi (NI ri cc; m a; N N + '" •' N 1 1 • ° • • • W a i . i gi ei xiI i 1 i ij W :1`; a g : i; N 2LL MI in LIJ (fig W g WI 4 g°8 I— e w 015 -,u,i. ..;,,,,E g i Ww z M 2 ilE i3 O� Z� v � �a ° r rz arc to pj aZ Off$ wgo 8 1 Lij ghgltg g 1D2 o y ce z $ 0 g LA N8 ig ff Fl o T6 ° W 4 c3 ri •f vi gn 11 8 t� Z 0.0 hi§; ;n goo 0Q zCO JOSmKQ= 8 = �jaU weM &a ra Eo ggg U-6 r; 8 I: E2 01 gwo �12 U UU� S U tC y n CD Oi p �, O Sc� UE° 08 E 8 ono g N 5 1,) J ts a •o a av 4 • 5 9 V w ■ V 0 v o. c .a 0 41 2 6U 2 O 2 O 2 02 3 gmRiE st0 5W�J5 did z A•. A• V 2 o53 $ao ;k8 9JI' Pgy in LL O LLB• O Z LL it O 0 W Cr 4 • p w f1 • cn Z 1 ' :h f h : 11 a : : t g W vg R I 1 Ps v3 PM / i ig RW Z= � F t_ z1 ru i2X 8 5 z'x EP i Li 3P-g H g 5 L o z S ,{ g a i 'go a _� ,1 . g "" 1:i; I / I§ i "i0;' 0g gig NO N1,.,„ 81WW s W °OV~1 6 cg. W aC UIJ* ji g i c � cc e3 .o k h to t; m o. Z 0 0 J w J W W 0 •b v . .a AIL 0 GUIDE 0 M as 1 v Z a 0 PARTIAL FLOOR AND RO( z 0 0 W r Q 0 z O O z Z Z W WM Z O U Z x J a• i8 z Lgg rolW n1QZ ° g 2 c Zt II c'• Li 0 N • 0 ti -��___ CL C W 0 ■ 3 OZ • • • • a • AION ON0171 IV A 101 MO 11; VII TN Zr WI sa 1 v 1 i I lb W O V • • • • • A. w A t W 0 Z E 1-75iiill1033V Vat 1014 3110 LQN ! VIIcii / IV MPS MO 1 g a 1 1 O a 1- r E N #O 1< n b N 1 1 Z 0 Q J W Q cki m Z a- 1 i g 1 0 r IND Y D 0 1 Y 0 b. 0 8 Qij so • - £ -AN O.. SIX3 • A�Ma10.701� 3W 6 MJM 3N0 Mqw � 0321:4:1v rraM �fo r LLJ N to kald3A la.l ■ /// ■■■• Mal 1 ■al 1■ ■1 BIEN �s a ■a.■ - 9Mr F\,71 XW Z %p 3�,o Imo /\_1I a` L. Z R z O 1I1a! I WI 1/ /I iu1 MMOMM MUM ■■■■ mom alai .tea■ ERNE Emu-- ■ ■.t; dA1 SONIN3dO 3O 3���Nfl /319V3 1110 31Y301321 a M a m 1 f 1 0 a 1- E I g 1 a 1 W z 1 1 i 1 i HINE 1.51 I■ ■1 1■EI ■■■■ SOME Mil IMMO i ■■1 I I ■.i cm u .I 1 ■■i► 1■■1 10.1 5555 ■u■■ IM ■I i■■i 1.51 i ■■1 1551 1.51 1 ■51 i■ ■1 N N u_ IOW IMO IM ■1 risra 111 INEMMI INNI pun i ■■1 i■ ■1 milemela NEW MOO■ ilia mums 16 UM 1■ ■1 OUR L>I • z z W n U' p X (. wr7X ■■mii M.■■ i ■ ■1 i■ ■1 IOW ■51 m■■M MEMO • 1 1 ■■■■ ■M■■ 8 CO 1 i5 in • 1 1 • i■ ■i 1■ ■1 IMO'. IIII 1=1 '*nlkWroliTKMTI: 9 c 151 r L J min rit., Ilra:i isa, 1■■i 1■SI 1■ ■I I ■/1 IVI1 sma■ L■■■ .... 5555 LL _ -III 10 IN 1551 Iiii III 11 ■1 1■ ■1 1■ ■1 I■ ■1 r —� LLJ !PEI CO N 0 .555 some 1 ■MI I■ ■I a ■MM ■roo moo ■■■■ XW I et .9tIN t 0 — tL z 0 moms ■5■■ ■ ■ ■■ 1■ ■I 1 ■■1 1551 1.51 1■ ■1 IMMO 1■ ■1 z W W 0 a N MIME MUM 1■ ■1 Iiii l0 ■1 ■■■■ NONE ■5511 ■E■11 k du SONIN3dO z 8 .JO 3NI1 a3d3M?NO.3 N 103 /31ew3 0 31Y0013S S� ■ ■ ■sa 114 1OW'dJLL i ■MI 1 ■ ■1 i■ ■1 1■EI ■Mu ■MI.■ a n. 11 1 m 0 0 Ix J 1 Z 5 a 0 a E- r E 1 IlleeN2Mg 1 • a 9 1 SCHEDULE 0 0 0 n r` V) Z gg w O 0 41 1,4 igr aC° rot z 0 z ifi ck .�0 o 2 N- k 0 2 w �__ O = N XX ZZ x IN cn N 0. OU WQ 6 s NIW .9 1 Cr • AR z a. 0 in IN A 616011 ;w Tivos *aa !mo it a 'u •piu lY mC N Dmo 0 .a 0 8 a z 0 1- 0 W (1) -J Ct Q s o m h. 0 " CJ s 0iC aft O 0 C9 bo VI U M' a a 0 O O 0 cc O it O 1 E z DOOR SCHEDULES J LiJ Q► 0 9 IF 1 ► J 0 I..L 0 0 v gai 2 X w O 0 0 v i. v • v v •9 E I 0 a 1 E 1 A. DOOR JAMB DOOR JAMB / NM .9 l DOOR JAMB 1- NN tothi �Z1 a 0 F- LU b 0M O° IO N J W' N J TC W o • • • . i O • 4 • A A7.JNIOYO?011 JKJS /K1M 3/10 � J .3235 lY rim 3M) z r if to l< M b V J_ 5 a R. Z p� re cc J W Z o ci _ = (/) 0 C n U PENETRATING a 0 Y ► • w 4 4f) Avai wale 2 s toe sq It; A VS 111 1WM sa 1 1 1 O a r E STRUCTURAL DETAILS t, 1 s 1 6 • 1 3 i $ ;kg, My^ J � 1 J d ag N J U j o .A —_1 o. V � . 0 •o _ • • • 4 W 0 ° .1 4 f • • N • 5 gi Q 0. Re CO •. 0 0 0 O O O 8 - u • - P 'O i a - C • V w w_ r - 0 oi c • - v r- 0 fow E 0. 0 1. 0 6. 0 ¢ 7> A y 01 c 6 0 O• 0 P 0 0 0 • b. • 0 C -- 0 0 • 0 1. • - O Z P 0. 0 . w 0 • • .0 • O. • a - .r N • w L 01 w .r O Z ..- 7 c 0 • ° 0 - ° - O. 0 O D U 0 P- 0. 0 •-.00 -C• 0 0. 1. .f 0 .0 O - c ° 0 p- 0 • 0 0 0 P • ....1 .J - O C O U 0 C • _ • v m a V v O• ._0 ° 0 0 0 M CO ° • 0 0. 0 o ° CO w u 00 0 0 ■ • • • »- e • 0 • w 6660Ov o- 0 u• e t c L.0 0 �'.•c > > O • w ... 0- .•• P - 0 - U • w - C .0 1. V) - - 7 b ' 0 O 1. 1)1 • ° O P w+ ° wU) m 0 O w v C - P C U• - • • CO O > 0 C �• . v • 01 w - O - �- 'O C • .0 o . • • U 3 a O O O U 0• 0 O. « 0 c • 0 v N °• o C 0 O v 0- _- > • U 0 `0 • 0 0<• u °o •:n... 0 to .0 • • a .0 • 0 0 P - • -w 0 o.-a ca 9 .0 la - O 0 0 • • N t w • v • P ID ..6. O. o= •c .0 •o. 0.0 ." -0 -v 1 • 0� 0 0 .• 0 • 0 0 0 0 VI i • o` -° 0 P uC C O 0 0 00 1.. 0 v pC C1 ." • o p10A u • D • ° 0 • ht- C ••- .0 0 C 0 0 0 0 H 0 1. a •• C 0 - • in 0 • o 0 . 1n .0 0 01 C en. 0 .r I < ` O N Z Gai F- O b 0. 0 : Expansion anchors shall be Hllti Kwik —bolt 11 or approved equal. c g 0 L. O. r. 0 0 - • 0 .0 - c`c w 0 C p1 . 6. • O w w o -. • • 0. u .°. a 6. el 0 0 3 0 0 .0 0 0 0 Cr ... 0 ... o 0 °1a 1.. • • • `0 0 • - - 0 0 O • C • 0 • - C 0 •D 0 - 00 0 - c O - C a C 9 v C a ~i ji i6 • o • we • 0 1c 4�i .c� `u o �pW 0001 v 00 • N C7 :J • Z • 6 ° 0 a w $ E2o 3 3 ° 0 .. w 0 u o c > E O 0. C c • 0 c 0 o ° ■ I - i .. U • 0 t 1. 0 v - 0 • • 0 - = 0 3 `c • .0 C 0 Y E 0. •c. .0 CO O 1. O O - - ..°. 0 N 0 . 0 V 0 •° 1_ j e 0 0 b 0. b. • - O i g v c c a E e o -` 8 1. w • • g • o .... - 0 C • 0 • 0 • P C L O L 0 • - 0 O O - • 1. •°.•• C ..°. w P .0 00v 00 • • o ca1. - 0 a v } ° 0 -u dot a°.f1 c 0 6 • • 0. 1. O C _•o ... c C! 7 S i W o o Ia -a -t! •° 1 • • IL o 0 N 0=•o • A x • _ • c • 0 0 • - 000 • ••• g 0 m .0 V 0 w c 0 - w 0 0 000 O .0 c O w • • • • e of Ion and erection shall be in accordance with the following • 0 v • o H 0 O ° 0 0 .0 0 • W - • • 1: a° a 1.. 0 0 AlOMM100:71 3TOS 4OM 3f0 .LQN !I 'BS /IN 1Y IOMI X10 re—qualified Joint details. Use 3/16' min welds (unless Association of Building Officials. 1 0 ( 0 a a8 • 1 I 1 1 • • z 0 t. IJ 0 4 di tse b U CC O O C e 0 0 .. 0 ■ u .. 0 0 • 1°- - P i N_ i V • 7 - e W. C • • 7 . 1- w . )i > w 6 0 0 0 01 c OC 0• .. • 0 C -• - 0 3 w O 1. • - • i Cr • -.0 -•• O C 00 17 0. 0.0 O .- N3E > • .r 3 . .- 01 • - 0 .0 0 v 0 0 .- o f .... 0 - • o .- O - O. C 0 1) 3 P- 0. 7 O O 0 0 0° u`0 o 9 O. 1. 3 P • 1. 0 C 3 1. - -`0 u 0 0 0 P• - J- 0 e C 0 0 0 0 9 V • • • 0 13 • • 1. P1 m 0 • a c o u° e t°) a �Y u o o o w u• O - w • • w c o • e E0 v 0- a 0. '..ca 0 i • °.0 5 o•Y • 0 - o - • P ••• 0 -• u - w _ .• C • ..N •••- 7 O o P J * 0 .. M - ° u 01 0 0 N 1h 1. - 0 0 - 0 o 0.0 v 0- P c 0 0 .- o 0 0 0 0 0 - -- 0 - 7 > - .- 'O • 0) 0 -o- -o C = o .0 • - • 0 3 - o P °= • 0 0• 0.. 00. O 0 0 • ••- •O (o • C 0 0 •� _- > 0 o> `0 a 0 0 <• 0 ` • O N i_ O « • • • 01 .0 • 0 1333 P i _° .o.. w o 3 oa • 1 v 0 0 .0 - 0 0 .- 0 • 0 17 0 0 0 N .0 • • 17 • P; 0 0 • .0 C .0 0 • ••• 6 c • • .0 r • 0 o . 0 o 0 • - O 10.. • 0 • 0 .00 1. 1. 0 0 0. • (f/ • 0 0 •• 0 01 tO o° 0 • 0 o°.0 • 0 - g ~ .o • o ■` 0 1 II) n. • - • s u) o • • • 010 00•w v) ° MI C 0 _ (�/� < « »° 7 C O ` 0 Y �o� ° s <00 : Expansion anchors ahosi be HMI Krlk —bolt II or approved equal. 0 0 L. 0 0 C •O «i • 0 _ c r C O 0 0 C .- • c 4) c o E o ° i 0 0 o a 0 0. c y e E c o e c 0 C L .. - 0 0 0 .0 .. 0 0 .•. • • 1. 7 C .. _ _ _ O 4C4 - - O O C (¢� .22 1.° • e r 1 T • a+ 0 s ° e 0 p 1a 0 40 - .... N 0 O0 O 9 7 1. 0' u 0 o o °e L- C « o 0 YYY• n v v R E o ` o o 0 ° .0 - o u « ° e 0 0 0 0 .0- 0 - ° e • - o .0 S P .0 0 c C L. 0 1.. w 0 « C O w : • c 0 o .. 0 ....• r. • C• 7 0 in .W 0 u 0 «. O • -0 P• - ° O 0 n c r 0 .. - 0 0 0 • J - •.• C ° L v c ° w ....0 O. O 0 • v ° - 0 0 .°• a o _ ° u • • Y • • C P C 1. 0. Y 0 0 0 - • 0.0 e 7 • 0 9 • c • • u • co • > 0 «- 0 .•. 1. 0 . c 0 0 0.0000.0 -e 00p • 0. 0 0 0 .u. ° U 0 0 V i 0 _- - e P• O• C O 0 ` 0 • •u- -i C cg =- 0- - c 7 i ° « u ri.°v E 0. m 0 i o L. « _ o 0 a - C C • 1. • O • • 0. « v o ` c a - 5 0 0 °0 17 0 c 0. w 0 - C 0 0 1.. 0 To o • ° ■ • 0 `o 0- -' 1. C - w « ■ ` a 0 u.0 ; . o « E o c « a c o 0 1. ii 0 0 .°•1. •* of o ° c c - 0 c. a0 u 0 « « w - 0 0 0 •+ *e * CE c C O EE• Um w E E O 0 0 « • O I. P .0 CCU w 0 g4.4.41. C -- • 0 1- « (/) 6 O 0 0 u • 0 0 3p 0 0 L - 0 v= NCA 83 IV 7 RE > C C - 0 • • - G o c 0 .0 - O --.o 11. P 0 i 0 - - w e • o. - 0 0 0 0 o u .• C IN • • •• c 0 7 0- 0 C 13 0 P� w o - O - C O - U - 0 = C Of T1 C TO C O 0 O O 0 0 7 e 0.00 0 ~ a IS 0 13. . "7:C: . m O F -' •• ° > 0 .. o 2 1- 7 J O i f04 O C V e c • 0 • C S 9 il w o 0 J) 0 II 0 Y u 0 m 0 1) C 0 O J 0 C is uu to 0. , OEC pa - 0 0 O. 1. O F 0 O 0. c CM) € s rn 0 • ° ° « o . °. c o B « .. • ° 1. 0 ••- 0.• v .I O ` O o• m • - +- O N O a • > _ _ O - 0 ° c X.00 0 C 0 c o E.0 <- u = w E • - .0 .0 0 0 0 10 _ w 'O 1..0 .•. • 110 ! o` W O M o P+ • 0 o= 0 0 0 ° o ` C c 0 0 li ° • •1. E u c o a 0 o o - 0 u • o - _ o 0 - • G C 0 0 .0 1. 0 C o = • w 1. - 0 w e u .00 0 c 0 O •."• O ` 0 • w o a o 0 u .- t w o . • • F •- • O .. - o r . 7 c .2 7 a u .- O 1.. 7 Iir • - C • ` � C 0 • -i - P 0 0 u u o u _ < a > o v o u 0 - .- o u . • .0 00 a. • .0 °o0 0 0 • 0 c° 1...°- • i t�n°( .. N C- 1. 0 P N• > .' o w ■ : 0 . .C. • D: o« •.. C w o ■ • cm 0 0 Ca so 1.N o 0 0 - 1) c 0 0. ° w. a o i - m• Washington Association of Building Officials. • • - .•.9 • _ 0 • 1. H a 0 • 0 W V 7 P u u c 7 7 1) 6. to ro 3 A z 6 0 1- 1 E W 0 Z J I�- 0 IA i 1 0 IV W ► 1 1 • v • n • • & 0 m • • • w 5 z 8 0 W 1 a gni 1 1 LJ 4z z O 6 im§ 60 °N img 1,64 wony U 9X811 g.00600 wT c o U Z 2 Ele awWw § =W vOtioo O o 0 A-000I000Y 3Mi ION 3N) L l .3332111i LY IMO D 2 7 81x L r 0£n1° B1xBM co EO jp O£XZ1O 90 �d) M1 e 1 FRAMING PLAN / PAINT SHOP AREA H 0£xe 1 O O£xZLO 0£xZ1O CO K f\ r , 1 1 \ 1 m x O£*ZLO AIM d r1 Tifig ■ J FRAMING PLAN / PAINT SHOP AREA ► g 1 1 U Z o N 14 o 46 10 o• z gi N D.-s (1 0 W Z a ; q 1 1- A G70. {C/O 7La��� me45422 1 g -N gl. W 2-511506 P P5044 r'1 I I LJ tx9M __I 1 I I I ( II ~ ~ C R% i s I I I I 2 I 00 O i , is J > >f ( 0 z O O 8 6 0 rn 1-- z Z 0 z u_ 0 0 –J 1- a. b n 0 0 1 0£xbt. 9lxeM ri \o I ; 1 P I gig \ \\ o£xat3 .0 —.9 z E 00 r D..-o � �j to I _ f b 0£x2 t0 (dtx9M 0£xi: 1.3 0£xZ1.0 co x 0£xzlo 1 : "\ \ t \ g-il \ o / / wO \ \ i 0 \\ i // / Z \\ C� O \ rj \' \ oo 8 J a a I 561 111. 1 1 r a 1 • y re J a F rz m giRg-8 N3�° v=O.J �IY * o ua 8 514 6 gg wo Qppp K 30� sT z 0 tn aP c� n N o n P7 4^ g INS 1 1 a iig di z O P W 6P V I 0 U W sit 1 1 U z U � N W w_ aZ a a AI N0 z5ss cn 0 EE z 3 z a � q 1 • V . 0 u. W m 1 11 to ! 0/81 ig glIF hgg - al xeeP c gs »R0Oit wrs 7-Y W �i 14� s fib» I!hU seidel-E; .sithiks1 JeLisNsleiglei 1 i t J` ILItsite / �� 4 iji< Z g 0 0 0 0 0 0 P r a C 5 0 !sal 1..4 r) 8g111111 Ell F o��0000� gililiiiiill I .1 tgla 1 g 111 INN4.16 TTT +I ® ®[:]) o A'1010011000Y 3110C HMI 1x10 UV 1232111 11111 3+10.1 M 0 a 1 1 g ¢aas+�s4 4 as 00-47.t� 1 gE r. ME 2 N O isg 1 met Wegii 00000 M F251:21.2 at Pei " e7a thbstibstiz $ ji te vv v d 1 to S O 1 8 1 0 g v c a 1-7E cc N Cn CL CLrJ M CO Q) ZT 7- J � <c o C1 Ct 0 C-) OLI- O 11. O 1:11/ 5E Iggg $ihi00 g,” (/) O w O Z rz � Q J w= W� J al xeh c gs »s w;mg ,.Qv 0 Le W J 0 a 1 • E I g i 2! - le 1 tie 1 ; li55i P° W 9 ij �WW am CW 111111 g iWg nvvitt iisisig Vi 211 8388 ga O V 4g5 RS gHm es ,-m 8 Sgi 8 I t38 g i9-.26 IP-872*i g VI x yU/4J y,, =1� i1;4621.40 py� K �Wy� fj�(�C _ 1 rJ _ pt� � �Nt O G G O l O O O O O l R I W W 1 @ 1 Ifi! 1 ; g !! 1 a e21!Og ili 11 c4" 18 ri. 5=FITE."1.rn i i2mm Hni gg in < Wan 111 : :Ifni:Milli *i4*!*1 11Ali usgszOisgills NC UNIT SCHEDULE 1 INDUCED DRNT (5) 1 i 1 i LE GUI 20 LCL B A -122 ii j i g /2n 812NNh iii p.p. ! 0 C 1 1 OR eemee h:::00 AIR HANDLII 8 goo' F. 1 :224 ib .11 D.Ifl.rzill EF" g 419 /PO iii I G = :.. 0 Zii g sal igh SCHEDULE 1 1 iii 1 d l Di 4 S3� SK m 11 ki 15 1 Milli ! � k4§1 -" �o ! 0 C 1 1 �T h 8 R F. 1 ib .11 o ate 1 1 I G = :.. o r o ri , I N 111111 111 i 1 i i i i W W 2 of C h N • 1 RI i DI i 0 3 v c t Z 0 U CC cn Li, z rn o I U 0 N p Z 1+') Lim 0 Co A ION PIO r5 f 1 O a F 1 E Ns n 0 Z P7 it ▪ ZE co I 5 V) ev Y. Z .— P2 n.Q ' � Z� O\ H J 0- 0 L w °V 1 CO i N a) 0 a) (J) c a) E a) al 0 c 0 M c a> 0 —Th CO LL Qi 0 1 U » N IL 0 0 Ci c U) 0 0 .E 0 (n c a) E a) 01 0 c 0 M c a) 0 1 to Po 0 Po es in it IN 1 1 gg ii/ lig v� 0 vim J ;11 o ot fit O W 1 a) U N Q) 0 0) Clt J j � r N Ern f 1 c 0 0 0 0 (J) 0 E 0 0' 0 0 0 / Vial IMO VEgia IMO W 0 06,4 mai i ECM g le g ii: 4 ile i I. 8=1 &r 1 Immi% f 1 c 0 0 0 0 (J) 0 E 0 0' 0 0 0 / Vial IMO VEgia IMO W 0 a 4 A_ 4 A3I�0001/ JIGS ION 1�1 /'�� O 0 N O g th :#1 Nu 111 O o 0 1 E iv c 1- 0 a. a co 0 L E 01 0 0 0, • GENERAL NOTES in ,11 el Ph 1! lq 501 Pi iiii 0 ce 41 r h! iii ill i gill ,11..i gg., di 4 IA lig 112 pi lin IN s Z lig iii iill ii; illil d 5 .v ? N a' U 0 a� • '4 im 310 ,r kti a 1 1- In O • • LL. • GENERAL NOTES i _i in: Z Q loppl lh � li I_ 11 did; Id a gi 014 AtAAA 0 CI dad I; IOW N o z �) L.L. 0 0 • E I 3IW U O cc) CL a. E co ° ° J c a LL. Cf) LL th A Y. w • r • • • IP • • 'WEN OF OPERATI• ,el�►i�:7��►i�1�� 11 I XION101000V MOB WM am mE • 722g FICINI 1/10 3 1 $1 wwmoiorrm-arl.rAn-7.=/-miilm..e ManiMemMohmmm MoM w mimn mom omm ommmmimmaur mmmm aoimrommmommuommmmmeumsmoommmummmoimmm n MisMMmMmM wu mmilimu m-mumrmommumemonm --------------------- mmmmmmmmmummmemumimmmmwcimmmorimmmm nm miml nEvm mom m V: _=. m71.mmum MMMMMM mmmmmmmmummmmmommumrmmmmmmmmmmmmum m mom m■ MMMMMM mm........ommo. MMMMMM molommme MMMMM mum__ MMMMMMM mmimmommmimmir low=c=1.....milmocumoommulmiummomommommimrommimmismolumminommum MMMMM milmm Cramm mom mmissr=mmummommilimimmmummimmummimmmilimmilmmummlimummilimmummmummummommomm ummmimwnummimmimmimmimmummummummilmmummummmummimmmommmummimmmum iir=c-amoommanwarmulmmesmourommmommummenmarumammim MMMMM om imam m INIIIIINC".:111M111111111MINIIIIIIIMIMINIUSIIMIIMIIIIIMMIIIIIMINNIIMIMIMICIMINIONIMMIMINIMMIIIIMINIIIIIIMMI11011•11 =MIN MMII:=IMMIUMMIIIIMMWMIUMMUMMIOIMMMINIMMIUMMMMUMMINOMMWMWMMMWMAIMMIMMMIMIOMM INIMWM131111IM MMMMMM 11111■1111MMUMIIMMIMMMIMMW MMMMM MIIIIIMMINIMMM MMMMMMMM MIIMMMMIMMIIIIMM .11N•M1.1111I=1111N11I1f1II1N1/■N4*IlC-f7=77..e1i1=".—a,—.„...."...r..v,1.1'3:..1VI11MM I1•I1III1M .IW1MI1I1I1IM.1IMMI1M11.I.1I•M1IIMII11I11W./M11.•M/J111.11MMM 0•1IIM .I1III1INI11IMIM1MI1N•IO.M1M•NI1I1M.1M1I11II1MIM•IUI•111NU.MO1MIIMMMII.MIIMM.IIMIIIWMMMOMOIMIIIMMMIOIIII.I.M.III■ MM..III IMN.IIIIIMIIO ..IIMMNIIMM..IIII.ICI..MNI.II..MIIIIIII.MM.MI•.M.IIMI.IM.MII..IMM IMU..III..MAII..IIMIIMrnI II..NMOMMM ..INIM1M1..11.•111I•OM..IIN11IOI1.M1IM..1N11MIWOM..M1M1N.=M..NMI...N1111I=MM...IM/1=ENM...NI 1 I.IM..1II1M1I1IM...IIIIIII...MMIMI.MNI■...IIIIII...MMM...MIIIIIIIII I..M/II..IIIIIMM.M.NIMII.CXMIM.I.IIIOI.1LM..111EM.MMMOI. MO. IN IMM IMI MMIIIIIMMMMMIOIMI.IMIM..II .OMM „ . -- . ... . • . —ti .. S ,•IMMMII IIMIM••==M1U MMMMMM MNMMMMMMMMMWSMMMOMMM : INICT^"- MOMM M . M.I..MM MMC. .... . 13 M 1=1MMMNIMNCM■31=11CNM•1=1•11M1 la____ 1•11MMM1•M1•UM0 MWMNMM1 :ICM : MMM MM MMMMM WMMMMMM■MMMMI M M M . MOM NNW* 1.11swo let 1111111111111111111 ............ 11111111 milimmnm mimmommilmommommummommilmommimmomm immi7177-7,1 mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm • 61--• T 1 11 1 MIM11111111111MMMIIIIIIIMM MIIMMOIIMMM 1 1- rai•I• • 1 1 • L 111111 ; 11 1 ,1103 1 11 iilaya a5aliza51 41 41 lymyll iiRi N g 1 hged Wog 1 ? :cii 110 11 i gob oi ',IRK 1 11 litligill 111101111'li 111118g I lis to ig Al: 0 nil : 11 i Iligfri ei 14111 h [Algol Ill i 0 0 iiihr i 11 Nix ig . Tie liqq1 f Di ill la: VI pp PH! any i le I ig jwil "I iti gpsh Ali ag 1 la 11;lis higi :r1 i ilip!gl irsii, I 1! 1 IN i ligIgilighigx1 1 VIRI! 1 lb fig 1.415311 il 1 i ill p 1.1; i ILO! i I 1 Pi k li igditill Vile li e - 441 i II i; 14 1 il Igilhi hh ! ndighli 1 Mild i 1 1 i I d: i %MIHAI 111121HW 1 1 Mgliii la e r L at ,Nsa, vi 1e Pr) 3 1 0 a 1- 1 E v LL EQUENC OF OPERAT1O ! MM! 000 E ai °.) o c CNI O Z M Li O CD 11 0 111 WWWWW•MMME0MWMMMRIAMMWRIMMMUMIUMMIUMM ==== MMIMMWMMWRIMMIRMWMWMIMMUMMWMIIIMMIMMMMWMMUMMW 1 MEM 111 MIUMMOMM _____. ---- ii =��C{�iOMCCZC: M: �SCMMMM :MMMMMMMMMCMMMM�G� .�-_ A-.. r____. ...... ............................... i'7 MME T1 1 C C........................: MIMOMMUOM .______ MMMMMM i 1 11 ._.__ .._.._...r_ r.l rN_.rrr. MMMM . . 00010w —1 M ,T°�CM:MMMMMMCWMI��MMMMCSMCM :MCCMMMMCIM �MMMMMMMMMMMOCCM� :M��CC:����C.:C:�C J.._ w. w__..__.._... ww.._.. w..._.. w. w. .........w.._.r.__...r...ww. ••.- r I .. ' fz7_._. r .............. .w....__...._.w_..._..wr__r..__ N_. .N_. N_.N_ww i' T' lww_ rr_ r_. w___.. U�r_ _.__ww.__w._..wwrrrN__.wAr�p��_ .N_r N_Nr. �.�. _.._I..r�_...�w_._r.._rr._ i.. w. o ............... w. o.... w.. w.. ......_.wN_w..w.�w...w_ .. rww_.._ w._. w__._.. w..._..____. w ....................= ................................ ---„.......................22.... �r�........_..p� ��O���N�C7.___N�� .G.T-- �''''..•77. ____ r.. __._rU___._O_[7.U_U_____r_ '•J•• r, ....... .......... I�__. N__ N.._ __N_..___.___._.__w__ ii_r„.„,.,......,...mmi,..,.....,,..___,...,,,,m 001111111=_MIWINI11110111=11010010M1011CICIMIIIMIrnill MN MK ....,..m .....,............m................., ?_7_____ ____ _________ .__._'____________�____N...___ ._..1 __.__ __.N ............. .w_ G7..___ w. w.__._..___. NN ...... .......N.._..._tw.__..w_I_N.__. N_._ """1 ___......._._..._... w__.. N.. N_ ___.N____�N_N�_�._.1__.._I_N__ • 7_._ w ....... .........wl__.._.....I__.__..w_ . .._w. ...._.�.w..._.___.. ....r.-17-7-0.............m.......... �.__._ w..__._. i. ._�w_.._..Ni�mw_I_.N.rii_w__ra_ mm _._ �1...................._ IN.. N..._. . ............I_...N�..._.. ' �1________________w_____.__.._.____._ __..________.____..._..____ mum= m ii'"'':� . U_. w.___.._.__ UUU__ NU_ w__. rl. d___ _N_.._w.l__N__�C7N___�QU...___ l!lilili 114;b ,1 111 Will AN 1 4 ti! II x1a ' 1iu11i.1; il I le lir Ogigig i p itt) ! g R it iliti lig IN ) 2011. LN vet N i /1 ppio g ea ig 1 gallon igli ) 14 44111ix 4 1 illiOlgo DA i IN 11. fhb : 1 i rob I ixFp 1 11 1 Igig I log 4 1 I JAN! i piiiR"1 1 „ 11 . egiii:i hi ! Ihilliggi 1 laiii ! 1 i h 1 . Y 0 0 ot I1■i,R MILII A ii 511__ i en— 7:17s 1 on t11/114 PIM-'lli...:Ituu42z.. 1 igg!,jr:. ;et 1� ��;�!4 ,�-�� 16111 lima " 111 11 1 ::: 1 i 1±-• rf0 1111111111' 10 ■ *i4i ■•■ �� r �7' _� '7 �_ if 1 $ `'i IAI so O A7I O I IIaA rw s KJM 0 0 r-- 121 } 1 0 1 • E 1 at u, h. w U. 0 1 1 MI ■ _ 1 N tn th 1n I II�11 �I A gs I b pm :U `i r1 : ...: =` I a 'e , N., it II -th- NOM I, NAV 1110 LI .-- RWItP" CD N- i iiiii onigimit 11 ^ �� im ■III■ III f.!I.a... II ..a */ i1 i� ∎milo kk I! lim a A 01� 111, . 1E5 I 10114 1 N S III 1 ligglii$ 1 Mil •• OBI 'TRW " ■s Ow v.iz ?� N i 1L ri gt c It It It 11 Pi; 0 11 0 • 7 N 111 0 a t- o E 1 en 1 0 cc a cn J I 0) a) 0 N 01 0 c 0 01 r • n w 11 111 Z 0 U w cn O 0 1 U>-.N OZ W) Li- O O ■ n %j. PR f F glig 4 EV di ip ahink __ ____ __ !±r...., r— - -- w L. F. 1. 1 1 1 1 1 a k ;1 1 1 1 J t 1_ It_ 1 g gl -E6jamerns■zil, v:!g! gi!! ki;1-41 IMp ■EiM_ Il IIMP UIf MIPMUM E irj a 0 co I h R 1 f i O 1 E SECTIONS & DETAILS c� CC N O`er' CL Ct. E CO 0 J c' a 'N Li 0 • 1 g; g k9: .V •sa.m 6 0 Pg! gi 1;221 II gh al sk O 411W jr 0 IE i Ea■11■■ ■■ii■ii■■■■■■■iiiii■■.■■■ a ■ i ■■i�■i ■ ■ ■:■iii�iii� ■■ ■■���iiii BA - 0) o o o 1 OZK) LOO it A 0 co 6 fi ih 0 Z a CC 0 3- M/ 1- J d 1 . 0 0 c Z 0 1 0 a -1 I LL O o '� d _ PI d A g_ ad NI s 4 _� cif 1 0 Di_ Uri II \F� t 1 I / O i� a gg:_,Hgff i it' 0 z. i st1Q � W W §11 tlgt 1 !!% Mgt§ uff s !:1 9 s RTIO !!dh m 1 1 1 0 f r E ii • ► late arf�tE vrra: • ane an n n +„saeMa a . . : ;VN2 AI xatE ❑'tifes - c r il ti E. d NI a :GI UT __ 1_ a ill 3I a 0 n‘ 3 III te UK s ki _ 1 I I J III _ _ 211 'I 5 5 MI 1 1 1 0 f r E ii • ► late arf�tE vrra: • ane an n n +„saeMa a . . : ;VN2 AI xatE ❑'tifes - c r 3 A Z W ■ 1 (nZtj J � Q a. 0 a E 1 2 0 1 1 1 ... tffluvttor won awn • t jowiiv 1A10100W MS WWI 8 IpN 7M0 3 Y OZ Uf9 Z = tr 0. a D t O g 2 3 O. 3.4 4 NEI Iih i 11 0 0 I" N IN lW N 1 O E Z a° 50 Po 0 i E lac ce aZ 2 ► IS co IS L 0 co C O' M0 Ct IIIIItih a J 3 J w 1 O a E 2 • 1 n N tOC- abwa10001001000 Imtwoor row W 0 U — — — - — — :.. • 1- Iii glig qg riX: - N mm ~m �3 qg .-.91.0 o-M rOtt r < e O X lQ100d/ 1 1S ION MO 1tr'I�711! 1*11 II'' •I HOM INO O a F- 1 E PO m 4k V cdn Z4 WQ J Q 2 C 1 W O a $ Ot, O'S 474t 33 Wgi Igh "..g958 *15 • 80r JWMJW .:0 m0 lily MO ��� °P ^6-c, =gm N 0 4; N LE�ya .. 2 r (1E ' O O O X lQ100d/ 1 1S ION MO 1tr'I�711! 1*11 II'' •I HOM INO O a F- 1 E PO m 4k V cdn Z4 WQ J Q 2 C 1 W O a 0 t. w 0 U 0 0 OWN 1 O a 1 r E g 1 1 1 In s4'1 co O co co Mel N (0 10 O O N N a LL a 1 V n • 1 0 0 0 k s 1 1 1 11 11 11 1 1� 0 1 i� 11 11 W O 0 4 TION PAINT PROCESS UGHTING EA UGHTING T ELEVATION PREP a� giWg§ ��a a W � N N w F 1 m VI it g gi i I#' Ng dig ' g HI 1/ WAN . es O O O PROCESS UGHTING z a W a. z O 0 a 1 r E o J R 1 1 1 C 0• 0 03 a ► 1 n h • 00c- i■40■00116110W7 *Awl *WO 1111.6A-0-02 IMl1VMOP WPM 49/1 W 0 0 n 1 KJ/M reH�IMM 310'1 W ;b s wa N az < ►:t § c§ S° $m A z °i Z � 0Z gi r 6 tt���''iW� P g g�q�j g s ? 8m oft OH MA; s 0 0 0 0 0 0 LO A 0 bo o y N �N IW A 1 1 0 1 r E 10 0 N N O m � O1 co C 3t 0 o � > Q : w3 LL 0; O o N !1 0 Si§ § gea gg ;. ;M r c5) nit e 0 gx 21 99 111.C.3/.3 + 1/6 GND. 0 z - • . - 1 1 0 a 11 3 M, 0a. g -5 0 0 0 E aF .S1 c as 111101,. • '-"dSige '10/1101 • 411200 Ar..Y01011 • er.11311 ottyl,fflotat sek,r.efa 11001^1., v 1.144,41.117/. .■•■•••■ 110V.41110.00.00pw2 IWO 111401111110 Platialar 1•1111100 u. 0 a A % 5 1101 CIO 14N A 'la4 lY Inw nIo Z H 0 Z U cc z 0 U 0 1 1 Ig '`` 5 s 0 d 0 11 0 a 1 E I I 1 1 Ti gi t al w SI W 2 J ad C 0 M4) W b 0 N N 0 9 0 30 0 o= Q • 3 LL O N V1 s 6 1, I ql fi [WE Ma -4. 5 1 s Wv Y O� 8 id 1 N L gel .r .4. :x 181 E p I • • I I !� ^II • ,� • I -1 H Iy nQ l gm Im m•- =r AIONOIIOOII 37156 NOM 3N0 �ql� s 'CIS iv N5M 3110.1 45 2 Oa 0 00 0 g T iiig ig I1 gig O 2 0 v N N W 1 O a 1- r E 1 0 C 0 • co (ap,,, w u CO LL g Mk din. I 4 1 1 • 0 x Iril 2 I^ II 1 1 Qa.i H ,n I I •i1• )N I g A I a0o^ Z'1' Ile gag I 2 L 1 M• CD 2 O 0 i ♦d ai 0 as J C 0 L 0 a s • V- M • — — —.'- x 0 4 W O 4 4 4 4 4 4 • • • • ev • PANELBOARD "PB2' 400 AMP BUS SURFACE MOUNTING 277/480V, 30, 4W = 2Z000 AIC MARY LUGS ONLY Qg J `-' 1 1 1§ 1 I 1 v 8 1 1 1 1 I F -77 BAY /I EQUIP. PIT EX H. %HP FAN I DDC CONTROL PANEL BAY 3 I 1 1 1 1 1§ 1 11 1 1 1 1 t es �..w HV -23 — BAY/3 CURE fps i v F- 78— EQUIPMENT PIT EXHAUST FAN — th HP �.� 1 12 Ci m 1 in ,.. W mm 0 0 0 N N 0 N 1 1 IL BRIX 'EN 830331 VZBd 13 1 1 I 1 ^r. I 1 I 1 I 1 I I Y N• (0 CD I 1 1 1i1 1 II 1^ N� n1 II •- HDs $ 1 Io N N N,a 1 1 • ,0 CD O " N N N N N n M A A P 0 Y MI wOI-- h OM ■11111M11111P__M•w_ .- IMP __NM \ 4.-.... N N MN \ .-- 4.-s. .-- \ .- \ .-- .1:-... -- 4:-... N \ N 4:-... N r1111111111111111•=1A W C0 W) cc i x J [CONTROL POWER HV -5 z CL M yyz 3O CL BAY 3 LTG CONTACTOR CONTROLS' gl MEM 2 2 'QF' Y•■Y Y~ " V1 n MO DI M = .n- IMP Mal Of ---- & N N N N Y M r -M� M --- 12 N Mal .- Di I 1 I .i I i.- 1 I N N N N H W In Q% , N HV -7 — BAY/3 PROCESS FAN 60 HP �� ` el • 9NLLHDn t/AV8 ONLLHDn *vs BAY/3 LIGHTING BAY/3 LIGHTING BAY /3 LIGHTING r�i QQt,, y �� i 1 1 1 I 1 s i gg 6 1 I 1 1 1 gy m I jQ� iii Qx �v Qx E 1 1 1 1 T T PANELBOARD 'P82A' 2.300 VA 100 AMP BUS SURFACE MOUNTING 6.4 AMPS 208/120V. 30.4W 70 AMP MAN BREAKER J LA R F -77 BAY /I EQUIP. PIT EX H. %HP FAN I DDC CONTROL PANEL BAY 3 W < N . mm 0 0 0 N N 0 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I I Y N• (0 CD C l N ". b Cp N 1 N� n1 N •- U a U .- h h !� O. .- N N \ 4.-.... N N \ N \ .-- 4.-s. .-- \ .- \ .-- .1:-... -- 4:-... N \ N 4:-... N \ N W C0 W) cc i x J [CONTROL POWER HV -5 z CL M yyz 3O CL BAY 3 LTG CONTACTOR CONTROLS' gl 2 2 2 'QF' 1 1 1 I 1 g r. 0 z AIDMOI60t7V 7N33 H M !IO LAN ! '7118 1V ti f IOM SID W U 1 4 CO 4 PANELBOARD 'P82' AMP BUS SURFACE YOUNT/ 277/480V. 3•. 41 : 22,000 MC MAN LUGS ONLY 8". ir gcl g§ 1 i51 1 i ill iiiii ii 0 1 F -S - BAN13 PROCESS 60NP 1 1 el � f 11� 0 N l I � l N I .......YY.YY Ii f Y fCCCiSSi N* Yw r0 tl C N . r0 0 CpNNi N N 1�pp�I N M rI NN�v+.4 n A r+1 H •f Y _wMI wNMI Y MI wr�Alr�wrrwrMINwrNwrl wMI MI w1111MN r9 in n w III= m-) w111111111111 a MINN N NM w111111 WM • n n n r7 n 1'' a :7: .n- n ♦ n n N N N O� N r� M P A r� r7 :rp U O 1 1 ? 1 l- 1 1 N (9 N N N Wa 1 II pp r0 y1 p�� VI 55 > Q— a m BAYI3 UGHTING BAYI3 UGHTING F > m l.� pU VI US SO J 1 1 1 1 1 1 $$ggS 0, 1 1 i 1 1 t 1 Qm r� Q N Q i i I 1 I I T T 8 O 1- O 0 • 0 z it o� a E cn LiJ W D J ai f • • • N •rw 19001 orm-6 0 • MAYm0f• Ian Air 1 - Z O W w w w r 1- m EXISTING WF w m - 26 wm • • • h n • v z R o z =0a RLd o 0 o = z � 0 o LJ W _10z W �_t ?Ow W Y ma E W El ~ 0Z z. m o q a W0 m _ ate (ALL mma WWWW' � �w PPee 2 Pa ELI W =tit% U 3 • !-JW w 8 Z (MAGA (7131) '31VwIXOaddd) .*/1* A- £ t- 03LC31VC3Vu11t3SVIIMONs1.'>3roYdNd somoS A1l1M0M000N 31V35 10 I 3N0 1N 31 '313S01111.4 1V HMI NO `d 0 w Nor o w W Zr Z OM Z Z W 1 W NJ MW 0,7,6 wmw J~ 0 W z - W w 10 b N J r 0 LD 0 Z za zzj= 1- Ppzw X4 x00 w w w a 2 0. • m 0 052 ("< h a 0 z 02(-7 ox r w 41 s C a u, o� D zmui O0UU 3aGi �WOQUZ LJ z wz SHALL BE BLOWN CLEAN PRIOR TO GROUTING. • w z a a N W 0 Y w 0 t. ? O m = m 0 U . = � 1 S^ o �im m Z O r o Q W 2 K a. w 0 O � U z o 00 N m OI 5 :- S o 1 oqi ?ma U i mm 90 e wg O oz G WmU Un mo z vex O C5 5 OM W 3 f 0 7 0 7a' 0 z C7 w la . 1A19, n' No m zw ? 00.., Wn m U z0i 5 ZCF7$ - dg 4100 < SOU' w� b OZ m� z c al s Aa W a' _ U U g15- O ?g 0 a z E . a W O 0_7d 0 00 5 U 3� §O b Eta W 5 2c U UU rX 0 m15 y, (-3mc o &z 0 mu -Mg �.. B wa '�= bo W N u. O 107 I N b 1 1 O a d E 0 CO 0 U W v) 0 0 �'-Z aQ Z LiJ a_ z 0 0 m 9 -J X m LL LL • 5 mm O J3 J w a N mx o C1 Z r0 q3 d° au QzzpQ o°m w UU V • U 0�a w zz a w New o m ° mom- z Zmw ZN a� w • Zt_ U0z J5 cg0 WI" a rzm OQ � §9I2 N a mww O 0wm am/ o mcl min woo one wwm o ZNr WWo z IC) xe P o m m w w O [spp� Zzp U Q W W z O U m ggw }}z�omb > 0 0 w o a�� w arYi 00mo ° 7a Np m CO OWZM w a F°aX ° Z w F f 4) COATING z 0 O tN1 z N a� Op_ 3O to w0 t °M N W N U EC 'D f)¢ O O li U 4 w W O a z O W . 0w m„ I- Jn �Q Er w 0.. ; 0 . ° m3 W m M „°4 t0�m 3M N2 J..-- Q ^ 20 Wo 0< D- UX 02 ITEM 1, DRAWING EQ -2 SHALL BE Li v u v 0 J 0 0 w U z w J ao 84w +o w o z iffi z coati v b,74 1 0 lY 4 2 _1Z Z< 0; wa x mm m W W O 0 Y U T 200-- %d UOOO 0 z N4. Q My 3 = m-0=- m =g w3 0wm 0 G W 4 U= I E 0 >wr0 vi 53 ow O mm0 U 7 N °w �aa-zow S zm&1 1 zm0o 0 00 N 0z ea 0mam XvwioaOOQ MOU o�UQ zoz <( wa Wwa 0ZX M wamo° U U 3 wm m° OW U Nlv W )n8. I�i V',15 mEZUa VQU 3FQOoZ m0, I' 8 =U--) OU N J (407-AOW q0 U 0.4m00 u EPDXY GROUTING: a. HOLES FOR GROUTING SHALL BE BLOWN CLEAN PRIOR TO GROUTING. a 6) NONSHRINK GROUT: o. STANCHIONS w ° 0 • WQ 00 U OFw..a M • .00 w, F,E • 0 o� w I`' zN c0i rin wN o ??Ci jjC° >z 0 . L. Ot 0 w.02 W O 0N UUO- o W woz w5 0 0 a o Mm 0+t'F 5� a o�7d S Z.N.Q 2 j NriZ O tr wL rem 7d w-0i o N ox %o O O m om Z tt U U • 0U d O ZOa OR 33? 0 YYR W W� Q Z C9 UZ O �W- W • No m zwu ? 6 z di A6 aN" a z °mvzi �`'J �0 c°00 az° �`' m ob�n g w U3 o am zm It' yq • 4'000 O W m NmWgOQ 0 0 � ,m C�0 0w 0 2U OZ Zm� U Wm dU NgqFWg w PP Q7 Mg p Uw0 a z� Lj7 w ZZLJO wz '�• 0�M °z °Z wz �5m Paz in UW`z`'� ow l< mW aN° ma WCm70 NW RU7.�. Z00 is-ii z0 S�GG 2 OY0 om R3 °z �F-)o 7e0 4. UU Wz4 N� mm � V. u+aJ zowF ‘Lti h LD! H V) 00 OPM OM OX Cm9 m Nw .o d d u •: 6 .d m 1tl - a h Z 0 0 W N 6'0 SCHEDULE: 80 PIPE 0 0 o: • lv 6 SQUARE x 1' THICK PLATE 16 SQUARE x 1' THICK PLATE z 0 X 0 z 0 I a) 3/4--10 UNC HEX NUT N M N to to 01 0 qq J x i 0 bo a _ ?-3 a W `^ 2 (/1 © O rNv< O e erionuml „ family ...or • • V - 0NTiNEASiM\35VONyd1\u 'OMd\:d gyp! sums A1010010OOOti . H3111 A '3ZfS 11ft! 1V NOM 3NO a at 1 1 1 0 E cc a.2 N 91 N N 1 § a 1 . NNIINNNNN I STAINLESS STEEL STAWL.ESS STEEL NN g zz R F cL c C.). W 0 25' x 10" x I. THICK PLATE a \ 60 SCHEDULE 80 PIPE O oO Y0 ROD 8' SQUARE x 1' THICK PLATE a 16' SQUARE x Y THICK PLATE 3/4' -10 UNC x 12' LONG THREADED ROD 8 3/4' -10 UNC HEX NUT FLAT WASHER tyj - N h • U) to N co co -O — tD re re re8 Z£ /t ; .Dt • z /t —t ,At .Y/ t —£Z N a v' J W to tZ X W U y '3. • v IN3wU3Bw3 Wf1wINM 11. 0 a It 1 E 2 1 -► a 8 1 D • �:: KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES SEATTLE, WASHINGTON UNIT REPAIR PAINT FACILITY UPGRADE CONTRACT T/M13 -95 PART D ADDENDUM NO. 1 CLARIFICATIONS During the bidding period, Metro has received questions regarding the Contract Document. To clarify the Contract Documents, the following is offered in response: Question 1: Why are indirect fired air heaters being specified for spraying operations when direct fired units are much more commonly utilized due to greater energy efficiency and the large air flows continuously purging the enclosure? Answer 1: Drawing M101. Reference air handling unit schedule for direct fired versus indirect fired unit. The air heater specified for painting operations is direct fired (HV -7). The recirculating heater for curing and general ventilation is indirect fired (HV -23). Question 2: Is the sprinkler main coming in at the South end of Bay 3 the main sprinkler system for the entire building? And if so, what provisions need to be made for downtime, as the rest of the building or the spray booth In Bay 2 could not operate if the sprinklers aren't functioning for a 2 -3 day period as will be necessary. Please address. Answer 2: Drawings M202 and M205. The sprinkler main coming in at the south end of Bay 3 feeds sprinkler heads covering the portion of the Unit Repair Building approximately enclosed by building columns R -1 to H -14. It is the Contractor's responsibility to fulfill all provisions as required by local codes and authorities to shut down local areas of the sprinkler system with the least impact to ongoing operations. Reference Paragraph 00710 -3.03. Question 3: It appears that on Drawing M303 HVAC Plan Bay 3, upper level the return air duct to HV -23 for the cure mode is the same duct as the spraying exhaust duct to F -5. Please clarify. Answer 3: Air is exhausted during Paint Mode and returned during Cure Mode through common filtered returns and some common ducting as shown. Question 4: Paragraph 11528 -2.03 E. Man Doors- calls for only two man doors. Does OSHA require additional man doors every 25 -30 ft ?. Answer 4: Paragraph 11528- 2.03E. The City of Tukwila Fire Marshall and building permit authorities have approved the exiting of Bay 3. Provide 2 man doors as specified. Question 5: Paint booth manufacturers do not typically sandblast large metal panels. Would it be acceptable to have this work done locally or after the booth has been assembled? Answer 5: It is acceptable and preferred to paint the booth after it has been assembled in the field. The following is a definition of the called -out Surface Preparation System, SSPC -SP -7: "Brush -off blast cleaning is a method of preparing steel surfaces which, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose paint. The surface shall be roughened to a degree suitable for the specified paint system. The entire surface shall be subject to the abrasive blast. The remaining mill T/M13 -95 Page 1 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 scale, rust, or paint shall be tight and the surface sufficiently abraded to provide good adhesion and bonding of the specified paint system Prospective bidders are hereby notified that the bidding documents of said Contract have been amended as hereinafter set forth: Page or Ref. Drawing Location and Description of Change PART A - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.01 00020 -1 Metro has revised the time and date for submittal and opening of sealed bids for Contract T/M13 -95 as follows: Sealed bids will be received by Metro until 10:00 a.m. Seattle time, June 7, 1995, at the Contracts Counter on the 12th Floor, Exchange Building, 821 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98104. As soon as practicable after said time and date, bids properly received will be publicly opened and read In the Second Floor Conference Room 2C. 1.02 00020 -1 Third Paragraph. Revisions are identified by boldfacing and striking through language that is being deleted (example: stricken), and underlining language that is being inserted or revised (example: added). The scope of work is revised as follows: "The work under this Contract includes major mechanical and electrical system upgrades and minor architectural modifications to the Unit Repair Full Coach Paint Preparation, Painting, and Decal Applications Shop (to be referenced as Bay 1, 2 and 3, respectively). The majority of the work is to be performed in Bays 1 and 3, which will include demolition and removal of most if not all existing ductwork, mechanical equipment, electrical conduit, lights, imbedded floor rails, and a large 17 foot by 17 foot metal bifold door. Bay 1 will have Installed new mechanical equipment, ductwork, light fixtures and conduit. Bay 3 will have installed a new, pre- engineered, Orated- FM approved, approximately 72 foot long by 19.5 foot wide paint spray booth, mechanical equipment, ductwork, light fixtures, conduit and a new wall with an overhead 14 foot by 14 foot roll -up door. AU-three-bays Bays 1 and 3 shall have a DDC control system to manage the tenting- preeess processes, and Bay 2 shall have some minor DDC work. Bay 2's curing capability will be increased from 105 °F to 120 °F. This project, in general, is anticipated to utilize the approximate involvement of: HVAC 58 -65%, General 15 -25%, Electrical9%, Controls 6%, Painting 1 %, Roofing 1 %. The location of work is at Metro Transit's South Base Unit Repair Facility, 12200 East Marginal Way South, Tukwila, Washington. The cost estimate range for this work is $900,000 to $1,200,000." 1.03 00020 -1 At the end of the Fourth Paragraph, ADD: "A second site tour will be conducted May 23, 1995, at 9 :00 a.m. Those attending the tour will meet in the lobby of Building A, at Metro Transit's Training and Safety Center located at 11911 East Marginal Way South, in Tukwila, Washington. All prospective bidders, subcontractors and suppliers are strongly encouraged to attend." T/M13 -95 Page 2 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page or Ref. Drawing Location and Description of Change 1.04 00100 -12 Paragraph 00100 -2.06 ADD a new Subparagraph 00100- 2.06C: "C. A certified firm shall demonstrate that it has previously done business or has attempted to do business in King County, Washington. After bids are opened, Metro may, at its discretion, request from the named certified firms supplemental Information pertaining to their business activity in King County. This information may include, but is not limited to, submission of affidavits attesting to their business activity in King County. In the event a certified firm is determined by Metro not to have previously done business or have attempted to do business within King County, the bidder shall substitute such certified firm in accordance with paragraph 00100 -2.11, PROVIDED that the ineligible firm is not the bidder. In the event that the ineligible certified firm is the bidder, the bid shall not be considered for award of this Contract by Metro unless the utilization of other remaining certified firms listed by the bidder meet or exceed the established goal for this contract." PART B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.05 01010 -1 DELETE the text of Paragraph 01010- 1.02A, and INSERT: "A. The Contractor shall have the construction substantially complete (as defined in Paragraph 00710- 6.02F.) including ventilation system air balancing, controls installation and testing, and pre - operational, component, system and operational testing as defined in Section 01660, and the total facility ready for joint occupancy and use to begin final facility commissioning within 150 calendar days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed, the Contract Time. Final commissioning can be completed in conjunction with Metro providing buses requiring a full coach paint job. The total project, including final commissioning should be completed within 180 calendar days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed. Failure of the Contractor to finish within the Contract Time will result in damages in accordance with Paragraphs 00710 -6.02 and 00710 -8.01 being assessed against the Contractor." 1.06 01010 -1 DELETE the text of Paragraph 01010- 1.03A.3, and INSERT: "3. Bay 3, Decal Shop /New Paint Booth: Perform demolition and removal of most, if not all existing ductwork, mechanical equipment, electrical conduit, lights, imbedded floor rails, and a large, 17 -foot by 17 foot, metal bifold door. Fabricate and install 6 lift table support stanchions. Create new roof penetrations as is necessary and infill abandoned roof penetrations and provide flashing around all new roof penetrations and mechanical equipment. Clean and paint all walls and ceilings white. Purchase and install new roof reinforcing members, a new wall with an overhead 14 -foot by 14 -foot roll -up door, and a new, pre - engineered, FM- approved, approximately 72 -foot long by 19 -foot wide paint spray booth, with all associated mechanical equipment, ductwork, light fixtures, and conduit. Provide and install a DDC control system to manage the painting process. Test, balance and commission the new paint booth ventilation system." 1.07 08330 DELETE Section 08330, Overhead Rolling Doors in its entirety, and ADD the REVISED Section 08330, Overhead Rolling Doors, attached to this Addendum No.1. 1.08 11528 -1 DELETE the text of Paragraph 11528- 1.05A. and REPLACE with: "A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Submittals Procedure, Section 01300, prior to fabrication. Show details of fabrication, installation, ductwork, T/M13 -95 Page 3 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page or Ref. Drawing J.ocation and Description of Change curbing, piping, lighting and wiring. Attach complete materials list. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard items. Shop Drawings shall be stamped by a licensed engineer." 1.09 11528 -1 DELETE the text of Paragraph 11528- 1.05D. and REPLACE with: "D. Submit structural and air flow performance calculations in conformance with Submittals Procedure per Section 01300. Calculations shall be stamped by a licensed engineer." 1.10 11528 -2 DELETE the text of Paragraph 11528- 1.05H. and REPLACE with: "H. Contractor shall submit to Pactory Mutual Engineering shop drawings for the Paint Spray Booth and all associated systems including but not limited to mechanical, electrical and automatic sprinkler protection systems for review, comment and approval." 1.11 11528 -2 ADD a new Paragraph 11528 - 2.0213.: "B. It is acceptable to locally fabricate the paint spray booth, however, it must comply with all requirements as set forth in Section 11528." 1.12 11528 -3 ADD Paragraph 11528- 2.03G. G. Coating Systems: Refer to Section 09900, Coating System Identification: B -1." 1.13 15010 -1 DELETE the text of Paragraph 15010- 1.0313, and REPLACE with: "B. Approval of alternative and /or substitute products will be considered only under terms and conditions specified in Sections 00710 and 01300. Selected mechanical manufacturer information shall be submitted as specified in Section 00420." 1.14 15040 -1 DELETE the text of Subparagraph 15040- 1.02C., and REPLACE with: "C. Qualification requirements: 1. Must have demonstrable experience record in systems balancing. 2. Must have experience on projects similar to this project demonstrable to Engineer's approval. The Contractor will be required to submit lists of projects with references that may be contacted to demonstrate this experience." 1.15 15950 -1 ADD a new Subparagraph 15950- 1.03C: "C. Qualification requirements: 1. Must have demonstrable experience record in systems commissioning. 2. Must have experience on projects similar to this project demonstrable to Engineer's approval. The Contractor will be required to submit lists of projects with references that may be contacted to demonstrate this experience." PART C - CONTRACT DRAWINGS 1.16 M101 Drawing M101 DELETE the text of Air Handling Unit Schedule Note (5) and REPLACE with: "Burner shall be 40:1 turndown capability, with modulation down to factory-set limit of 10 degree F rise ". T/M13 -95 Page 4 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page or -Ref. ; Drawinv Location and Description of Change 1.17 E -202 Drawing E -202, DELETE the text of Note 2, and REPLACE with the following: "Provide a motor rated heavy duty disconnect switch and 3/4" conduit with 3 #12 and 1 #12 ground wire for new 3/4 HP 480V 3 -Phase roll up door motor. Feed from existing 20A circuit breaker in position 32, 34, 36 in panelboard PB2 ". 1.18 E =208 Drawing E -208, ADD label to existing 20A, 3 -Phase circuit breaker in position 32, 34, 36 in panelboard PB2: "Bay 3 North Roll -Up Door ". This Addendum shall be attached to and form a part of the Contract Documents. All bidders are reminded to acknowledge this Addendum on the Bid Form, Section 00300. Date: May 17,1995 King County Department of Metropolitan Services 821 Second Avenue, Mail Stop 125 Seattle, Washington 98104 Issued by: oanne D. Jones, Sure'rvisor Contracts Section T/M13 -95. DDENDUM Ni SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD ROLLING DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers the requirements for the motor - operated, overhead sectional doors shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel Framing B. Section 05400 - Light Gage Metal Framing C. Section 09215 - Veneer Plaster D. Section 09900 - Coating Systems E. Section 16000 - Electrical F. Section 16109 - Equipment Connections 1.03 REFERENCES A. This section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NEMA MGI Motors and Generators 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Manufacturer's product data, storage, handling, and installation instructions. 2. Shop drawings prior to fabrication and in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. Manufacturer's published details may be substituted on standard items. 3. Signed letter or affidavit from the door manufacturer stating that the equipment offered is in full compliance with the Specification and all addenda, and that all bearings and springs are rated for 100,000 cycles. 4. Operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 01730. 1.05 QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLER A. Installation shall be by an experienced applicator having demonstrable experience in the work. Provide evidence of experience with submittal documents to Engineer. 1.06 COORDINATION • A. Coordinate with other trades affecting or affected by work of this section. Addendum 1 08330 -1 T/M13 -95 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage, weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations. • 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Section 01300, Submittals Procedure. 1.09 GUARANTEE A. The equipment furnished shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date the equipment is installed and declared operational. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL STEEL SERVICE DOOR (INTERIOR) A. General: Furnish and install a complete overhead door system including all specified and required equipment accessories for a complete and fully operational installation. B. Approved Manufacturers: Overhead Door Corp., Ceco/Windsor, Cookson, Crawford, Atlas Door Corp., Kinnear, Raynor, or approved equal. C. Quality Standard: Overhead Door Corp., 610 series for heavy -duty industrial applications. All products and accessories specified herein are those applicable to the Overhead Door Corporation unless otherwise noted. D. Finish Opening Size: 14 feet x 14 feet. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Curtain: Flat slat type: 1. Slats: Interlocking, roll formed, fabricated of galvanized steel of a gage suitable to resist the wind/suction Toad of 20 PSF, minimum 22 gage. 2. End Locks: Each slat fitted with galvanized steel end locks at both ends by a stacking lock system to act as a wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement. 3. Curtain Bottom: Equipped with 2 galvanized steel angles for reinforcement. Galvanized steel shall be primed and painted. B. Guides: Guides, associated brackets, and fasteners for NEMA 7 door shall be stainless steel angles, continuous tube steel, and C- channel,of sufficient size to withstand design wind pressure, and shall be vertical- mounted. C. Brackets:. Stainless steel plate not Tess than 1/4 -inch thick bolted to extension of guide wall angles, designed to support barrel and curtain at each end and form end enclosures. Associated fasteners should be made of stainless steel. D. Hood Enclosure: Primed and painted 24 -gage galvanized steel sheet, formed to fit contour brackets, and reinforced as necessary to maintain rigidity and shape. 2.03 EQUIPMENT FEATURES A. The equipment shall be designed and built for continuous heavy -duty operation in an industrial environment. B. Performance and Design Requirements 1. Surface - mounted on inside vestibule face -of -wall. 2. Designed and built to withstand wind/suction load of 20 PSF without undue deflection or damage to door or assembly components. Addendum 1 08330 -2 T/M13.95 3. Opening and closing speed: Not less than 8 inches per second nor more than 12 inches per second. C. Electric Motor 1. Manufacturers: U.S. Motor, or approved equal. 2. Motors shall be 3- phase, squirrel cage, induction motors designed for 460 -volt, 60 -Hz operation. Dual voltage (230/460) rated motors are acceptable if all leads are brought out to the conduit box. 3. Motors shall be single speed, 1800 -RPM, high starting torque and shall be rated for continuous operation. 4. Motors shall have Class B insulation with a service factor not less than 1.15. 5. Horsepower: 3/4 6. NEMA rating: NEMA 7. The TEFC explosion -proof motors shall be UL- listed for Class 1, Group D hazardous atmospheres. UL- approved breather drain device shall be provided in the motor drain hole. The motor shall be provided with a frame temperature thermostat which meets the UL frame temperature limit code T2A (280 degrees C). The thermostat shall contain an automatically reset, normally closed contact rated 2 amperes at 115V AC. The nameplate shall be marked with the temperature limit code. 7. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall have a NEMA design letter B torque characteristic as described in NEMA MG1 -1.16. The insulation shall be non - hydroscopic. 8. Standard Product: Motor shall be, as a minimum, in accordance with the requirements of this Specification and shall be the manufacturer's standard industrial product. Additional or better features that are not specifically prohibited by this Specification, but which are a part of the manufacturer's standard industrial product, shall be included in the motor being furnished. A standard industrial product is a product that has been or will be sold on the market through advertisement or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model(s). 9. Nameplates: The motor shall be provided with readily visible nameplate containing the information required in NEMA MG1. 10. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be open -drip proof. 11. Conduit boxes: Provide with threaded hubs. Motors shall be furnished with neoprene gaskets at the base of the conduit box and between the halves of the conduit box. Motors shall have a grounding lug located within the box for the raceway ground connection. D. Motor Operator: 1. Jackshaft-type with V -belt primary drive reduction and adjustable friction clutch. Reduction system shall be self - locking to function as a holding brake and door lock. Provide floor -level disconnect and stainless steel, manual hoist chain for emergency and manual operation. 2. NEMA 7 operator may be jackshaft-type with gear drive reduction consisting of gears running in an oil bath and with electric solenoid brake. Operator shall be equipped with a clutch. Provide floor -level disconnect and stainless steel, manual hoist chain for emergency and manual operation. 3. Mounted on front of hood on left side of door as viewed from interior of vestibule. 4. UL- listed electrical operator. E. Counterbalance Assembly: Designed for a minimum of 100,000 cycles. Provide steel pipe barrel not less than 6 inches in diameter and designed to limit the maximum deflection to 0.03 -inch per foot of door width. Provide helical torsion spring system capable of producing torque sufficient to assure smooth operation of curtain from any position. Sealed ball or roller bearings shall be fumished at rotating support points. Spring tension shall be adjustable by a wheel that is accessible without removing the hood. F. Operator Controls: Three - button control with open, close, stop, and on -off key switch buttons for an interior surface mounting. NEMA 7. G. Safety Edge: Located at door bottom, full width, pneumatic sensitized type, wired to reverse door when it contacts an object during the closing cycle. Air tube shall be a rubber tube located inside a hollow, resilient weather seal. H. Safety Edge Cord Reel: Heavy -duty, minimum reel diameter 9 inches, SJT -type cord with minimum 16 -gage wire. Cord and reel shall be the type that is provided with a Dayton Model 1W943 reel light, or approved equal. Addendum 1 08330 -3 T/M13-95 I. Cycle Counter: 6 digits. J. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Readily visible and permanently attached. Information shall include permanently marked serial number and NEMA 7 rating as applicable. 2.04 FINISHES A. Curtain slats (and hood) shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525 and receive rust - inhibitive, roll- coating process, including bonderizing, 0.2 -mils thick, baked -on lead -free prime paint, and 0.6 -mils thick, baked -on polyester top coat. Non - galvanized, exposed, ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of lead -free, rust- inhibitive primer. B. Color: White to match adjacent wall color. See Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Examine all substrate surfaces and correct or have other trades correct the defects before beginning work. Starting work indicates acceptance of substrate surfaces. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify prior to fabrication. If field measurements differ slightly from drawing dimensions, modify work as required for accurate fit. If measurements differ substantially, notify Engineer prior to fabrication. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. " Install under the supervision of manufacturer- approved personnel and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation without interruptions during the opening and closing cycles. C. Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8' -O" variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface. D. All field welds required to install new doors shall be ground as required to remove sharp edges and projections, and all weld splatter shall be removed. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean, repair, or replace when directed materials, including other work that has been damaged by work of this section. Remove debris from project site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. Addendum 1 ENO OF SECTION 08330 -4 T/M13-95 r -`- 9/16.. 48" TYC_ OPENING FOR GRILLE SECTION B —B SECTION C —C 0 z O 0 E. FILTER FRAMES -` 2 1/8" I TYP. BOOTH PANEL FLANGE TYP. 0 SECTION D —D CL Z 0 a T:it 1 „ —IL- TYP. 9/16” -- 20" TYP, FILTER FRAMES 1 9/16" SECTION E —E 18 GA. CLOSURE PANELS (BY AIRCON) -� 20' 0" EXISTING MAN DOORS 20' 0" 20' 0" �” FARR 30/30 (-RIBERGLASS DUO -PAD HOLDING GRID (2) 2'- 6 "x7' -0" MAN ACCESS D O FILTER PS w/ BRIXON PANIC LOCKS,- (245) 2x1- TACKY 18 "x24" OBSERVATION WINDOWS & INTAKE FILTERS EXPLOSION PROOF MICROSWITCHES EXHAUST FILTER MOUNTING DETAIL 4 -5 r 0 O w r 0 _ Z u 'U 00 GW O= -,ao O aZ J c� a 0 0 w 0 O 14' 0" DOOR OPENING 19' 0" WORKING WIDTH (MIN.) 20' 4" OVERALL BOOTH WIDTH NORTH ELEVATION 1/2" GRILL fL GRILL 17' 6" PLAN VIEW CL GRILL CL fR61 6LL 8' 9" 1 17' 6" GRILL CE GRILL 0 0 Z a LIJ 0 8' 9" 4- 4' -6 1/2" 6-_9 -•.1 FIELD VERIFY I 1 I-- 5._1.. I I XIS: G z10` I �\\ �� U 1, - �� I T ®� 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I °� 1 E6 I 1-- I B B #- tr— i �—i —F 1: I I I I 1 1 I .1 —i— + i i I —i —4— ,, �I — r - I i; I I. N I I I 13 I i 1 r E a ? i —-_—_ .' I• ` i E , 4. II 0® I I I 0 ®0I fffi 1 FARR 30/30 (-RIBERGLASS DUO -PAD HOLDING GRID (2) 2'- 6 "x7' -0" MAN ACCESS D O FILTER PS w/ BRIXON PANIC LOCKS,- (245) 2x1- TACKY 18 "x24" OBSERVATION WINDOWS & INTAKE FILTERS EXPLOSION PROOF MICROSWITCHES EXHAUST FILTER MOUNTING DETAIL 4 -5 r 0 O w r 0 _ Z u 'U 00 GW O= -,ao O aZ J c� a 0 0 w 0 O 14' 0" DOOR OPENING 19' 0" WORKING WIDTH (MIN.) 20' 4" OVERALL BOOTH WIDTH NORTH ELEVATION 1/2" GRILL fL GRILL 17' 6" PLAN VIEW CL GRILL CL fR61 6LL 8' 9" 1 17' 6" GRILL CE GRILL 0 0 Z a LIJ 0 8' 9" 4- 4' -6 1/2" OVERALL BOOTH DEPTH WEST ELEVATION LIGHT NOTES: 1. BOOTH FABRICATED FROM UNPAINTED 18GA. ELECTRO - GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, PRE- PUNCHED WITH COMPANION FLANGES. 2. BOOTH REINFORCED WITH W800 1 BEAM, PRE - PUNCHED & FACTORY PRIMED GRAY. 3. BOOTH TO BE PAINTED BY OTHERS AFTER INSTALLATION. 4. ALL AIR MAKE -UP UNITS & DUCTWORK BY OTHERS. 5 ALL EXHAUST UNITS & DUCTWORK BY OTHERS. NOT SHOWN BUT INCLUDED: (1 LOT) PERFORATED PANELS FOR INTAKE PLENUM N�a LIGHT /--- J.B.I. INC. APPROVAL PRINT BY. -.r EATS. "i- 'Z.g'S APPROVED BY:_ - - -- -- - -- - IMPOR.I IR : • FABRICATION .":ILL NOT START GI: -IL L,-fi WEEKS AFTER PRINT IS 657994.555. 1 ' \ !AKE FILTERS LIGHT [GURIPLPLLEY S [ EXHAUST FILTERS SUPPLY GRILLE EXHAUST. FILTERS SECTION A -A 18 GA. CLOSURE: PANELS (BY AIRCON) -� N -(48) LDPI MODEL 390260 48" 4 TUBE - FLUORESCENT, C1D2, FRONT ACCESS - 14' 0" WITH INTERNAL MICROSWITCHINTERLOCK; DOOR OPENING TEMPERED. SAFETY GLASS, 40W. LAMPS, BALLAST, R 277V: F302T3/S X EFFCIENCY LAMPS SOUTH ELEVATION DESIGNED FOR PAINT BOOTH APPLICATION 9 -27 -95 I DBR'j ADDED UGHT NOTE „ADDED CEOSURE PANELS fl / an ofENE� = nxwiu NOV 0 21995 P999R•CENIEN INC. '. SPRAY BOOTHS & SYSTEMS JRLYJSTR Az AVM" BAST • OSSfO, A7 5I958 MI5 OMA PtE'PROPEktt I. „,/aND BE .14C0 . OR g a� wuC.CD ANT R W,MW WSac, METRO SOUTH BASE 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I B B I I I I 1 1 I .1 I I I I �I ICI I I I I 13 I `-(2) 390046 p -. MANOMETERS (120) 20 "x20" FILTER CELLS w/ (12) 30 "x48" TITUS MODEL 300RS - (11)(1IBERGLASS DUO-PAD PRIMARY FILTER AIR SUPPLY GRILLES (ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION) 70, 0.. WORKING DEPTH OVERALL BOOTH DEPTH WEST ELEVATION LIGHT NOTES: 1. BOOTH FABRICATED FROM UNPAINTED 18GA. ELECTRO - GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, PRE- PUNCHED WITH COMPANION FLANGES. 2. BOOTH REINFORCED WITH W800 1 BEAM, PRE - PUNCHED & FACTORY PRIMED GRAY. 3. BOOTH TO BE PAINTED BY OTHERS AFTER INSTALLATION. 4. ALL AIR MAKE -UP UNITS & DUCTWORK BY OTHERS. 5 ALL EXHAUST UNITS & DUCTWORK BY OTHERS. NOT SHOWN BUT INCLUDED: (1 LOT) PERFORATED PANELS FOR INTAKE PLENUM N�a LIGHT /--- J.B.I. INC. APPROVAL PRINT BY. -.r EATS. "i- 'Z.g'S APPROVED BY:_ - - -- -- - -- - IMPOR.I IR : • FABRICATION .":ILL NOT START GI: -IL L,-fi WEEKS AFTER PRINT IS 657994.555. 1 ' \ !AKE FILTERS LIGHT [GURIPLPLLEY S [ EXHAUST FILTERS SUPPLY GRILLE EXHAUST. FILTERS SECTION A -A 18 GA. CLOSURE: PANELS (BY AIRCON) -� N -(48) LDPI MODEL 390260 48" 4 TUBE - FLUORESCENT, C1D2, FRONT ACCESS - 14' 0" WITH INTERNAL MICROSWITCHINTERLOCK; DOOR OPENING TEMPERED. SAFETY GLASS, 40W. LAMPS, BALLAST, R 277V: F302T3/S X EFFCIENCY LAMPS SOUTH ELEVATION DESIGNED FOR PAINT BOOTH APPLICATION 9 -27 -95 I DBR'j ADDED UGHT NOTE „ADDED CEOSURE PANELS fl / an ofENE� = nxwiu NOV 0 21995 P999R•CENIEN INC. '. SPRAY BOOTHS & SYSTEMS JRLYJSTR Az AVM" BAST • OSSfO, A7 5I958 MI5 OMA PtE'PROPEktt I. „,/aND BE .14C0 . OR g a� wuC.CD ANT R W,MW WSac, METRO SOUTH BASE EXIST CURB V/32X32 ON DUCT SUPPORT SEE DETAIL 126' TESH AIR 000 203 • PENET-RATION 31 1/2X112 1/2 308011 1--- 5* 06 HV-23 1 240101 RA DN 1 EXHAUST HOOD F-77 NEV FANT NEW CIIRD ,r NN CO TO i EXIST 128 F-21 CURB BY GENERAL 7006701/4 t ON TOP 25 1/20102 I/O PENETRATION EXISTING 17017 PENETRATION 25 1/2824-1/2 Kw-TRAIN 890fl1 10 IVIMM22413 36X35 SA 31X32 0* 00 117017 SA 130 EXISTING 38838 PENETRATION J BAY #1 ROOF PLAN F—C STACK GUy = .0' C-ASLES 13 ) 660- EX, STACK 10408 BY r0-1ERAL 12822 0/4 UM To. BAY #3 ROOF PLAN 103890X1/4PLATE ON CURB BY GENERAL - DUCT SUPPORT ON CURB BY GENERAL 780 TO 69 3/80 (KEY PLAN] r IRTH' H ) ) I I 1-1 V/73' R ) ) ) PROJECT n. METRE, PAINT BOOTH "de'5 wad OW Ole Plan Check approvalsiare ' dormssionsandWaravaI0I piens does not au ,„naoce a.topterasccleoo,arpopre know,e,.d. Per. q 31-6&_ SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: OMMWMCAL tGLECTRICAL LUMBING AS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION rcMVAITTOZ., ) 12880880081 1 ) 1 1 (DISY plaTmTA, /A/C/;. Kan AVE. VEST UMW. WASH. .036 j taavx KKS mwom n. MECHANICAL RDLIF PLAN SCALE I DATE 30016 SUPPLY GRILLE 810 CFIA (16 TYP)9815'10' EXISTING 120 UP TO F-77 8 17 TYP. THIS smo 9%9 IR: CONSISTS 1090EL001 121 2) (2) 59' JTS 5'7 3) 1/2' r_ 48/ - 2.2. r_ (1) 18" TRIH0i 7 411101111111114 30"E TRIM FIELD VERIFY 45' 32X32 UP TO F-2 24%18 B=16'4' INSIDE TAP 15' V/ V.D. (2T VP) El TAP 15. V.D. (2TYP) 241(23 iP TO TOI-4 34%24 EL UP I TO 27%27 UP TO HV-5 FIELD VERIFY TRANSITION 24X12 48' DETAIL. 002 (TYP) 0 4,17 ILE375•ZM• • ERMAN TD 1 k ) 01(43)A490' tl0.5 iz EXISTING SUPPLY GRILLE' m AP nib 2:_17: (6 TYP. THIS SIDE) ( 9%9 06 CONSISTS OF ..) I 0 ' 3) 21' OFFSET V/7. SET 58 24812 SUPPLY PLE1216 SEE DETAIL 8-072 002 56 BAY #1 SUPPLY DUCT BAY #1 EXHAUST DUCT 24012 (32 Tr.) 0 r— 48.LONG —1 EC ((6 TYP)IM 12024 EL V/ 2/3 THRT (8 TIP) PAINT VISIBLE INSIDE SURFACES BLACK BAY #1 SUP, PLENUMS SCALE 3/8,1' 82 i`ngs-ot% NOV 0 2 1995 PaNacelm 1 F 1 naTA—] f'Tt.A I "'LLAT4P TAXEd TRATTRY KKS PROJECT TITLE METRO PAINT E=2TH /A,/ AIR -CEJN.,INC. -5 BAY #1 C / -=',7_%". 20311 5.21. AVE. VEST LYMNVOOD v.., 90036 J08 HURD. I 0018 VENT., 111.6 81 A,"ZZ ts.fi.no. d9510 h./A#=147/21/956 mn2 1 g-P 42(0 3[YO Np D' BEAMS / 300 AFORE /320380,8400 BEYOND 101X24 UP TO H0 -23 48' 0808 7 ROOF SLOPES AND AWAY AT t /4'PE PER E00 32824 TO 300 FOB 11' 300 142' 44 %18 400 32 1/2' 40' LONG Y/1 'SET 440 93 1/2' 400 97' 540 -C- r 57' 540,480 BEYOND 400 AFORE El 4X32 22.5' 4' FOB /30X26 IJN 3a R 2%2X3/16 CONT. WELDED COMPANION FLANGES AT DUCTS OVER 480 24X24 300 SA 180 180 EXIST CONC. / HEADER B= 16'11' PAINT BOOTH 111430 UP TO HV -23 PAINT BOOTH 48436 60' 36048 EL D 780 UP' 18' B =15•6' OB � "0 ' • 3001r..1'142' 2' �S/ 320 260 - - it20 96 < IIMANZAWIt I/2' SWEET. 4 0 -;.400 D S83 1 8 7 1 - 440 T8 d1 as miammsessasszen.nantrmnammaz E.S 160ISV yap.. 4� f 080 vG bI 008 '11 7D PAINS' MODE 11 7s TO' - �2 4111_7ER PLiMlM' 300 RA SECTION 3 BAY 03 180 TO 220 BELLMOUTH W/ 3 1/2'R SCALE 1/4'=1' 110 r —6'e 1/2 EXHAUST FILTER BANK DETAIL SCALE 3/8= ' M3 LOU LEAK 2 POSITION DAMPER BUT OF 111 %30 DUCT AT 20'4' SUPPLY AIR LOW LEAK \ DUCT PENETRATION 12 PITION THROUGH EXISTING 1DAMPEOSR CONC. HEADER 00 SA 67 EL 1120 TYP, 80048 GRILLE „_,_ CD 4 SECTION 4 BAY 83 M3 SCALE 1/4'1' rnot5- o(g3 10416 24' LONG FOS 8. 16 %48 PE.RE METAL Y GRILLE DE 'f AIL SEAL E: 3/0=1'. TOP OF PAINT BOOTH 17' L” 36 %48 r 30' rr 44418 TO 300 NORTH END OF 34' LONG FOS PAINT BOOTH TOP DN II' HV -23 32424 TO 300 •FOB 11' 281/4 BAND-'AROUND DUCT 1/% (2)'3/4' BOLTS 693/80.0..'. 24 %101 48'TR1M BOTT. OF THIS JT. AT 00'4' SEE SECTION 2 ON M4 FOR SUPPORT DETAILS RETURN SMOKE DETECTOR ,,LOW LEAK 2 POSITION I 8 =17'9' .8= 17'I]' 440 B =17'7' 4800 =17'3' B= 17'11' 260 B =05'6' 0 =15,6' B= 16'11' EC NORTH END OF PAINT BOOTH SOUTH END OF PAINT BOOTH 18'SET 54' LONG (12) TYP. EXHAUST FILTER BANKS 1 4042H FILTER BANK 4320 CFM'. EACH BANK ( PAINT MODE) 2042 FILTERS (120 -TYP. SECTION 1 BAY 03 SCALE 1/4'=1' 36' BOTT. OF 72472 DUCT AT 21'6' PAINT MODE SUPPLY /. 6' 72%72 60'TRIM 04 HV -7 36X72 60' 9'TAP W /N/M. 14' STRT TAP 04 TYP? FIELD ADJUST LENGTH 30' JJ L/ J LL R 1711 0 3687, 60' 2 SECTION 2. BAY03 12 SCALE 1/4'=1' 48' L 6448 60' 6/6 10'TAP W /V,D. I •r/It_7Prl PAINT f Ti 5'ER,itf6tlllNB. n... jyr � ■ e 'yy)) e 30411 � dZ 24 %101 48'TR1M BOTT. OF THIS JT. AT 00'4' SEE SECTION 2 ON M4 FOR SUPPORT DETAILS RETURN SMOKE DETECTOR ,,LOW LEAK 2 POSITION I 8 =17'9' .8= 17'I]' 440 B =17'7' 4800 =17'3' B= 17'11' 260 B =05'6' 0 =15,6' B= 16'11' EC NORTH END OF PAINT BOOTH SOUTH END OF PAINT BOOTH 18'SET 54' LONG (12) TYP. EXHAUST FILTER BANKS 1 4042H FILTER BANK 4320 CFM'. EACH BANK ( PAINT MODE) 2042 FILTERS (120 -TYP. SECTION 1 BAY 03 SCALE 1/4'=1' 36' BOTT. OF 72472 DUCT AT 21'6' PAINT MODE SUPPLY /. 6' 72%72 60'TRIM 04 HV -7 36X72 60' 9'TAP W /N/M. 14' STRT TAP 04 TYP? FIELD ADJUST LENGTH 30' JJ L/ J LL R 1711 0 3687, 60' 2 SECTION 2. BAY03 12 SCALE 1/4'=1' 48' L 6448 60' 6/6 10'TAP W /V,D. I •r/It_7Prl PAINT f Ti 5'ER,itf6tlllNB. n... 1 I I 1 II II II I i6 ANGLE R.045 ON EXH DUCT BOLTED TO PLATE 4' SS. BONS `TT FOR 6 F -5 \ / �y l5 L 1 1 -6- 2 1/2'X2 1/2'X1/4' ANGLE ON 6' CENTERS 01) ITT. 05 80880 PL. (5) TYP. ON 44X44 PE ' /8'HOLES PLATE GAL` /ANIZEP I) 660 STACK HAS 20280 PL. 2) 300 STACK HAS 44X44 PL. STACK SUPPORT SCALE 1/2'=1' M4 F -2 7086701/4 4 W/04)20201/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS ON BOTTOM 202X3/16 ANGLE RING (TYP) V/ 0200 1' WELDS E0. SPACING t-- TOP OF STACK 25' -r---- ROOF 38 1/2828 TO 44018 FIELD VERIFY SETS FLE 131311 TYPICAL AT (8) LOCATIONS WELDED WATER TIGHT 18GA. BAFFLE AT BOTT W/ 22.5' SLOPE TO DRAIN BOTT. RING BOLTED TO 1/4' PL. 4/ 006) 3/4' S.S. BOLTS EQ SPACING 8008001 /4'PL.SEE DETAIL 6' I- I /2' HOLE SECTION 1 F -2 SCALE 1/4'=1' (W1S-Ol3 THIMBLETURNPCC:_E AND GALV. CAKE 3000 LB VGRKING LOA= SIDE END TOP I) BOTTOLSIDES AND EAR ALL I /4' FLAT` 2) 1/2' TOP PLATE 3) ALL HOT DIP GALV. CABLE ANCHOR DETAIL SCALE 1' =1' M4 900103X1/4e 42 1/2X2 1/201/4 ANGLE ON 6'CENIERS 3 1120 MISC. 80 LEGS (4) TYP. TO 1/4'e ON CO(B 21 GENERAL ALL HOT DIP GALV. CURB BY GENERAL SEE SHT 8601 1 1/4X1 1 /401 /4 ANGLE LEGS W/ CROSS BRACING ALL WELDED HOT DIP GALVANIZED 404010 GA PADS t <1 EXTERIOR DUCT SUPPORT SCALE 1/2'=1' M4 28203/16 ANGLE RING (TYP) W/ (20) I' WELDS E0. SPACING 2 %2X3/16 ANGLE BRACE ON EACH SIDE FIELD VERIFY 1B'TRIM PC FLE BDD -(�— TOP OF STACK 25' r ABOVE ROOF WELDED WATER TIGHT, MA. BAFFLE AT BLITT 4/ 22.5' SLOPE TO DRAIN 0071. RING BOLTED TO 1/4' PL. W/ (16) 3/4' S.S. BOLTS ER. SPACING 88%80X1 /4'PL.SEE DETAIL QR OSECTION 2 F -5 SCALE 1/4'=1' KEY PLAN' I f I ( NOV 0 21995 FmwT °ENTER iteRAI 1 R6 )O24 Oj PRD.ECT TITLE METRO PAINT BOOTH AIR — CON „INC. /A /c/ _O DBA00 BY KKS BWVdG TITLE EXH. STACKS AND DETAILS Cr :7J "E.,_',II-7 /oo /13821 .KY.-11,w— 4) 2 1/2X2 1/2X1/4 ANGLE AROUND PERIMETER OF TOP PLATE ONLY,COPE ENDS NEST 3 1/20 LEGS AT THE INTERSECTION OF COPED ANGLES 1) DASHED LINES REPRESENT 2 1/2X2 1/2X1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS ON BETT OF TOP PLATE 6' O.C. (16 TYP) TOP PLATE ELEV. o° 2) 7/80 HOLES (10 TYP) TOP AND BUTT. ARE 1 /4'PLATES 0° 4' -3 1/2' 0 J8 BOTT. PLATE ELEV. SIDE ELEV. 3) 3 1/20 SCHED, 80 LEGS (4 TYP) PLATE SUPPORT FOR F -5 1) DASHED LINES REPRESENT 2 1/2X2 1/2X1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS ON BOTT OF PLATE EQUALLY SPACED (5 TYP.) 54' LONG SET AT 8' IN FROM ALL SIDES s 2) 7/80 HOLES <8 TYP.) 1/4 PLATE PLATE SUPPORT FOR F -2 rY) S 7/80 HOLES (4 TYP.) 2' PLATE SUPPORT FOR F -78 1/4 PLATE EVERYTHING ON THIS SHEET IS HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED 1) DASHED LINES REPRESENT 2 1/2X2 1/2X1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS ON BOTT OF PLATE EQUALLY SPACED (11 TYP.) 64' LONG SET AT 8' IN FROM ALL SIDES 2) 7/80 HOLES (8 TYP) PLATE SUPPORT FOR 660 STACK 1) DASHED LINES REPRESENT 2 1/2X2 1/2X1/4 ANGLE SUPPORTS. ON BOTT OF PLATE EQUALLY SPACED (5 TYP.) 28' LONG SET AT 8' IN FROM ALL SIDES 2) 7/80 HOLES (8 TYP.) 1 /4'PLATE ' PLATE SUPPORT FOR 300 STACK KEY PLAN) 1[�rl 000 0 21 11 c PRELECT TITLE METRO PAINT BOOTH / //AIR- C ❑N „INC, i EY 1,>a- EOill mm AVE VEST LYINVICID vASw sea. DRAVING TALE DUCT /EQUIP. SUPPORTS 2+' AT #'S 1 -3 INSTALL A THIMBLE W /GAL V. CABLE (3000 LB. WORK LOAD REQ'D) (3) CABLE CLAMPS W /THIMBLE TO TURNBUCKLE AT OTHER END LEAVE 36' OF EXTRA CABLE AT LAST THIMBLE FOR ADJUSTMENT 44X18 EVASE TO BE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED IT MUST ALSO EXTEND INTO 300 2' 44X18 SDM BOTT. RING HAS (8) 1' EQUALLY SPACED HOLES •\ COORDINATE HOLES W/ ANGLE LOCATIONS ON 300 \ STACK SUPPORT ON SHT AC -00 INSTALL DRAIN NIPPLE AS CLOSE TO BOTT. OF DUCT AS POSSIBLE W /S.S. HOSE CONNECTION 1 26° 2 25' OF CABLE 120° ' 3 22' OF CABLE DRILL A 1'HOLE IN RING AT LOCATIONS 1 -3 2X2X3/16 ANGLE RING (TYP) W/ (20) 1' WELDS EQ. SPACING 300 291' OVERALL ENTIRE PC. TO BE 14 GA. GAL V. CONT. WELDED PAINT ALL ANGLES AND RINGS WITH SILVER PAINT WELDED WATER TIGHT 18GA. BAFFLE AT BOTT W/ 22.5° SLOPE TO. DRAIN 300 EXHAUST STACK DETAIL mq5 -o1B3 AT #'S 1 -4 INSTALL A THIMBLE W/ GAL V. CABLE (3000 LB. WORK LOAD REQ'D) (3) CABLE CLAMPS W /THIMBLE TO TURNBUCKLE AT OTHER END LEAVE 36' OF EXTRA CABLE AT LAST THIMBLE FUR ADJUSTMENT 2X2X3/16 ANGLE BRACE ON EACH SIDE LDM OR 2X2X1/8 ANGLE DRILL A 1'HOLE IN RING AT LOCATIONS 1 -4 2X2X3/16 ANGLE RING (TYP) W/ (20) 1' WELDS EQ. SPACING 660 291'0VERALL 2b 70X52 EVASE TO BE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED IT MUST ALSO EXTEND INTO 660 2' 45' BUTT. RING HAS (16) 1' EQUALLY SPACED HOLES COORDINATE HOLES W/ ANGLE LOCATIONS ON 660 STACK SUPPORT ON SHT AC -00. ENTIRE PC. TO BE 14 GA. GALV. CONT. WELDED PAINT ALL ANGLES AND RINGS WITH SILVER PAINT WELDED WATER TIGHT 18GA. BAFFLE AT BOTT W/ 22.5° SLOPE TO DRAIN 2 660 EXHAUST STACK DETAIL x INSTALL DRAIN NIPPLE AS CLOSE TO BOTT. OF DUCT AS POSSIBLE W /S.S. HOSE CONNECTION NOV 9 21915. PEWIT CDT. KEY PLAN)J —btu) OEMO MIEID ffEZEM c9 PROJECT TITLE METRO PAINT BROTH AIR- CDN.,INC. /AB/ C= f mnvwc TITLE EXH. STACK DETAILS II1fl /1P /c2 II pIr orpm.